Benfey: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary


Based on Benfey, Theodor: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1866


Input by Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon (CDSL)
[GRETIL-Version vom 08.09.2017]


LICENSE
This file is based on ben.txt, available at
http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/BENScan/2014/web/webtc/download.html
(C) Copyright 2014 The Sanskrit Library and Thomas Malten under the following license:

All rights reserved other than those granted under the Creative Commons Attribution
Non-Commercial Share Alike license available in full at
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/legalcode, and summarized at
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/ .
Permission is granted to build upon this work non-commercially, as long as credit is explicitly
acknowledged exactly as described herein and derivative work is distributed under the same license.
(http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/BENScan/2014/downloads/benheader.xml)


MARKUP
Headwords/Prefixes
Sanskrit Passages
References


ADDITIONAL NOTES
APOSTROPHE (') in headwords that signifies
that the word only occurs as part of a compound
has been elided for compatibility and searchability
since the transcription following the headword
preserves the same information by the placement of HYPHEN-MINUS (-).






THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r
vocalic R
long vocalic r
vocalic l
vocalic L
long vocalic l
velar n
velar N
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t
retroflex T
retroflex d
retroflex D
retroflex n
retroflex N
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s
retroflex S
anusvara
visarga
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar
r underbar
n underbar
k underbar
t underbar

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm









A
SANSKRIT-ENGLISH
DICTIONARY
WITH REFERENCES TO THE BEST EDITION
OF SANSKRIT AUTHOR AND ETYMOLOGIES
AND COMPARISONS OF COGNATE WORDS CHIEFLY IN
GREEK, LATIN, GOTHIC AND ANGLO-SAXON

THEODORE BENFEY



PREFACE.

FOR some years past there has been no Sanskrit Dictionary available for the English student. The second edition of that by Wilson, published in 1831, has been long exhausted, as also Yates' Abridgment, published in Calcutta in 1846. Dr. Goldstücker's excellent work has not yet reached the end of the first vowel, and the St. Petersburg Dictionary, by Messrs. Böhtlingk and Roth, besides being in German, has only just completed the letter ph.

The present work aims at supplying this long-felt want. It does not exceed the limits of one volume, but at the same time it is hoped that it contains all that the student is likely to require. It especially includes all the words occurring in the different Chrestomathies and Selections generally in use (as Lassen's Anthology, my own Chrestomathy, Bopp's Nala, Johnson's Mahābhārata Selections, &c.), and in the texts usually read by students, as the Hitopadeśa, Pañcatantra, Manu's Laws, Śakuntalā, Vikramorvaśī, Uttararāmacarita, Mālatīmādhava, and Meghadūta; but it is also believed to contain most of the words likely to occur in the general classical literature. It does not profess to contain the technical terms of the grammarians or philosophers, nor are purely Vaidik words included, except such as occur in the extracts given in the above-mentioned Chrestomathies.

References have been added to the greater part of the meanings, and sometimes explanations of passages also; but these latter are rarely introduced, for fear of swelling the volume beyond its proper size. For the same reason, compound words are generally printed in roman type, and arranged alphabctically under their last part. Thus the student must look for a-maṅgala, au-aṃśa, and megha-dūta respectively under maṅgala, aṃśa, and dūta. The difficulty arising from this source will soon disappear with practice. If a word. as for instance candraśekhara, is not found under c, its first component part candra will be found; and the student has only to turn to the letter ś to find the remaining part śekhara, and under it in its place the very word he is in search of.

For the same reason, feminies ending in ā, ī, ū, ikā, are inserted under the corresponding masculines (where there are such) in a, i, ṛ, n, nt, añc, as, u, aka; while participles, participles used as substantives, and absolutives are inserted under the verbs to which they belong.

The etymology of every word is given, where ascertainable; but here also, to save space, abbreviations have been used. The several parts of a compound word are separated by hyphens, except in the case of the grammatical element, which is always preceded by + : thus, in p. 2, a-karuṇa + tva denotes that this word is compounded of a and karuṇa, with the affix tva; and similarly, in p. 397, dāśarathi is analysed as daśaratha + i.

As Sanskrit is also of the greatest use in the study of Comparative Grammar, I have added at the end of the principal articles the kindred words in the Greek, Latin, and German (particularly the Gothic and Anglo-Saxon) languages.

I have availed myself of the valuable labours of my predecessors, especially the works, already mentioned, of Wilson, Goldstücker, Böhtlingk, and Roth (as far as published), besides the Śabdakalpadruma of Rāja Rādhākānta Deva, and the various glossaries which have been published for special books; but for the latter half some of there aids have failed me, and I have been chiefly left to my own resources. I must therefore crave the reader's indulgence for the deficiencies and shortcomings which he may discover.

I cannot close this Preface without expressing my sincere thanks to Mr. E. B. Cowell and Professor Max Müller, for the assistance which they have rendered to me while carrying this work through the press.

GÖTTINGEN: Jan. 1, 1866.



CONTRACTIONS AND SIGNS.

adhy. = adhyāya.

Amar. = Amaruśataka, ed. Calcutt.

Ānandal. = Ānandalaharī, in Häberlin's Sanskrit Anthology.

Arj. = Arjunasamāgama, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

A.S. = Anglo-Saxon.

Ātm. = Ātmanepada.

Aufr. Ujjvalad. = Ujjvaladatta, ed. Aufrecht.

Bhag. = Bhagavadgītā, ed. Schlegel.

Bhāg. P. = Bhāgavata-Purāṇa, ed. Burnouf.

Bhartṛ. = Bhartṛhari, ed. Bohlen.

Bhāṣāp. = Bhāṣāpariccheda, in Bibliotheca Indica and in my Sanskrit Chrestomathy.

Bhaṭṭ. = Bhaṭṭikāvya, ed. Calc.

Bhaviṣyap. = Bhaviṣya-Purāṇa.

Böhtl. Chr. = Böhtlingk, Sanskrit Chrestomathy.

Böhtl. Ind. Spr. = Böhtlingk. Indische Sprüche (Indian Sentences).

Br. = Brockhaus.

Brāhmaṇ. and Brāhmaṇav. = Brāhmaṇavilāpa, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

Brahmav. P. = Brahmavaivarta-Purāṇa, ed. Stenzler.

Śāk. = Śākuntala, ed. Böhtlingk.

Śāntiś. = Śāntiśataka, in Häberlin's Sanskrit Anthology.

Śārṅg. Paddh. = Śārṅgadhara-Paddhati (MSS. used by Böhtl.).

Śatr. = Śatruṃjayamāhātmya, ed. A. Weber.

Caus. = Causal.

Cāṇ. = Cāṇakya, published in Häberlin's Anthology, and by Weber in Berl. Monatsb. Hist. Phil. Cl., i. e. in 'Monthly Reports of the Berlin Academy of Sciences, Class of History and Philology,' 1864.

C. = Chezy.

Cāt. = Cātaka, in Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlands, i. e. 'Journal for the Knowledge of the Orient,' vol. iv.

Caur. and Caurap. = Caurapañcāśikā, in Bohlen's ed. of Bhartṛhari.

Chr. = my Sanskrit Chrestomathy.

Śiś. = Śiśupālavadha, 2. ed. Calc.; the ninth book in my Chr.

ŚKD. = Śabdakalpadruma.

Comp. = Compound.

Śṛṅgārat. = Śṛṅgāratilaks, ed. Gildemeister, in his edition of the Meghadūta.

Śrut. and Śrutab. = Śrutabodha, ed. Brockhaus.

Śukas. = Śukasaptati (MSS. of St. Petersburg).

Śvet. Up. = Śvetāśvataropaniṣad, in Bibliotheca Indica.

d. = distich.

Daśak. = Daśakumāracarita, ed. Wilson, partly in my Chr.

Daśar. = Daśa-Rūpa, ed. Fitz-Edward Hall.

denomin. = denominative.

desid. = desiderative.

Dev. = Devīmāhātmya, ed. Poley.

Draup. = Draupadīpramātha, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

frequent. = frequentative.

Ghaṭ. = Ghaṭakarpara, ed. Cale.

Gīt. = Gītagovinda. ed. Lassen.

Goth. = Gothic.

Gött. Gel. Anz. = Göttinger Gelebrte Anzeigen, i. e. 'Scientific Reports published in Göttingen.'

Govardh. Āryas. = Govardhana Āryasaptati, ed. Soma Nath Mookerjea.

Grammar. = Grammarians.

Häb. and Häberl. Chr. or Anth. = Kāvya Sangraha, 'A Sanskrit Anthology,' by John Häberlin.

Hariv. = Harivaṃśa, ed. Calc.

Hiḍ. = Hiḍimbavadha, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

Hit. = Hitopadeśa, ed. of Lassen, and when followed by M.M., that of Max Müller. When followed by two Arabian numerals, the first denotes the page, the second the line; when followed by a Roman and Arabian numeral, the first denotes the book, the second the distich.

Icel. = Icelandic.

Indr. = Indralokāgamana, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

Johns. Sel. = Johnson's Selections from the Mahābhārata.

Kām. and Kāmand. Nītis. = Kāmandakīya Nītisāra, in Bibliotheca Indica.

Kathās. = Kathāsaritsāgara, ed. Brockhaus.

Kāvya Prak. = Kāvya Prakaśa, 2. ed. Calcutta, 1865.

Kir. and Kirāt. = Kirātārjunīya, 2. ed. Calc., 1846, and the fifth book in my Chr.

Kull. = Kullūka Schol. ed. Man.

Kumāras. = Kumārasaṃbhava, ed. Stenzler.

Kusumāñj. = Kusumāñjali, ed. Cowell.

Lalit. = Lalitavistara, in Bibliotheca Indica.

Lass. = Lassen, Anthologia Sanskritica.

Lass. Pent. = Lassen, Commentatio de Pentapotamia Indica.

Lat. = Latin.

Mahāv. = Mahāvīracarita, ed. Trithen.

Mālat. = Mālatīmādhava, ed. Calc.

Mālav. = Mālavikāgnimitra, ed. Tullberg.

Man. = Mānavadharmaśāstra, ed. Haughton and Lois. (i. e. Loiseleur Deslongchamps). Where there is a numeral in brackets, it denotes the verse of Jones' translation.

Mārk. P. = Mārkaṇḍeya-Purāṇa, in Bibliotheca Indica.

Matsyop. = Matsyopākhyāna, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

MBh. = Mahābhārata, ed. Calc.

Megh. = Meghadūta, ed. Gildemeister.

Mit. = Mitākṣarā, ed. Calc., 1829.

Mṛcch. = Mṛcchakaṭikā, ed. Stenzler.

Mudrār. = Mudrārākṣasa, ed. Calc.

Naiṣ. = Naiṣadhacarita, ed. Calc.

Nal. = Nala, an episode of the MBh. ed. Bopp.; a numeral in brackets denotes Böhtlingk's ed. in his Chrestomathy.

Nalod. = Nalodya, ed. Benary.

N.H.G. = New High German.

N.N.L. = New Netherlandis or Dutch.

Nyāy. S. = Nyāya-Sūtrāṇi of Gotama, ed. Calc.

O.H.G. = Old High German.

O.N. = Old Norse.

Padmap. = Padma-Purāṇa, ed. Wollheim.

Pāṇ. = Pāṇini, ed. Böhtlingk.

Pañc. = Pañcatantra, ed. Kosegarten; the numerals are used on the same system as in Hit. When there is added 'ed. orn.,' it denotes the fragment of the recensio ornatior, published by Kosegarten.

Par. = Parasmaipada.

Part. = particle.

Pr. = prologue.

Prab. = Prabodhacandrodaya, ed. Brockhaus.

Prākṛ. = Prākṛt.

Ragh. = Raghuvaffiśa, ed. Stenzler.

Rāgh. = Rāghavānanda, Sch. ad Man.

Rājat. = Rājataraṅgiṇī, ed. Troyer, the fifth book in my Chrestomathy.

Rām. = Rāmāyaṇa, the two first books after the ed. of Schlegel; when that of Gorresio is meant, there is added Gorr.; the remaining books after Gorresio's.

Ratnāv. = Ratnāvalī, 2. ed. Calc.

Rigv. = Rigveda.

Ṛt. = Ṛtusaṃhāra, ed. Bohlen, the first chapter also in Lass., the sixth in my Chrestomathy.

Sāh. D. = Sāhitya Darpaṇa, in Bibliotheca Indica.

Sāṅkhya Aph. = Sāṅkhya Sūtras, in Hall's ed. of Saṅkhya Pravacana Bhāṣya in Bibl. Ind.

Sāv. = Sāvitryupākhyāna, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

Siddh. K. = Siddhāntakaumudi, ed. Calc., 4to.

Siddh. Mukt. = Siddhānta Muktāvali, ed. Roer in Bibl. Ind.

Skandap. Kāśikh. = Kāśikhaṇḍa, a part of the Skanda-Purāṇa (MSS.).

Somadev. Nal. = Somadeva's Nala, published by Brockhaus.

Ssk. and Sskr. = Sanskrit.

Suśr. = Suśruta, ed. Calc.; the first numeral denotes the vol., the second the page, the third the line.

Sund. = Sundopasundopākhyāna, an episode of the MBh., ed. Bopp.

Swed. = Swedish.

Upak. = Upakośa, an episode of the Kathās., ed. Brockhaus.

Utt. Rāmac. = Uttara Rāmacarita, 2. ed. Calc., 1862.

Varāh. Bṛh. = Varāhamihira's Bṛhajjātaka.

Varāh. Bṛh. S. = Varāhamihira's Bṛhatsaṃhitā.

Vārt. = Vārtika.

Vedāntas. = Vedāntasāra, in my Chrestomathy.

Vikr. = Vikramorvaśī, ed. Bollensen.

Vop. = Vopadeva, ed. Böhtlingk.

Web. Ind. St. = Weber, Indische Studien, i. e. 'Essaya concerning India.'

Yājñ. = Yājñavalkya, ed. Stenzler.

Yogas. = Yogasūtrāṇi, ed. Allahabed, 1852-53.

† denotes verbs or meanings for which there are no authoritative references.

' when before, denotes that the word occurs only as latter part of a compound; when after, as former. [elided for compatibility and searchability]

° denotes abbreviations, which may be easily supplied from the context.

- denotes, in the etymological analyais, elements which are to be found in the dictionary; in comp. that the word which is the subject of the article must be supplied, as e.g. 1, A, 8, after an- must be added aṃśa; 51, B, 10 bel., before -paṇa must be added ardha.

+ denotes grammatical elements of a word.

* denotes fictitious forms.



[Page 1a]
a

a a-, a negative prefix, corresponding to the á- privative in Greek; see an-,

aṃś aṃś, see ams.

aṃśa aṃśa, rarely aṃsa, m.
     1. A part, a share.
     2. Booty.
     3. Inheritance, Man. 9, 47.
     4. See aṃsa.
-- Comp. an-, adj. excluded from a share of the heritage, Man. 9, 201. eka-, m. 1. a single part, Man. 9, 150. 2. a part. caturtha-, 1. m. a fourth. 2. adj. entitled to a quarter, Man. 8, 210. tṛtīya-, adj. entitled to a third part, Man. 8, 210. tri-, (m.) sing. three shares, Man. 9, 151. dvi-, (m.) sing. two shares, Man. 9, 153.

aṃśu aṃśu (cf. śo), m. A ray of light, a sunbeam.
-- Comp. gharma-, m. the sun. tigma-, m. the sun. tīkṣṇa-,
I. adj. having hot beams.
II. m. 1. the sun. 2. fire. daśana-, m. the brightness of the teeth. divya-, m. the sun. dīpta-, m. the sun. prāleya-, m. the moon. sahasra-, m. the sun. sudhā-, m. 1. the moon. 2. camphor. haṃsa-, adj. white. hima-, m. 1. the moon. 2. camphor Cf. [greek]


[Page 1b]

aṃśuka aṃśu + ka, n.
     1. A leaf.
     2. Fine cloth; cloth; leaf and cloth, Ṛt. 6, 19.
-- Comp. cīna-, n. silk. tanu-, n. a thin cloth. patākā-, n. a flag. sita-, adj., f. , dressed in a white cloth. stana-, n. a cloth covering the bosom.

aṃśumant aṃśu + mant.
I. adj., f. matī. Radiant.
II. m. The sun.

aṃs aṃs, also aṃś aṃś, i. 10, Par. To divide.
-- With vi vi.
     1. To break asunder.
     2. To deceive, Pañc. 202, 25.

aṃsa aṃsa, also aṃśa aṃśa, probably from am (originally, To be strong), m. and n. The shoulder.
-- Cf. Goth. amsa;[greek] Lat. humerus and ansa.

aṃsala aṃsa + la, adj., f. . Strong.

aṃh aṃh, i. 1, Ātm. To go. Caus. To send. † i. 10, Par. To shine, or to speak.

aṃhas aṃhas (h instead of gh, cf. agha; from a lost vb. aṅgh = [greek]), n.
     1. Pain.
     2. Sin.
-- Cf. [greek] and [greek] corresponding to Ved. aṃhu; Goth. aggvus Lat. angustus, angere, anxius,

aṃhri aṃhri (h instead of gh, cf. aṅghri), m. The foot.


[Page 2a]

akak, i. 1, Par. To wind or move tortuously.

akaruṇatva a-karuṇa + tva (cf. karuṇā), n. Cruelty.

akarṇaka a-karṇa + ka, adj., f. ṇikā. Having no ears. Rām. 5, 17, 24.

akalkatā a-kalka + tā, f. Honesty.

akāmatā a-kāma + tā, f. Exemption from love, Man. 2, 2.

akiṃcitkara akiṃcitkara, i. e. a-kim-cid-kara, adj. Innocent, Pañc. 187, 24.

akutobhaya akutobhaya, i. e. a-kutas-bhaya, adj., f. . Free from any danger.

akulatā a-kula + tā, f. Low state, Man. 3, 63.

akuha akuha, adj. s. One who does not deceive, an honest man, Rām. 2, 109, 27.
-- Cf. a-kuhaka.

akṛta a-kṛta.
I. adj., f. .
     1. Not done.
     2. Undone, Man. 8, 117.
     3. Not cultivated, Man. 10, 114.
     4. Wavering, MBh. 14, 34.
II. f. . A daughter who is not by a formal declaration, but only mentally, appointed to supply an heir for her father, MBh. 9, 136.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. 1. wrought and unwrought. 2. prepared and not prepared.

akṛtabuddhitva akṛta-buddhi + tva, n. Rudeness of mind, Bhag. 18, 16.

aktu aktu, m. Night, Chr. 289, 2 = Rigv. 1, 50, 2.

akṣ akṣ (probably an old desiderat. of 1. ), i. 1. and ii. 5, akṣṇu, Para To pervade, to fill, to accumulate.
-- With nis nis, To disperse.
-- With sam sam, To pervade.


[Page 2b]

akṣa 1. akṣa, probably from a lost vb. akṣ, corresponding to [greek] in [greek]
I. n.
     1. The eye; particularly as latter part of comp. adj., f. kṣī.
     2. An organ of sense, Pañc. ii, d. 164.
II. m.
     1. A die, Man. 4, 74.
     2. The name of a plant, Terminalia Bellerica, of which the nuts are used as dice, and the seed for making rosaries.
-- Comp. kamala-patra-, adj., f. kṣī, adj. having eyes like lotus-leaves. kūṭa-, m. a false die. jāla-, m. a lattice window. tāmra-, adj. red-eyed. tāraka-, 1. adj. having stars for eyes. 2. m. a proper name. tryakṣa, i. e. tri-,
I. adj. having three eyes.
II. m. a name of RudraŚiva, and of a demon. daśākṣa, i. e. daśan-, m. the name of a spell or charm padma-, adj. lotus-eyed. puṇḍarīka-, m. a name of Viṣṇu. puṣkara-, adj. lotus-eyed. manda-, n. modesty. lohita-, adj. red-eyed. sahasra-,
I. adj. thousand-eyed.
II. m. a name of Indra. su-, adj. 1. handsome-eyed. 2. acute.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. oculus; and see akṣi.

akṣa 2. akṣa, probably akin to aj, m.
     1. The axle of a wheel.
     2. A wheel.
     3. A car.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. having one axle.
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. ahsa; A.S. eax; Lat. axis.

akṣan akṣan, see akṣi.
-- Comp. tryakṣan, i. e. tri-, and hari-, adj. epithets of Rudra.

akṣayatva a-kṣaya + tva, n. Imperishableness.

akṣara a-kṣara.
I. adj., f. . Imperishable.
II. n.
     1. A word.
     2. A syllable.
     3. The holy syllable om.
     4. A letter.
     5. A vowel.
-- Comp. an-, adj. one who utters what ought not to be said. eka-, adj. monosyllabic, Man. 2, 83. ghuṇa-, n. a figure bored by a woodworm, and by accident resembling a letter, Rājat. 4, 167 (Pañc. 42, 12, read ghuṇākṣara). catur-, n. four syllables. tryakṣara, i. e. tri-, adj. triliteral, Man. 11, 265. ṣaḍakṣara, i. e. ṣaṣ-, adj. containing six syllables, Pañc. i. d. 184.

akṣavatī akṣavatī, i. e. akṣa + vant + ī, f. Gaming with dice.

akṣi akṣi (cf. 1. akṣa), n., in some cases akṣan is substituted. The eye.
-- Comp. agra-, n. the first look.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] Goth. augo; A.S. aegh, eag.

akṣigata akṣi-gata (vb. gam) adj., f. .
     1. Present, Śiś. 5, 81.
     2. Hated.

akṣauhiṇī akṣauhiṇī, i. e. akṣa-ūh + in + ī, f. A complete army.

agag, i. 1, Par. To wind, or move tortuously.

aga a-ga, m.
     1. A mountain.
     2. A tree.

agatīka agatīka, i. e. a-gati + ka (i is lengthened on account of the metre), adj. Impervious, MBh. 12, 3078.

agamyāgamanīya agamyāgamanīya, i. e. a-gamya-āgamana + īya (cf. gam), adj. Caused by illicit intercourse, Man. 11, 169.

agasti agasti, and agastya agastya, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, or saint, the son of Mitra and Varuṇa

agātmajā agātmajā, i. e. aga-ātmajā, f. A name of Pārvatī, the daughter of the Himālaya, Kir. 5, 13.

agāra agāra (probably akin to agni, and originally a hearth), n. A house, Man. 9, 265.
-- Comp. agnyagāra, i. e. agni-, n. the place where the sacred fire is kept.


[Page 3b]

aguru a-guru.
I. adj. Short.
II. n. Aloe wood (Aquilaria Agallocum roxb.)
-- Comp. kāla-, n. a black sort of Agallocum.

agni agni (probably from añj in its original signification, To shine), m.
     1. Fire.
     2. The sacrificial fire.
     3. The deity of fire.
     4. The digestive power.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without fire, Man. 6, 25. ākita- (vb. dhā), adj. one who keeps up a consecrated fire, Man. 3, 282. an-āhita-, adj. one who neglects to keep up a consecrated fire, Man. 11, 14. kaṭa-, m. a fire of dry grass, Man. 8, 377. kopa-, and krodha-, m. the fire of wrath. jñāna-, m. the flame of knowledge, Man. 11, 246. tṛṇa-, m. a fire of dry grass, Man. 3, 168. dakṣiṇa-, m. one kind of sacred fire, that which is taken from the domestic fire and is placed to the south. da/āva-, m. the fire of a forest conflagration. pañcāgni, i. e. pañcan-, adj. one who keeps the five fires constantly burning, Man. 3, 185. rājāgni, i. e. rājan-, m. the fire of a king (in wrath), Man. 7, 9. viṣa-, m. the fire of poison. śoka-, m. the fire of grief. huta- (vb. hu), and homa-, m. the sacrificial fire.
-- Cf. Lat. ignis.

agnika -agni + ka. A substitute for -agni at the end of many comp. adj.: e. g. sa-, adj., with Agni.

agnicit agni-ci + t, adj. One who has arranged a sacrificial fire.

agnida agni-da, m. An incendiary, Man. 9, 278.

agnibhu agni-bhu (vb. bhū), n. Water, Man. 9, 321.

agnimant agni + mant, adj., f. matī.
     1. One who maintains a sacrificial fire, Man. 3, 122.
     2. Having a good digestion.


[Page 4a]

agniṣṭut agniṣṭut, i. e. agni-stu + t, m. The name of a sacrifice, Man. 11, 74.

agniṣṭoma agniṣṭoma, i. e. agni-stoma, m. The name of a series of offerings to Agni, forming the first part of the Jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice, Man. 2, 143.

agniṣvātta agniṣvātta, also agnisvātta agni-svātta (vb. svād), m. A class of Pitṛs or Manes, viz. those of the Devas and Brāhmaṇas, Man. 3, 195, 199.

agnisāt agni-sāt (sāt is the original abl. of sa), adv. Completely reduced to fire; with kṛ, To burn, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 14.

agnihotrin agnihotrin, i. e. agni-hotra + in, m. One who keeps the holy fire, Man. 11, 41.

agnīṣoma agnīṣoma, i. e. agni-soma, m. du. Agni and Soma.

agnyādheya agnyādheya, i. e. agni-ādheya (vb. dhā), n. Preparing the holy fire, Man. 2, 143.

agnyāhita agnyāhita, i. e. agniāhita (vb. dhā), m. One who has arranged a sacred fire, Rām. 6, 93, 30.

agra agra.
I. adj. First, Megh. 4.
II. n.
     1. Point, Man. 2, 167.
     2. Summit, top.
     3. Forepart, front.
     4. Beginning, Man. 2, 161.
     5. The first, or best.
III. acc. sing. agram, adv. Before, diṣṭyāsi me Rāghava cakṣuṣo 'graṃ prāptaḥ, 'fortunately, O descendant of Raghu, are you come before my eyes.' Rām. 6, 36, 72.
IV. loc. sing. agre.
     1. Before.
     2. First; with abl. Sooner, Man. 3, 114.
     3. Forward, Pañc. 245. 13.
-- Comp. As former part of a comp. 1. the forepart, the tip: e. g. agranakha, the tip of the nail. 2. in front: e. g. agra-yāyin, adj. going in front, Śāk. d. 185. 3. best: e. g. agravājin, m. an excellent horse. As latter part: e. g. eka-, adj. 1. one whose mind is fixed on one object, Bhag. 6, 12. 2. intent. an-eka-, adj. inattentive. kuśa-, n. the point of a blade of kuśa grass. daṃṣṭrā-, n. the point of a tooth. dakṣiṇā-, adj. that of which the points are directed southward. druma-, m. the top of a tree, Rām. 5, 60, 16. nakha-, n. the tip of the nails, Man. 2, 167. naga-, n. the summit of a mountain. nāsikā-, n. the tip of the nose. maṇḍala-, m. a sword.

agraga agra-ga, adj.
     1. Going in presence of somebody, Rājat. 5, 196.
     2. Going in front, a leader.
-- Comp. senā-, m. the leader of an army.

agragaṇya agra-gaṇya (vb. gaṇ), adj. One who must be considered as the first, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 8.

agraja agra-ja.
I. adj., f. . Firstborn.
II. m.
     1. An elder brother, Man. 3, 171.
     2. A Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 20.
-- Comp. gada-, m. the elder brother of Gada, a name of Kṛṣṇa.

agraṇī agraṇī, i. e. agra-nī, m. A leader.

agratas agra + tas.
I. adv.
     1. Before.
     2. In front.
     3. Forward.
II. preposition with the gen.
     1. Before, Man. 3, 244.
     2. In presence of.
-- Comp. bhairava-, adv. in the presence of Bhairava.

agrasara agrasara, i. e. agra-sṛ + a, adj., f. . First.
-- Comp. pra-, adj. First, Śāk. d. 112.

agrasaratā agrasara + tā, f. Going in front, Ragh. 5. 71.

agrahāra agra-hāra, m. A grant of land or villages conferred upon Brāhmaṇas.

agrāhyaka a-grāhya + ka (vb. grah), adj. Incomprehensible, MBh. 12, 1024.


[Page 5a]

agrāhyanāmakatā agrāhyanāmakatā, i. e. a-grāhya-nāman + ka + tā (vb. grah), f. Condition of having a name not fit to be assumed, Lass. 75, 1.

agredidhiṣū agredidhiṣū, i. e. agra + i-didhiṣū, f. A younger sister married before her elder, Man. 3, 160.

agresara agresara, i. e. agra + i-sṛ + a, adj., f. . Going in front, first.

agrya agrya, i. e. agra + ya, adj., f. .
     1. First.
     2. Best, Man. 12, 30.
-- Comp. dvija-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 3, 35.

aghagh, i, 10, aghaya, Par. To sin.

agha agha (from a vb. aṅgh, see aṃkas), n.
     1. Sin, Man. 3, 118.
     2. Impurity, Man. 5, 63.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. ghā, 1. sinless, Man. 12, 1. 2. pure. 3. unblamable. Śāk. d. 43.

aghaśaṃsin aghaśaṃsin, i. e. agha-śaṃsa + in, adj. Wicked, Daśak. 2, 19.

aghāyu aghāyu, i. e. Ved. aghāya + u, adj. Mischievous.

aṅk aṅk, i, 10 (rather a denominat. derived from aṅka), Par. and i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To mark, Pañc. 46, 8.
     2. To adorn, Rājat. 5, 230.
     3. To brand, Man. 9, 240.
     4. To stigmatise, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
     5. † To go.

aṅka aṅka, i. e. añc + a, m.
     1. A hook.
     2. A mark.
     3. A cipher.
     4. An act in a drama.
     5. The flank.
     6. The lap.
     7. The arm, Vikr. d. 147.
     8. Proximity, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. branded, Man. 8, 281. jambāla-, adj. full of swamps. makara-, m. the god of love. mṛga-, m. the moon. valgā-, adj. holding a bridle, Rājat. 5, 342. svanāmāṅka, i. e. sva-nāman-, adj. called after his name, 243. Cf. [greek] Lat. uncus; O.H.G. ango, anga, angul; A.S. angel, etc.

aṅkabhāj aṅka-bhāj (vb. bhaj), adj. Approaching, Kir. 5, 52.

aṅkura aṅkura (from añc, cf. aṅka), m.
     1. A shoot, or sprout, Pañc. i. d. 251.
     2. Intumescence.
-- Comp. abhilāṣa-, m. the germ of desire, Rājat. 5, 376. kula-, m. offspring, a young child, Śāk. d. 178. daṃṣṭrā-, m. the point of a tooth, Bhartṛ. 2, 4. rada-, m. the point of a tooth. viṣa-, m. a spear, a dart. vīja-, m. a seedling, Pañc. i. d. 254. smara-, m. 1. a lover, a lecher. 2. a finger nail.

aṅkurita aṅkurita, i. e. aṅkura + ita, adj. Furnished with shoots, Vikr. d. 12.

aṅkuśa aṅkuśa, i. e. aṅku (in the Ved. aṅkūya from añc, cf. aṅka) + śa, m. and n.
     1. A hook.
     2. A goad for driving elephants with.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. unmanageable. an-, adj. unruly. niraṅkuśa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. unchecked. 2. unruly. 3. independent, free.

aṅkoṭha aṅkoṭha, and aṅkola aṅkola, m. A plant, Alangium hexapetalum.

aṅkh aṅkh, i, 10.
     1. To take hold.
     2. To stop.
-- With the prepos. pari pari, To surround.

aṅg aṅg, i. 1, Par. and † i. 10, Par.
     1. To go, Nalod. 1, 23.
     2. † i. 10, To mark.
-- With the prepos. pali pali for pari pari, Caus. To stir up. Pass. To go round.
-- With vipali vi-pali, Caus. Ātm. To cover one's self.

aṅga 1. aṅga, n.
     1. A limb, Man. 3, 178.
     2. The penis, Man. 8, 374.
     3. A part, Man. 11, 11.
     4. A supplementary part.
     5. A division of Hindu learning, comprehending such sciences as are considered dependent upon the Vedas; cf. aṅgavidyā.
     6. An expedient.
     7. The body.
-- Comp. In comp. adj. the fem. ends generally in , sometimes also in gā. An-, m. Kāma, the god of love. an-a-vadya- (vb. vad), adj., f. , of faultless form. aṣṭāṅga, i. e. aṣṭan-, adj. consisting of eight parts. uttama-, n. the head, Man, 1, 93. eka-,
I. n. one part only.
II. m. pl. body-guards. kāla-, adj. having a dark-blue blade, MBh. 4, 231. kuṣṭha-, adj. leprous. kṛśa-, adj., f. , meagre. khaṭvā-, n. one of Śiva's weapons (a club with a skull at the top), also carried by devotees. catur-,
I. adj. consisting of four parts; with bala, a complete army, consisting of chariots, elephants, horse, and foot.
II. n. 1. a complete army. 2. chess. citra-, m. a proper name. tanu-, f. , a delicate woman. tanū-ja-, n. a wing. niraṅga, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of expedients. pañcāṅga, i. e. pañcan-, adj. consisting of five parts. makā-, m. a camel. rakta-,
I. m. 1. a bug. 2. planet Mars.
II. n. 1. coral. 2. saffron. ratha-,
I. n. 1. any part of a carriage. 2. a wheel.
II. m. the ruddy goose, Anas casarca. vakra-, m. 1. the ruddy goose. 2. a goose. vara-,
I. m. an elephant.
II. n. 1. an elegant body. 2. the head. 3. pudendum, male or female. vi-citra-,
I. adj. 1. handsome. 2. having the body of various colours.
II. m. 1. a tiger. 2. a peacock. hīna- (vb. 2. ),
I. adj. maimed, Man. 4, 141.
II. f. , an ant. hema-,
I. adj. golden, Rām. 3, 55, 32.
II. m. 1. a lion. 2. Brahman. 3. Garuḍa, a fabulous bird.

aṅga 2. aṅga (an old instr. sing. of the last, signifying 'by my body'), particle:
     1. Of asseveration, Indeed, to be sure.
     2. Of solicitation, invocation, Rām. 2, 97, 16.
     3. Of interrogation, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 7.
     4. Again, further, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1106.


[Page 6b]

aṅga 3. aṅga, m.
     1. The name of a country, Bengal proper. and its inhabitants.
     2. The name of a king.

aṅgaka aṅga + ka.
     1. = 1. aṅga, e. g. Body, Śiś. 4, 66.
     2. A substitute for 1. aṅga at the end of comp. adj., f. gikā, e. g. āliṅgita- (vb. liṅg), One whose body is embraced, Rājat. 5, 410.

aṅgaja aṅga-ja, adj. Produced from the body, bodily.

aṅgaṇa aṅgaṇa, for aṅgana (q. cf.), n. A court, a yard. Dev. 5, 50.
-- Comp. raṅga-, n. the area of an amphitheatre. harmya-, n. the court of a palace.

aṅgatas aṅga + tas, adv. From the body, Man. 4, 167.

aṅgatva aṅga + tva, n. Corporality.

aṅgada aṅga-da (vb. 3. ).
I. n. A bracelet.
II. m. A proper name.
-- Comp. citra-, 1. adj. adorned with splendid or variegated bracelets. 2. m. a proper name. 3. f. , a proper name.

aṅgana aṅg + ana, n.
     1. A passage.
     2. A court.
-- Comp. raṇa-, n. a field of battle.

aṅganā aṅganā (cf. aṅga), f.
     1. A beautiful woman.
     2. A woman in general.
     3. The female of any animal.
-- Comp. kula-, f. a chaste woman. vara-, f. a lovely woman.

aṅgaruha aṅga-ruh + a, n. Hair.

aṅgavidyā aṅga-vidyā, f.
     1. Such learning as is comprehended under the title aṅga, viz. pronunciation, grammar, prosody, explanation of obscure terms, description of religious rites, and astronomy, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 6.
     2. Palmistry, Man. 6, 40.


[Page 7a]

aṅgahīnatva aṅga-hīna + tva (vb. 2. ), n. Defect of some limb; Man. 11, 50.

aṅgāra aṅgāra (vb. aṅj, cf. agni), m. and n. Charcoal, Man. 8, 250.
-- Comp. kula-, m. or n., an enemy to his own family, Pañc. 211, 14. mṛta-, m. a proper name.

aṅgāraka aṅgāra + ka, m.
     1. The planet Mars.
     2. The name of a king.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. attended by the planet Mars.

aṅgin aṅgin, i. e. aṅga + in, adj., f. .
     1. Having limbs.
     2. Having expedients.
     3. Chief.
-- Comp. catur-, (i. e. caturaṅga + in), adj., f. iṇī, consisting of four parts (Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 32, inī).

aṅgiras aṅgiras, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, or saint.
-- Comp. tṛṇa-soma-, m. one of the seven priests attending a sacrifice.

aṅgīkaraṇa aṅgīkaraṇa, i. e. 2. aṅga-kṛ + ana, n. Agreement, consent, Vedāntas. in Chr. 213, 19.

aṅgīkāra aṅgīkāra, i. e. 2. aṅga-kṛ + a, m. Agreement, Vedāntas. in Chr. 213, 22.

aṅgurīyaka aṅgurīyaka = aṅgulīyaka (q. cf.).

aṅgula aṅgula (from a lost base, aṅgu) m.
     1. A finger's breadth as a linear measure.
     2. A substitute for aṅguli at the end of many comp. words: e. g. daśāṅgula, i. e. daśan-, adj. Ten fingers long, Man. 8, 271.
-- Comp. pañcāṅgula, i. e. pañcan-, m. The castor-oil plant.

aṅgulaka -aṅgula + ka, a substitute for aṅgula at the end of comp. words: ṣoḍaśāṅgulaka, i. e. ṣoḍaśan-, adj. Of sixteen fingers' breadth.


[Page 7b]

aṅguli and aṅgulī aṅguli/ī, f. A finger.
-- Comp. latā-, f. a branch serving instead of a finger, Śiś. 9, 4.

aṅgulitra aṅguli-tra (vb. trā), n. A piece of leather or thin iron, worn by archers to prevent the fingers being injured by the bowstring.

aṅgulitravant aṅgulitra + vant, adj. Protected by the aṅgulitra.

aṅgulīya aṅgulīya, i. e. aṅguli + īya, n. A finger-ring.
-- Cf. Lat. annulus.

aṅgulīyaka aṅgulīya + ka, n. A finger-ring.

aṅguṣṭha aṅguṣṭha, i. e. aṅgu-stha (cf. aṅgula), m.
     1. The thumb.
     2. The great toe.
     3. A thumb's breadth as a measure.

aṅghaṅgh, i, 1. Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To begin moving.
     3. To begin.
     4. To hasten.
     5. To blame.
     6. To despise.

aṅghri aṅghri (akin to jaṅghā from jaṅghan, the frequent. of han; the initial consonant is lost, as e. g. in inakṣ for ninaskṣ and others, and n is changed to r, as in pīvar + ī fem. of pīvan), m.
     1. A foot.
     2. The root of a tree.
-- Comp. śīrṇa- (vb. śṛ10), m. Yama.

acala a-cala.
I. adj., f. .
     1. Immovable.
     2. Steady, Pañc. 202, 19.
II. m. A mountain.
-- Comp. kula-, m. a principal mountain. tuhina-, m. Himālaya. mahā-, m. a great mountain.

accha accha (akin to 1. akṣa), adj., f. chā. Transparent, clear, Megh. 52.
-- Comp. su-, adj. 1. transparent, 2. pure. 3. white. 4. healthy.

aj aj, i, 1, Par., in the Vedas also Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To drive; to direct, Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. 1, 112, 16.
-- With the prepos. ud ud, To drive out, Chr. 297, 12 = Rigv. 1, 112, 12.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ago, igitur (for agitur); ON. aka.

aja 1. a-ja, adj., f. . Unborn.

aja 2. aja.
     1. m. A he-goat.
     2. f. . A she-goat.
-- Comp. vana-, m. a wild goat.
-- Cf. [greek] of which the base is [greek]

ajagara ajagara, i. e. aja-gṛ10 + a, m. A large serpent, Boa constrictor.

ajanani a-jan + ani, f. Privation of birth, used as imprecation, Pañc. i. d. 355.

ajarya a-jarya (vb. jṛ10), n. Friendship, Ragh. 18, 6.

ajasra a-jas + ra, adj., f. . Continual. acc. ram, adv. Continually, always, Man. 1, 57.

ajāta a-jāta (vb. jan), adj., f. .
     1. Unborn.
     2. As former part of comp. adj., Not having, e. g. ajāta-vyañjana, adj. beardless. ajāta-śatru. 1. Having no enemies. 2. One with whom nobody can contend; epithet and name of Yudhiṣṭhira and others.

ajāvika ajāvika, i. e. aja-avi + ka, n. sing. Goats and sheep, Man. 8, 235.

ajina ajina (perhaps derived from 2 aja), n. The hide of any animal, particularly of the black antelope, used as a covering, Man. 2, 64, as purse, Daśak. 191, 16.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, n. the hide of the black antelope.

ajira aj + ira, n. A court, Pañc. 138, 1.
-- Comp. raṇa-, n. a field of battle.

ajihmaga a-jihma-ga.
I. adj. Advancing in a straight path, Man. 6, 31.
II. m. An arrow.


[Page 8b]

ajīgarta ajīgarta, m. The name of a Ṛṣi or saint, Man. 10, 105.

ajīrṇin ajīrṇin, i. e. a-jīrṇa + in (vb. jṛ10), adj. Suffering from indigestion.

ajjukā ajjukā, f.
     1. A courtesan (Mṛcch. 27, 2, Prākṛ.; in the Ssk. translation ajjū).
     2. (in Prākṛ. ajjū, and in the Ssk. translation ajjukā, Śāk. p. 105, 3.) A mother.

ajñatā a-jña + tā, f. Ignorance.

ajman aj + man, n. Battle, Chr. 297, 17 = Rigv. 1, 112, 17.
-- Cf. Lat. agmen; [greek] in [greek] etc.

ajra aj + ra, m. A field.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ager; Goth. akrs; A.S. acer.

añc añc (cf. aṅka), i. 1, Par. Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To ask.
     3. To speak indistiṅctly.
     4. To bend, to curve, Nal. 12, 45.
     5. To honour, Ragh. 9, 24.
     6. i. 10 (rather Caus.). To make clear, to manifest, Gīt. 10, 11.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To rise, Rājat. 5, 362.

añcana añc + ana, n. Bending, curving.

añcala añc + ala, m. The end or border of a cloth.

añj añj, ii. 7, anaj, añj, Par. (Ved. also Ātm.). To cause to shine by smearing with greasy substances.
     1. To anoint, to smear, Man. 5, 25.
     2. To adorn, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. 1, 92, 1.
     3. To make clear.
     4. To be beautiful.
     5. † To go. Caus. To anoint, Man. 4, 44. † i. 10. To shine.
-- With the prepos. abhi abhi. 1. To anoint, Man. 4, 44. 2. To pollute, Śāk. d. 108.
-- With vi vi. 1. Ātm. To dress one's self, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. 1, 64, 4. 2. To make clear, MBh. 2, 2122. vyakta. manifest, clear, Rām. 3, 73, 12. acc. sing. tam, adv. to be sure, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 11.
-- Comp. a-vyakta, adj. 1. invisible, Man. 1, 6. 2. imperceptible, Rām. 1, 70, 9. acc. sing. tam, adv. indistinctly, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 21. n. the primary Being, Ragh. 13, 60. Caus. 1. To make discernible, Man. 1, 6. 2. To betray, Man. 10, 58. 3. To show, Rājat. 5, 107. vyañjita, discerned, Man. 9, 36.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, 1. To discern clearly, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 23. 2. To reveal. abhivyakta + m, adv. evidently, Nal. 17, 8.
-- With sam sam, To adorn, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. 1, 64, 1.
-- Cf. Lat. unguere; O.H.G. anko, butter; and [greek] in [greek]

añjana añj + ana.
I. n.
     1. Anointing, Man. 4, 152.
     2. A collyrium or application to the eyelashes to darken and improve them, Man. 2, 178.
II. m.
     1. The elephant of the west or southwest quarter.
     2. The name of a mountain.
     3. A particular plant, Pañc. 10, 7.
III. f. . The name of a female monkey, the mother of Hanumant.
-- Comp. nirañjana, i. e. nis-, adj., f. , artless. rasa-, n. a particular sort of collyrium, Śiś. 9, 21.

añjali añjali, m.
     1. The cavity formed by putting the hands together and hollowing the palms, Man. 4, 63.
     2. This cavity as measure: two handfuls.
     3. Putting the hands together and raising them to the forehead, as humble salutation of inferiors to their superiors.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. with uplifted hands, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 1. karṇa-, m. the auditory passage. kṛta-, adj. with humble salutation, Man. 4, 154. jala-, m. 1. two handfuls of water in honour of a deceased relation. 2. farewell, resignation: jalāñjaliṃ dattvā duḥkāya ca sukhāya ca, 'having completely renounced sorrow and joy,' Rājat. 4, 284. brahmāñjali, i. e. brahman-, m. 1. joining both hands together whilst reading the Vedas, Man. 2, 71. 2. paying obeisance to the spiritual preceptor at the beginning or end of a lecture.

añjasā añjasā (instr. sing. of the Ved. añj + as, n. Smoothness, slip), adv.
     1. Straightforward, directly, Man. 2, 244.
     2. Instantly, Vikr. d. 48.
     3. Truly, Man. 8, 101.

añji añj + i, m.
     1. An ornament, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. 1, 64, 4.
     2. The penis: cf. Lat. inguen.

aṭ aṭ, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 1586), To roam, with the loc. and acc. MBh. 1, 1031; Daśak. in Chr. 179, 6.
-- With the preposition pari pari, To wander about, Pañc. 55, 1. puryaṭita, n. Wandering about, Pañc. 70, 12.

aṭana aṭ + ana, n. Rambling, Man. 9, 12.
-- Comp. bhikṣā-, n. wandering about for begging alms, Pañc. 116, 17.

aṭani and aṭanī aṭani/ī, f. The notched extremity of a bow.

aṭavī aṭavī (vb. aṭ.), f. A wood.

aṭṭaṭṭ, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To transgress.
     2. To kill. i. 10, Par. To slight.

aṭṭa aṭṭa, m.
     1. A room on the top of a house, a sollar.
     2. A tower, Rām. 5, 56, 142.
     3. As former part of some comp. words, High, lofty, loud. (cf. the next.)

aṭṭapatibhāgākhya aṭṭapatibhāgākhya, i. e. aṭṭa-pati-bhāga-ākhya, adj. Called the part of the great king, name of a government office, Rājat. 5, 166.

aṭṭahāsa aṭṭa-hāsa, m. A horselaugh.
-- Comp. sa-aṭṭahāsa + m, adv. with a horse-laugh.

aṭṭāla aṭṭāla (derived from aṭṭa), m. A room on the top of a house.

aṭṭālaka aṭṭāla + ka, m. A tower.

aṭyā aṭ + yā, f. Wandering about.
-- Comp. vṛthā-, f. strolling about, Man. 7, 47.

aṭhaṭh, i. 1, Par. Ātm. To go.

aḍaḍ, i. 1, Par. To strive or endeavour.

aḍḍaḍḍ, i. 1, Par.
     1. To attack.
     2. To connect.
     3. To meditate.

aṇaṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound. i. 4, Ātm. To breathe (cf. an).

aṇiman aṇiman, i. e. aṇu + iman, m. Subtility; the superhuman power of making one's self infinitely small.

aṇu aṇu.
I. adj., f. ṇu and ṇvī.
     1. Small, minute; aṇv api, the least, Man. 3, 51.
     2. Subtile, Hariv. 1241. Comparat. aṇiyaṃs, very soft, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.
II. m. An atom, Bhāṣāp. 35.
-- Comp. parama-, m. an atom.

aṇutva aṇu + tva, n.
     1. Smallness.
     2. Condition of being an atom, Bhāṣāp. 84.

aṇumātrika aṇumātrika, i. e. aṇu-mātra + ika, adj. Composed of atoms, Man. 1, 56.

aṇṭhaṇṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To go.

aṇḍa aṇḍa, n.
     1. An egg.
     2. A testicle.
-- Comp. brahmāṇḍa, i. e. brahman-, n. the world. meṣa-, m. Indra; see pūtyaṇḍa.

aṇḍaka aṇḍa + ka, n.
     1. A bird's egg.
     2. An egg in general, Śiś. 9, 9.


[Page 10b]

aṇḍaja aṇḍa-ja.
I. adj. Oviparous, Man. 1, 44.
II. m.
     1. A bird.
     2. A fish.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. the Indian cuckoo.

at at, i. 1, Par.
     1. To go.
     2. To move continually.

atadarha a-tad-arha, adj. Not deserving that, Rām. 2, 13, 1.

atandrita atandrita, i. e. a-tandrā + ita, adj., f. . Unwearied, not remiss. Man. 2, 186.

atapaska a-tapas + ka, adj. Impious

atas a + tas (cf. idam), adv.
     1. abl. of idam, From this, Man. 2, 213.
     2. From this place.
     3. From this time, then, now, Man. 5, 26.
     4. From this reason, therefore.

ati ati.
I. adv. Over, exceedingly in a high degree, much. Comparat. ati + tarām, very much, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217 10.
II. prepos. with the acc. Over beyond, more than.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their de rivatives.
IV. Former part of compound nouns and adverbs, implying
     1. Exceedingly, much, very: e. g. atguru, adj. very heavy; ati-kāya, ad having a very large body, giganting
     2. Too muc: e. g. ati-praṇaya, n. exorbitant love, Daśak. in Chr. 18, 10; atyaśnant, i. e. ati- (vb. 2. ), adj. eating too much.
     3. Surpassing the object denoted by the following part the comp. These comps. are genearall a) adj. e. g. atīndriya, i. e. ati-, sur passing the senses, transcendental. adv., e. g. ati-mātra + m. exceeding extraordinarily.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. at atavus, and et.

atikrama ati-kram + a, m. Transgression (of time), Pañc. 5.
     2. Violation, Man. 11, 120. Offence.
     4. Irreverence, Man. 3,
-- Comp. duratikrama, i. e. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be overcome, unconquerable, Man. 11, 238. 2. difficult of accomplishment.

atikramaṇa atikramaṇa, i. e. ati-kram + ana, n.
     1. Overstepping (of a boundary), Yājñ. 2, 155.
     2. Transgression (of time), Pañc. i. d. 170.

atikramin ati-kram + in, adj., f. iṇī. One who violates.

atiga -ati-ga, adj.
     1. Surpassing, (sarva-loka-,) Rām. 2, 19, 33.
     2. Piercing, (deha-,) Ragh. 12, 48.
-- Cf. vayotiga.

atithi atithi (vb. at), m.
     1. A guest.
     2. The name of a king.
-- Comp. deśa-, m. a foreigner.

atithigva atithigva, m. A name of Divodāsa, Chr. 297, 14 = Rigv. i. 112, 14.

atithitva atithi + tva, n. Hospitality.

atithidharmin atithidharmin, i. e. atithi-dharma + in, adj. Having the character of a guest, as guest, Man. 3, 112.

atidarśin atidarśin, i. e. ati-dṛś + in, adj., f. . Seeing very far.

atideśa atideśa, i. e. ati-diś + a, m. Extension, as e. g. of the signification of a word by analogy, Bhāṣāp. 79.

atinirvasutva atinirvasutva, i. e. ati-nis-vasu + tva, n. Excessive poverty, Rājat. 6, 79.

atipatti ati-pat + ti, f.
     1. Lapse (of time).
     2. Unsuitableness, Yājñ. 2, 169 (deśa-kāla-atipattau, 'ṣould time or place not permit').

atipāta atipāta, i. e. ati-pat + a, m.
     1. Neglect, Cāk. 7, 10.
     2. Hurting.

atipātin atipātin, i. e. ati-pat + in, adj.
     1. Outrunning.
     2. Acute (as a disease).

atibhāva atibhāva, i. e. ati-bhū + a, m. Overcoming.

atimānitā atimānitā, i. e. ati-mānin + tā, f. Excessive self-conceit, Bhag. 16, 3.

atimukta ati-mukta (vb. muc), m. A large creeper, Gaertnera racemosa.

atimuktaka atimukta + ka, m. The name of several plants, as Dalbergia ougeinensis, Gaertnera racemosa, etc.

atiyaśa atiyaśa, see yaśas

atiriktatā ati-rikta + tā (vb. ric), f. Excess, MBh. 2, 2270.

atireka atireka, i. e. ati-ric + a, m. Excess, high degree.

atilubdhatā ati-lubdha + tā (vb. lubh), f. Excessive greediness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 109.

atilobhatā ati-lobha + tā, f. Excessive greediness.

ativartana ativartana, i. e. ati-vṛt + ana, n. Remission (of a fine), Man. 8, 290.

ativartin ativartin, i. e. ati-vṛt + in, adj., f. .
     1. Crossing, passing over.
     2. Not caring, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 8.
     3. Offending, Rām. 4, 16, 37.

ativāda ativāda, i. e. ati-vad + a, m. A reproachful speech, Man. 6, 47.

ativāhya ati-vāhya (vb. vah), n. Passing (as time), Böhtl. Chr. 217, 38.

ativṛtti ati-vṛt + ti, f. Trespass, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 3.

atiśaya atiśaya, i. e. ati-śī + a, m.
     1. Excellence.
     2. Excess, Śiś. 9, 77.
     3. Plenty, Vikr. d. 157.
     4. As former part of comp. words: 1. In a high degree, great, Pañc. 239, 14. 2. Violent.
-- Comp. niratiśaya, i. e. nis-, adj. not to be surpassed, greatest, Pañc. i. d. 36. sa-, adj. most excellent, Man. 9, 114.

atiśayin atiśayin, i. e. atiśaya + in, adj., f. . Most excellent, Vikr. d. 159.

atiśāyin atiśāyin, i. e. ati-śī + in, adj. Surpassing, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 1.

atisamīpatā ati-samīpa + tā, f. Too close proximity, Śiś. 9, 81.

atisarga atisarga, i. e. ati-sṛj + a, m. Granting (of a wish), Rām. 4, 52, 21.

atisāra and atīsāra ati/īsāra, i. e. ati-sṛ + a, m. Diarrhoea.

atīndriya atīndriya, i. e. ati-indriya.
I. adj. Surpassing the senses, transcendental, Bhāṣāp. 57.
II. n. Mind, Man. 1, 7.

atīva atīva, i. e. ati-iva, adv.
     1. Much, very.
     2. Indeed, Śāk. d. 137, v. r.

atṛptitā a-tṛpti + tā. f. Insatiableness, Śiś. 9, 64.

atortham atortham, i. e. atas-artha + m, adv. To that end, Rām. 3, 8, 15.

attā attā, f. A mother, Mṛcch. 27. 2. (Prākṛ.)

attṛ attṛ, i. e. ad + tṛ, m. One who eats, Man. 5, 30; (a king) who swallows up the possessions of his people, Man. 8, 309.

atya at + ya, m. A horse, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. 1, 64, 6.

atyanta atyanta, i. e. ati-anta, adj., f. .
     1. Excessive, very large.
     2. Endless, perpetual, Man. 5, 46; eternal. acc. sing. tam, adv. 1. very much. 2. for ever, Man. 9, 202.


[Page 12b]

atyaya atyaya, i. e. ati-i + a, m.
     1. Passing away, lapse (of time), Man. 8, 145.
     2. Death.
     3. Danger, Man. 5, 27.
     4. Transgression, crime, fault, Man. 8, 243; dāpyo 'ṣṭaguṇam atyayam, 'he shall be fined eight times the amount of the defraudation,' Man. 8, 400.
-- Comp. an-, adj. imperishable. kāla-, m. lapse of time, Man. 8, 145. jala-, m. the end of the rainy season, i. e. autumn. tapa-, m. 1. the end of the hot season, i. e. the rainy season. 2. the end of the heat, i. e. sunset, Śāk. d. 60. duratyaya, i. e. dus-, adj., f. , 1. hard to be crossed (as a river), MBh. 4, 1970. 2. hard to be attained, 13, 4880. 3. unfathomable, Rām. 3, 71, 15. niratyaya, i. e. nis-, adj., f. , 1. free from danger. 2. infallible. mahā-, 1. m. great pain, Chr. 11, 15. 2. adj. very pernicious, Chr. 22, 22. su-mahā-, adj. very dangerous, Chr. 37, 3.

atyartham atyartham, i. e. ati-artha + m, adv. Exceedingly.

atra a + tra (cf. idam), adv.
     1. = the loc. of idam, In this, Śāk. d. 59.
     2. Here, therein, Man. 3, 235.

atratya atra + tya, adj. Of this place, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 18.

atri atri, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, or saint, Man. 1, 35.

atrin atrin (for attrin, vb. ad), adj. A demon, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. 1, 85, 10.

atha a + tha (probably for athā, Ved. cf. idam), adv.
     1. Then, Nal. 17, 35.
     2. Now, at the beginning of works and parts of works.
     3. But, Nal. 22, 13.
     4. In conditional sentences: If, atha tān nānu gacchāmi gamiṣyāmi yamakṣayam, 'if I do not follow them, I shall go to the house of death,' Rām. 2, 60, 3.
-- With following u, (atho): 1. afterwards, then, Chr. 56, 11. 2. and, Man. 2, 430. 3. even, Chr. 3, 1; and 23, 28.
-- With following api, nevertheless, Rām. 2, 29, 7.
-- With following : 1. or also, or, Man. 2, 219. Pañc. i, d. 399, vātha instead of vātha vā (cf. Pañc. iii, d. 36. atho vā, Man. 3, 202). 2. or even, Bhartṛ. 2, 10. 3. but no, Śāk. 60, 18. 4. it is particularly used to introduce sentences: for, Pañc. 26, 14.
-- With following kim: yes, well (in dialogue, cf. [greek]).
-- Cf. Lat. at.

atharvan atharvan (borrowed from the Zend. āthra-van, derived from ātar, 'fire'), m.
     1. A priest.
     2. The name of a Ṛṣi, or saint.
     3. The Atharvaveda.

atharvāṅgirasa atharvāṅgirasa, i. e. atharvan-aṅgiras + a.
     1. adj., f. . Revealed to Atharvan and Angiras, Man. 11, 33.
     2. sing and pl. The hymns of the Atharvaveda.

atharvī atharvī, f. (probably from atharvan), The wife of a priest(?), Chr. 296, 10 = Rigv. 1, 112, 10.

atho atho, see atha.

ad ad, ii, 2, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. Nal. 12, 35). To eat, Man. 2, 53; to devour, 4, 28. svadita, i. e. su-adita, n. Well eaten, a term used after presenting food ('muc good may it do you!'), Man. 3, 251; 254. adya, Eatable, Pañc. iv. d. 79 (perhaps it ought to be changed to ādya, the regular form).
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. edere; Goth. itan; A.S. etan.

ad -ad, latter part of comp. words. One who eats, cf. kravyād.

adana ad + ana, n. Eating, Man. 11, 64.
-- Comp. phala-, m. a parrot.

adambhitva adambhitva, i. e. a-dambhin + tva, n. Sincerity.


[Page 13b]

adas adas, pronoun, nom. sing. m. and f. asau, nom. and acc. sing. n. adas; the bases of the remaining cases are amu, amū, and amī. That, you, Man. 10, 128. It is preceded by the relative pronoun, He-who, Man. 1, 7.

adāyika adāyika, i. e. a-dāya + ika, adj. For which there are no heirs.

aditi a-diti, f. The name of a female deity, Chr. 298, 25 = Rigv. 1, 112, 25; the mother of the gods, Rām. 3, 20, 15.

adṛśyatā a-dṛśya + tā (vb. dṛś), f. Invisibility, Bhartṛ. 1, 95.

adeśakāla a-deśa-kāla, s. A wrong place and wrong time, Bhag. 17, 22.

adbhuta adbhuta.
I. adj., f. . Surprising, wonderful; superl. adbhuta + tama, most surprising.
II. n. A strange phenomenon, Man. 4, 118; a prodigy
-- Comp. atyadbhuta, i. e. ati-, adj. very surprising. mahā- adj. very surprising.

adya adya, Ved. also adyā, i. e. a-div + ā (cf. idam), adv.
     1. To-day.
     2. Now.
-- Cf. Lat. ho-die, [greek]

adyatana adya + tana, adj., f. .
     1. Of to-day, Pañc. 5, 6. --
     2. Of this time, a contemporary, Rājat. 5, 100. 'The Hriṣīkeśa (i. e. an idol of Viṣṇu) of Suyya, reposing in meditation on the bank, may be adored by any contemporary who comes near the temple of Sundarī.'

adyatanīya adyatanīya, i. e. adyatana + īya, adj., f. . Of to-day, Pañc. 169, 13.

adyūti adyūti, i. e. a-div + ti, adj. Eager, Chr. 298, 24 = Rigv. 1, 112, 24.

adri adri, m.
     1. A stone, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. 1, 88, 3.
     2. A mountain.
     3. A cloud, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. 1, 85, 5.
     4. A proper name.
-- Comp. asta-, m. the mountain called asta (q. cf.). kuta-, m. a principal mountain. tuṣāra-, tuhina-, and prāleya-, m. Himālaya.

adrisāramaya adri-sāra + maya, adj. f. . Made of iron.

advayatva a-dvaya + tva, n. Absence of duality. tva + tas, adv. In consequence of there being no duality, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 23 (i. e. because he knows that there is no duality, that all is one).

advāratas a-dvāra + tas, adv. By any other aperture than the door, MBh. 13, 4750.

adveṣarāgin adveṣarāgin, i. e. a-dveṣa-rāga + in, adj. Exempt from hatred and affection, Man. 2, 1.

adveṣṭṛtva a-dveṣṭṛ + tva, n. Inoffensiveness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 6.

adha a + dha (cf. adhas), a particle. There, then, Lass. Anth. 98, 14 = Rigv. 5, 9, 5.

adhama adhama (an old superlative, akin to adhas), adj., f. . Extremely low, Man. 6, 65. In Karmadhāraya compounds it is generally the latter part: e. g. dvija-, m. the meanest of twice-born men, Man. 3, 140; nara-, m. the lowest of mortals, Man. 10, 26; pāpa-, m. the lowest of the wicked; pārthiva-, m. the meanest of kings; puruṣa-, m. the vilest of men; śaśaka-, m. the vilest of hares.
-- Cf. Lat. infimus.

adhamarṇa adhamarṇa, i. e. adhama-ṛṇa, m. A debtor, Man. 8, 47.

adhamarṇika adhamarṇika, i. e. adhamarṇa + ika, m. A debtor, Man. 8, 48.

adhara adhara (an old comparative, akin to adhas).
I. adj., f. . Lower, inferior.
II. m.
     1. The lower lip Śāk. 102, 10.
     2. The lip in general, Śiś. 9, 46.
-- Comp. khaṇḍtta-, adj., f. , with bitten lips, Pañc. 46, 1.
-- Cf. Lat. inferus; Goth. undar; A.S. under; probably [greek]

adharoṣṭha adharoṣṭha, and adharauṣṭha adharauṣṭha, i. e. adhara-oṣṭha, m.
     1. The lower lip, Suśr. 1, 114, 19.
     2. The lower and the upper lips, the lips, Pañc. 45, 11.
-- Comp. aṅguli-sam-vṛta-, adj. the lips of which are covered with the finger, Śāk. d. 73. vimba-phala-, adj., f. ṣṭhī, having lips like the Bimba fruit, Rām. 5, 28, 17.

adhas a + dhas (cf. idam).
I. adv.
     1. Underneath.
     2. Low, Man. 11, 224.
     3. Down, Pañc. i. d. 214; to hell, Man. 7, 53.
II. prepos. Under, with the gen., Man. 2, 59, and abl. Pañc. 115, 25.
III. doubled: adhodhas, i. e. adhas-adhas, adv.
     1. Lower and lower, Man. 7, 53.
     2. One below the other.
-- Cf. [greek] and see adhara.

adhastāt adhas-tāt (the latter part is the original abl. of tad).
I. adv.
     1. Underneath, below.
     2. Down, downward, Man. 4, 54; to hell, 194.
II. prepos. Under, with the gen.
III. latter part of comp. adv. Under, Pañc. 141, 20.

adhi a + dhi (cf. idam).
I. adv. Above, on high, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. 1, 85, 2.
II. prepos. Over, on with the abl., Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. 1, 48, 7.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former part of compounded nouns and adverbs, implying:
     1. Over, cf. adhijya
     2. Chief, cf. adhirāja.
     3. Before, cf. adhyakṣa.
     4. Relative to, cf. adhiyajña.
     5. On, cf. adhijānu.
-- Cf. Lat. ad.

adhika adhi + ka, adj.
     1. Exceeding, Man. 3, 49; greater, Rām. 4, 9, 9 stronger, Pañc. ii. d. 29; more than, with the abl., Man. 9, 154; higher than, with the abl., Bhag. 6, 46; dearer, Rām. 2, 45, 32, Gorr.
     2. Surpassing, Man. 11, 185; chief, Hit. pr. d. 48; highest, Bhartṛ. 2, 17.
     3. Having an addition, adhikaṃ māsam, 'a month and more,' Rām. 3, 15, 27.
     4. Too much, Rām. 6, 16, 78. -- acc. sing. kam, adv. 1. Much, exceedingly. 2. More; with the abl., Rājat. 5, 419. Comparat. adhika + tara, Better than, Śāk. 100, 17.
-- Comp. 1. exceeding, e. g. eka-, adj. exceeding one, i. e. two, Man. 9, 117. sarva-dāna-, adj. better than any gift, Yajñ. 1, 334. prāṇa-, adj. dearer than life. varṣa-śata-, adj. longer than a century. 2. exceeded by, particularly after numerals, e. g. varṣe... rājanyabandhor dvāviṃśe, vaiśyasya dvyadhike tatah, 'in the twenty-second year for a soldier, for a merchant two years later than that,' Man. 2, 65. navatiṃ navādhikām, ninety-nine, Ragh. 3, 69. vayodhika, i. e. vayas-adhika, adj. advanced in age, Man. 4, 141. 3. doubled: adhikādhika, adj. outbidding each other, Rājat. 5, 264.

adhikaraṇa adhikaraṇa, i. e. adhi-kṛ + ana, n.
     1. Substance, substratum, or site.
     2. Court of justice, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 20.
-- Comp. dharma-, n. 1. administration of justice, Pañc. 97, 1. 2. A court of justice, Pañc. 96, 25. rāma-, adj. relating to Rāma, Rām. 2, 15, 29. samāna-,
I. n. generic property.
II. adj. contained in the same subject or category.

adhikāra and adhīkāra adhi/īkāra, i. e. adhi-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Superintendence, Vikr. d. 42.
     2. Administration.
     3. Office, Pañc. 63, 23.
     4. Office of a king.
     5. Right, title, Man. 2, 16.
     6. Topic, main point.
-- Comp. tāmbūla-, m. the bearer of betel, an officer, Pañc. 63, 22. dharma-, m. administration of justice. pṛtanā-, adj. relating to battles, MBh. 1, 7166. samāna-, m. 1. equal duty. 2. generic character. hṛta-, adj. 1. deprived of office. 2. deprived of one's right.

adhikāritva adhikāritva, i. e. adhikārin + tva, n. The office of a superintendent, Rājat. 5, 470.

adhikārin adhikārin, i. e. adhi-kāra + in, adj.
     1. One who holds an office, Pañc. i. d. 180.
     2. A superintendent, Hit. 61, 7.
     3. One who is entitled to, or fit for, something, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 9.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. a judge, Pañc. 101, 2.

adhikṣepa adhikṣepa, i. e. adhi-kṣip + a, m.
     1. Detraction, Rājat. 5, 234.
     2. Censure, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 3.
     3. Sneer, 184, 16.

adhigama adhi-gam + a, m.
     1. Coming to, attaining, Megh. 50.
     2. Accession to, Rājat. 5, 45.
     3. Gaining, profit, Man. 8, 157.
     4. Reading, Man. 2, 2.
     5. Perception, Śiś. 9, 19.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be attained, Mālav. 10, 8. 2. difficult to be learned, Kir. 5, 18.

adhigamana adhi-gam + ana, n.
     1. Obtaining, Rām. 4, 45, 19.
     2. Reading, Man. 11, 65.
-- Comp. dāra-, n. marriage, Man. 1, 112.

adhiguṇa adhi-guṇa, adj. Of superior qualities, Megh.

adhigoptṛ adhigoptṛ, i. e. adhi-gup + tṛ, in dhana-, m. A name of Kuvera, MBh. 5, 7521.

adhijanana adhi-jan + ana, n. Birth. Man. 2, 169.

adhijānu adhi-jānu, adv. On the knee, Śiś. 9, 54.


[Page 16a]

adhijya adhi-jya (cf. jyā), adj. Strung (as a bow), Śāk. d. 6.

adhijyatā adhijya + tā, f. Condition of being strung, Ragh. 11, 14.

adhityakā adhi + tya + kā, f. Land on the upper part of a mountain, Hit. 101, 18.

adhipa adhi-pa (vb. 2. ), m.
     1. A lord, Chr. 3, 3.
     2. A king.
     3. A superintendent, Rājat. 5, 233.
     4. A commander.
-- Comp. amara-, m. a name of Indra, Rām. 2, 74, 19. sa-amara-, adj. with the lord of the gods, Rām. 3, 53, 28. jana-, m. a king. jala-, m. a name of Varuṇa. tārā-, m. the moon, Rām. 3, 58, 4. daṇḍa-, m. lord chief justice, Kathās. 25, 130. daṇḍa-dhara-, m. a king, Rājat. 4, 655. deva-, m. Indra. dvāra-, m. a porter, a chamberlain, Rājat. 5, 213. dharā-, m. a king. nagara-, m. chief of the police in a town, Kathās. 5, 49.

adhipati adhi-pati, m.
     1. A lord, an owner, Man. 8, 37.
     2. A king.
-- Comp. gaṇa-, m. Śiva, Śiś. 9, 27. tri-, m. epithet of Kṛṣṇa-Viṣṇu (lord over the three primary qualities), Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 24. daśādhipati, i. e. daśan-, m. a commander of ten men, MBh. 12, 3712. dhana-, m. a name of Kuvera, Kir. 5, 16. nagara-, m. chief of the police in a town, Kathās. 10, 70.

adhimantha and adhīmantha adhimantha, i. e. adhi-manth + a, m. Acute pain in the eyes.

adhimāṃsaka adhi-māṃsa + ka, m. Inflammation of the tonsils.

adhiyajña adhi-yajña.
I. m. The suprerse sacrifice, Bhag. 8, 4.
II. acc. sing. ñam, adv. Concerning sacrifice, Man. 6, 83.


[Page 16b]

adhiyodha adhi-yodha, m. A champion(?), Rām. 6, 23, 28.

adhiratha adhi-ratha, m.
     1. A charioteer.
     2. A proper name.

adhirāja adhirāja, i. e. adhi-rājan, m. A supreme king.

adhirājya adhi-rājya, n. Supreme sway. Mahāv. 65, 9.

adhiropaṇa adhiropaṇa, i. e. adhi-ruh, Caus. + ana, n. Litting up. sā sehe...adhiropaṇam, She endured being lifted on...Böhtl. Chr. 240, 313.

adhirohaṇa adhirohaṇa, i. e. adhi-ruh + ana, n. Mounting, Rām. 5, 35, 29.

adhivāsa adhivāsa, m., i. e.
     1. adhi-vas + a. A house, an abode, Dev. 4, 10.
     2. adhi-vās + a, Perfuming the person, Bhartṛ. 1, 12.

adhivāsana adhi-vās + ana, n. Perfuming the person.

adhiveśma adhiveśma, i. e. adhi-veśman, adv. At home, Śiś. 9, 78.

adhiṣṭhātṛ adhiṣṭhātṛ, i. e. adhi-sthā + tṛ, m. f. trī, n.
     1. Ruling, a ruler.
     2. Protecting.

adhiṣṭhāna adhiṣṭhāna, i. e. adhi-sthā + ana, n.
     1. A resting-place.
     2. A seat, Man. 12, 4.
     3. An abode.
     4. A place, Pañc. 10, 3.
     5. A town, a capital, Rājat. 5, 266.
     6. Dignity, Nal. 26, 28.
     7. Power, Rām. 4, 14, 30.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. having three bases, Man. 12, 4. dharma-, n. a court of justice, Pañc. 237, 20. nis-, adj. being without a solid base, Rām. 5, 82, 12. sa-, adj. having a solid base, ib. su-, adj., having a solid base, Chr. 25, 52.

adhīkāra adhīkāra; see adhikāra.


[Page 17a]

adhītin adhītin, i. e. adhi-ita + in (vb. i), adj., Conversant wiht, Dacak. 140, 3.

adhīna adhīna, i. e. adhas + īna, adj. Subject, dependent, Ragh. 1. 72. It is generally the latter part of compound words: e. g. adhi-, adj. Wholly dependent, Man. 8, 66. tvad-, adj. Subject to thee, Rām. 2, 72, 52. para-, adj. Depending on another, Rām. 3, 37, 6. sva-, adj.
     1. Independent.
     2. Lependent on ourselves, belonging to us, faithful, Pañc. i. d. 196.

adhīratā a-dhīra + tā (cf. dhīra), f.
     1. Unsteadiness.
     2. Pusillanimity.

adhīśa adhīśa, m. A lord, Śiś. 9, 38. A chief, Rājat. 5, 300.
-- Comp. tri-, m. epithet of Kriṣṇa-Viṣṇu (the lord over the three primary qualities), Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 21. dina-, m. the sun, Pañc. i. d. 231.

adhunā adhunā, adv. Now.

adhovekṣin adhovekṣin, i. e. adhas-ava-īkṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, With downcast eyes, Pañc. i. 214.

adhyakṣa adhyakṣa, i. e. adhi-akṣa.
I. adj. Perceptible, Bhāṣāp. 48.
II. n. Perception, ib. 56; 149.
III. m. A superintendent, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 3.
-- Comp. an-, adj imperceptible, Bhāṣāp. 48. aśva-, m. a superintendent of the horses, Pañc. 156, 18. kośa-, m. a treasurer, Pañc. 156, 18. gaja-, m. a superintendent of the elephants, Pañc. 156, 18. dvāra-, m. a porter, a chamberlain, Rām. 1, 20, 5. sūda-, m. a superintendent of the kitchen.

adhyagni adhyagni, i. e. adhi-agni, adv. Before the nuptial fire, Man. 9, 194.

adhyayana adhyayana, i. e. adhi-i + ana, n. Reading, study, especially of the sacred books, Man. 1, 88.
-- Comp. an-, n. neglecting to read the sacred books, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.

adhyardha adhyardha, i. e. adhi-ardha, adj. One and a half, Man. 9. 117.

adhyavasāya adhyavasāya, i. e. adhi-ava-so + a, m. Perseverance, Pañc. 60, 6. Constancy, ib. iii. d. 261.

adhyātma adhyātma, i. e. adhi-ātman, n. The supreme soul, Bhag. 8, 3.

adhyātmika adhyātmika, Man. 6, 83, read ādhy°, q. cf.

adhyāpaka adhyāpaka, i. e. adhi-i, Caus. + aka, m. A teacher, Man. 3, 156.

adhyāpakatā adhyāpaka + tā, f. Condition of a teacher, Rājat. 5, 469.

adhyāpana adhyāpana, i. e. adhi-i, Caus. + ana, n.
     1. Instructing.
     2. Teaching the sacred books, Man. 8, 340.

adhyāya adhyāya, i. e. adhi-i + a, m.
     1. Reading, recitation.
     2. The time when the sacred books ought to be read, Man. 4, 102.
     3. A section of a book, e. g. the subdivisions of the Rām., MBh. Comp. an-, m. the time when the sacred books ought not to be read, Man. 2, 106. sva-, m. 1. perusal or study of the Vedas, Man. 2, 105. 2. the Veda. 3. inaudible reading or muttering of prayers. niḥsva-, i. e. nis-sva-, adj. not muttering prayers, Hariv. 11187.

adhyāropa adhyāropa, i. e. adhi-ā-ruh, Caus. + a, m. Erroneous predication, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 7; 9; 210, 10; 211, 23.

adhyāvāhanika adhyāvāhanika, i. e. adhi-ā-vah + ana + ika, n. What was given to a wife on the bridal procession, Man. 9, 194.

adhyāsa adhyāsa, i. e. adhi- 2. as + a, m. Putting on; pādādhyāse, 'for putting the foot on a person,' Yājñ. 2, 217.

adhyāsin adhyāsin, i. e. adhi-ās + in, adj., f. . Sitting on, Pañc. iii. d. 270.

adhrigu adhrigu, i. e. probably a-dhṛ + i-gam + u, ved. adj. Of unrestrained course, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3.

adhvaga adhvaga, i. e. adhvan-ga.
I. adj. f. , Being on the road, travelling, Rājat. 5, 9.
II. m. A traveller, Man. 11, 1.

adhvan adhvan, m. A road, Man. 4, 60.
-- Comp. gata- (vb. gam), adj. versed, skilled, MBh. 12, 11876.

adhvanīna adhvan + īna and adhvanya adhvan + ya, m. A traveller, Yajñ. 1, 111.

adhvara adhvara, i. e. perhaps a-dhvṛ + a or adhvan + a (with r for n, cf. aṅghri), m. A sacrifice, Chr. 288, 11 = Rigv. i. 48, 11.

adhvaraga adhvara-ga, adj. Belonging to a sacrifice, Draup. 6, 21.

adhvaryu adhvaryu (i. e. adhvarya, a ved. denominat., derived from adhvara + u), m. A special priest versed in the Yajurveda, Man. 3, 145.

an an-, before consonants a a-, an inseparable prefix, implying
I. negation, e. g. a-brāhmaṇa, m. One who is not a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 7, 85. a-jñāna, n. Ignorance, Man. 11, 145. an-anta, adj. Endless, Man. 4, 149. In this use it produces very often the opposite signification, e. g. a-gada, m. Health, Man. 11, 237. a-krūra, adj. Soft, Man. 2, 34. a-sakrit, adv. Often, Man. 3, 233.
II. deterforation.
     1. Wrong, e. g. a-kāla, m. Unseasonable time, Man. 3, 105.
     2. Bad, a-ksketra, n. A bad field, Man. 10, 71.
-- Cf. Lat. in-, Goth. and A.S. un-, [greek] and [greek]

an an, ii. 1, Par. † i, 4, Ātm.
     1. To breathe.
     2. To blow (as wind).
     3. To live.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. animus, ānus (cf. Sskr. apāna); Goth. uz-ana; see prāna.

ana ana, cf. idam.

anaḍudda anaḍudda, i. e. anaḍuh da, m. The giver of a bull, Man. 4, 231.

anaḍuh anaḍuh, i. e. anas-vah, m. (nom. sing. anaḍvān, voc. van; the acc. sing., N.V.A. du. and N.V. pl. have as base vāh, the rest uh, the final of which becomes in the loc. pl. and before bh). A bull, or ox, Man. 11, 136.

anatiprakāśakatva an-ati-prakāśaka + tva, adj. Having the nature of a somewhat insufficient illustrator, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 5.

ananubhāvakatā ananubhāvakatā, i. e. an-anu-bhū + aka + tā, f. Unintelligibility, Bhāṣāp. 83.

anantakara anantakara, i. e. an-anta-kṛ + a, adj. Making endless or infinite, Rām. 5, 20, 26.

anantara an-antara,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Having nothing intermediate, Man. 2, 19.
     2. Immediately bordering, next, Nal. 22, 16.
     3. Immediately following, Bhāṣāp. 123.
     4. Of an immediately following caste, Man. 10, 14.
     5. Allowing no delay, necessary, Chr. 10, 6.
II. ram, acc.
     1. adv. Next in space, Rām. 2, 87, 5. Next in time, immediately afterwards, then, Rām. 1, 3, 7. Especially compounded with preceding tad-, after that, Pañc. 70, 17.
     2. prep. with abl. and gen. Immediately after, Bhag. 12, 12; Rām. 5, 73, 28. After, Pañc. 108, 13.
-- Comp. sam-anantara + m, adv. immediately after, Chr. 14, 20.


[Page 19a]

anantaraja anantara-ja (vb. jan), m. A son, born by a wife belonging to a caste next to that of her husband, except the fourth, Man. 10, 41.

anapakarman an-apa-karman, n. Subtraction (of what has been given), Man. 8, 4.

anapakriyā an-apa kriyā, f. Nonpayment, Man. 8, 214.

anapasara an-apasara, m. One who has no claims (properly: no outlets), Man. 8, 198.

anapākarman anapākarman = anapakarman.

anapāyin anapāyin, i. e. an-apa-i + in, adj., f. .
     1. Not going away, Kathās. 12, 33.
     2. Lasting, Rājat. 5, 32.
     3. Immovable.
     4. Imperishable.

anabhisneha anabhisneha, i. e. an-abhi-snih + a, adj., Without attachment, Bhag. 2, 57.

anaya
I. a naya, m.
     1. Bad conduct, Pañc. 259, 16.
     2. Sin, Rām. 5, 24, 28.
     3. Wrong, Rām. 6, 40, 5 (na sa veda nayānayau. Such a man knows neither right nor wrong).
     4. Lewdness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.
II. an-aya, m.
     1. Distress, Man. 10, 95.
     2. Ill-luck, Chr. 8, 33.

anarghyatva an-arghya + tva, n. Invaluableness, Hit. Pr. d. 4.

anartha an-artha.
I. m.
     1. Disadvantage, Man. 8, 24; bhavaty anarthāya, It becomes prejudicial, Man. 4, 193.
     2. Misfortune, Śāk. 81, 8.
II. adj., f. thā.
     1. Useless, Pañc. 248, 6.
     2. Prejudicial, Rām. 6, 21, 5.
     3. Poor, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 1.
     4. Unhappy, Rām. 3, 75, 40.

anarthaka anartha + ka, adj.
     1. Useless, Pañc. 183, 2.
     2. Vain, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 14.
     3. Unmeaning, nonsensical.

anarthatva an-artha + tva, n. Pañc. i. d. 158, read anarthitva; see arthitva.

anarhyatā an-arhya + tā (vb. arh), f. Disproportionateness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 12.

anala an + ala, m.
     1. Fire, Man. 3, 261.
     2. The deity of fire, Man. 5, 1.
     3. The digestive power.
     4. The proper name of a monkey, Rām. 6, 13, 8.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. the fire of all-destroying Time, Rām. 3, 69, 10. dāva-, m. the fire of a forest conflagration, Pañc. 142, 6. baḍavā-, m. submarine fire, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 419.

analada anala da, adj. Quenching fire, Kirāt. 5, 25.

anavagāhin an ava gāh + in, adj. f. . Not entering, Bhāṣāp. 135.

anavadyatā an-a-vadya + tā (cf. avadya), f. Blamelessness, Mālav. 20, 10.

anavekṣaka anavekṣaka, i. e. an-ava-īkṣ + aka, adj. One who does not take care, Rām. 4, 17, 12.

anas anas, n. A cart, Man. 8, 209.
-- Cf. Lat. onus.

anasūyitṛ anasūyitṛ, i. e. an-asūya + tṛ, m. Free from a spirit of detraction, MBh. 1, 5611.

anasūyu anasūyu, i. e. an-asūya + u, adj. Free from a spirit of detraction

anasthan an-asthan (cf. asthi), adj. Boneless, Man. 11, 140.

anāgata an-ā-gata, (vb. gam), adj., f. .
     1. Not arrived, Rājat. 5, 171.
     2. Future, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 89. anāgataṃ kṛ, To make dispositions for the future, ib. 88.
     3. Not mentioned, Rām. 3, 56, 18.


[Page 20a]

anāgatavant anāgata + vant, adj., f. vatī. Full of schemes concerning the future, Pañc. v. d. 59.

anātmajña anātmajña, i. e. an-ātman-jña (vb. jñā), adj. Foolish, Śāk. 78, 15.

anāmikā anāmikā, i. e. a-nāman + ka, f. The ring-finger, Yājñ. 3, 278.

anāvṛṣṭi anāvṛṣṭi, i. e. an-ā-vṛṣ + ti, f. Drought, Lass. 62, 18.

anāśrava anāśrava, i. e. an-ā-śru + a, adj., f. . Not obeying, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 8.

anāhitāgnitā anāhitāgni + tā (cf. agni), f. Neglecting to keep up the consecrated fire, Man. 11, 65.

animeṣatā a-nimeṣa + tā (cf. nimeṣa), f. Not winking, Śiś. 9, 11.

anila an + ila, m.
     1. Wind.
     2. The deity of wind, Man. 5, 96.
     3. Wind as one of the humors of the body.
     4. A proper name.

anivartitva anivartitva, i. e. a-nivartin + tva, n. Not running away, courageous resistance, Man. 7, 88.

anivedaka anivedaka, i. e. a-ni-vid, Caus. + aka, adj. Not reporting, MBh. 13, 2385.

anīka an + īka, m. n.
     1. The face (ved.), front (ved.).
     2. An army, Rājat. 5, 452.
-- Comp. agra-, the van of an army, Man. 7, 193. yathā-anīka + m, adv. as far as the host extended, MBh. 3, 15715.

anīrasana anīrasana, i. e. a-nis-rasanā, adj. Girded, Kir. 5, 11.

anu anu.
I. adv. Afterwards, then, Rām. 2, 84, 4.
II. prep.
     1. with acc.
a. Along, Rām. 2, 83, 6.
b. After, Pañc. 165, 5.
c. According to, like, Vikr. d. 110.
     2. with abl. In consequence of, Rām. 6, 10, 23.
III. combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. former part of compounded nouns and adverbs, implying. After, according to, along, again secondary, every.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. ana, N.H.G. an.

anukampaka anu-kamp + aka, adj. Having tender affection, Man. 6, 8.

anukampana anu-kamp + ana, n. Compassion, Rām. 2, 45, 31.

anukampā anu-kamp + ā, f. Compassion, Bhartṛ. 2, 60.
-- Comp. sa-anu-kampa,
I. adj. kind.
II. pam, adv. kindly, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 13.

anukampin anu-kamp + in, adj. Having tender affection, Rām. 6, 70, 38.

anukalpa anu-kalpa, m. A substituted rule, Man. 11, 30.

anukāṅkṣin anu-kāṅkṣ + in, adj. Striving for, eager.

anukāra anukāra, i. e. anu-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Imitation.
     2. Resemblance.

anukārin anukārin, i. e. anu-kṛ or anukāra + in, adj.
     1. Acting conformably.
     2. Imitating, Śāk. d. 49. Like, Śāk. 104, 8.
-- Comp. hita-, adj. kind.

anukārya anu-kārya, n. What must be done later, Rām. 6, 40, 5.

anukīrtana anukīrtana, i. e. anu-kṛ10t + ana, n. Proclaiming, Kathās. 4, 121.

anukūla anu-kūla, adj.
     1. Suitable, Rām. 1, 17, 26.
     2. Agreeable, Rām. 5, 31, 45.
     3. Favourable, Pañc. 120, 16.

anukūlatā anukūla + tā, f.
     1. Favour, Pañc. 263, 13.
     2. Proneness, Bhāṣāp. 156.

anukūlatva anukūla-tva, n. Favour, Ragh. 1, 42.


[Page 21a]

anukṛti anu-kṛ + ti, f. Imitation, Megh. 70.

anukrama anu-kram + a, m.
     1. Regular order, Yājñ. 1, 19.
     2. Table (of contents), MBh. 1, 2294.
-- Comp. devatā-, m. table of the deities, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 25.

anukramaṇikā anukramaṇikā, i. e. anu-kram + ana + ī + ka, f. Table of contents, MBh. 1, 103.

anukrośa anukrośa, i. e. anu-kruś + a, m. Compassion, Chr. 21, 11.
-- Comp. nis-,
I. m. unmercifulness, Rām. 4, 19, 21.
II. adj. merciless. sa-, 1. adj. f. śā, compassionate. 2. śam, adv. compassionately, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 16.

anukṣaṇam anu-kṣaṇa + m, adv. Every moment, perpetually, Hit. 59, 17.

anukṣapam anu-kṣapa + m (cf. kṣapā), adv. Every night, Kirāt. 5, 17.

anuga -anu-ga (vb. gam),
I. adj., f. .
     1. Following, Pañc. i. d. 63.
     2. Corresponding, Man. 8, 239.
II. m. A follower, a servant, Rām. 1, 12, 26.
-- Comp. pada-, m. a follower. śrotra-pada-, adj. agreeable to the ear, Rām. 2, 100, 25, Gorr. vaśa-, adj. 1. obedient, submissive. 2. subject, Man. 2, 214. sa-, adj. with one's attendants, Rām. 3, 55, 24. sa-bala-, adj. with (his) army and followers, Chr. 54, 16.

anugati anugati, i. e. anu-gam + ti, f.
     1. Following, Rām. 5, 81, 23.
     2. Assent.

anugatika -anugati + ka, adj. Following, Pañc. i. d. 889.

anugama anu-gam + a, m.
     1. Following, pursuing.
     2. Penetrating.

anugamana anu-gam + ana, n. Following, Rām. 1, 28, 32.


[Page 21b]

anugāmin anugāmin, i. e. anu-gam + in-.
I. adj., f. . Following, pursuing, Rām. 5, 5, 31.
II. m. A servant, Chr. 62, 47.

anuguṇa anu-guṇa, adj. f. ṇā. Corresponding, conformable, Mṛcch. 43, 16. Suitable, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 21.

anugraha anu-grah + a, m.
     1. Promoting, Rām. 6, 11, 22.
     2. Favour, Pañc. 34, 2.
     3. Help, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1643.

anugrahaṇa anugrahaṇa, i. e. anu-grah + ana n.
     1. Showing favour, Rām. 2, 1, 19.
     2. Favour.

anugrāhaka anugrāhaka, i. e. anu-grah + aka, m. A supporter, Rājat. 5, 259.

anucara anu-car-a,
I. adj. f. . Following, Ragh. 2, 4.
II. m.
     1. A servant, an attendant, Pañc. 68, 11.
     2. A supporter, Rājat. 5, 288.
III. f. (ved. also ), A female servant, Rām. 6, 38, 14.
-- Comp. lakṣmaṇa-, adj. accompanied by Lakṣmaṇa, Rām. 1, 24, 3.

anucintana anu-cint + ana, n.
     1. Thinking, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 22.
     2. Regretful remembrance.

anuja anu-ja (vb. jan),
I. adj., f. . Younger, Man. 9, 57.
II. m. A younger brother.
III. f. . A younger sister, Rām. 3, 4, 52.

anujīvin anu-jīv + in, m. A dependent, a servant, Pañc. i. d. 79.

anujñā anu-jñā, f.
     1. Permission.
     2. Dismission.
-- Comp. prāpta- (vb. āp), adj. having received the permission to withdraw.

anutāpa anutāpa, i. e. anu-tap + a, m. Repentance, Man. 11, 227.
-- Comp. paśca- (cf. paścāt), m. repentance.


[Page 22a]

anutāpana anutāpana, i. e. anu-tap + ana, adj. Afflicting, Rām. 4, 2, 13.

anutsekin anutsekin, i. e. an-utseka + in, f. . Humble, Śāk. d. 93.

anudarśana anudarśana, i. e. anu-dṛś + ana, n. Consideration, Bhag. 13, 8.

anudarśin anudarśin, i. e. anu-dṛc + in, adj. Considering, Pañc. iii. d. 169.

anudinam anu-dina + m, adv. Every day, Kirāt. 5, 37.

anudivasam anu-divasa + m. adv. Every day, Śāk. 47, 2 (C.).

anudeham anu-deha + m, adv. From behind, Śiś. 9, 73.

anudhāvana anu-dhāv + ana, n. Cleansing.

anudhyāna anudhyāna, i. e. anu dhyai + ana, n. Meditation, Śāk. 57, 13 v. r.

anunaya anunaya, i. e. anu-nī + a, m.
     1. Reconcilement, Hit. ii. d. 117.
     2. Courtesy, Vikr. d. 20.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. kind.
II. yam, adv. tenderly, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 4.

anunayam anu-naya + m, adv. According to propriety, Rām. 4, 26, 10.

anunāda anunāda, i. e. anu-nad + a m. Consequent sound; echo.
-- Comp. sa-veṇu-vīṇā-paṇava-anunāda + m, adv. re-echoing with flutes, lutes, and tabors.

anunādin anunādin, i. e. anu-nad + in, adj., f. . Echoing, Rām. 6, 69, 40.

anupadam anu-pada + m, adv.
     1. Immediately after, Pañc. 198, 11.
     2. In a moment, Śāk. 5, 11.
     3. At every step, Śiś. 9, 78.


[Page 22b]

anupadin anu-pad + in, m. A searcher, Śiś. 9, 70.

anuparodhatas an-uparodha + tas, adv. Without inconvenience, Man. 4, 32.

anupasaṃhārin anupasaṃhārin, i. e. an-upa-sam-hṛ + in, adj., f. iṇī. Nonexclusive (a subdivision of one of the forms of fallacious middle term), Bhāṣāp. 71; 73.

anupātin anupātin, i. e. anu-pat + in, adj. f. . Following.

anupālana anupālana, i. e. anu-pā, Caus. + ana, n. Observance, Rām. 5, 24, 20.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be preserved, MBh. 13, 1929.

anupālin anupālin, i. e. anu-pā, Caus. + in, adj. Cherishing, Man. 9, 204.

anupūrva anu-pūrva, adj. f. .
     1. Following whoever or whatever precedes.
     2. Regular.

anupūrvaśas anupūrva + śas, adv. In regular order, Man. 1, 2; with gen. Man. 8, 142.

anupraveśa anu-praveśa, m.
     1. Entering after.
     2. Entering (in general).

anupraśna anu-praśna, m. A question, MBh. 12, 4924.

anubandha anu-bandh + a, m.
     1. Beginning, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 5.
     2. A motive, Man. 8, 126.
     3. An indispensable element, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 8.
     4. Uninterrupted succession, Rām. 5, 3, 13.
     5. Consequence.
     6. Posterity, Rām. 2. 7, 28.

anubandhana -anu-bandh + ana, n. Uninterrupted connection, Vikr. 55, 10.

anubandhin anubandhin, i. e. anubandha + in, adj., f. .
     1. Connected with, Bhag. 15, 2; Daśak, in Chr. 193, 6.
     2. Lasting.


[Page 23a]

anubala anu-bala, n. The rear of an army, Rām. 1, 1, 46.

anububhūṣu anububhūṣu, i. e. anu-bubhūṣa, desider. of bhū + u, adj. Desiring to enjoy, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 14.

anubhartṛ anubhartṛ, i. e. anu-bhṛ + tṛ, m., f. trī, n. One who imitates, Chr, 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 88, 6.

anubhava anubhava, i. e. anu-bhū + a, m.
     1. Apprehension, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 14.
     2. Understanding, Rām. 4, 42, 9 (Hanuman knows well how to finish the work).

anubhāva anubhāva, i. e. anu-bhū + a, m.
     1. Dignity, authority, Daśak. 196, 14.
     2. Power, Śāk. 31, 2.
     3. A sign, Kathās. 4, 117; Ragh. 2, 75.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. pre-eminent, just, virtuous.

anubhāvin anubhāvin. i. e. anu-bhū + in.
I. adj. Seeing, Śāk. 89, 3 (Prākṛ.).
II. m. A witness, Man. 8, 89.

anubhūti anu-bhū + ti, f. Apprehension, perception, Bhāṣāp. 50.

anumati anumati, i. e. anu-man + ti, f.
     1. Assent, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 3.
     2. The goddess of the fifteenth day of the moon's age, Man. 3, 86.

anumantṛ anu-man + tṛ, m. One who assents, Man. 5, 51.

anumaraṇa anumaraṇa, i. e. anu-mṛ + ana, n. Following in death, Hit. iii. d. 28.

anumā anu-mā, f. Conclusion, Bhāṣāp. 65.

anumāna anumāna, i. e. anu-mā + ana, n.
     1. Inferring, Bhāṣāp. 139; 140.
     2. Argument, Man. 8, 144; Rām. 6, 23, 2.
     3. Analogy, Vikr. 63, 13.

anumānana anumānana, i. e. anu -man, Caus. + ana, n. Inducing to confess, Chr. 53, 2.

anumārdava anu-mārdava, n. Compassion, Rām. 5, 37, 31.

anumiti anumiti, i. e. anu-mā + ti, f. Conclusion, Bhāṣāp. 51; 65.

anuyātṛ anu-yā + tṛ, m. A companion, Rām. 2, 91, 59.

anuyātra anu-yā-tra, n. and fem. trā.
     1. Retinue.
     2. Attendance, Rām. 4, 36, 10.
-- Comp. datta-, adj. accompanied.

anuyātrika anuyātrika, i. e. anuyātra + ika, m. A follower, Śāk. 30, 9.

anuyāna anuyāna, i. e. anu-yā + ana, n. Following, Rām. 2, 105, 10.

anuyāyitā anuyāyitā, i. e. anuyāyin + tā, f. Following, Rām. 2, 90, 20.

anuyāyin anuyāyin, i. e. anu-yā + in, adj. f. , Following, a follower, Chr. 35, 10.

anuyugam anu-yuga + m, adv. In proportion to the (four) ages, Man. 1, 84.

anuyoga anuyoga, i. e. anu-yuj-a, m.
     1. Question, Śāk. 15, 17.
     2. Inquiry, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 2; 195, 20.

anurañjaka anu-rañj + aka, adj. Gratifying, Rām. 2, 1, 20, Gorr.

anurañjana anu-rañj + ana, n. Loving.

anurathyā anu-rathyā, f. A by-way running along the main street, Rām. 2, 6, 17.

anurāga anurāga, i. e. anu-rañj + a m.
     1. Redness, Śiś. 9, 1.
     2. Love, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 18.
     3. Good will, Man. 7, 154.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. f. , loving, Rām. 2, 12, 98. sa-, adj. impassioned.


[Page 24a]

anurāgavant anurāga + vant, adj., f. vatī.
     1. Enamoured, Hit. 28, 9.
     2. Enamoured or red, Śiś. 9, 10.

anurāgitā anurāgitā, i. e. anurāgin + tā. f. Attachment.

anurāgin anurāgin, i. e. anurāga + in, adj.
     1. Attached, Sāh. D. 76, 21.
     2. Causing affection.

anurūpa anu-rūpa, adj., f. . Suitable, Sāv. 2, 10; instr. peṇa, In proportion, Man. 8, 206. pam, adv. According to Daśak. in Chr. 197, 13.
-- Comp. sva-, adj. Innate, natural.

anurūpatas anurūpa + tas, adv. In proportion, M. 7, 125.

anurodha anurodha, i. e. anu-rudh + a, m.
     1. Compliance, Hit. 106, 17.
     2. Obligation, Man. 2, 105.

anurodhana anurodhana, i. e. anu-rudh + ana, n. Compliance, Hit. ii. d. 99.

anurodhitā anurodhitā, i. e. anurodhin + tā, f. Compliance.

anurodhin anurodhin, i. e. anurodha + in, adj., f. .
     1. Compliant, Rām. 2, 75, 36.
     2. Acting in conformity with, Rām. 3, 2, 28.

anulepa anulepa, i. e. anu-lip + a, m. Unguent.

anulepana anulepana, i. e. anu-lip + ana, n. Ointment, Śiś. 9, 24.

anulomana anulomana, i. e. anulomaya + ana, I, adj.
     1. Putting in due order.
     2. (In medicine) Correcting the vitiated air of the body, or obviating excretory obstructions.

anulomaya anulomaya (a denominat. derived from anu-loma), Par.
     1. To go or touch with the grain.
     2. (In medicine) To direct into the proper channel.

anuvaṃśa anu-vaṃśa, m. A genealogical table, MBh. 1, 3762.

anuvaṃśya anuvaṃśya, i. e. anuvaṃśa + ya, adj., f. , Referring to genealogical lists, MBh. 3, 8330.

anuvacana anu-vac + ana, n.
     1. Studying, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 1.
     2. A section.

anuvartana anuvartana, i. e. anu-vṛt + ana, n. Attending, Hit. 75, 17.

anuvartitva anuvartitva, i. e. anuvartin + tva, n. Accommodating one's self to, Pañc. i. d. 79.

anuvartin anuvartin, i. e. anu-vṛt + in, adj., f. .
     1. Following, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 10.
     2. Obedient, Pañc. i. d. 331.
-- Comp. citta-, adj. compliant, Lass. 29, 16. vṛtta-, adj. conforming to rule.

anuvaśa anu-vaśa.
I. m. Obedience, Rām. 2, 8, 29.
II. adj. Obedient, Rām. 2, 89, 7.

anuvāka anuvāka, i. e. anu-vac + a, m. A section.

anuvāda anuvāda, i. e. anu-vad + a, m. Report, Lass. 67, 2.
-- Comp. vāda-, m. 1. attack and rejoinder. 2. plaint and reply.

anuvādin anuvādin, i. e. anuvāda + in, adj., f. .
     1. Assenting, Rām. 4, 62, 65.
     2. Harmonizing with, Rām. 5, 14, 10.
     3. Like, Pañc. 248, 11.

anuvidhāyin anuvidhāyin, i. e. anu-vi-dhā + in, adj., f. .
     1. Compliant, Vikr. 36, 1.
     2. Obedient, Hit. ii. d. 134.

anuvṛtta anu-vṛtta (vb. vṛt), adj., f. . Oval, Rām. 6, 23, 12.


[Page 25a]

anuvṛtti anu-vṛt + ti, f.
     1. Acting in conformity with.
     2. Compliance, Śiś. 9, 58.
     3. Attachment, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 1.
-- Comp. sneha-, f. affectionate intercourse.

anuvedha anuvedha, i. e. anu-vyadh + a, m. Boring.

anuvelam anu-vela + m (cf. velā), adv. Continually, Ragh. 3, 5.

anuveśa anuveśa, i. e. anu-viś + a, m. Entering, MBh. 1, 7772.

anuvyāharaṇa anuvyāharaṇa, i. e. anu-vi-ā-hṛ + ana, n. Repetition, Rām. 1, 2, 43.

anuvrajyā anu-vraj + yā, f. Attendance on a person departing, Man. 2, 241.

anuvrata anu-vrata, adj., f. .
     1. Devout, Rām. 1, 6, 16.
     2. Faithful, Rājat. 5, 251.
     3. Attached to (with acc.), Nal. 2, 26.

anuśaya anuśaya, i. e. anu-śī + a, m.
     1. Repentance, Man. 8, 228.
     2. Rescission (as of sale), Man. 8, 5.

anuśāsana anu-śās + ana, n.
     1. Instruction, Man. 2, 159.
     2. Precept, Man. 8, 139.
     3. Explanation, Man. 6, 50.

anuśāsitṛ anu-śās + itṛ, m. A teacher, Bhag. 8, 9.

anuśāsin anu-śās + in, adj., f. , Punishing, Vikr. 62, 14.

anuśikṣin anuśikṣin. i. e. anu-śikṣa, desider. of śak + in, adj. Practising.

anuṣaṅga anuṣaṅga, i. e. anu-sañj + a, m. Desire.

anuṣaṅgin anuṣaṅgin, i. e. anuṣaṅga + in, adj. Attached, prevailing, Man. 7, 52.


[Page 25b]

anuṣṭhātṛ anuṣṭhātṛ, i. e. anu-sthā + tṛ, m. One who performs, Pañc. 253, 12.

anuṣṭhāna anuṣṭhāna, i. e. anu-sthā + ana, n.
     1. Performing, Pañc, 79, 22.
     2. Practice, Man. 7, 100.
     3. Study, Rājat, 5, 374.

anuṣṭhāpana anuṣṭhāpana, i. e. anu-sthā, Caus. + ana, n. Causing to perform, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 2; 21.

anuṣṭhāyin anuṣṭhāyin, i. e. anu-sthā + in, adj., f. , Performing, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 12.

anuṣṇaśīta an-uṣṇa-śīta, adj. Neither hot nor cold, Bhāṣāp. 103.

anusaṃdhāna anusaṃdhāna, i. e. anu-sam-dhā + ana, n. Inquiry, Hit. 90, 18; Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 2.

anusara anusara, i. e. anu-sṛ + a, m. A companion, Lass. 20, 6.

anusaraṇa anusaraṇa, i. e. anu-sṛ + ana, n.
     1. Following, Hit. 98, 21. Persecution, Megh. 82.
     2. Searching, Hit, 68, 13.
     3. Conformity, Hit. 9, 8.

anusāra anusāra, i. e. anu-sṛ + a, m.
     1. Following.
     2. Conformity.
     3. Rule, Man. 8, 152.

anusārin anusārin, i. e. anu-sṛ + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Following, Pañc. 98, 23.
     2. Scrutinising, Man. 7, 102.
     3. Observant, Man. 7, 31.
-- Comp. kāla-, m, benzoin, Suśr. 2, 32, 1.

anusevin anu-sev + in, adj., f. , Addicted to (cruel actions), Rām. 2, 49, 5.

anusmaraṇa anusmaraṇa, i. e. anu-smṛ + ana, n. Recollection, Rām. 6, 82, 34.

anusyūtatva anu-syūta + tva (vb. siv), n. Condition of being sewn on or closely attached (as with a thread), Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 4.

anūcāna anūcāna (properly ptcple. of the pf. Ātm. of anu-vac), m. One versed in the Vedas, Man. 2, 154.
-- Comp. an-, m. One who is not versed in the Vedas, Man. 2, 242.

anūdaka anūdaka, i. e. an-udaka (the u is lengthened on account of the metre), n. Want of water, drought, Rām. 1, 20, 16.

anūdara anūdara, i. e. an-udara (u is lengthened on account of the metre), adj. Without belly, MBh. 14, 1305.

anūpa anūpa, i. e. anu-ap + a,
I. adj., f. , Watery, Man. 7, 192.
II. m. A shore, Rām. 5, 15, 55.

anūlā anūlā, f. The name of a river.

anṛc an-ṛc and anṛca an-ṛc + a, m. One not conversant in the Rigveda, Man. 3, 131; 2, 158.

anṛṇatā an-ṛṇa + tā, f. anṛṇatva an-ṛṇa + tva, n., and anṛṇyatā an-ṛṇyatā (Pañc. 255, 11), i. e. an-ṛṇa + ya + tā, f. Freedom from debt.

anṛtamaya an-ṛta + maya, adj., f. , False, Śāk. 68, 13.

anṛtin anṛtin, i. e. an-ṛta + in, adj. Lying, a liar, Man. 4, 214.

anṛśaṃsatva a-nṛśaṃsa + tva, n. Mildness, Rām. 2, 46, 8.

anekadhā an-eka + dhā, adv. In many ways, Bhāṣāp. 99.

anekaśas an-eka + śas, adv. Repeatedly, Chr. 33, 2.

anekaikatvabuddhi an-eka-eka + tva-buddhi, f. Comprehension of manifold unities, Bhāṣāp. 108.

anehas anehas, i. e. an-īh + as (anom.).
I. adj. Without a rival.
II. m. (nom. sing., ) Time, Rājat. 5, 405.


[Page 26b]

anaikānta anaikānta, i. e. an-eka-anta + a, adj. Going astray (one of the five forms of fallacious middle term), Bhāṣāp. 70.

anokaha an-oka-ha (vb. 2. ), m. A tree.

anoṃkṛta anoṃkṛta, i. e. an-om-kṛta, adj. Not accompanied by the mystical syllable om, Man. 2, 74.

antant, i. 1, Par. To bind.

anta anta, m.
     1. End, Nal. 22, 4.
     2. Boundary, Rām. 3, 15, 16.
     3. Limit, Rām. 3, 1, 23.
     4. Border, Rām. 4, 6, 16.
     5. Proximity, Man. 4, 116.
     6. Death, Rām, 5, 87, 29.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. endless, Man. 3, 275.
II. m. 1. a name of Viṣṇu. 2. Śeṣa, the chief of the Nāgas, or serpents. apara-, m. 1. the western extremity. 2. pl. the name of a people. 3. completion. 4. death. udaka-, m. the bank of a river, Śāk. 54, 21. etad-, adj., f. , ending in this, Man. 1, 50. kalpa-, m. the end of a Kalpa-period, the destruction, the end of the world, Dev. 1, 49; Hit. i, d. 43. kṛta-,
I. adj., f. , deciding, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 13.
II. m. 1. fate, Rām. 1, 41, 1. 2. a name of the God of Death, Hit. 9, 6. 3. a proved doctrine, Bhag. 18, 13. keśa-, m. 1. the end of the hair, Rām. 6, 8, 2. 2. a tuft of hair, Pañc. 245, 12. 3. hair, Rām. 5, 35, 21. 4. the ceremony of cutting the hair, Man. 2, 65. gata-, adj. whose end is near, Rām. 2, 12, 31. gharma-, m. the end of the hot season, Megh. 104. jana m. an uninhabited country, Suśr. 204, 5. tad-, adj. finding its end thereby, Hit. i. d. 85. diś-,
I. m. the end of the world, Kir. 5, 1.
II. adj. dwelling at the end of the world, MBh. 10, 260. diṣṭa-, m. (vb. diś) death, Rām. 2, 111, 3 Gorr. dṛṣṭa-, m. (n. Rām. 2, 109, 37 Gorr.) 1. a prototype, Hariv. 5298. 2. an example, Hit. ii, d. 97. 3. comparison, Chr. 9, 45. yajña-, m. a supplementary sacrifice. yuga-, m. 1. the end of an age. 2. a destruction of the universe. svīkāra-, adj. 1. agreed to. 2. consequent upon a promise.
-- Cf. Goth. andi, A.S. ende; Lat. uls instead of ultis; see antara, antima.

antaḥpura antaḥpura, i. e. antar-pura, n.
     1. The palace of a king, Rām. 2, 14, 28.
     2. The female apartments, the gyneceum, Man. 7, 221.
     3. The wives of a king. Sing. Nal. 17, 31, and plur. Śāk. 30, 12.

antaḥstha antaḥstha, i. e. an ar-stha (vb. sthā), adj., f. thā, Being in the interior, Kathās. 16, 104.

antaka anta + ka.
I. adj., f. , Causing death, Rām. 3, 46, 9.
II. m. A name of the god of Death, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1520.
-- Comp. an-, adj. endless. kāla-, m. the god of Death, Rām. 6, 67, 2. jagadantaka, i. e. jagat-, m. the destroyer of the world, Bhāg. P. 4. 5, 6. viṣa-, m. Śiva.

antakara anta-kara, adj., f. , Causing death, Rām. 5, 94, 11.

antakṛt anta-kṛ + t.
I. adj. Causing the end.
II. m. Death.

antaga anta-ga (vb. gam), adj., f. .
     1. Going to the end.
     2. Thoroughly conversant in, Man. 3, 145.

antatas anta + tas, adv.
     1. With the end or extremity, Man. 2, 62.
     2. At the end, lastly, Man. 3, 86.

antar antar.
I. adv. Within, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 119; Vikr. d. 8.
II. prep. Within, with gen. Bhag. 13, 15.
III. Combined and compounded with some verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former and latter part of compourd nouns implying the interiro; e. g. antaḥ-karaṇa, the internal sense (cf. karaṇa); ambhontar, i. e. ambhas-antar in the water, Yājñ. 1, 149. jantāntar, between the teeth, Man. 5, 141.
-- Cf. Lat. inter.

antara antara.
I. adj., f. , Other, Rām. 5, 56, 57.
II. n.
     1. The interior, Pañc. ii. d. 42; the main substance, Pañc. 167, 6.
     2. Interval, Man. 2, 17. etasminn antare, In the mean while, Rām. 1, 24, 24. ekāntara, adj. With one class between, Man. 10, 13. dvi-eka-, adj. With one or two classes between, Man. 10, 7. kāla-, n. Lapse of time, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1264. -- Loc. antare, Between, Rājat. 5, 152.
     3. A hole, Rām. 3, 35, 84.
     4. Distance, Rām. 2, 49, 1.
     5. Difference, Rām. 3, 53, 56.
     6. Opportunity, Rām. 1, 46, 23.
     7. A weak side, Rām. 6, 18, 46.
     8. A surety, Pañc. 213, 24; see antareṇa.
     9. When latter part of compound words it may be translated very often by adjectives, e. g. 'other,' diś- and deśa-, n. A foreign country, Rājat, 6, 16; Man. 5, 78. sthāna-, n. Another place, Hit. 25, 9. 'Special,' kāraṇa-, A special reason, Nal. 13, 59; Rām. 4, 9, 28. 'Suitable,' e. g. kāla-, A suitable time, Pañc. iii. d. 236. 'Relative to,' mad-, Relative to myself, Rām. 2, 90, 16 (cf. 92, 21 Gorr.)
-- Comp. divasa-, adj. one day old, MBh. 11, 98. sa-, adj. with interstices. stana-, n. the heart.
-- Cf. Lat. interus, interior, alter, and ulterior, ultra (see anta and antima); Goth. anthar. A.S. other.

antaratas antara + tas, adv.
     1. From the interior, Śiś. 9, 19.
     2. Within (in his heart), Rām. 3, 62, 1.

antarā antarā (old instr. sing. of antara cf. antareṇa).
I. adv.
     1. Amidst, Śhr. 14, 17.
     2. Between, Rām. 5, 34, 5.
     3. In the interval, i. e. between morning and evening, Man. 2, 56.
     4. For some time, Rām. 3, 8, 13.
     5. Therein, Man. 10, 174.
     6. On the way, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 17.
     7. Near, Rām. 2, 57, 13.
II prep.
     1. Between, with loc., Rām. 2, 40, 44, and acc., Ram. 2, 92, 12.
     2. Without.
-- Cf. antareṇa, [greek]

antarātmanya antar-ātman + ya, adj. Internal, Man. 12, 13.

antarāya antarāya, i. e. antar-i + a, m. Obstacle, Śiś. 9, 87.

antarāla antarāla, i. e. antar-āli, n. Interval, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17; Śiś. 9, 2. loc. le, While, Pañc. 55, 17.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., separated, distinct from.

antarikṣa antarikṣa and antarīkṣa antarīkṣa, i. e. antar-īkṣ + a, n. The sky, Chr. 41, 21; 30, 8.

antarīkṣaga antarīkṣa-ga (vb. gam).
I. adj. Moving in the air, Rām. 5, 27, 11.
II. m. A bird.

antarīya antarīya, i. e. antara + īya, n. A lower garment, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.

antareṇa antareṇa (instr. of antara), prep. with acc.
     1. Between, Śiś. 3, 3.
     2. During, Mālav. 67, 21.
     3. Except, Rām. 3, 25, 1.
     4. Without, Rām. 3, 71, 13.
     5. Regarding, Śāk. 59, 14.

antardaśāha antardaśāha, i. e. antar-daśan-ahan, n. An interval of ten days, Man. 5, 79.

antardhāna antardhāna, i. e. antar-dhā + ana, n.
     1. Disappearance; with i or gam, to disappear, Rām. 6, 19, 39.
     2. Invisibility, Rām. 6, 19, 48.

antarbhāva antarbhāva, i. e. antar-bhū + a, m. Inclusion, being included, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 1.

antaryāmin antaryāmin i. e. antar-yam + in, m. The soul, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 19.


[Page 28b]

antarvaṃśika antarvaṃśika, i. e. antar-vaṃśa + ika, m. A superintendent of a gyneceum, Pañc. 156, 17.

antarvant antar + vant, adj., f. vatnī (ved. vatī). A pregnant woman, Rājat. 5, 245.

antavant anta + vant, adj., f. vatī. Having an end, perishable, Bhag. 2, 18.

antika anti + ka (from the ved. anti = [greek] cf. [greek] Lat. ante, Goth. and, e. g. in and-hafjan, to answer; N.H.G. ant-, ent-, e. g. in ant-worten, ent-gegnen), n. Vicinity, Rājat, 5, 57. -- abl. kāt. Near, with acc. Rām. 3, 9, 11. From, with gen. Man. 9, 174. -- loc. ke. Close to, Nal. 1, 25. In presence of, Man. 2, 202.
-- Comp. keśa-, i. e. keśānta + ika, reaching to the hair, Man. 2, 46. grahaṇa-, i. e. grahaṇānta + ika, lasting till the comprehension, Man. 3, 1. janāntikam, i. e. jana-antika + m, adv. whispering, speaking aside, Śāk. 13, 12.

antima antima (ved. antama), adj., f. . Last, Hit. Pr. d. 12.
-- Cf. Lat. ultimus and intimus; see anta and antara.

antevāsin antevāsin, i. e. anta + i-vas + in, m. A pupil, Man. 4, 33.

antya antya, i. e. anta + ya.
I. adj., f. .
     1. Last, Man. 11, 213. With daśā, State of extremity, Pañc. 70, 5.
     2. Lowest, Pañc. iv. d. 76. Of a very low class, Man. 12, 59.
II. m.
     1. A Cāṇḍāla, Man. 2, 238.
     2. One of a barbarous nation, Man. 3, 9.

antyaja antya-ja (vb. jan).
I. adj., f. , Born in the lowest class, Man. 8, 385.
II. m. A man of the lowest tribe, Pañc. i. d. 452.
III. f. , A woman of the lowest class, Man. 11, 58.

antyajātitā antya-jāti + tā, f. The lowest of human conditions, Man. 12, 9.


[Page 29a]

antyāvasāyin antyāvasāyin, i. e. antya-ava-so + in, m. A man of a degraded tribe; the son of a Niṣādī woman by a Cāṇḍāla, Man. 10, 39.

antra antra (for antara, cf. [greek] Lat. interiora), n. An intestine (mostly used in the plur.), Rām. 5, 25, 46.
-- Comp. kṣudra-, n. the entrails which are nearer to the heart. sthūla-, n. those which are near the anus, Yājñ. 3, 94; 95.

andand, i. 1, Par. To bind.

andolana andolana, i. e. andolaya + ana, n. Swinging, Rājat. 5, 356.

andolayaandolaya (a denomin. derived from *andola, based on *andul, an anomalous frequent. of dul for *dandul, cf. aṅghri). To swing.

andh andh, i. 10, Par. (rather denomin. of andha)
     1. † To be blind.
     2. To make blind, to obstruct the sight, Śiś. 9, 21.

andha andha, adj., f. dhā.
     1. Blind, Pañc. 291, 11.
     2. Obstructing the sight, Man. 8, 94.
-- Comp. divā-, m. An owl, Pañc. 158, 22.

andhaka andha + ka.
I. adj., f. dhikā, Blind.
II. m. A proper name.

andhakāra andha + kāra, m. and n. Darkness, Man. 4, 51.

andhakāramaya andhakāra + maya, adj., f. . Dark, Kathās. 4, 51.

andhatā andha + tā, f. and andhatva andha + tva, n. Blindness.

andhas andhas, n. The sacrificial food (ved.), Chr. 291, 6 = Rigv. i. 85, 6.

andhra andhra, m.
     1. The name of a people.
     2. A man of a low caste, son of a Vaidca by a Kārāvara woman, Man. 10, 36.


[Page 29b]

anna anna, i. e. ad + na, n.
     1. Food, Man. 3, 182.
     2. Corn, Man. 3, 76.
     3. Boiled rice, Man. 3, 82.
-- Comp. kṛta-, n. dressed food, Man. 9, 213. deva-, n. food offered to gods, Man. 5, 7. dadhi-, n. rice with curdled milk, Yājñ. 1, 288. paryāya-, n. food prepared for another. miṣṭa-, n. a mixture of sugar and acids, etc., eaten with bread or rice. rājānna, i. e. rājan-, n. a sort of rice.
-- Cf. Lat. annona.

annada anna-da (vb. ), adj., f. . Giving food, Man. 4, 229.

annamaya anna + maya, adj., f. . Consisting of food in a metaphysical sense, i. e. of the essence of the elementary creation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 12.

annāda annāda, i. e. anna-ad + a, adj., f. . Eating food, Man. 8, 317 (one who eats food given to him by a killer of a Brāhmaṇa).

annādya annādya, i. e. anna-ādya.
     1. (the latter part being the ptcple. of the fut. pass. of ad), n. Proper food, Man. 3, 82.
     2. (the latter part being the adj. ādya), Dressed rice, etc., Man. 3, 244.

anya anya, adj., f. , n. yad.
     1. Other, Man. 8, 17.
     2. Different, Hit. i. d. 121.
     3. with abl. Other than, Rājat. 5, 178. (nānyaḥ Śaṅkaravarmaṇaḥ, no other than Śaṅkaravarman).
     4. One, Pañc. 80, 16.
     5. plur. The others, i. e. the rest, Böhtl. Chr. 219, 161.
     6. acc. sing., n. yad. Besides, else, Pañc. 55, 9. -- Comparat. anyatara, f. rā., n. rad, Either of two, Man. 2, 111. -- Superl. anyatama, f. , Any one of more than two, Man. 11, 25.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. , fixed on one object, Bhag. 9, 32.
-- Cf. Lat. alius, [greek] Goth. alja-, alis, alja, probably also alls. A.S.

anyatas anya + tas, adv.
     1. From another, Man. 4, 33.
     2. On the contrary, Pañc. i. d. 109.
     3. To another place, Man. 2, 200.

anyatā anya + tā, f. Difference, Śiś. 4, 55.
-- Comp. an-, f. identity.

anyatra anya + tra, adv.
     1. Elsewhere
     2. On another occasion, Man. 5, 41.
     3. To another subject, Man. 2, 168.
     4. With abl., except, without, Bhag. 8, 9.
-- Cf. Goth. aljathro, Lat. aliter [greek]

anyathā anya + thā, adv.
     1. In another manner, differently. anyathā kṛ, To change, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 717.
     2. Otherwise, else, Man. 8, 144.
     3. Untruly, Rām. 4, 21, 15.
     4. Wrongly, illegally, Man. 9. 234.
     5. In an opposite way, Pañc. 206, 14; with kṛ, To deny.
-- Cf. Lat. aliuta.

anyadā anya + dā, adv.
     1. At another time.
     2. Once, Pañc. 234, 8.

anyadīya anyadīya, i. e. anya + d + īya, adj. f. .
     1. Belonging to another.
     2. Being in others, Daśak. 187, 23.

anyamātṛja anya-mātṛ-ja (vb. jan), m. A half-brother, born by another mother, Yājñ. 2, 139.

anyastrīga anya-strī-ga (vb. gam), m. An adulterer, Man. 8, 386.

anyādṛśa anyādṛśa, i. e. anya-dṛś + a, adj., f. śī, Looking different. Lass. 72, 8.

anyūnādhika anyūnādhika, i. e. a-nyūna-adhika, adj., f. . Neither too little nor too much, Ram. 6, 16, 78.

anyedyus anyedyus, i. e. anya + i-dyu + as, adv.
     1. On the following day, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 9.
     2. Once, Pañc. 68, 25.

anyodarya anyodarya, i. e. anya-udara + ya, m. A half-brother, having the same father but another mother, Yājñ. 2, 139.


[Page 30b]

anyonya anyonya, i. e. anya + s-anya, adj.
     1. Each other, Man. 7, 89.
     2. Mutual, Man. 9, 101.

anvak anvak, i. e. anu-añc, acc. sing. n.
I. adv. Behind, Śiś. 9, 76.
II. prep. with acc. After, Ragh. 2, 16.

anvaya anvaya, i. e. anu-i + a, m
     1. Following.
     2. Connection.
     3. The affirmative connection between the major and middle terms, Bhāṣāp. 141.
     4. Male descendants, Yājñ. 2, 117.
     5. Lineage, Ragh. 1, 9. Race, Rājat. 5, 151. Family, Rājat. 5, 41.
     6. Succession, inheritance in anvayāgata, Inherited, Pañc. 16, 11.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be pursued, Rām. 2, 92, 13 Gorr. 2. hard to be performed, MBh. 13, 5854. 3. not easy to be conceived, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 30. nis-, adj. 1. in absence (cf. anvayavant), Man. 8, 332. 2. without descendants, Rājat. 2, 81. 3. not related, Man. 8, 198. sa-, adj. 1. related, Man. 8, 331. 2. in connection with family. 3. with all the family, Pañc. 45, 6. 4. in order or regular succession.

anvayavant anvaya + vant, adj., f. vatī, In presence, Man. 8, 332.

anvayin anvayin, i. e. anvaya + in, adj., f. .
     1. Connected with, Bhāṣāp. 73.
     2. Belonging to a race, Rājat, 5, 246.

anvartha anvartha, i. e. anu-artha.
I. adj., f. thā, Clear.
II. adv. tham, Literally.

anvavāya anvavāya, i. e. anu-ava-i + a, m. Race, Sund. 1, 2.

anvavekṣā anvavekṣā, i. e. anu-ava-īkṣ + ā, f. Regard.

anvaṣṭakā anvaṣṭakā, i. e. anu-aṣṭakā
I. The ninth day of the latter half of the months Pauṣa, Māgha, and Phālguna (and according to another authority, also of the Agrahāyaṇa), Man. 4159.


[Page 31a]

anvaham anvaham, i. e. anu-aha + m, adv. Every day, Man. 2, 167.

anvādheya anvādheya, i. e. anu-ā-dheya (vb. dhā), n. A woman's property, consisting in what she has received after her marriage from her husband's or her father's families, Man. 9, 195.

anvādheyaka anvādheya + ka, n. = anvādheya.

anvāhārya anvāhārya, i. e. anu-ā-hārya (vb. hṛ), n. The monthly Śrāddha or funeral repast in honour of the manes, held on the day of new noon, Man. 3, 123.

anvāhāryaka anvāhārya + ka, n. = anvāhārya, in piṇḍa- (properly, the oblation offered after the funeral cakes), Man. 3, 122.

anveṣa anveṣa, i. e. anu- 2. iṣ + a, m. Searching, Śāk. d. 22.

anveṣaka anveṣaka, i. e. anu- 2. iṣ + aka, adj., f. ikā, One who searches, Rām. 4, 61, 12. Who explores, Rājat. 5, 54.

anveṣaṇa anveṣaṇa, i. e. anu- 2. iṣ + ana, n. and f. ṇā, Searching, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 5.

anveṣin anveṣin, i. e. anu- 2. iṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Searching, Rājat. 5, 463.
-- Comp. hita-, adj. seeking another's welfare.

anveṣṭṛ anveṣṭṛ, i. e. anu- 2. iṣ + tṛ, m. A searcher, Nal. 16, 30.

ap ap, f., in the classical literature plur.: N.V. āpas,
I. adbhis, D.A. adbhyas. Water, Man. 1, 8. adbhir dā, To give and confirm the gift by pouring water, Man. 9, 168.
-- Cf. Lat. aqua amnis, Goth. ahva,

apa 1. apa.
I. adv. (ved.) Away.
II. prep. with abl. Away from, without (very seldom).
III. combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. former part of compounded nouns and adverbs, implying: Loss, negation, privation, wrong, bad, unnatural.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ab. Goth. and A.S. af.

apa 2. -ap + a, a substitute for ap, when latter part of a comp. word, e. g. śuṣka-, adj. Of which the water is dried up, Rām. 2, 72, 20.

apakartṛ apakartṛ, i. e. apa-kṛ + tṛ, m. An injurer, Hit. iii. d. 47.

apakarṣa apakarṣa, i. e. apa-kṛṣ + a, m.
     1. Deterioration.
     2. Sinking, Man. 10, 42.

apakarṣaka apakarṣaka, i. e. apa-kriṣ + aka, adj. Deteriorating.

apakarṣaṇa apakarṣaṇa, i. e. apa-kṛṣ-ana.
I. adj., f. ṇī, Removing, Rām. 1, 29, 18.
II. n. Removal, Yājñ. 1, 191.

apakāra apakāra, i. e. apa-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Injury.
     2. Malice, Daśak. in Chr. 191.

apakāratā apakāra + tā, f. An injurious action, Nal. 21, 13.

apakārin apakārin, i. e. apa-kṛ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Mischievous, Man. 11, 31; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 687.

apakṛtya apa-kṛtya, n. Injury, Pañc. 255, 11.

apakramaṇa apakramaṇa, i. e. apa-kram + ana, n. Going away, Rām. 2, 34, 40.

apakriyā apa-kriyā, f.
     1. A wrong (unseasonable) act, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 890.
     2. Wrong manner, Śiś. 9, 68.
-- Cf. anapakriyā.

apakrośa apakrośa, i. e. apa-kruś + a m. Reviling, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 21 (ib. 20, read pārthivaṃ mitho).

apakvatā a-pakva + tā, f. Immaturity.

apagama apa-gam + a, m.
     1. Going away, Megh. 71.
     2. Separation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 643.
     3. Passing away (of time), Kathās. 21, 147.

apagarjita apa-garjita (vb. garj), adj. Without thundering, Kathās. 19, 94.

apacamāna a-pacamāna (vb. pac, ptcple. pres. Ātm.), adj. One who by his mode of life is prevented from dressing his food, as a student, a mendicant, and a heretic, Man. 4, 32 (Kull.).

apacaya apacaya, i. e. apa-ci + a m. Decrease, Hit. iii. d. 131.

apacāyin -apacāyin, i. e. apa-ci + in, adj.
     1. Decreasing in, MBh. 3, 11157.
     2. Honouring, MBh. 13, 6705.

apacāra apacāra, i. e. apa-car + a, m.
     1. Death, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 20.
     2. Trespass, fault, Śāk. 110, 23.

apacārin apacārin, i. e. apa-car + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Deviating from, Hariv. 1014 (corr. °cāriṇaḥ).
     2. Adulterous, Man. 8, 317.

apaciti apa-ci + ti, f.
     1. Honour, Rām. 2, 74, 26.
     2. Expiation.

apacchāya apacchāya, i. e. apa-chāya (cf. chāyā), adj. Shadowless, Pañc. ii. d. 108(?).

apajihīrṣu apajihīrṣu, i. e. apa-jihīrṣa, desid. of hṛ + u, adj. Desirous of taking away, Rājat. 5, 426.

apaṭī apaṭī, f. A screen of cloth; see kṣepa.

apaṇḍitatā a-paṇḍita + tā, f. Foolishness, Bhartṛ. 2, 88.

apatya apa + tya, n. Offspring, Man. 5, 161.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. , childless, without offspring, Man. 9, 190. vipanna- (vb. pad), adj. f. , having lost a child by abortment, Rājat. 5, 246. sa-, adj. having progeny.

apatyatā -apatya + tā, f. State of having offspring, Man. 3, 16. an-, Having no offspring, childlessness, Śāk. 90, 20.

apatrapā apa-trap + ā, f. Bashfulness, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 22.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. , impudent, Rām. 4, 30, 17.

apadeśa apadeśa, i. e. apa-diś + a, m.
     1. Stating, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 14.
     2. Denunciation, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 13.
     3. Pretext, Man. 4, 198. apadeśais, Artfully, Man. 8, 182.
-- Comp. sa-apadeśa + m, adv. under a pretext, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 16.

apadeśin -apadeś + in in rājaputra-, adj. Disguised as (Rājputs) Kathās. 24, 121.

apadoṣatā apa-doṣa + tā, f. Faultlessness, Śiś. 9, 12.

apadhyāna apadhyāna, i. e. apa-dhyai + ana, n.
     1. Disregard, MBh. 1, 8457.
     2. Hurting, Hariv. 9058(?).

apadhvaṃsaja apa-dhvaṃs + a-ja (vb. jan), m. The offspring of a father inferior in caste to the mother, Man. 10, 41.

apanayana apanayana, i. e. apa-nī + ana, n. Removing, Rām. 3, 64, 11; 1, 46, 11.

apanutti apanutti, i. e. apa-nud + ti, f.
     1. Removing.
     2. Expiation, Man. 11, 209.

apanuda apa-nud + a, adj., f. . Removing, Rām. 2, 1, 28.

apanunutsu apanunutsu, i. e. apa-nunutsa, desider. of nud + u, adj. Desirous of removing, Man. 11, 101.


[Page 33a]

apanoda apanoda, i. e. apa-nud + a, m.
     1. Removal.
     2. Expiation, Man. 11, 75.

apanodana apanodana, i. e. apa-nud + ana.
I. adj., f. , Removing, Man. 11, 215.
II. n. Expiation, Man. 11, 252.

apapātra apa-pātra, adj. Deprived of vessels, Man. 10, 51.

apapādatra i. e. apa-pāda-tra (vb. trā), adj. Without shoes, Rājat. 5, 194.

apabhraṃśa apa-bhraṃś + a, m. Incorrect language, Rājat. 5, 205.

apamarda apamarda, i. e. apa-mṛd + a, m. Dirt, Rām. 3, 2, 3.
-- Cf. Lat. merda.

apamarśa apamarśa, i. e. apa-mṛś + a, m. Touch, Śāk. d. 116, v. r.

apamāna apamāna, i. e. apa-man + a, m., n.
     1. Disrespect, Rām. 1, 12, 14.
     2. Token of disrespect, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 1.

apamānin apamānin, i. e. apa-man + in, adj., f. , Disregarding, despising.

apamārga apamārga, i. e.
I. apa-mṛj + a, m. Cleansing, Śiś. 9, 36.
II. apa-mārga, m. A sideway, Pañc. 169, 15.

apayāna apayāna, i. e. apa-yā + ana, n.
     1. Going away, Śiś. 9, 84.
     2. Retreat, flight, Rām. 3, 40, 29.

apara
I. apa + ra, adj., f. .
     1. Posterior, Man. 3, 278; with sandhyā, Evening-twilight, Man. 4, 93.
     2. Following, Rām. 2, 65, 1.
     3. Western, Śiś. 9, 1.
     4. Other, Pañc. 55, 13. -acc. ram, adv. Moreover, Pañc. 71, 1.
II. a-para, adj.
     1. Inferior, Bhag. 7, 5.
     2. Relative, Bhāṣāp. 7; 9.
     3. Modern, Man. 9, 99.
-- Comp. pūrva-,
I. adj. 1. being before and behind. 2. prior and subsequent.
II. n. sing. 1. east and west. 2. connexion, Man. 8, 56 (Proof, and thing to be proved, Ragh.).
-- Cf. Goth. afar, after, N.H.G. aber.


[Page 33b]

aparatā apara + tā, f.
     1. Relative ness.
     2. Condition of being less extensive, Bhāṣāp. 8.
     3. Shortness of distance and time.

aparatra apara + tra, adv. In another place, Rām. 3, 15, 26; 27.

aparatva apara + tva, n. Shortness of distance and time, Bhāṣāp. 120.

aparatvaka aparatva + ka, n. = aparatā, Bhāṣāp. 3; 85, Shortness of distance and time.

aparathā apara-thā, adv. Otherwise, Śiś. 9, 67.

aparasparasaṃbhūta aparasparasaṃbhūta, i. e. a-paraspara-sam-bhūta (vb. bhū), adj. Not sprung up in a successive order, Bhag. 16, 8.

aparādha apa-rādh + a, m.
     1. Transgression, Ragh. 1, 6.
     2. Offence, Pañc. 40, 23.
     3. Crime, Rām. 2, 58, 22.
     4. Injury, Rām. 6, 33, 21.
     5. aparādha + tas, adv. By the fault, Man. 8, 408.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. innocent, Pañc. 198, 4. sa-, adj. guilty.

aparādhakṛt aparādha-kṛt, adj. One who has committed a crime, sinful, Śiś. 9, 58.

aparādhin apa-rādh + in, adj., f. , Offending, Rām. 5, 91, 8. An offender, Yājñ. 2. 266.

aparāntaka aparāntaka, i. e. apara-anta + ka.
I. m. The name of a people.
II. n. A song conducive to final liberation, Yājñ. 3, 113.

aparāvartin aparāvartin, i. e. a-parā-vṛt + in, adj. Not turning the back, not flying.

aparāhṇa aparāhṇa, i. e. apara-ahna, m., n.
     1. The afternoon, Man. 3, 255.
     2. Evening, Chr. 34, 16.


[Page 34a]

aparihāravant a-parihāra + vant, adj., f. vatī, Unavoidable.

aparedyus aparedyus, i. e. apara + i-div + as, adv. The following day, Rām. 1, 9, 52; Nal. 13, 35.

apalatābhavana apa-latā-bhavana, adj., f. , Without arbours, Kir. 5, 10.

apavarga apavarga, i. e. apa-vṛj + a, m. Completion; the delivery of the soul from the body; final beatitude, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 10.

apavargada apavarga-da (vb. ), adj., f. , Giving final beatitude, Rājat. 5, 44.

apavartana apavartana, i. e. apa-vṛt + ana, n.
     1. Removing.
     2. Depriving one of, Man. 9, 79.

apavāda apavāda, i. e. apa-vad + a, m.
     1. Refutation of an erroncous imputation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 24.
     2. Insulting, Man. 4, 239.
     3. Blame, Pañc. 37, 4.

apavādin apavādin, i. e. apa-vad + in, adj., f. , Blaming, Śāk. 23, 12.

apavāritaka apa-vārita + ka (vb. vṛ), adj., instr. kena, Apart, Mṛcch. 23, 22.

apavāhana apavāhana, i. e. apa-vah + ana (vb. vah), n. Removal, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 1.

apavedha apavedha, i. e. apa-vyadh + a, m. Boring improperly, Man. 9, 286.

apaśaṅkam apa-śaṅka + m (see śaṅkā), adv. Fearless, Śiś. 4, 47.

apas apas, Ved. (akin to āp)
I. n. Work, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9.
II. adj. Active, diligent, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3.
-- Comp. su-, adj. making beautiful works, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. 1, 85, 9.
-- Cf. Lat. opus, Ved. apasya = Lat. operari, [greek] for [greek]


[Page 34b]

apasada apa-sad-a, m.
     1. A degraded one, Man. 10, 10.
     2. A contemptible individual; in this signification, it is generally the latter part of a comp., e. g. gaja-, m. A contemptible elephant, Pañc. 80, 21; vānara-, m. A contemptible monkey, Rām. 6, 83, 14.

apasaraṇa apasaraṇa, i. e. apa-sṛ + ana, n. Retreating, Pañc. 152, 21.

apasarpa apasarpa, i. e. apa-sṛp + a, m. A spy, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 13.

apasarpaṇa apasarpaṇa, i. e. apa-sṛp + ana, n. Retreating, Rām. 6, 92, 9.

apasavyavant apa-savya + vant, adj. With the sacrificial cord over the right shoulder (cf. savya), Yājñ. 1, 250.

apasāra apasāra, i. e. apa-sṛ + a, m. An outlet, Pañc. 171, 16.

apaskara apaskara, i. e. apa-kṛ + a, m. Excrements, Lass. 4, 16.

apasnāna apasnāna, i. e. apa-snā + ana, n. Water which had been used for bathing, Man. 4, 132.

apasmāra apasmāra, i. e. apa-smṛ + a, m.
     1. Epilepsy.
     2. Madness, Bhartṛ. 1, 88.

apasmārin apasmārin i. e. apasmāra + in, adj., f. iṇī, Subject to epilepsy, Man. 3, 7.

apaha -apa-ha (vb. han), adj., f. ,
     1. Removing, Rām. 3, 79, 44; Kir. 5, 22.
     2. Destroying, Rājat. 5, 179.
     3. Curing, Suśr. 2, 408, 5.
-- Comp. vīṣa-, adj. antidotal.

apaharaṇa apaharaṇa, i. e. apa-hṛ + ana, n.
     1. Taking away, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 21.
     2. Stealing, Man. 9, 293.

apahartṛ apahartṛ, i. e. apa-hṛ + tṛ, m., f. trī, n.
     1. One who takes away, a thief, Man. 9, 275.
     2. One who withholds another's property, Man. 8, 190.
     3. Removing, expiating, Man. 11, 161.

apahāra apahāra, i. e. apa-hṛ + a, m.
     1. Taking away.
     2. Concealment, Śāk. 13, 22.

apahāraka apahāraka, i. e. apa-hṛ + aka.
I. adj., f. ikā, Taking away, stealing, Man. 9, 256.
II. m. A thief, Man. 4, 255.

apahārin apahārin, i. e. apa-hṛ + in.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Taking away; ravishing, Man. 2, 88.
II. m. A thief, Pañc. 33, 4.

apahnava apahnava, i. e. apa-hnu + a, m.
     1. Denying, Man. 8, 52.
     2. Concealment, Kathās. 10, 92.

apākariṣṇu apākariṣṇu, i. e. apa-ā-kṛ + iṣṇu, adj. Surpassing, Bhartṛ. 1, 5.

apāṅga apāṅga, i. e. apa-aṅga, m. The outer corner of the eye, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 15. -- In comp. adj. the fem. terminates in and , Rām. 5, 38, 7; 2, 30, 34.
-- Comp. śukla-, m. a peacock.

apātrakṛtyā a-pātra-kṛtyā, f. An action by which a person becomes unworthy of receiving a present, Man. 11, 125.

apātrīkaraṇa apātrīkaraṇa, i. e. a-pātra-kṛ + ana, n. Causing a person to become unworthy of receiving a present, Man. 11, 69.

apāna apāna, i. e. apa-an + a, m.
     1. One of the five vital airs, that which goes downwards, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 10.
     2. The anus (cf. an).

apāya apāya, i. e. apa-i + a, m.
     1. Going away.
     2. Disappearance.
     3. Diminution, Man. 1, 70.
     4. End, Rājat. 5, 98.
     5. Trespass, injury.
     6. Loss.
     7. Danger.
     8. Calamity.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. diminished by one, Man. 1, 70. nis-, adj. 1. imperishable, MBh. 12, 8003. 2. infallible, MBh. 3, 2178. sa-, adj. dangerous, Pañc. 192, 7.

apārthaka apārthaka, i. e. apa-artha + ka, adj. f. thikā, Useless, Man. 8, 78.

apāśraya apāśraya, i. e. apa-ā-śri + a, m.
     1. Refuge, support, Man. 9, 335.
     2. An awning spread over a court, Rām. 5, 11, 19.
     3. The head, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 20 (Sch. Wils. p. 90).

api api (properly, Thereto, on, by, cf. [greek] Lat. ob)
I. part.
     1. Moreover, also, Man. 8, 274; 1, 119.
     2. Even, Man. 2. 150.
     3. Still, Śāk. d. 29.
     4. Though, Śāk. d. 68.
     5. With preceding yadi, Although, Man. 9, 145.
     6. With tathā, Even thus, nevertheless, Śāk. 99, 8,
     7. With tad, Nevertheless, Bhartṛ. 1, 28.
     8. Only, Pañc. Pr. d. 9.
     9. All together, after numerals and words used in a similar signification, Man. 1, 107 (All four), Man. 2, 14 (after ubhau, both); Man. 3, 193 (all together); Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1047 (after ctāni, all these); Pañc. 108, 14 (after aparam, Every other subject).
     10. A part. of interrogation, Rām. 5, 33, 34.
     11. A part of desire, O that! Man. 3, 274.
     12. With following nāma (base nāman), Perhaps, Mṛcch. 174, 3. O that! Vikr.
     13. Following the interrogat. pron. kim or its derivatives:
a. It makes them indefinite, ko 'pi (i. e. kas api), Somebody, Bhartṛ. 3, 99 (cf. Lat. quispiam for quis-pi-jam).
b. Signifies: Even, Kathās. 4, 55.
c. Violently, Megh. 110.
     14. Preceding kiṃ cid becomes more indefinite, Man. 3, 14.
II. conjunct.
     1. And also, Man. 1, 115.
     2. And, Man. 4, 55.
     3. apiapi, 'as well as,' Hit. i. d. 159; from the one part -- from the other part, Pañc. 113, 8; 9; api-ca, Man. 5, 23.
     4. But, Man. 8, 267.
     5. But also, Pañc. 155, 25.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former part of comp. nouns implying 'near to,' 'joined to.'

apidhāna apidhāna, i. e. api-dhā + ana, n. A cover.
-- Comp. śilā-, adj., f. , covered by stones, Rām. 3, 76, 35.

apūpa apūpa, m. A cake, Man. 5, 7.

apūrvatā a-pūrva + tā, f. and apūrvatva a-pūrva + tva, n. Condition of having no antecedent, i. e. acquiring an understanding of the only real being from no other authority than the Vedic texts, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 10 cf. 3.

apekṣā apekṣā, i. e. apa-īkṣ + a f.
     1. Consideration, Pañc. 40, 16.
     2. Regard.
     3. Care, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 6.
     4. Expectation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 9.
     5. Reference, relation, ib. 208, 5.
-- Comp. an-apekṣa, adj., f. kṣā. 1. Regardless. 2. Without desire, Bhag. 12, 16. nis-,
I. f. indifference, Rām. 2, 116, 5 Gorr.
II. adj. 1. Regardless, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 19. 2. Without desire, indifferent, Man. 6, 41.
III. kṣam, adv. 1. Without having any regard. Daśak. in Chr. 192, 22. 2. Accidentally, Pañc. 264, 7.

apekṣitatva apekṣitatva, i. e. apa-īkṣita + tva, (vb. īkṣ), n. Consideration, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 1.

apekṣin apekṣin, i. e. apa-īkṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Regarding.
     2. Expecting, Rājat. 5, 296.
-- Comp. an-, disregarding, Rām. 4, 28, 5. dīrgha-, i. e. dīrghāpekṣā + in, adj. patient, enduring, MBh. 7, 5467. nis-, adj. indifferent, ib. 13, 6169.

apogaṇḍa apogaṇḍa, adj. Not under sixteen years of age, Man. 8, 148 (v. r.).

apoha apoha, i. e. apa-ūh + a, m. Disconnecting reasoning, MBh. 13. 6725.

apohana apohana, i. e. apa-vah + ana, n. Removal, Bhag. 15, 15 (of recollection and knowledge.)

apcara ap-cara, adj., f. , Living in water, Man. 7, 72.

apnasvant apnas + vant (apnas, ved.), adj. Efficacious, Chr. 298, 24 = Rigv. i. 112, 24.

apyaya apyaya, i. e. api-i + a, m. Absorption.
-- Comp. loka-īśa-prabhava-, adj. owing both origin and end to the guardians of the world, Man. 5, 97.

aprajas aprajas, i. e. probably a-pra-jan + as, adj. Childless, Rām. 1, 14, 29.

apratiratha a-prati-ratha (cf. the next), m. A leader in combat, Śāk. d. 95; 192.

aprativīrya a-prati-vīrya (a-prati is a ved. word, Irresistible), adj. Of irresistible strength, Rām. 4, 35, 4.

aprājñatā a-prājña-tā, f. Ignorance, Man. 4, 167.

apsaras apsaras, i. e. ap-sṛ + as, f. The name of female divinities; in the classical poetry the courtesans of paradise.
-- Comp. pañcāpsaras, i. e. pañcan-, n. the name of a pond.

abādhaka a-bādha + ka (see bādhā) adj., f. , Unobstructed, Kathās. 26, 80.

abja abja, i. e. ap-ja (vb. jan),
I. adj., f. , Born or produced in or by water, Man. 5, 112.
II. n. A lotus,
-- Comp. nila-, n. a blue lotus.

abda abda, i. e. ap-da (vb. ) m.
     1. A cloud.
     2. A year, Rājat. 5, 291.
-- Comp. kṛcchra-, m. a year of penance, Man. 11, 162. tri-, n. Three years, Man. 8, 36.

abdhi abdhi, i. e. ap-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. The occan, Kathās. 12, 113.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, Kathās. 22, 186.

abhi abhi (Towards, to).
I. adv. On, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.
II. prep. with acc. To, Ved. Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. i. 48, 7; over, Chr. 292, 5 = Rigv. i. 86, 5.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former part of compounded nouns and adverbs implying Towards, in presence of, very, cf. e. g. abhitāmra; Quite, cf. abhinava.
-- Cf. Goth. bī. The original form of this indeclinable was probably ambhi = Gr. [greek] Lat. amb in amb-ire; O.H.G. umbi.

abhika abhi-ka (vb. kam) adj., f. , Libidinous, Ragh. 19, 4.

abhikāṅkṣā abhi-kāṅkṣ + ā, f. Desire, Rām. 3, 48, 15 (svargam abhikaṅkṣā, Desire of getting into heaven, with accus. like its verbal base).

abhikāṅkṣin abhi-kāṅkṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Desiring, Chr. 7, 18.

abhikāma abhikāma, i. e. abhi-kam + a.
I. m. Love.
II. adj., f. , Loving, Rām. 1, 77, 29.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. loving, Nal. 24, 13.

abhikāla abhikāla, m. The name of a town, Rām. 2, 68, 17.

abhikrama abhi-kram + a, m. An undertaking, Bhag. 2, 40.

abhikhyā abhi-khyā, f. Beauty, Megh. 78.
-- Comp. adhika-ud-recita-abhikhya, adj. exceedingly beautiful, Rājat. 5, 365. haṃsa-, n. silver. himāṃśu-, i. e. hima-aṃśu-, n. silver.

abhigama abhi-gam + a, m.
     1. Approaching.
     2. A visit, Megh. 50.
     3. Sexual intercourse, Yājñ. 2, 291.

abhigamana abhi-gam + ana, n.
     1. Approaching.
     2. Mounting, Kathās. 20, 154.
     3. Sexual intercourse, Pañc. Pr. d. 8.

abhigāmin abhigāmin, i. e. abhi-gam + in adj., f. , Approaching (for sexual intercourse), Man. 3, 45.

abhighāta abhighāta, i. e. abhi-han. Caus. + a, m.
     1. Striking, Bhāṣāp. 117; Kir. 5, 42.
     2. Hurting, affliction. Man. 12, 77.
-- Comp. vapra-, m. butting at a bank or mound.

abhighātin abhighātin, i. e. abhi-han, Caus. + in, adj., f. ,
     1. Striking.
     2. Hostile, Hit. iv. d. 92.

abhicāra abhicāra, i. e. abhi-car + a, m. Incantation, making charms for mischievous purposes, Man. 11, 197.

abhijana abhi-jan + a, m.
     1. Race, Rām. 3, 48, 18.
     2. Family, Rām. 5, 87, 15.

abhijanana abhi-jan + ana, n. Production, Häberl. 524, 9.

abhijanavant abhijana + vant, adj., f. vatī, Noble, Śāk. d. 94.

abhijit abhi-ji + t,
I. m. The name of a sacrifice, Man. 11, 74.
II. n. The name of the eighth Indian hour (muhūrta, comprising 48 minutes) of the day, (i. e. 24 minutes before and 24 minutes after midday), Rām. 6, 112, 70.

abhijña abhi-jña (vb. jñā), adj., f. jñā, Knowing, conversant with, Rājat, 5, 383.
-- Comp. an-, adj. ignorant, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 18.

abhijñatā abhijña + tā, f. Knowledge, Ragh. 7, 61.

abhijñāna abhijñāna, i. e. abhi-jñā + ana, n.
     1. Remembrance, Rām. 5. 68, 1.
     2. Recognition, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 12.
     3. A token of remembrance, Rām. 2, 100, 6.
     4. A sign by which one proves himself to be a trustee, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 15.

abhitas abhi + tas, adv. and prep. with acc.
     1. On both sides, Bhartṛ. 1, 80; Rām. 2, 45, 4.
     2. From every side, round about, Rām. 2, 94, 20.
     3. Near, Kir. 5, 14; also with gen. Rām. 1, 33, 22.
     4. Completely, Kir. 5, 11.
     5. Towards, in presence of.

abhitāpa abhi-tāpa, m.
     1. Extreme heat, Śiś. 9, 1.
     2. Great pain, Sāv. 5, 69.

abhitāmra abhi-tāmra, adj., f. , Very red, Kathās, 14, 30.

abhitigmaraśmi abhi-tigma-raśmi, adv. Towards the sun, Śiś. 9, 11.

abhidarśana abhidarśana, i. e. abhi dṛś + ana, n. Sight, Man. 9, 274.

abhidūti abhidūti, i. e. abhi-dūtī (cf. dūta), adv. To a female messenger, Śiś. 9, 56.

abhidroha abhidroha, i. e. abhi-druh + a, m.
     1. Injury, Rām. 1, 26, 20.
     2. Contumely, Man. 8, 271.
-- Comp. an-, m. tenderness, Kathās. 13, 34.

abhidhā abhi-dhā, f.
     1. A name, Rājat. 5, 379.
     2. The primary sense of a word.
-- Comp. śūravarmābhidha, i. e. śūravarman-, adj. called Śūravarman, Rājat. 5, 22.

abhidhāna abhidhāna, i. e. abhi-dhā + ana, n.
     1. A name, Kathās. 7, 112.
     2. A word.
-- Comp. suyyā-, adj., f. , called Suyyā, Rajāt. 5, 74.

abhidhāyin abhidhāyin, i. e. abhi-dhā + in, adj., f. ,
     1. Speaking, Rām. 5, 14, 41.
     2. Teaching.

abhidhāvaka abhi-dhāv + aka, adj. Running towards, hastening, Yājñ. 2, 234.

abhidhyāna abhidhyāna, i. e. abhi -dhyai + ana, n. Desire, covetousness, Man. 12, 5.

abhinanda abhi-nand + a, m., or f. , Wish, desire.

abhinandin abhi-nand + in, adj., f. .
     1. Praising, Rām. 5, 59, 11.
     2. Delighting, Rām. 3, 79, 12.

abhinamra abhi-namra, adj., f. , Bent, Ragh. 13, 32.

abhinaya abhinaya, i. e. abhi-nī + a, m. Dramatic performance, Vikr. d. 36.

abhinava abhi-nava, adj., f. , Quite new, Rājat. 5, 1.
     2. Fresh, Bhartṛ. 2, 14.

abhināsikāvivaram abhi-nāsikā-vivara + m, adv. To the nostril, Śiś. 9, 52.

abhiniveśa abhiniveśa, i. e. abhi-ni-viś + a, m.
     1. Inclination, Vikr. 35, 13.
     2. Adhering, Man. 12, 5.
     3. Tenacity.
     4. Determined resolution. samupajātābhiniveśam, i. e. sam-upa-jāta-abhiniveśa + m, adv. After having taken a determined resolution, Prab. 67, 14.

abhiniveśavant abhiniveśa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Adhering, Yājñ. 3, 155.

abhiniveśin abhiniveśin, i. e. abhiniveśa + in, adj., f. .
     1. Adhering.
     2. Persevering, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 22.

abhipītatva abhi-pīta + tva (vb. 1. ), n. Condition of being saturated, MBh. 12, 12844.

abhipuṣpa abhi-puṣpa, adj. Covered with flowers, Rām. 6, 93, 18.

abhiprāya abhiprāya, i. e. abhi-pra-i + a, m.
     1. Intention, Pañc. i. d. 366; wish, Rām. 3, 28, 31.
     2. Opinion, Pañc. 150, 25.
     3. Consideration, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 13 sqq. samaṣṭi-abhiprāyeṇa, when taken collectively.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. resolute, Pañc. 122, 13.


[Page 39a]

abhiprepsu abhiprepsu, i. e. abhi-pra-īpsa, desider. of āp + u, adj. Ardently desiring, Man. 8, 344.

abhibhartṛ abhi-bhartṛ, adv. In the presence of the husband, Śiś. 9, 77; on the husband, ib. 35.

abhibhava abhibhava, i. e. abhi-bhū + a, m.
     1. The being overpowered, Śāk. d. 40. 2. Defeat.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., not surpassable, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.

abhibhavana abhibhavana, i. e. abhi-bhū + ana, n. The being overpowered, Man. 6, 62.

abhibhāvin abhibhāvin, i. e. abhi-bhū + in, adj. Overpowering, Ragh. 1, 14.

abhibhāṣaṇa abhibhāṣaṇa, i. e. abhi-bhāṣ + ana, n. Allocution.

abhibhāṣin abhi-bhāṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Addressing, Rām. 3, 49, 5.

abhibhūti abhi-bhū + ti, f. Defeat.

abhimanas -abhi-manas, adj. Wishing for, Rām. 5, 38, 24.

abhimantṛ abhi-man + tṛ, m. One who refers existing objects to one's own self, Man. 1, 14.

abhimantraṇa abhimantraṇa, i. e. abhi-mantr + ana, n. Consecration, Yājñ, 1, 237.

abhimarda abhimarda, i. e. abhi-mṛd + a, m. Oppression, invasion, Draup. 6, 8.

abhimardana abhimardana, i. e. abhi-mṛd + ana.
I. adj., f. , Oppressing.
II. n. Oppression, Rām. 6, 95, 8; invasion, 6, 100, 7.

abhimardin abhimardin, i. e. abhi-mṛd + in, adj., f. , Oppressing.

abhimarśa abhimarśa, i. e. abhi-mṛś + a, m. Teuching improperly, Śāk. d. 116. Sometimes it is written incorrectly with instead of ś, Man. 8, 352.

abhimarśaka abhimarśaka, i. e. abhi-mriś + aka, adj. Touching improperly.
-- With instead of ś (see the last), Rām. 1, 7, 14.

abhimarśana abhimarśana, i. e. abhi-mṛś-ana, n. Touching improperly, Yājñ, 2, 284. Also incorrectly (see the last) with ṣaṇa instead of śana, Rām. 6, 66, 26.

abhimarśin abhimarśin, i. e. abhi mṛś-in, adj., f. , Courting, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 4.

abhimarṣa -marṣaka -marṣaṇa See abhimarśa -marśaka -marśana.

abhimātin abhimātin, i. e. abhi-man + ti + in, m. An enemy, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3.

abhimāna abhimāna, i. e. abhi-man + a, m.
     1. Referring existing objects to one's own self, egotism, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 2.
     2. Self-conceit, pride, Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
     3. Love, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 23.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. exempt from pride, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 6. sa-, adj. proud, Rājat. 5, 233.

abhimānavant abhimāna + vant, adj., f. vatī, Proud.

abhimānitva abhimānitva, i. e. abhimānin + tva, n. State of one who refers existing objects to his own self, egotism, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 11.

abhimānin abhimānin, i. e. abhimāna + in, adj., f. ,
     1. Proud, Rām. 3, 37, 16.
     2. Fancying, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 12 (narendrābhimānin, having the fancy of being a physician).

abhimukha abhi-mukha, adj., f. khā or khī.
     1. Facing, fronting, Rām. 1, 71, 18: with acc. Directed towards. Rām. 2, 1, 34; towards, Bhag. 11, 28; opposite, Rām. 5, 71, 9.
     2. Near, Vikr. d. 28.
     3. Ready for, Ragh, 5, 29.
     4. Favourable, Rām. 2, 109, 23. Acc. kham, adv. Opposite to, Man. 2, 193; towards, Pañc. 40, 17; to, Rām. 1, 45, 48; near, Megh. 69. Loc. khe, adv. Opposite, Rām. 6, 19, 25.
-- Comp. kānana-, adv. to the wood, Pañc. 63, 3. dakṣiṇā-, adj. turned to the south, Man. 4, 50.

abhiyācanā abhi-yāc + anā, f. A request, at the end of the comp. adj. satya-abhiyācana, Fulfilling the requests (which are directed to him), Rām. 2, 55, 6.

abhiyātṛ abhi-yā + tṛ, m. An aggressor, Rām. 2, 1, 21.

abhiyāna abhiyāna, i. e. abhi-yā + ana, n.
     1. Approaching.
     2. Aggression, Chr. 53, 5.

abhiyāyin abhiyāyin, i. e. abhi-yā + in, adj., f. ,
     1. Approaching, Rām. 6, 16, 56.
     2. Assaulting, Ragh. 12, 24.

abhiyoktṛ abhiyoktṛ, i. e. abhi-yuj + tṛ, m.
     1. An enemy.
     2. A plaintiff. Man. 8, 52.

abhiyoga abhiyoga, i. e. abhi-yuj + a, m.
     1. Exertion, Rām. 5, 51, 16.
     2. Attack.
     3. A charge, Yājñ. 2, 9.

abhiyogin abhiyogin, i. e. abhi-yuj + in, adj. Accusing, a plaintiff, Yājñ, 2, 11.

abhirakṣitṛ abhi-rakṣ + itṛ, m. A protector, Man. 7, 35.

abhirati abhirati, i. e. abhi-ram + ti, f. Delight, Hit. i. d. 129.

abhirāma abhirāma, i. e. abhi-ram + a, adj., f. , Charming, delighting Rām. 3, 49, 23.


[Page 40b]

abhiruci abhi-ruc + i, f. Delight, desire, Bhartṛ. 2, 53.

abhirucira abhi-rucira, adj., f. , Very beautiful.

abhirūpa abhi-rūpa, adj., f. .
     1. Suitable.
     2. Beautiful, Man. 9, 88.
     3. Learned, Man. 3, 144.
-- Comp. an-, adj. ugly, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 8.

abhilakṣyam abhi-lakṣya + m, adv. Towards the mark, Ram. 2, 63, 22.

abhilaṅghana abhi-laṅgh + ana, n. Jumping over, Rām. 5, 53, 9.

abhilāṣa abhilāṣa, i. e. abhi-laṣ + a, m. Desire, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 8.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. indifferent, Śāk. d. 104. sa-, adj., f. ṣā, eager, Dev. 1, 39. sābhilāṣa + m, adv. passionately, Śāk. 33, 13.

abhilāṣaka abhilāṣaka, i. e. abhi-laṣ + aka, adj. Desiring.

abhilāṣin abhilāṣin, i. e. abhi-laṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Desirous, Śāk. d. 21.

abhilāṣuka abhilāṣuka, i. e. abhi-laṣ + uka, adj., f. , Desiring (with acc.), Kir. 11, 18.

abhivadana abhi-vad + ana, n. Address, allocution.

abhivandana abhi-vand + ana, n. Respectful salutation.
-- Comp. kṛta-pāda-, adj., f. , literally, having performed a respectful salutation of the feet, i. e. having made a respectful salutation, Kathās. 22, 131.

abhivartin abhivartin, i. e. abhi-vṛt + in, adj., f. , Approaching, Rām. 6, 88, 35.

abhivarṣaṇa abhivarṣaṇa, i. e. abhi-vṛṣ + ana, n. Raining upon.


[Page 41a]

abhivarṣin abhivarṣin, i. e. abhi-vṛṣ-in, adj., f. iṇī, Throwing upon, Rām. 1, 28, 22.

abhivāda abhivāda, i. e. abhi-vad + a, m. Salutation, Man. 2, 122.

abhivādaka abhivādaka, i. e. abhi-vad + aka, adj., f. dikā, Greeting, Nal. 21, 24 (bhavantam abhivādakah, in order to salute you).

abhivādana abhivādana, i. e. abhi-vad + ana, n. Respectful salutation, Man. 2, 124.

abhivāhya abhivāhya, i. e. abhi-vah + ya, n. Offering, Man. 1, 94.

abhivṛddhi abhivṛddhi, i. e. abhi-vṛdh + ti, f. Growth, exaltation, Man. 7, 109.

abhivyakti abhivyakti, i. e. abhi-vi-añj + ti, f. Manifestation.

abhivyañjaka abhivyañjaka, i. e. abhi-vi-añj + aka, adj. Manifesting.

abhiśaṃsana abhi-śaṃs + ana, n. Slandering Man. 8, 268.

abhiśaṃsin abhi-śaṃs + in, adj., f. , Slandering, Yājñ. 3, 285.

abhiśaṅkā abhi-śaṅk + ā, f.
     1. Suspecting, Rām. 6, 66, 26.
     2. Fear.

abhiśastaka abhi-śasta + ka (vb. śaṃs), adj.
     1. Accused, Yājñ. 1, 223.
     2. Inflicted, imprecated.

abhiśasti abhiśasti, i. e. abhi-śaṃs + ti, f. Defamation, calumny.

abhiśāntva abhi-śāntv + a, m. Conciliating manner, Rām. 5, 56, 44 (written with s instead of ś).

abhiśāpa abhiśāpa, i. e. abhi-śap + a, m.
     1. A curse, Rām. 3, 8, 12.
     2. A heavy charge.
     3. Calumny.

abhiṣaṅga abhiṣaṅga, i. e. abhi-sañj + a, m.
     1. Attachment.
     2. An eath, Chr. 53, 23.
     3. A curse.
     4. Defeat, Ragh. 2, 30.

abhiṣeka abhiṣeka, i. e. abhi-sic + a, m.
     1. Sprinkling with water, inauguration of a king, Pañc. iii. d. 267.
     2. The water used for an inauguration.
     3. Ablution, Śāk. 50, 16.

abhiṣecana abhiṣecana, i. e. abhi-sic + ana, n. Inauguration of a king, Rām. 3, 53, 5.

abhiṣṭava abhiṣṭava, i. e. abhi-stu + a, m. Praise.

abhiṣyanda abhiṣyanda, i. e. abhi-syand + a, m. Great increase, Ragh. 15, 29.

abhiṣvaṅga abhiṣvaṅga, i. e. abhi-svañj + a, m. Attachment.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without attachment, Bhag. 13, 9.

abhisaṃśraya abhisaṃśraya, i. e. abhi-sam-śri + a, m. Refuge, Rām. 4, 54, 16.

abhisaṃdeha abhisaṃdeha, i. e. abhi-sam-dih + a, m. The organ of generation, Chr. 58, 8.

abhisaṃdhaka abhisaṃdhaka, i. e. abhi-sam-dha + ka (vb. dhā), m. A calumniator, Man. 4, 195.

abhisaṃdhā abhi-saṃ-dhā, f. Promise.
-- Comp. satyābhisaṃdha, i. e. satya-, adj. one who keeps his promises true, Rām. 1, 6, 5.

abhisaṃdhāna abhi-saṃ-dhā + na, n.
     1. Promise.
     2. Deceiving. Ragh. 17, 76.
-- Comp. satya-, adj., f. , keeping one's promises true, Rām. 5, 31, 21.

abhisaṃdhi abhisaṃdhi, i. e. abhi-samdhā (cf. nidhi), m. Intention, Pañc. 200. 11.

abhisaṃdhita abhisaṃdhita, see dhā with abhi-sam.


[Page 42a]

abhisaṃbandha abhisaṃbandha, i. e. abhi-sam-bandh + a, m. Union, Man. 5, 63.

abhisara abhisara, i. e. abhi-sṛ + a, m. Companion, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 1; 201, 6.

abhisaraṇa abhisaraṇa, i. e. abhi-sṛ + ana, n. An amorous visit, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 12.

abhisarga abhisarga, i. e. abhi-sṛj + a, m. Creation.

abhisāntva abhisāntva, see abhiśāntva.

abhisāra abhisāra, i. e. abhi-sṛ + a, m.
     1. A lover's appointment, a rendezvous.
     2. An attack, Rām. 6, 9, 19.
     3. plur. The name of a people.
-- Comp. loha-, m. lustration of arms.

abhisārikā abhisārikā, i. e. abhi-sṛ-aka, f. A woman who goes to a rendezvous.

abhisevana abhi-sev + ana, n. Indulgence, habitual practice.

abhiharaṇa abhiharaṇa, i. e. abhi-hṛ + ana, n. Conveying, Ragh. 11, 43.

abhihāra abhihāra, i. e. abhi-hṛ + a, m.
     1. Seizing.
     2. Robbing.
     3. Attack.
     4. Arming.
-- Comp. loka-, m. lustration of arms.

abhīkṣṇam abhīkṣṇam, i. e. probably abhi-īkṣaṇa + m (cf. kṣaṇa), adv.
     1. Every moment, continually.
     2. Repeatedly.
-- Comp. an-, adv. seldom, Rām. 2, 71, 8.

abhīkṣṇaśas abhīkṣṇa + śas, adv. Continually, Rām. 2, 46, 6.

abhītavat a-bhīta + vat, adv. Like a fearless one, Ram. 6, 28, 6.

abhīpsu abhīpsu, i. e. abhi-īpsa, desider. of āp + u, adj. Desiring, Nal. 5, 2.

abhīmāna abhīmāna = abhimāna.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. , 1. devoid of egotism, MBh. 7, 2019. 2. devoid of pride, MBh. 4, 14668.

abhīśāpa abhīśāpa, abhiśāpa, Yājñ. 2, 110.

abhīśu abhīśu, i. e. abhi-īś + u, m. A bridle, Śāk. 5, 15.

abhogghan abhogghan, i. e. a-bhuj-han, adj. Slaying those who do not feed (the gods), i. e. who do not sacrifice, impious, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. 1. 64, 3.

abhyaṅga abhyaṅga, i. e. abi-añj + a, m. Unction, Man. 2, 178.

abhyañjana abhyañjana, i. e. abhi-añj + ana, n. Anointing, Man. 10, 91.

abhyadhika abhyadhika, i. e. abhi-adhika, adj., Exceeding, preeminent, Rām. 5, 82, 13. Superior, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 2. Acc. kam, adv. Exceedingly, Rām. 5, 73, 59.

abhyanujñā abhyanujñā, i. e. abhi-anu-jñā, f. Permission.
-- Comp. an-, f. want of permission, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 7 (without the permission of the father). kṛta-, adj., f. jñā, having received the permission to withdraw, dismissed, Rām. 5, 76, 24.

abhyanujñāna abhyanujñāna, i. e. abhi-anu-jñā + ana, n. Assent, Rām. 1, 3, 14.

abhyantara abhyantara, i. e. abhi-antara.
I. adj., f. ,
     1. Interior, Kathās. 4, 51. Being within, Rām. 6, 112, 43 (in the town). Belonging to, Man. 3, 154.
     2. Conversant in, Rām. 6, 5, 19.
     3. Intimate, Pañc. i. d. 290 (perhaps to be read ābhy°).
     4. Secret, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 9.
II. n.
     1. The interior, the space within. Bhag. 5, 27.
     2. An interval, Pañc. 5, 6.

abhyantarīkaraṇa abhyantarīkaraṇa, i. e. abhyantara-kṛ + ana, n. Initiation. Daśak. in Chr. 180, 9.


[Page 43a]

abhyarcana abhyarcana, i. e. abhi-arc + ana, n. Worship, Man. 2, 176.

abhyarṇṇa abhyarṇṇa, i. e. abhi-arnṇa (vb. ard).
I. adj., f. ṇā, Near.
II. n. Proximity, Rājat. 5, 145.

abhyarthanā abhyarthanā, i. e. abhi-arth + ana, f. Request, Sāv. 4, 27.

abhyarthin abhyarthin, i. e. abhi-arth + in, adj., f. , Requesting.

abhyarhaṇīyatā abhyarhaṇīyatā, i. e. abhi-arhaṇīya + tā (vb. arh), f. Great venerableness, Man. 9, 23.

abhyavahāra abhyavahāra, i. e. abhi-ava-hṛ + a, m. Eating, Man. 6, 59.

abhyavahārya abhyavahārya, i. e. abhyavahāra + ya, adj. Fit to be taken as food, eatable.

abhyasana abhyasana, i. e. abhi- 2. as + ana, n. Study, Bhag. 17, 15.
-- Comp. an-, n. laziness, Rām. 5, 19, 22.

abhyasūyaka abhyasūyaka, i. e. abhi-asūya + aka, adj. Detracting, a detractor, Bhag. 16, 18.

abhyasūyā abhyasūyā, i. e. abhi-asūya + a, f.
     1. Detraction, envy.
     2. Wrath, Megh. 40.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. envious, malicious.

abhyāgama abhyāgama, i. e. abhi-ā-gam + a, m. A visit, Ragh. 16, 8.

abhyāgamana abhyāgamana, i. e. abhi ā-gam + ana, n. Arrival.

abhyāghāta abhyāghāta, i. e. abhi-ā-han, Caus. + a, m. Assault (by robbers), Man. 9, 272.

abhyāśa abhyāśa, i. e. abhi- 1. aś + a, often written abhyāsa (q. cf.) but incorrectly.
I. adj., f. śā, Near, Kumāras. 6, 2.
II. n. Proximity, Rām. 4, 59, 12.


[Page 43b]

abhyāsa abhyāsa, i. e. abhi- 2. as + a (cf. abhyāśa), m.
     1. Repetition, Man. 12, 74. Repetition of words, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 8; 9.
     2. Repeated practice, Rājat. 5, 164; 439. Use, Yājñ, 3, 68.
     3. Reading, Man. 4, 148. Study, Pañc. 220, 4.

abhyukṣaṇa abhyukṣaṇa, i. e. abhi-ukṣ + ana, n. Sprinkling, Ragh. 16, 57.

abhyutthāna abhyutthāna, i. e. abhi-ud-sthā + ana, n.
     1. Rising, Rām. 6, 72, 65.
     2. Rising from one's seat as mark of respect, Pañc. ii. d. 65.
     3. Origin, Bhag, 4, 7.
     4. Elevation, dignity, Ragh. 4, 3.

abhyutpatana abhyutpatana, i. e. abhi-ud-pat + ana, n. Assault.

abhyudaya abhyudaya, i. e. abhi-ud-i + a, m.
     1. Prosperity, Bhartṛ. 2, 53. Wealth, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 19.
     2. A festival, Man. 9, 84.

abhyudayin abhyudayin, i. e. abhi-ud-i + in, adj., f. , Arising, impending, Rājat. 5, 36.

abhyudgama abhyudgama, i. e. abhi-ud-gam + a, m. Rising from one's seat as mark of respect, Kathās. 24, 122.

abhyupagama abhyupagama, i. e. abhi-upa-gam + a, m.
     1. Arrival.
     2. Assenting, agreement, Man. 9, 53.
     3. Admitting to be true, Mālav. 15, 19.

abhyupapatti abhyupapatti, i. e. abhi-upa-pad + ti, f.
     1. Defence, Man. 8, 112.
     2. Protection, Daśak. in Chr. 179 19.
     3. Assent.

abhyupāya abhyupāya, i. e. abhi-upa-i + a, m. An expedient, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 3; 191, 12.

abhr abhr, i. 1, Par. To roam (probably for babhr, a mutilated redupl. of bhram cf. andolaya).


[Page 44a]

abhra abhra (akin to ambhas), n.
     1. A cloud, especially a rain-cloud, Man. 4, 104.
     2. Atmosphere, Pañc. i. d. 209. Heaven, Śiś. 9, 3.
-- Cf. ambhas, [greek] Lat. imber, and probably umbra.

abhraṃliha abhraṃliha, i. e. abhra + m-lih + a.
I. adj., f. , Touching the clouds, very lofty, Megh. 65.
II. m. Wind.

abhrāvakāśaka abhrāvakāśaka, i. e. abhra-avakāśa + ka, adj. Uncovered (see the next), Rām. 1, 63, 24.

abhrāvakāśika abhrāvakāśika, i. e. abhra-avakāśa + ika, adj. Having the clouds for shelter, uncovered, Man. 6, 23 (read ābhrā° ābhrā°).

abhrāvakāśin abhrāvakāśin, i. e. abhra-avakāśa + in, Uncovered (see the last), Rām. 3, 10, 4.

abhri abhri, f. A sharp pointed stick, Man. 11, 133.

abhrita abhrita, i. e. abhra + ita, adj., f. , Clouded, Ragh. 3, 12.

am am, i. 1, Par., with prep. also Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To sound. --
I. 10, Par. To be ill (ved.). The original notion was 'to be hard, strong, powerful.'
-- Cf. aṃsa, āma, and many ved. significations and derivatives; Lat. emo, properly 'to take,' demo; [greek]

amantraka a-mantra + ka, adj., f. rikā, Not accompamed by a mantra or vedic verse, Man. 2, 66.

amama a-mama (the latter part is the gen. sing. of the pronoun of the first person, in the sense of a possessive pronoun), adj., f. , Devoid of selfish affection, Man. 6, 26.


[Page 44b]

amara amara, i. e. a-mṛ + a.
I. adj., f. and , Immortal, Man. 2, 148; Rām. 1, 34, 16.
II. m.
     1. A god, Man. 7, 72.
     2. The name of a Marut and of a mountain.
-- Comp. dharā-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Mārk. P. 26, 36. sa-, adj. with the gods, Rām. 3, 53, 28.

amaratva amara + tva, n. Immortality, Arj. 3, 47.

amaralokatā amara-loka + tā, f. The happiness of the world of gods, Man. 2, 5.

amarāvatī amarāvatī, i. e. amara + vant + ī. The capital of Indra, Rām. 3, 53, 37.

amartyatva a-martya + tva, n. Immortality.

amarṣin amarṣin, i. e. a-mṛṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Unable to endure, impatient, Draup. 7, 1.

amalaya amalaya, a denom. derived from a-mala, Par. To make white, Kir. 5, 44.

amātya amā + tya (the basis signifies in the Vedas 'in the house').
I. adj. Being in the house.
II. m. (A companion of the king) A minister, Rājat. 5, 3.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a minister. sa-, adj. with the ministers, Chr. 18, 33. sa-janāmātya, i. e. -jana-amātya, adj. together with people and ministers, Chr. 53, 25.

amānana amānana, i. e. a-man + ana, n. Disrespect.

amānitva amānitva, i. e. a-mānin + tva, n. Humility, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 6.

amāvāsī amāvāsī, and amāvāsyā amāvāsyā, i. e. amā (cf. amātya) -vāsa + ya, f. The day of the conjunction of the sun and moon, the day of the new moon, Man. 4, 113.


[Page 45a]

amitratā a-mitra + tā, f. Enmity, Pañc. ii. d. 106.

amitrāya amitrāya, a denom. derived from a-mitra by ya, Ātm. To behave like an enemy, Bhartṛ. 3, 74.

amīva am + īva, n. Pain, Rām. 3, 59, 23.

amuka amu + ka (cf. adas), adj., f. , Instead of a proper name, Mr. so and so, Yājñ. 2, 86 sqq.

amutas amu + tas (cf. adas), adv.
     1. = abl. of adas, From that, from him, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 8.
     2. From thence, from the other world.

amutra amu + tra (cf. adas), adv.
     1. There, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 14.
     2. In the other world, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 6.

amṛta a-mṛta.
I. adj., f. , Immortal, Bhag. 14, 27.
II. m.
     1. A god.
     2. The soul.
III. n.
     1. The beverage of the gods, nectar.
     2. A medicine preventing old age, prolonging life, and awakening the dead, Lass. 33, 20.
     3. A medicament; nectar and medicament, Śiś. 9, 36.
     4. The residue of sacrificial food, Man. 3, 285.
     5. Unsolicited alms, Man. 4, 4.
-- Comp. gava-, n. amṛta, consisting of rays, MBh. 3, 17351.
-- Cf. [greek]

amṛtatva amṛta + tva, n. Immortality, Man. 6, 60.

amṛtamaya amṛta + maya, adj., f. , Like nectar, Pañc. 206, 7.

amṛtalatikā amṛtalatikā, i. e. amṛta-latā + ka, f. A small creeper as beautiful as nectar (denoting a beautiful woman), Śrut. (Br.) 35.

amṛtasrut amṛta-sru + t, adj. Shedding nectar, Śiś. 5, 68.


[Page 45b]

amṛtāya amṛtāya denom. derived from amṛta by ya, Ātm. To be like nectar, Ragh. 2, 61.

ambamb, i. 1, Par. To go; Ātm. To sound.

ambara ambara (akin to ambhas, cf. stambh and stamba).
I. n.
     1. Sky, Rām. 3, 55, 9.
     2. Cloth, Rām, 3, 55, 5. Sky and garment, Śiś. 9, 7.
II. m. plur. The name of a people.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. , naked, MBh. 12, 7775. mada-, m. an elephant in rut.

ambaṣṭha ambaṣṭha, m.
     1. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1189.
     2. The offspring of a Brāhmaṇa father and a Vaiśyā mother, Man. 10, 8.

ambā ambā (voc. sing. amba; in the Veda also ambe).
     1. f. A mother, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 855.
     2. A proper name, Chr. 4, 10.
-- Cf. O.H.G. amma and ama.

ambālikā ambālikā, and ambikā ambikā (akin to ambā), f. Proper names, Chr. 4, 10.

ambu ambu (akin to ambhas, cf. ambara), n. Water, Pañc. iii. d. 33.
-- Comp. gharma-, n. sweat, Suśr. 2, 343, 10. tila-, n. water with seasame, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 44. nis-, adj. abstaining from water, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 19.

ambuja ambu-ja (vb. jan).
I. adj., f. , Born in water, Rām. 4, 25, 24.
II. n. A lotus, Rām. 5, 13, 24.

ambujastha ambuja-stha (vb. sthā), adj., f. thā, Sitting on a lotus, Ṛt. 6, 14.

ambuda ambu-da (vb. ), m. A cloud, Ṛt. 6, 6.

ambudhara ambu-dhara, m. A cloud, Rām. 5, 16, 29.

ambudhi ambudhi, i. e. ambu-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. The occan, Rājat. 5, 8.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the salt ocean, Bhartṛ. 2, 6 (Häb.). kṣīra-, m. he sea of milk, Kathās. 17, 8.

ambumuc ambu-muc, m. A cloud, Kir. 5, 12.

amburuha ambu-ruh + a, n. A lotus, Kir. 5, 10.
-- Comp. hema-, n. a golden lotus, Ṛt. 5, 7.

ambhambh, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.

ambhas ambhas, n. Water, Bhartṛ. 2, 91; Śiś. 9, 31.
-- Comp. ud-, adj abounding in water, Ragh. 4, 31. gharma-, n. sweat, Śāk. d. 29. lavaṇa-, n. the sea of salt water, Matspp. 40.

ambhoja ambhoja, i. e. ambhas-ja (vb. jan), n. A lotus flower, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1447.
-- Comp. hema-, n. a golden lotus flower, Megh. 63.

ambhojinī ambhojinī, i. e. ambhoja + in + ī, f. An assemblage of lotus flowers, Bhartṛ. 2, 15.

ambhoda ambhoda, i. e. ambhas-da (vb. ), m. A cloud, Rām. 5, 40, 7.

ambhodhara ambhodhara, i. e. ambhas-dhara, m. A cloud, Daśak in Chr. 199, 7.

ambhodhi ambhodhi, i. e. ambhas-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. The ocean, Kathās. 19, 105.

ambhoruh ambhoruh, and ambhoruha ambhoruha, i. e. ambhas-ruh and ruh + a, n. A lotus.

ammaya ammaya, i. e. ap + maya, adj., f. , Consisting of water, watery.

amla amla, m. Sourness, Rām. 5, 14, 45; Man. 5, 114 (acids). Perhaps from vb. am.
-- Cf. Lat. am + ārus.

ay ay, see i.

aya aya, i. e. i + a. m.
     1. Going.
     2. Good luck. Ragh. 4, 26.


[Page 46b]

ayana ayana, i. e. i + ana, n.
     1. A place of motion, Man. 1, 10.
     2. A road.
     3. A line, Bhag. 1, 11.
     4. The half year, i. e. the sun's road north and south of the equator, Man. 4, 26.
-- Comp. uttarā-, Man. 6, 10; and udagayana, i. e. udañc-, Man. 1, 67, n. the half of the year in which the sun is to the north of the equator. dakṣiṇā-,
I. n. the half of the year when the sun moves to the south of the equator, Man. 1, 67.
II. adj. lying on the course of the sun to the south of the equator, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 5. gīta-, n. a procession accompanied by hymns, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 5. guṇa-, adj. walking the path of virtue, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 43. vārttā-, m. a spy.

ayavant aya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Happy, Kir. 5, 20.

ayas ayas (probably a-yam + as), n. Iron.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, n. iron, MBh. 13, 6225
-- Cf. Lat. aes; Goth. eis + arn; A.S. isern.

ayaskānta ayas-kānta (vb. kam), m. A loadstone, Ragh. 17, 63.

ayasmaya ayas + maya, adj., f. , Of iron, Arj. 10, 31.

ayā ayā, Ved. (old instr. sing of idam) Thus, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4; but in this passage rather for ayās.

ayās ayās, i. e. a-yas, adj. Indefatigable(?), Chr. 290, 11 = Rigv. i. 64, 11.

ayi ayi,
     1. A vocative particle, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 16.
     2. An interrogative particle, Pañc. 38, 6.

ayuj a-yuj, adj. Odd, Man. 3, 277.

ayutaśas a-yuta + śas, adv. Ten thousand-fold, Indr. 2, 8.


[Page 47a]

aye aye, interj. Oh! Ah!
     1. Of surprise, Vikr. 11, 3.
     2. Of calling, Bhartṛ. 3, 87.

ayogava ayogava, m. An āyogavī woman (? cf. āyogava), Man. 10, 32.

ayonija a-yoni-ja (vb. jan), adj. Not born in the natural way, Ragh. 11, 47.

ayonijatva ayonija + tva, n. A supernatural birth, Rājat. 5, 73.

ayomaya ayomaya, i. e. ayas + maya, adj., f. , Iron, Man. 11, 103 (read talpe, instead of tapte).

ara ara, i. e. ṛ + a, m. The spoke of a wheel, Śāk. d. 166.

araghaṭṭa ara-ghaṭṭ + a, m. A wheel or a machine for raising water from a well, Pañc. 209, 24.

araṇi and -ṇī araṇi/ī, f. Wood used for kindling a fire by attrition, Pañc. i. d. 247; Rām. 2, 104, 24.

araṇya araṇya, n. A forest.
-- Comp. dharma-, n. 1. a grove where ascetics live, Śāk. 14, 1. 2. The name of a forest, MBh. 13, 7655. maha-, a large forest, Rām. 3, 52, 46.

araṇyaka araṇya + ka, n. A forest, Yājñ, 3, 192.

araṇyānī araṇyānī, i. e. araṇya + ī, f. A large forest, Hit. 17, 4.

arati arati (vb. ṛ?), m.
     1. A disposer, Lass. 101, 4 = Rigv. 7, 16, 1.
     2. a-rati, f. Pain, Kir. 5, 31.
-- Cf. [greek]

aratni aratni (vb. ; the aff. contains the verb tan), m.
     1. The elbow, Draup. 9, 5.
     2. A cubit of the middle length from the elbow to the tip of the little finger, Rām. 4, 40, 43.
-- Cf. Goth. arms; Lat. armus, arma; [greek] Lat. ulna; O.H.G. elina.


[Page 47b]

aratnika aratni + ka, m. The elbow, Yājñ. 3, 86.

aravinda aravinda, n. A lotus, Ragh. 1, 43.

arājaka arājaka, i. e. a-rājan + ka, adj. Without a king, Man. 7, 3.

arājanyaprasūtitas a-rājanya-prasūti + tas, adv. From one who is not born in the military caste, Man. 4, 84.

arāla arāla, adj., f. , Crooked, Rām. 5, 28. 13.

ari ari, m.
     1. probably a-rā (+ i?) An enemy, Pañc. i. d. 267.
     2. ṛ + i, A wheel, Pañc. i. d. 324.
-- Comp. dānava-, m. an enemy of the Dānavas.

arikthīya arikthīya, i. e. a-riktha + īya, adj., f. , Incapable of inheriting, Man. 9, 147.

aritra aritra, i. e. ṛ + tra, n. A rudder.-Cf. O.H.G. ruodar; [greek] = Ved. aritṛ.

ariṃdama ariṃdama, i. e. ari + m-dam + a, adj. Victorious, Chr. 21, 14; 31, 13.

ariṣṭa a-riṣṭa (vb. riṣ).
I. adj., f. ṭā, Unhurt, Chr. 298, 25 = Rigv. i. 112, 25; Draup. 7, 20.
II. m.
     1. The soap berry plant, Sapindus saponaria, Yājñ. 1, 186.
     2. The nimb tree, Melia azadaracta, Rām. 2, 94, 9.
     3. A woman's apartment, the lying in chamber, Ragh. 3, 15; the female apartments, the gyneceum, Rām. 2, 42, 22.

ariṣṭaka ariṣṭa + ka, m. The soap berry plant, Sapindus saponaria, Man. 5, 120 (its pounded fruits).

ariṣṭanemin ariṣṭanemin (= a-riṣṭa-nemi), m. A proper name, Rām. 5, 2, 10.

aruṇa aruṇa (akin to arus, cf. aruṣa).
I. adj., f. ṇā and ṇī, Tawny, dark red, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 88, 2; Rām. 3, 5, 7.
II. m.
     1. The dawn, Man. 10, 33.
     2. The sun, Śāk. d. 31 (pariṇata-, The setting sun).
     3. A proper name, Dev. 11, 49.

aruṇatā aruṇa + tā, f. Tawny (the colour), Śiś. 9, 14.

aruṇapsu aruṇa-psu (the latter part perhaps bhās + u), adj. Tawny, Chr. 288, 1 = Rigv. i. 49, 1.

aruṇita aruṇita, i. e. aruṇa + ita, adj., f. , Made red, Ṛt. 6, 5; Śiś. 6, 15.

aruṃtuda aruṃtuda, i. e. aru + m-tud + a (cf. arus), adj.
     1. Wounding, Prab. 31, 16.
     2. Causing pain, Prab. 93, 2.

arundhatī a-rundhatī (vb. rudh), f.
     1. The wife of Vaśiṣṭha, Rām. 1, 10, 37.
     2. An asterism, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1165.

aruṣa aruṣa, i. e. arus + a.
I. adj., f. ṣī, Tawny, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1.
II. m. A dark red cloud, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.

arus arus, n. A wound.

are are, interj. of calling to inferiors, sirrah! Prab. 24, 8.

arepas arepas, i. e. a-rip(= lip) + as, adj. Spotless, pure from sin, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.

arogitā arogitā, i. e. a-rogin + tā, f. Health, Hit. Pr. d. 18.

arogyatā arogyatā, i. e. a-roga + ya + tā, f. Health, Rām. 2, 70, 7.

arkark, i. 10, Par. (rather a denom. derived from arka).
     1. To praise.
     2. To heat.

arka arka, i. e. arc + a, m.
     1. A ray of light, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2.
     2. The sun, Chr. 36, 22.
     3. Swallowwort, Asclepias gigantea, Śāk. d. 41.
-- Comp. jala-, the reflexion of the sun in water, Bhāg. P. 3, 27, 1. bāla-, m. the rising sun. sa-, adj. with the sun, sunny. su-, adj. flashing beautifully, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 50, 1.

argala argala, m., f. , and n. A wooden bolt, or pin for fastening a door, Kathās. 4, 56; Pañc. 105, 5.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unrestrained, Ragh. 3, 39. nis-, 1. adj. unrestrained, MBh. 3, 16601. 2. acc. lam, adv. without constraint, Rājat. 3, 194.

argalita argalita. i. e. argala + ita, adj. Shut by a pin.

argh argh, i. 1, Par. To be worth, Pañc. i. d. 88.
-- Cf. arh, [greek]

argha argh + a (vb. argh or arh), m. and n.
     1. Price, cost, Man. 8, 398.
     2. A mode of worship, or reverence, consisting in an oblation of rice, etc., with water or, of water only, Sāv. 3, 6.
-- Comp. an-,
I. m. n. wrong price, Yājñ. 2, 250.
II. adj. priceless, inestimable, Kathās. 24, 148. mahā-, adj. of great value, Kathās. 21, 86.

arghatas argha + tas, adv. Under the real value, Bhartṛ. 2, 12 (this is the true reading).

arghya arghya, i. e. argha + ya.
I. adj., f. .
     1. Deserving worship, Yājñ. 1, 357.
     2. Deserving to be entertained, ib. 1, 110.
II. n. A respectful oblation to gods or venerable men, consisting of rice, durva grass, flowers, etc., with water, or of water only, Yājñ. 1, 289.
-- Comp. an-, adj. invaluable, Kathās. 3, 42.

arc arc, i. 1 and 10, Par. and Ātm.
     1. To beam, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2; to shine, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3.
     2. To worship, to honour, Man. 3, 93. To offer respectfully, Man. 4, 235. an-arcita, Given without due honour, Man. 4, 213.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To worship, Man. 8, 391. abhyarcita, with gen. Rājat. 5, 101.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To worship, Yājñ, 1, 179.
-- With prati prati, Causal. To return a respectful salutation, with acc. Rām. 2, 71, 31.
-- With sama sam, To honour, Rām. 2, 3, 48.

arcaka arc + aka. adj. Worshipping, Man. 11, 224.

arcana arc + ana, n. Worship, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 19.

arcā arc + ā, f. Worship, Chr. 56, 11.

arci arc + i, m. Flame, Chr. 288, 13 = Rigv. i. 48, 13; Ragh. 12, 11.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. flaming, Rām. 4, 10, 20.

arcitṛ arc-itṛ, m. A worshipper, Rām. 5, 32, 7.

arciṣmant arciṣmant, i. e. arcis + mant, adj., f. matī, Beaming, flaming, Vikr. d. 43.

arcis arc + is, f. and n.
     1. A ray of light, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 92, 5.
     2. Flame, Rām. 5, 75, 6; 6, 36, 117.
-- Comp. aruṇa-, m. the sun, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 5. ud-, adj. radiant, Ragh, 7, 21. śānta- (vb. śam), adj. extinguished. saptārcis, i. e. saptan-, m. 1. fire. 2. the planet Saturn.

arch arch, see .

arj 1. arj, i. 1, and 10, Par. To carn, to acquire, MBh. 11, 193; Indr. 3, 7 (Ātm). sva-arjita and svayam-arjita, adj. Acquired by one's own efforts, Rām. 1, 43, 11; Man. 9, 209.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To acquire, Man. 9, 208.


[Page 49b]

arj 2. arj, i. 10, Par. To work, to prepare.
-- With the prepositions samupa sam-upa, To prepare, Chr. 14, 21 (read tat tu).

arjana arj + ana, n. Earning, acquisition, Böhtl. Indr. Spr. 219.

arjuna arj-una (from a lost vb. akin to rāj).
I. adj., f. , White, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3.
II. m.
     1. A tree, Terminalia Arjuna, Rām. 3, 19, 13.
     2. The name of the third son of Pāṇḍu, Indr. 1, 10.
III. f. , The dawn, Rām, 2, 114, 14.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. argentum; the base of these forms is arj + vant: cf. also [greek] see rañj, rajata.

arṇava arṇava (from arṇa, ved. by aff. va for vant), m. The ocean, Rām. 4, 9, 38.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. the ocean. lavaṇa-, m. the sea of salt water, Rām. 1, 1, 70. sa-parvata-vana-, adj., f. (viz. pṛthivī, earth), with its mountains, forests, and seas, Rām. 1, 16, 32.

artti artti, i. e. ard + ti, f. Pain, Kathās. 13, 152.

arth arth, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from artha) Ātm. To ask, to request; with two acc. Daśak. in Chr. 199, 15. tvām tam imam artham arthayate, He asks this from thee, Pass. Kathās. 22, 52. tair evārthyamānas, Being requested by them.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To ask, to request, Prab. 109, 18, with two acc; Par., with acc. and loc. Kathās. 26, 148. tvām bhartṛtve 'bhy arthayiṣyati, She will ask thee to become her husband. abhyarthita, Asked, Man. 2, 189. n. Desire, Yājñ. 2, 88.
-- With kad kad.
     1. To treat ill, Böhtl. Ind Spr. 591.
     2. To reproach, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 15.
     3. To torment, Kathās. 18, 243.
-- With pra pra, To request, Pañc. 255, 22; prārthayāna instead of prārthayamāna, Rām. 2, 25, 31; with inf. kim idaṃ prārthitaṃ kartum, What is this which you intend to do? Nal. 19, 15; Par. Rām. 3, 40, 6; Pañc. 96, 5. tatprārthita, i. e. tad-, adj. Requested by him, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 8. -- Pass. prārthya, To be desired, ib. 184, 17.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To wish, Rām. 2, 11, 3.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To request, MBh. 5, 18.
-- With prati prati, To challenge, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 25.
-- With sam sam (rather a denom. derived from samartha),
     1. To prepare, Rām. 4, 26, 25 (Par.); Chr. 55, 7.
     2. To consider, Rām. 6, 101, 17.
     3. To expect, Vikr. 20, 9.
     4. To interpret, Śāk. d. 67.
     5. To judge, Pañc. 185, 2.
     6. To approve, Pañc. 71, 25 (Par.).
     7. To determine, Rām. 2, 20, 26 Gorr.

artha artha, i. e. ṛ + tha, m.
     1. Desire; vivāha-, a marriage suit.
     2. Aim; siddha-, one who has obtained his aim, Chr. 62, 60.
     3. Advantage, Bhartṛ. 2, 40.
     4. Business, Man. 2, 67.
     5. Wealth, Pañc. i. d. 197; worldly prosperity, Man. 12, 38 (one of the three aims of men; the two others are kāma, pleasure, and dharma, virtue); money, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 19.
     6. Cause, Man. 2, 213.
     7. Thing, Man. 8, 170.
     8. Meaning, Man. 3, 186; true sense, Man. 1, 3; thought, word, Cāk. d. 164.
     9. In law: A suit, an action.
     10. The acc. artham is used as an adverb, but almost always at the end of a compound word, implying, 'for,' 'on account of,' e. g. yajña-siddhiartham, For the performance of sacrifices, Man. 1, 23. The dat. arthāya, and loc. arthe, may be also used at the end of a compound word, or may govern the genitive. Abl. arthāt, 'to wit,' 'namely,' Sch. Śāk. d. 41.
-- Comp. iti-artha + m, adv. to this end, Brāhmaṇav, 3, 4. indriya-, m. an object of sense, Man. 4, 16. etad-artha + m, therefore, Pañc. i. d. 330; in order, Rām. 2, 52, 24 kim-, adj. with what aim, Chr. 57, 24. kim-artha + m. adv. why, to what end, Nal. 22, 7. kṛta-, adj. having attained one's end, satisfied, Rām. 4, 34, 22. gṛha-, m. the business of the house, Man. 2, 67. tad-artha + m, adv. therefore, Rām. 1, 73, 4. nirartha, i. e. nis-,
I. m. nonsense.
II. adj. 1. purposeless. 2. poor. 3. unmeaning. niścitārtha, i. e. nis-cita-, (vb. ci), adj. completely resolved, Rām. 4, 42, 9. para-, m. 1. great importance. 2. the interests of another. 3. sexual intercourse. parama-, m. 1. the most sublime truth. 2. the whole truth. 3. reality. 4. earnest, Śāk. d. 51. puruṣa-, m. 1. the object or aim of man. 2. human exertion. bhūta-, m. an element of life. mahā-,
I. m. a principal object.
II. adj. 1. significant. 2. dignified. yajña-, adj. serving for a sacrifice, Bhag. 3, 9. yathā-, adj. 1. according to the sense. 2. proper, right, tham, adv. suitably, properly. a-yathā-, adj. not true, Śāk. d. 54. yad-artha + m, adv. for what reason, Chr. 3, 3. yāvadartha, i. e. yāvant-,
I. adj. as much as may be useful, Man. 2, 182.
II. adv. tham, as much as may be useful, ib. 2, 51. sva-,
I. adj. 1. having one's own object. 2. having a literal meaning. 3. pleonastic.
II. m. 1. property. 2. own object. 3. own interest, Bhartṛ. 2, 59.

arthakara artha-kara, adj., f. , Useful, Hit. Pr. d. 18.

arthakṛt artha-kṛ + t, adj. Useful, Indr. 5, 56.

arthaghna artha-ghna, adj., f. , Prodigal, Man. 9, 80.

arthajāta artha-jāta (vb. jan), n.
     1. Money's worth, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 16.
     2. Financial affairs, Śāk. 90, 13 (Prākṛ.)


[Page 51a]

arthatas artha-tas, adv. Truly, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 5.

arthada artha-da (vb. ), adj.
     1. Useful, Kathās. 17, 122.
     2. Liberal, Man. 2, 109.

arthanā arth + anā, f. A request, Naiṣ. 5, 112.

arthavat artha + vat, adv. According to the object, Man. 5, 134.

arthavant artha + vant, adj., f. vatī.
     1. Wealthy, Hit. i. d. 175. 2. Significant, full of meaning, Rām. 1, 14, 35.
     3. True, Pañc. i. d. 152.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. very dignified.

arthitā arthitā, i. e. arthin + tā, f.
     1. Desire, Man. 9, 203.
     2. Begging, Hit. i. d. 130.

arthitva arthitva, i. e. arthin + tva, n.
     1. Condition of one who implores, Megh. 6.
     2. Request, Mālav. 40, 4.
-- Comp. an-, n. Absence of desire, disdain, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 87 (Pañc. i. d. 158).

arthin arthin, i. e. artha + in, adj., f. .
     1. Full of desire, Rām. 1, 48, 18; with instr. bhāryayā cārthī, Longing after a wife, Rām. 3, 24, 4. vadhena mamārthī, Desiring my death, Böhtl. Chr. 114, 27.
     2. A beggar, Bhartṛ. 2, 36; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 20.
     3. A plaintiff, Man. 8, 62.
-- Comp. chāyā-, adj. desiring shadow. dhana-, adj. greedy for money, Man. 5, 34. putra-, adj. wishing for a son, Man. 3, 48. bala-, adj. desiring power, Man. 2, 37. bhāryā-, adj. desiring a wife, Chr. 6, 5. yuddha-, adj. seeking war. śaraṇa-, adj. depending on others for protection, unfortunate. hita-, adj. seeking another's welfare, Rām. 3, 48, 15.

arthisāt arthisāt, i. e. arthin + sāt, adv. (Given) to mendicants, Rājat. 5, 18.

arthīya -arthīya, i. e. -artha + īya, adj., f. .
     1. Fit for, susceptible of, e. g. yātanā-, susceptible of torment, Man. 12, 16.
     2. Referring to, e. g. dharma-, referring to duty, MBh. 1, 600.

arthepsutā arthepsutā, i. e. artha-īpsa, īpsa, desid. of āp + u + tā, f. Desire of wealth, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 18.

arthya arthya, i. e. artha + ya, adj., f. .
     1. Proper, Rām. 6, 92, 77.
     2. Wealthy.
-- Comp. hema-, adj. abounding in gold, Pañc. i. d. 377.

ard ard, i. 1, Par.
     1. † To go.
     2. To beg, Ragh. 5, 17. i. 1 and 10, Par. and Ātm.
     1. To kill, Rām. 1, 16, 30.
     2. To hurt; to wound, Pañc. 221, 13.
     3. To afflict; to vex, Rām. 3, 14, 11; 53, 27.
-- With the prep. ati ati. To press violently, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 115.
-- With abhi abhi. To press; to afflict, Rām. 2, 21, 55; cf. abhyarṇṇa.
-- With prati prati. To press in return, Rām. 6, 92, 52.
-- With vi vi. To press. a-vyarṇṇa. Not pressed, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 19.
-- With sam sam. To wound, MBh. 3, 761.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] in [greek]

ardana -ard + ana, adj Killing, Rām. 1, 54, 17. kaiṭabha- and jana-, m. Names of Viṣṇu, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 18; Bhartṛ. 3, 84.

ardha ardha, i. e. ṛdh + a.
I. adj., f. dhā. Half, halved, Lass. 22, 2. -- Often former part of comp. words: -paṇa, Half a paṇa, Man. 8, 404. -akta, Half spoken, Pañc. 77, 2. -dagadha, Half burnt, Pañc. 98, 1. -- When before cardinal numerals it denotes:
     1. A half more, e. g. -trayodaśan, thirteen and a half, Yājñ. 2, 265.
     2. A half of the following number more, e. g. -śata, hundred and fifty, Man. 8, 331.
     3. Division of the following number, -pañcāśat, twenty-five, Man. 8, 268. -When an ordinal follows a half is added, e. g. -tṛtīya, three and a half, Rām. 2, 92, 10. -- When it follows a cardinal numeral, this numeral is divided, e. g. daśārdha, i. e. daśan-, Five, Man. 1, 24.
II. n. A half, Man. 8, 296.
III. m. A part, e. g. jaghana-, the rear of an army, MBh. 5, 5162. paśca-, The hind-part, Śāk. d. 7. pūrva-, The former part, Bhartṛ. 2, 5.
-- Comp. candra-, m. The half-moon, Rām. 1, 28, 25.

ardhacandra ardha-candra, m.
     1. A half-moon, Rām. 3, 49, 35.
-- Cf. ardha-bhāṣara.
     2. An arrow with a head like a half-moon, Rām. 3, 34, 30; cf. 6, 36, 77.
     3. The hand bent into a semicircle or the shape of a claw, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching any thing. ardhacandraṃ dā. To seize one by the neck, Pañc. 63, 24.

ardhabhāj ardhabhāj, i. e. ardha-bhaj, adj. Getting a half of, Man. 8, 39.

ardhabhāskara ardha bhāskara, m. Noon, Rām. 3, 55, 33 (ardhacandra-, loc. At noon on the day of the halfmoon, i. e. on the eighth day of the month).

ardharātrārdhadivasa ardharātrārdhadivasa, i. e. ardha-rātra-ardha-divasa, m. The equinox, Rām. 3, 55, 35.

ardhika ardhika, i. e. ardha + ika, adj., f. , Amounting to the half, Yājñ. 2, 296.
-- Comp. tad-, adj. half that (time), Man. 3, 1.

ardhin ardhin, i. e. ardha + in, adj., f. , Entitled to a half, Man. 8, 210.

ardhoruka ardhoruka, i. e. ardha-ūru + ka, n. A petticoat, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 9.

arpaṇa arpaṇa, i. e. , Caus. + ana, n.
     1. Offering, Rām. 4, 28, 22.
     2. Returning, Hit. 72, 19.
     3. Putting on, Ragh. 2, 35.
-- Comp. deva-, adj. receiving sacrifices(?), MBh. 13, 4202.

arbarb, i. 1, Par.
     1. To go.
     2. To kill.

arbuda arbuda.
I. m., n.
     1. The shape of the foetus in the second month after the conception, Yājñ. 3, 75.
     2. A hundred millions, Rām. 5, 29, 3.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Rām. 6, 2, 27.

arbha arbha, adj. Small.
-- Cf. arbhaka; [greek] Lat. orbus; Goth. arbja; A.S. orf.

arbhaka arbha + ka, m.
     1. A child, Ragh. 3, 21.
     2. The young of any animal, Śāk. d. 14, v. r.

arya arya, m., f. and , A man or woman of the third caste, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17.

aryaman aryaman, m.
     1. The name of a deity, Rām. 2, 25, 8.
     2. The chief of the Pitṛs, or Manes, Bhag. 10, 29.

arvarv, i. 1, Par. To kill, or hurt.

arvan arvan and arvant arvant, m. vatī, f. A horse, Lass. 102, 3 = Rigv. 7, 102, 2.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. armentum.

arvākkālikatā arvākkālikatā, i. e. arvāñc-kāla + ika + tā, f. Modern date, Man. 12, 96.

arvāñc arvāñc, i. e. arva-añc (the former part is still questionable), adj., f. vācī; n. arvāk, adv.
     1. Towards, Chr. 295, 16 = Rigv. i. 92, 16.
     2. Before, till, with abl., Man. 5, 59. Within, Yājñ. 2, 173. arvāk saṃvatsarāt, Until one year has elapsed, Man. 8, 30.
     3. Near, Śāk. d. 40 v. r.


[Page 53a]

arśas arśas, probably ṛṣ + as (with ś instead of ), n. Haemorrhoids.

arśasa arśas + a, adj., f. . Subject to haemorrhoids, Man. 3, 7.

arh arh (h for gh, cf. argh), i, 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Hiḍ. 1, 36).
     1. To deserve, with the acc., Man. 2, 208 (mānam, honour); Man. 8, 323 (vadham, death); 8, 194 (daṇḍam, a fine); 8, 267 (śatam...daṇḍam, a fine of hundred paṇas); 8, 139 (pañcakaṃ śatam, with ellipsis of daṇḍa, he must pay five in the hundred).
     2. To be entitled to, with the inf., Man. 8, 147.
     3. To be obliged to, with the acc., Śāk. d. 66; with the inf., Man. 8, 155; Naiṣ. 5, 112 (kartum arhati, must be done).
     4. To undergo, Man. 8, 145; Rām. 6, 103, 20.
     5. To be worthy, to be equal to, with the acc., Man. 3, 131.
     6. To be able, with the inf., Bhag. 2, 17.
     7. i. 1, and i. 10, Par. To worship or to honour.
     8. The second persons of i. 1, joined with an inf. represent a respectful form of the imperative, vaktum arhasi, Say (literally, Be pleased to say, cf. the Lat. dignor, with the inf.), Man. 1, 3.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhyarhita. Fit, suitable.

arha arh + a, adj., f. .
     1. Deserving, with the acc., Rām. 1, 53, 12; subject to, Man. 8, 240.
-- With the inf., Bhag. 1, 37 (nārhā vayaṃ kantum, we ought not to be killed).
     2. Entitled to, with the acc., Man. 9, 144; with the inf., Rām. 4, 36, 17.
     3. Worth; mahā-, of great value, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 16.
     4. Fit, suitable, Pañc. 152, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. not deserving, Draup. 9, 7. 2. unworthy, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 16. pūjā-, adj. worthy of reverence, Man. 9, 26. priya-, adj. deserving love, amiable, Kir. 5, 51. māna-, adj. entitled to respect, Man. 2, 137. rājārha, i. e. rājan-, adj. royal, suitable to, or fit for a king, Rām. 3, 49, 42. satkāra-, adj. deserving hospitality, Nal. 9, 10. sukha-, adj. deserving pleasure, Rām. 3, 52, 41.

arhaṇa arhaṇa, i. e. arh + ana.
I. n. A token of respect, Man. 3, 54.
II. f. ṇā, Worship, adoration, Pañc. 236, 24.

arhatva arha + tva, n. Worthiness, Kathās. 2, 74.

arhant arhant (ptcple. of the pres. of arh), f. hatī, Venerable, Śāk. d. 112. -- Superlat. arkattama, Most venerable, Man. 3, 128.

alal, i. 1, Par.
     1. To adorn.
     2. To be able.
     3. To prevent.

alaka alaka.
I. m. and n. A curl, Ṛt. 6, 6.
II. f. , The capital of Kuvera, Megh. 7.
-- Comp. latā-, m. an elephant.

alakanandā alakanandā, f. The name of a river, and surname of the Ganges.

alakta alakta (cf. laktaka), m. Lac, the red animal dye so called.

alaktaka alakta + ka, m. Lac (see the last).

alakṣyajanmatā alakṣyajanmatā, i. e. a-lakṣya-janman + tā. f. Insignificant birth, Kumāras. 5, 72.

alaṃkaraṇa alaṃkaraṇa, i. e. alam-kṛ + ana, n. Ornament, Bhartṛ. 2, 88.

alaṃkāra alaṃkāra, i. e. alam-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Trimming, Rām. 2, 40, 13.
     2. Ornament, trinkets, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 13.

alaṃkāraka alaṃkāra + ka, m. Ornament, Man. 7, 220.


[Page 54a]

alaṃkṛti alaṃkṛti, i. e. alam-kṛ + ti, f. Ornament, Amar. 13.

alajjākara a-lajjā-kara, adj. Not disgracing, Pañc. v. d. 10.

alam alam (i. e. ṛ + a + m, cf. Ved. aram, [greek]), adv.
     1. Fit, able, with loc., Rām. 3, 47, 6; with inf., Rām. 2, 39, 28.
     2. Adequate, Megh. 54; with inf., Kir. 5, 17; Daśak. in Chr. 194, 3.
     3. Enough, with dat. Man. 11, 76; with inf., Śiś. 9, 87.
     4. No more, implying prohibition, no, not; with instr., Daśak. 187, 14 (śucālam, cease to lament); with inf., Mṛcch. 45, 6 (alaṃ suptajanaṃ prabodhayitum, do not awake the sleeping man); with absolutive, Rām. 2, 28, 5 (alaṃ vanaṃ gatvā, do not go to the forest).
     5. Abundant, powerfully, Rām. 5, 3, 21; Rājat. 5, 377.
     6. See kṛ.

alarka alarka, m.
     1. A fabulous animal, MBh. 12, 87.
     2. The proper name of a prince, Rām. 2, 12, 40.

alasa a-las + a, adj., f. .
     1. Weary.
     2. Slack, Ṛt. 6, 12.
     3. Sleepy, Rājat. 5, 408.
     4. Lazy, Pañc. iii. d. 25.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. languid, Ṛt. 6, 30.

alāta alāta, n. A firebrand, Rām. 3, 24, 18.

alābu alābu, f. A long gourd, a gourd-bottle, Man. 6, 54.

alābumaya alābu + maya, adj., f. , Made of a gourd, Yājñ. 3, 60.

ali ali, m. A bee.

aliñjara aliñjara, m. An earthen water jar, Matsyop. 10.

alin alin, see the next.

alinī alinī, f. A swarm of bees (?), Bhartṛ. 1, 5: perhaps ought to be read alinām or alino, from alin alin, m. A large black bee.

alinda alinda, m.
     1. A terrace, Śāk. 62, 14.
     2. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 371.

alīka alīka.
I. adj., f. , False, Amar. 23.
II. n.
     1. Any thing displeasing, Rām. 2, 52, 25.
     2. Falsehood, Pañc. 259, 4.
     3. Smallness, Pañc. i. d. 205 (smallness and falsehood).

alepaka a-lepa + ka, adj., f. pakā and pikā, Spotless, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 6.

alokya alokya, i. e. a-loka + ya, adj., f. .
     1. Extraordinary.
     2. Obstructing the progress to heaven, Man. 2, 161.

alomaka a-loma + ka, adj., f. mikā (ved. also makā). Having no hair, Man. 3, 8.

alolutva alolutva (probably for a-lolupa + tva), n. Absence of covetousness, Bhag. 16, 2.

alpa alpa, adj. f. .
     1. Little, small, Rām. 5, 35, 31; Man. 3, 55; alpena, For a small price, Daśak in Chr. 180, 18.
     2. Insignificant, Ragh. 2, 47.
     3. Of no great value, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 6 (cf. naya).
     4. Short, Pañc. Pr. d. 10.
     5. Feeble, Kathās. 24, 136. Comparative, alpīyaṃs, Man. 8, 36, and alpatara.
-- Comp. an-, adj., 1. great, Daśak in Chr. 182, 8. 2. numerous, 187, 5. 3. much, Kathās. 18, 285. alpa-alpa, adj. very little, Man. 7, 129. su-, adj. 1. very small, Bhartṛ. 2, 23; svalpena, for a very short time, Man. 2, 134. 2. very few.

alpaka alpa-ka, adj., f. ikā, Small, Man. 3, 219.

alpatā alpa + tā, f. and alpatva alpa + tva, n. Minuteness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1143.


[Page 55a]

alpaduḥkhatā alpa-duḥkha + tā, f. Having little pain, Arj. 10, 8.

alpaśas alpa-śas, adv. In a small degree, Man. 12, 20.

alpita alpita, i. e. alpa + ita, adj., f. , Diminished, Naiṣ. 1, 15.

av av, i. 1, Par.
     1. To please, to satisfy, Ragh. 11, 75.
     2. To be pleased, ved.
     3. To desire, Ragh. 1, 65.
     4. To take care, ved.
     5. To protect, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13; Śāk. d. 1.
     6. † To move.
     7. † To excite affection, or be lovely.
     8. † To know, or apprehend.
     9. † To own (v. r. to be able).
     10. † To obey.
     11. † To act.
     12. † To shine.
     13. † To obtain.
     14. † To embrace.
     15. † To kill or hurt.
     16. † To take (v. r. to burn).
     17. † To be (v. r. to divide).
     18. † To grow. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ūta.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To help. Chr. 288, 2 = Rigv. i. 49, 2; Chr. 296, 5 = Rigv. i, 112, 5.
-- With sam sam, To satisfy, Chr. 297, 18 = Rigv. i. 112, 18.
-- Cf.[greek] Lat. avere and uti (an old denominat.).

ava ava, a prefix. Away, off, down.
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
II. Former part of compounded nouns.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] Lat. autem, aut. -- This prefix is based on a pronoun ava, which is preserved in the Zend language, and in the former part of the compounded pronoun [greek]

avakara avakara, i. e. ava-kṛ10 + a, m. Sweepings, Bhartṛ. suppl. 21.

avakarta avakarta, i. e. ava-kṛt + a, m. A chip, Nal. 10, 22.

avakartana avakartana, i.e. ava-kṛt + ana, n. Cutting off, Nal. 10, 16.

avakāśa ava-kāś + a, m.
     1. Space, room, Man. 3, 207.
     2. Interval.
     3. Opportunity, Rām. 5, 9, 28; Pañc. iii. d. 263 (264), cf. viṣaya.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. having no room for moving freely, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 28. sulabha-, adj. f. śā, getting easily the opportunity (of appearing), Śāk. d. 191.

avakāśada -avakāśa-da (vb. ), m. One who gives shelter, Man. 9, 271; 278.

avakīrṇin avakīrṇin, i. e. ava-kīrṇa + in (vb. kṛ10) adj., f. , A violator of a vow to be chaste, Man. 2, 187; 3, 155.

avakraya avakraya, i. e. ava-krī + a m. Letting out, Yājñ. 2, 238.

avakṣepaṇa avakṣepaṇa, i. e. ava-kṣip + ana, n. Throwing down. Bhāṣāp. 5.

avagati avagati, i. e. ava-gam + ti, f. Knowledge.

avagama ava-gam + a, m. Knowledge, Bhag. 9, 2.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be comprehended, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 29. svatva-, n. ascertainment of ownership.

avagāha ava-gāh + a, m. Bathing, Ragh. 5, 47.

avagāhana ava-gāh + ana, n. Immersion, Pañc. 31, 2.

avaguṇṭhana ava-guṇṭh + ana, n. A veil.

avaguṇṭhanavant avaguṇṭhana + vant, adj., f. vatī, Veiled, Śāk. d. 110.

avagūhana avagūhana, i. e. ava-guh, Caus. + ana, n. Embracing. Prab. 57, 11 (v. r.).

avagraha ava-grah + a, m.
     1. Obstacle.
     2. Drought, Ragh. 11, 29.
     3. Contempt, Rām. 5, 44, 18.
     4. Nature, original temperament, Mālav. 70, d. 89. (affection).
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be stopped, Kām. Nītis. 8, 66. 2. disagreeable, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 35. nis-, adj. 1. without any obstacle, MBh. 4, 436. 2. irresistible, Rājat. 5, 52.

avaghaṭṭana ava-ghaṭṭ + ana, n. Rubbing off, Suśr. 1, 362, 6.

avagharṣaṇa avagharṣaṇa, i. e. ava-ghṛṣ + ana, n. Rubbing off, Yājñ. 3, 60.

avaghāta avaghāta, i. e. ara-han, Caus. + a, m. A violent blow.

avacaya avacaya, i. e. ava-ci + a, m. Gathering, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 20.

avacūrṇana ava-cūrṇ + ana, n. Sprinkling powders on sores.

avacchada avacchada, i. e. ava-chad + a, m. A cover, Rām. 3, 56, 48.

avaccheda avaccheda, i. e. ava-chid + a, m. Distinction.

avajaya avajaya, i. e. ava-ji + a, m. Conquering, Ragh. 6, 62.

avajñā ava-jñā, f. Disrespect, Rām. 3, 33, 17; Contempt, Rām. 3, 49, 52; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 7.
-- Comp. sa-avajña, adj. disdainful; sāvajñam, adv. with contempt, Rām. 3, 29, 2.

avajñāna avajñāna, i. e. ava-jñā + ana, n. Contempt, Hit. 103, 4.

avaṭa avaṭa, m. A pit, Rām. 3, 8, 19.

avata avata, m. A well, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10.

avataṃsa ava-taṃs + a, m. and n.
     1. A crest.
     2. An ear-ring, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 3.
     3. Ornament, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 14.
-- Comp. puṇḍarīka-, adj., f. adorned with white lotus flowers, Rām. 5, 12, 18.

avataṃsaka avataṃsa + ka, m. and n. An ear-ring, Vikr. d. 141.
-- Comp. koṣṭha-āgāra-, adj., f. , adorned, i. e. furnished with treasuries, Rām. 5, 10, 1.

avatamasa ava-tamas + a, n. Slight darkness, Śiś. 11, 57.

avataraṇa avataraṇa, i. e. ava-tṛ10 + ana, n.
     1. Descending, Śāk. 111, 3.
     2. Descent especially of a deity from heaven, MBh. 12, 12965.

avatarpaṇa avatarpaṇa, i. e. ava-tṛp + ana, n. A soothing remedy.

avatas ava + tas, adv. Below, in the lower regions, Kir. 5, 27.

avatāna avatāna, i. e. ava-tan + a, m. A cover, Rām. 5, 16, 28.

avatāra avatāra, i. e. ava-tṛ10 + a, m.
     1. Descent.
     2. Entering into, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 6.
     2. Descent of a deity from heaven, Ragh. 10, 85.

avatāraṇa avatāraṇa,, i. e. ava-tṛ10 Caus. + ana, n. Causing to descend, Rām. 4, 56, 29.

avadāna avadāna, i. e. ava-dai + ana, n. A heroic deed, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 24.
-- Comp. virya-, n. effecting any thing by prowess.

avadāraṇa avadāraṇa, i. e. ava-dṛ10 + ana, n. Bursting, Ram. 2, 77, 16.

avadya a-vad + ya, n. Blame, Kathās. 24, 235.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. , blameless, Bhartṛ. 2, 18. nis-,
I. adj. blameless, Rām. 6, 99, 51.
II. f. blamelessness(?), Indr. 5, 11 (v. r.).

avadhāna avadhāna, i. e. ava-dha + ana, n.
     1. Attention. Vikr. d. 2.
     2. Staring at, Śiś. 9, 11.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. careful, attentive, Yājñ. 3, 112.

avadhāraṇa avadhāraṇa, i. e. ava dhṛ + ana, n.
     1. Restriction, Prab. 75, 10.
     2. Ascertaining, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 3.

avadhi avadhi, i. e. ava-dhā (cf. nidhi), m.
     1. Limit.
     2. End.
-- Comp. pratyāgamāvadhi, i. e. pratyāgama-, adv. till (my) return, Kathās. 4, 100. sa-, adj. with the end, Kathās. 9, 52.

avadhīr avadhīr, i. 10 (rather a denom. of a lost noun, avadhīra, from the vb. dhṛ, cf. dhīra), Par. To disdain, to contemn, Śiś. 9, 59.

avadhīraṇa avadhīraṇa, i. e. avadhīr + ana, n. and f. ṇā. Refusal, Ragh. 8, 47.

avadhīrin avadhīr + in, adj., f. iṇī, Surpassing, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 5.

avadhūnana avadhūnana, i. e. ava-dhū, Caus. + ana, n. Shaking, Man. 3, 230.

avadhyatā a-vadhya + tā, f., and avadhyatva a-vadhya + tva, n. Inviolability, Rām. 5, 44, 10; 6, 36, 30.

avanati avanati, i. e. ava-nam + ti, f. Setting (of the sun), Śiś, 9, 8.

avanamra ava-nam + ra, adj., f. , Bent, Ṛt. 6, 15.

avani and -nī avani/ī, f. The earth, Bhartṛ. 2, 10; Śiś. 9, 20.

avanejana avanejana, i. e. ava-nij + ana, n. Washing, Man. 2, 209.

avanti avanti, m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 350.

avantin avantin, m. A surname of Avantivarman, Rājat. 5, 17.

avantī avantī, f. The name of a city, the modern Oujein, Megh. 31 v. r.

avapāta avapāta, i. e. ava-pat + a, m.
     1. Falling down.
     2. Descent.
     3. A pit for catcing game in, Ragh. 16, 78.
     4. (From the causal of pat) Striking, wounding, Yājñ, 2, 277.

avapātana avapātana, i. e. ava-pat, Caus. + ana, n. Cutting down, Man. 11, 64.

avapīḍana ava-pīḍ + ana, n. Hurting, Man. 8, 287.

avabodha avabodha, i. e. ava-budh + a, m.
     1. Being awake, Bhag. 6, 17.
     2. Full knowledge, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 8.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be understood, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 33.

avabodhana avabodhana, i. e. ava-budh, Caus. + ana, n. Instruction, Pañc. 5, 13.

avabhāsa ava-bhās + a, m. Appearance.
-- Comp. an-, m. non-appearance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 11; 12.

avabhāsaka ava-bhās + aka, m. An illuminator, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 11; cf. 215, 23.

avabhāsakatva avabhāsaka + tva, n. Illuminating, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 19.

avabhāsanā ava-bhās + anā, f. Illiminating, shining, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 11.

avabhṛtha ava-bhṛ + tha, m. The name of certain ceremonies at the close of a sacrifice, e. g. bathing, Man. 11, 82.

avama ava + ma, adj., f., , Low.
-- Comp. an-, adj. high, illustrious, Draup. 5, 11.

avamantṛ ava-man + tṛ, m. A scorner, Man. 2, 163.

avamarda avamarda, i. e. ava-mṛd + a, m. Devastation, Rām. 5, 43, 7.

avamardana avamardana, i. e. ava-mṛd + ana.
I. adj. Destroying, Rām. 3, 35, 114.
II. n. Destruction.


[Page 58a]

avamardin avamardin, i. e. ava-mṛd + in, adj., f. , Destroying, Kathās. 23, 58.

avamāna avamāna, m., and avamānana avamānana, n., i. e. ava-man + a or ana, Disrespect, Man. 2, 162.

avamānin avamānin, i. e. ava-man + in, adj., f. .
     1. One who despises, Rām. 5, 81, 6.
     2. One who undervalues, Śāk, 91, 16.

avayava avayava, i. e. ava-yu + a, m.
     1. A limb, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 16.
     2. A part, Man. 1, 16.

avayavaśas avayava + śas, adv. Limb by limb, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 28.

avayavin avayavin, i. e. avayava + in, adj., f. , Consisting of parts, Bhāṣāp. 155.

avara ava + ra.
I. adj., f. .
     1. Posterior, Man. 3, 23.
     2. Inferior, Rām. 2, 106, 22.
     3. Low, Rājat. 5, 203.
II. m. A Śūdra, or one of the fourth caste, Man. 2, 238.
-- Comp. avara-avara, adj. lowest, Rām. 5, 53, 24. -- Preceded by a numeral it implies 'at least,' e. g. tri-, three at least, Man. 8, 60; at least three times, Man. 11, 80; also, after kārṣāpaṇa-, a kārṣāpaṇa at least, Man. 8, 274.

avaraja avara-ja (vb. jan).
I. adj., f. , Younger, Rām. 3, 75, 10.
II. m.
     1. A younger brother, Rājat. 5, 26.
     2. A Śūdra, or one of the fourth caste, Man. 2, 223.

avarodha avarodha, i. e. ava-rudh + a, m.
     1. Hindrance.
     2. Blocking up.
     3. The seraglio of a palace, Rājat. 5, 357.

avarodhaka avarodhaka, i. e. ava-rudh + aka, adj. Being about to block up, Rām, 1, 71, 6.


[Page 58b]

avarodhana avarodhana, i. e. ava-rudh + ana, n. Blocking up, Rām. 1, 3, 33.

avaroha avaroha, i. e. ava-ruh + a, m. A pendant branch, one that strikes fresh roots into the earth, as those of the Indian fig-tree, Rām. 2, 52, 96.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. whither it is difficult to descend, Rājat. 6, 49.

avarohaṇa avarohaṇa, i. e. ava-ruh + ana, n. Descending, Kathās. 20, 179.

avalakṣa ava-lakṣa, adj. White.

avalamba ava-lamb + a, m.
     1. Depending, hanging on or from.
     2. A prop.
-- Comp. jāla-, adj. supported, i. e. borne by a net, Megh. 71. nis-, adj. 1. unsupported. 2. not granting any support. sa-, adj. supported, Ragh. 19, 50. sevā-, adj. depending on the service of..., Bhartṛ. 1, 66. hasta-, adj. supported by the hand of..., Vikr. 11, 1.

avalambana ava-lamb + ana, n.
     1. Supporting one's self, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 24.
     2. A prop or support, Śāk. d. 100.
-- Comp. an-, n. not supporting one's self, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 23. kara-, n. taking hold with the hand, Śiś. 9, 82; Hit. 41, 16.

avalambin ava-lamb + in, adj., f. .
     1. Hanging down.
     2. Hanging, Mṛcch. 46, 7.
     3. Supporting one's self, Śak. 62, 15.
-- Comp. rajju-, adj. hanging by a string.

avaliptatā ava-lipta + tā, f., and avaliptatva ava-lipta + tva, n. Pride, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.

avaluñcana ava-luñc + ana, n. Pulling out, Rām. 6, 98, 25.

avaluṇṭhana ava-luṇṭh + ana, n. Robbing, Kathās. 22, 71.


[Page 59a]

avalumpana avalumpana, i. e. ava-lup + ana, n. Leaping away, Lass. 48, 4.

avalepa avalepa, i. e. ava-lip + a, m.
     1. Anointing.
     2. Pride, Vikr. 5, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without anointing and without pride, Śiś. 9, 51. sa-, adj. Proud, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 19.

avalepana avalepana, i. e. ava-lip + ana, n. Haughtiness, Rām. 1, 44, 9.

avaloka ava-lok + a, m.
     1. Sight, Śiś. 9, 71.
     2. Observation, Vikr. 38, 5.

avalokaka ava-lok + aka, m. A spy, Rām. 6, 101, 13.

avalokana ava-lok + ana, n.
     1. Sight.
     2. Observation.
     3. A glance, Ragh. 10, 14.

avalokayitṛ avalokayitṛ, i. e. ava-lok, Caus. + tṛ, m. An observer, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 1.

avaśeṣa avaśeṣa, i. e. ava-śiṣ + a, m. Residue.
-- Comp. ardha-, adj. of which a half is left, Rām. 5, 14, 49. alpa-, adj. of which few are left, Rām. 3, 32, 2. nis-, adj. without a residue, whole, Rām. 3, 16, 28. sa-, adj. 1. leaving a residue. 2. imperfect. 3. remaining, sāvaśeṣa-bandhana, adj. still bound, Pañc. 109, 17. 4. till, mṛd-bhāṇḍa-, adj. exclusive of the earthen pots, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 14.

avaśyam avaśyam, i. e. a-vaśa + ya + m, adv.
     1. Certainly.
     2. Inevitably, Man. 12, 68; necessarily. When compounded with a participle of fut. pass. the final m is dropped, e. g. avaśya-karaṇīya, to be done necessarily, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 16.

avaśyāya avaśyāya, i. e. ava-śyai + a, m.
     1. Hoar-frost, Rām. 3, 22, 21.
     2. Dew, MBh. 12, 5334.

avaṣṭambha avaṣṭambha, i. e. ava-stambh + a, m.
     1. Relying on, Pañc. 20, 20.
     2. Self-confidence, Pañc, 246, 19.
     3. Gold.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. full of self-confidence, Pañc. i. d. 215; acc. sāvaṣṭambham, adv. courageously, Kathās. 25, 97.

avaṣṭambhana avaṣṭambhana, i. e. ava-stambh + ana, n. Supporting one's self on, being supported by, Pañc. 233, 16.

avaṣṭambhamaya avaṣṭambha + maya, adj., f. , Golden, Ragh. 3, 53.

avas av + as, n. Protection, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14.

avasakthikā ava-sakthi + kā, f. A cloth drawn round the knees and loins of a person sitting on his hams, Man. 4, 112.

avasara avasara, i. e. ava-sṛ + a, m.
     1. Opportunity, Śiś. 9, 41; Rājat. 5, 36.
     2. The right time, Kir. 5, 16; with inf., Śāk. 12, 11.
     3. Turn, Pañc. 55, 4 (śaśakasyāvasaraḥ samāyātaḥ, The turn of the hare came).
     4. Use, Kathās. 6, 62.
-- Comp. an-,
I. m. wrong time, Mṛcch. 102, 8.
II. adj. unseasonable, Hit. 53, 11. sarvāvasara + m, i. e. sarva-, adv. on every occasion, Lass. 2, 2.

avasāda avasāda, i. e. ava-sad-a, m.
     1. Sitting down.
     2. Exhaustion,
     3. Lassitude, want of energy.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. cheerful, Gīt. 11, 1.

avasādaka avasādaka, i. e. ava-sad, Caus. + aka, adj. Bringing down, impairing, Rām. 4, 26, 19.

avasāna avasāna, i. e. ava-so + ana, n.
     1. Termination, end, Śiś. 9, 19; Daśak. in Chr. 201, 4.
     2. Death, Pañc. ii. d. 123.

avasānika avasānika, i. e. avasāna + ika, adj., f. ikā, Concluding, Rām. 2, 56, 25 (perhaps the masc. must be read -sānaka).


[Page 60a]

avaseka avaseka, i. e. ava-sieh + a, m. Sprinkling, Mṛcch. 47, 1.

avasecana avasecana, i. e. ava-sic + ana, n. Water used for washing, Man. 4, 151.

avaskanda ava-skand + a, m. Assault, Pañc. iii d. 37.

avaskandin ava-skand + in, adj., f. , Assailing, Mahāv. 72, 7.

avaskara avaskara, i. e. ava-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Ordure, Rājat. 5, 406.
     2. The privy, Rājat. 5, 412.

avastratā a-vastra + tā, f. Nakedness, Nal. 10, 16.

avasthā ava-sthā, f.
     1. State, Pañc. 44, 1.
     2. Condition, Rām. 3, 44, 13.
-- Comp. tad-, adj., f. thā, being in this state. antya-, adj. being in the lowest condition, Pañc. iv. d. 76. kṛta-, adj. brought into court, Man. 8, 60.

avasthāna avasthāna, i. e. ava-sthā + ana, n.
     1. Standing-place, Rām. 5, 15, 8.
     2. Position, Pañc. 9, 14.
     3. State, Pañc. 107, 8.
     4. Abiding, Pañc. 19, 5; duration, Rājat. 5, 278.
     5. Perseverance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 3.
-- Comp. an-,
I. n. unsteadiness, mobility.
II. adj. unsteady.
III. m. wind.

avasthāpana avasthāpana, i. e. ava-sthā, Caus. + ana, n. Setting out for sale, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 15.

avasthiti avasthiti, i. e. ava-sthā + ti, f. A bode, Kathās, 9, 67.
-- Comp. an-, f. unsteadiness.

avahāra avahāra, i. e. ava-hṛ + a, m. Suspension of fighting, Chr. 37, 31.

avahāsa avahāsa, i. e. ava-has + a, m. Jest, Bhag. 11, 42.

avahela avahela, i. e. ava-heḍ + a, n. and f. , Contempt.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. despising.

avāñc avāñc, i. e. ava-añc, adj., f. vācī, Downward, headlong, Man. 3, 249; acc. ntr. avāk, adv. Downwards, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 10; headlong, Man. 8, 75.
-- Cf. [greek]

avāntara avāntara, i. e. ava-antara, adj. Included, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 3.

avāpti avāpti, i. e. ava-āp + ti, f. Acquisition, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 3.

avi avi, m. A sheep; f. an ewe, Man. 3, 6.
-- Cf. Lat. ovis, [greek] O.H.G. awi; A.S. eaw; Goth. avistr.

avivekatā a-viveka + tā, f. Want of discrimination or judgment.

aviṣayīkaraṇa aviṣayīkaraṇa, i. e. a-viṣaya-kṛ + ana, n. The non-acquiring of an understanding, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 9; 10.

avekṣaṇa avekṣaṇa, i. e. ava-īkṣ + ana, n. Attention, care, Ragh. 14, 85.
-- Comp. an-, n. want of attention, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.

avekṣā avekṣā, i. e. ava-īkṣ + ā, f. Careful attention, Man. 7, 101.
-- Comp. an-, f. Want of attention, Man. 7, 111 (instr. rashly). su-, adj. well taken care of, Rām. 5, 75, 1.

avekṣin avekṣin, i. e. ava-īkṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Looking, Pañc. i. d. 214.

avyathi a-vyath + i, adj. Fearless, Chr. 296, 6 = Rigv. 1, 112, 6.

avratika avratika, i. e. a-vrata + ika, adj. One who neglects his religious duties, Indr. 2, 5.

1. , ii. 5, aśnu. Ātm.
     1. To pervade, to occupy, Yājñ. 1, 260.
     2. To attain, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 2; ved. ii. 2, Par. Chr. 294, 8 = Rigv. i. 92, 8.
     3. † To heap or crowd.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To attain, Man. 6, 82.
-- With vi vi, To pervade, Ragh. 4, 15.
-- With sam sam, To attain, Man, 2, 233.

2. , ii. 9, aśnā, nī, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. MBh. 3, 14686)
     1. To eat, Man. 1, 95. an-aśnāna, Not eating, Chr. 57, 23.
     2. To enjoy, Bhag. 9, 20. Caus. To cause to eat, Man. 3, 83. an-āśita, Not satiated, Rām. 5, 17, 34.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To eat before another, MBh. 3, 14686.
-- With upa upa.
     1. To eat up, to consume, Dev. 5, 61.
     2. To enjoy, Rām. 1, 62, 6. upāśnīyāt, instead of °śnīy°, on account of the metre, MBh. 12, 3266.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To enjoy, MBh. 3, 12631.
-- With pari pari, To eat, MBh. 3, 13354.
-- With pra pra.
     1. To begin eating, Rām. 3, 63, 28.
     2. To take in the mouth only, Man. 2, 62.
     3. To eat, Man. 5, 103.
     4. To drink, Chr. 47, 39 (Ātm.).
     5. To enjoy one's self, MBh. 3, 8083 (Ātm.). Caus. To cause to eat or devour, Kathās. 9, 10; Man. 3, 260. prāśita, n. An oblation to the Pitṛs, or Manes, Man. 3, 73; 74.
-- With sam sam, To eat, Pañc. iv. d. 84.

aśaṃkusuka aśaṃkusuka, Firm, Man. 6, 43; see saṃkasuka.

aśana 2. aś + ana, n.
     1. Eating, Pañc. 236, 22.
     2. Food, Man. 3, 59.
-- Comp. ati-, n. excess of eating, Man. 2, 56. adhi-, n. Eating too often. an-,
I. adj. consisting in abstinence, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 20.
II. n. 1. hunger, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 9. 2. fasting, Rājat. 5, 428 (plur.). nis-, adj. abstaining from food, Hariv. 2539. mūla-phala-, n. feeding on roots and fruits, Man. 6, 75. piśita-, n. eating flesh, Śāk. d. 75. sa-, adj. consisting of nourishment, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 30. havis-, m. fire. huta- (vb. ku), m. 1. fire. 2. the deity of fire. 3. Śiva.

aśani 1. aś + ani, f. (seldom m. Rām. 3, 4, 45) and aśanī 1. aś + anī, f. (Chr. 40, 12) Indra's thunderbolt, Ragh. 3, 56.

aśiraska a-śiras + ka, adj. Headless, Draup. 8, 30.

aśiśiratā a-śiśira + tā, f. Heat, Megh. 82.

aśīta aśīta, i. e. aśīti + a, ord. num. Eightieth. eka-, Eighty-first, MBh. i; adhy. 81. tri-, Eighty-third, adhy. 83. dvi-, Eighty-second, adhy. 82.

aśīti aśīti (cf. aṣṭan), card. num., f. Eighty, with genitive of the numbered objects, Man. 11, 220; in the same case, Rām. 2, 32, 19.
-- Comp. eka-, eighty-one. pañcāśiti, i. e. pañcan-, eighty-five.

aśītika aśīti + ka, adj. Measuring eighty, Rām. 5, 6, 21.

aśītitama aśīti + tama, ord. num. f. . Eightieth. eka-, Eighty-first. tri-, Eighty-third. nava(n)-, Eightyninth. pañca(n)-, Eighty-fifth.

aśeṣatas a-śeṣa + tas, adv. Entirely, Man. 1, 59.

aśeṣaya aśeṣaya (a denom. derived from. a-śeṣa). To complete, Kumāras. 7, 29.

aśoka a-śoka.
I. adj. Free from sorrow, Nal. 12, 107.
II. m. A shrub, Jonesia Asoka, Ṛt. 6, 16.
III. n. An asoka-flower, Ṛt. 6, 6.
-- Comp. nīla-, m. an asoka with blue flowers, Rām. 3, 17, 10.

aśman aś + man (see vb. śo), m. A stone.
-- Comp. a-sita-, m. an emerald, Kir. 5, 48. mahā-, m. a ruby, Kir. 5, 8. sūrya-, m. the sun-stone. harita-, n. 1. blue vitriol. 2. a turquoise; an emerald.
-- Cf. the next and [greek] also ved. aśna, stone, and Goth. auhns.

aśmantaka aś + mant + aka (see the last), n. A stove, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 19.

aśmamaya aśmamaya, i. e. aśman + maya, adj., f. , Made of stone, Man. 5, 111.

aśmasāramaya aśmasāramaya, i. e. aśman-sāra + maya, adj., f. , Made of iron, Rām. 4, 22, 15.

aśmāntaka aśmāntaka, The name of a plant, Man. 2, 43 (probably = aśmantaka, m. A species of Oxalis)

aśra aś + ra (see vb. śo).
I. A substitute for aśri, when latter part of comp. adj., implying An angle, e. g. catur-, adj. Quadrangular, regular, Kumāras. 1, 32 (written with s instead of ś).
II. n. A tear, Kathās. 13, 126; Man. 3, 229 (with s instead of ś).
-- Comp. sa-, adj. weeping, Megh. 100.
-- Cf. the next, and [greek] Lat. acer.

aśri aś + ri (see vb. śo), I.
     1. Edge, Kumāras. 2, 20.
     2. A corner, an angle, Rām. 1, 13, 28.
-- Cf. [greek]

aśru aś + ru (see vb. śo), n. A tear, Rām. 2, 48, 2.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. shedding tears, Ragh. 12, 14.

aśrutavat a-śru + ta + vat, adv. As if not heard, Rājat. 5, 53.

aślīka aślīka, i. e. a-śrī + ka (l for r), adj. Bringing misfortune, Man. 4, 206.

aśva aś + va (see vb. śo).
I. m. A horse, Man. 7, 96.
II. f. , A mare, Rājat. 5, 415.
-- Comp. an-, m. one who is not a horse, Pañc. iv. d. 49. indriya-, m., plur. the horse-like organs of sense, Kir. 5, 50. gava-, n. bulls and horses, MBh. 1, 3654. vija-, m. a stallion, Rājat. 5, 280. vṛhadaśva, i. e. vṛ- kant-, m. a proper name. sa-, adj with horses. saptāśva, i. e. saptan-, m. the sun. hata- (vb. han), adj. having the horses killed.
-- Cf. Lat. equus; [greek] Goth. aihvs.

aśvakranda aśva-krand + a, m. The name of a bird, MBh. 1, 1488.

aśvatara aśva + tara.
I. m.
     1. A mule, Rām. 2, 91, 53.
     2. One of the chiefs of the Nāgas or serpent race, MBh. 1, 1555.
II. f. tarī.
     1. A female mule.
     2. Probably the name of a kind of serpent, which, according to a popular opinion, used to die when pregnant with or bringing forth young, Rām. 3, 49, 49.

aśvattha aśvattha, m. The holy figtree, Ficus religiosa, Bhag. 15, 1.

aśvatthāman aśvatthāman, i. e. aśva-sthā + man, m. A proper name, Bhag. 1, 8.

aśvamedhika aśvamedhika, i. e. aśva-medha + ika, adj. Referring to the sacrifice of a horse, MBh. 1, 354.

aśvayuj aśva-yuj, adj. On which horses are put, Rām. 5, 27, 14.

aśvavāra aśvavāra, i. e. aśva-vṛ + a, m. A horseman, Rām. 5, 73, 11.

aśvastanika aśvastanika, i. e. a-śvas + tana + ika, adj. Not having for tomorrow, Man. 4, 7.

aśvāvant aśvāvant, i. e. aśva + vant, adj., f. vatī, Abounding in horses, Chr. 287, 2 = Rigv. i. 48, 2.

aśvin aśvin, i. e. aśva + in, m., du. Two deities, Rām. 1, 24, 8.
-- Cf. the Dioscuri.

aśvya aśvya, i. e. aśva + ya, m. A patronymic: a son of Aśva, Chr. 296, 10 = Rigv. i. 112, 10.

aṣaṣ, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To take.
     3. To shine (v. r. as, cf. 3. as).

aṣṭaka aṣṭaka, i. e. aṣṭan + ka.
I. adj. Eight-fold, Man. 7, 48.
II. f. .
     1. The eighth day after the full moon, Man. 4, 113; especially those on which the Pitṛs or Manes are worshipped.
     2. Worship of the Pitṛs, Rām. 2, 108, 14.
III. n. An octad, a collection of eight things.
-- Comp. tri-, n. a kind of vessel, Suśr. 1, 171, 19. aṣṭāṣṭaka, i. e. aṣṭan-, n. sixty-four (arts), Rām. 3, 53, 41.

aṣṭataya aṣṭataya, i. e. aṣṭan + taya, n. A complex of eight, Lass. 89, 1.

aṣṭadhā aṣṭadhā, i. e. aṣṭan + dhā, adv. Eight-fold, Bhag. 7, 4.

aṣṭan aṣṭan, i. e. aś + tan (cf. aśīti; the vb. is doubtful), card. num., adj. Eight, Hiḍ. 2, 9.
-- Comp. tri-, Twentyfour, Man. 9, 94.
-- Cf. [greek] = aṣṭau; Lat. octo; Goth. ahtau: A.S. ehta.

aṣṭama aṣṭama, i. e. aṣṭan + ma.
I. ord. num., f. , Eighth, Man. 2, 36.
II. m. An eighth, Man. 10, 120.
III. f. , The eigth day of a lunar half month, Rājat. 5, 327; 412.
-- Cf. Lat. octavus; [greek]

aṣṭamaka aṣṭama + ka, adj. Eighth, Yājñ. 2, 244.

aṣṭā aṣṭā, a substitute of aṣṭan in the former part of many comp. words, especially before numerals, e. g. aṣṭā-daśan, Eighteen.

aṣṭādaśa aṣṭā-daśa, ord. num., f. śī, Eighteenth, Chr. 51.

aṣṭādaśan aṣṭā-daśan, card. num. adj. Eighteen, Man. 8, 3.
-- Cf. Lat. octodecim.

aṣṭāpada aṣṭā-pada.
I. n. A board for draughts, dice, etc., Hariv. 6752.
II. m. and n. Gold, Kumāras, 7, 10.


[Page 63b]

aṣṭāpādya aṣṭāpādya, i. e. aṣṭā-pāda + ya, adj. Eight-fold, Man. 8, 337.

aṣṭrā aṣṭrā, i. e. aś + tra (vb. śo, cf. Lat. incitare), f. A goad.

aṣṭhīlā aṣṭhīlā (probably from asthi), f.
     1. A kernel, MBh. 3, 10629.
     2. A ball, MBh. 1, 4494.

as 1. as, ii. 2, Par. (Ātm. when combined with vi-ati and as anxiliary vb.; e. g. sṛṣṭāḥ smake, MBh. 13, 13).
     1. To exist, Bhag. 2, 12.
     2. To be, Man. 1, 5; with an adv., MBh. 3, 4041; with participles, Man. 8, 94. asti, So it is, Śāk. 14, 16. asti, Once, Pañc. 132, 22. With na, Not, it implies very often 'to be lost,' e. g. MBh. 3, 10284.
     3. With a gen. To belong. kasyāsi, Whose are you, Nal. 12, 118. santi me, I have, Man. 8, 87. tavāsmi, I am thy captive, Man. 7, 91.
     4. With a dat. To suffice, Man. 11, 85.
     5. With a loc. or with prati, To be affected against, Śāk. 17, 13; 14. sant, participle of the present (cf. Lat. prae-sens), 1. Being, Hit. i. d. 75. 2. Being in the true sense of the word, Right, Bhāṣāp. 138. 3. Virtuous, Chr. 8, 22. 4. Steady, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 10. 5. Venerable, Rājat. 5, 79. 6. Excellent, Kir. 5, 9. fem. satī, A virtuous wife, Lass. 41, 11. Comp. mahā-satī, a very virtuous wife, Pañc. 38, 12. n. sat, Entity, Man. 1, 11. superl. sat + tama, adj., f. , Most excellent. In comp. words of the Kharmadhār. class it forms the latter part, e. g. dvija-sattama, 1. A Brāhmaṇa, Man. 1, 33. 2. A most excellent Brāhmaṇa, Chr. 15, 30. brāhmaṇa-, m. Chr. 22, 15; bharata-, 25, 55; bhārata-, 40, 17; bhṛgu-, 45, 11; mṛga-, Ram. 3, 49, 25; ratha-, Chr. 63, 64; rājasattama, i. e. rājan-, 53, 5.
-- Comp. a-sant, adj. wicked, Pañc. i. d. 182; heretic, Man. 11, 65. f. a-satī, an unchaste woman, Pañc. 185, 15. a-sat, n. non-entity, Man. 1, 11.
-- With the prepositions vyati vi-ati, Ātm. To outweigh, Bhaṭṭa. 2, 35.
-- With āvis āvis, To be visible, to appear, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17 (corr. āvir āsīt).
-- With upa upa, To be near, Chr. 12, 2.
-- With prādus prādus,
     1. To be conspicuous, Man. 1, 6.
     2. To appear, Chr. 13, 6.
     3. To spring up, Chr. 31, 10.
-- Cf. [greek] e. g. [greek] = asti; Lat. sum, est; Goth. im, ist; A.S. eom, is. [greek]

as 2. as, i. 4, Par.
     1. To throw, Rām. 2, 67, 18.
     2. To leave, Kathās. 6, 141. Aor. āstham, Ragh. 12, 23. Part. of the perf. pass. asta (asita, Rām. 4, 13, 54).
-- With the prep. ati ati, To surpass, Rām. 2, 23, 37.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To cross, Man. 2, 72.
-- With apa apa.
     1. To drive away, Amar. 2.
     2. To put off, Nalod. 3, 8.
     3. To lay aside, Rām. 2, 32, 30.
     4. To leave, Pañc. Pr. d. 10. Abeolutive apāsya, Except, Hit. iii. d. 139.
-- With abhi abhi, also Ātm. Man. 4, 149; sometimes i. 1, Par. Man. 11, 106.
     1. To discharge (an arrow), MBh. 1, 5497.
     2. To do repeatedly; to repeat, Man. 2, 79.
     3. To practise, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 1.
     4. To study, Pañc. 244, 1.
-- With ud ud.
     1. To east upward, MBh. 3, 430.
     2. To lift up, Śāk. 34, 1; to raise, Śiś. 9, 74.
-- With parvud pari-ud, To heap round about, MBh. 2, 1805.
-- With vyud vi-ud, To cast off, Bhag. 18, 51.
-- With ni ni, also i. 1 Par. Man. 6, 46.
     1. To cast down, Rām. 3, 58, 2; to put down, Chr. 27. 12.
     2. To resign, Rām. 2, 46, 20.
     3. To put on, Rām. 2, 28, 27; Daśak. in Chr. 189. 6.
     4. To support, Śāk. d. 161.
     5. To put in, Bhartṛ. 2, 77; to settle, Yājñ. 2, 186; to appoint, MBh. 12, 4336.
     6. To intrust, Rām. 3, 51, 18.
-- Comp. partic. citra-nyasta, adj. painted, MBh. 9, 43. su-nyasta, gracefully reposing, Rām. 5, 14, 23. Caus., to cause to put down, Chr. 43, 31.
-- With upani upa-ni.
     1. To put near, Rām. 4, 4, 17.
     2. To intrust, MBh. 3, 11551.
     3. To prove, Hit. 120, 5.
     4. To hint, Śāk. 65, 15. Comp. partic. an-upanyasta, unproved, Yājñ. 2, 19.
-- With samupani sam-upa-ni, To prove, Hit. 103, 3.
-- With parini pari-ni, To stretch, Kathās. 6, 121.
-- With pratini prati-ni, To put down for every one, Rām. 2, 40, 16.
-- With vini vini,
     1. To put off and down, Pañc. 230, 18.
     2. To put down, Nal. 24, 45.
     3. To divide, Rām. 1, 13, 28.
     4. To direct, Rām. 2, 60, 7.
     5. To put in, Pañc. 236, 9.
-- Comp. partic. su-vi-nyasta, well arranged, Rām. 5, 13, 37.
-- With saṃni sam-ni,
     1. To put down, MBh. 3, 16708.
     2. To abandon, Man. 6, 95; to abandon all worldly concerns, i. e. to become an anchorite, Man. 6, 94.
     3. To put together, Rām. 3, 35, 63.
     4. To put on, MBh. 3, 740.
     5. To intrust, Rām. 4, 28, 5.
-- With nis nis,
     1. To throw out, to expel, Śiś. 9, 62; Ṛt. 6, 23; Rām. 3, 75, 24.
     2. To drive back, Rām. 3, 42, 42; to send back, Śiś, 9, 33.
     3. To destroy, Hit. i. d. 63.
-- With parā parā, To leave, Kir. 5, 27.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To spread, Kir. 5, 34.
     2. To put around, MBh. 2, 1898.
     3. To turn round, Kumāras. 3, 68.
     4. To surround, Kumāras. 1, 45; to enchase, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 23.
     5. To turn over, Man. 11, 183.
     6. To turn away. Bhartṛ. 3, 29. -Caus. to cause to drop, Ragh. 13, 28.
-- With vipari vi-pari, To invert, Mṛcch. 115, 4.
-- With pra pra, To throw, Man. 11, 73.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To separate, Man. 7, 159; Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 3; to divide, MBh. 1, 4263; pf. vivyāsa, MBh. 1, 2212, instead of vyāsa, as if the combined vyas was a simple vb. vyasta, different, Prab. 97, 19; MBh. 3, 17052.
-- With sam sam, To unite, Man. 7, 57; Vedāntas. 205, 3. samasta. 1. United, Man. 3, 85. 2. All, Rājat. 5, 62. 3. Whole, Pañc. 69, 15.
-- Comp. yāvatsamasta, i. e. yāvant-, large as it is, Pañc. 31, 17.

as † 3. as, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To take.
     3. To shine (v. r. aṣ.)

asan asan, see asṛj.

asana 2. as + ana.
I. n. Discharging (as arrows), Chr. 297, 21 = Rigv. i. 112, 21.
II. m. The name of a tree, Terminalia alata tomentosa, Rām. 2, 94, 8.
-- Comp. iṣu-, n. a bow, Ragh. 11, 37. śara-, n. a bow.

asamañja asamañja and asamañjas asamañjas, m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 39, 16; 1, 40, 16 Gorr.

asamavāyitva asamavāyitva, i. e. a-samavāyin + tva, n. Condition of not being in an intimate relation, Bhāṣāp. 96.

asamāvṛttika asamāvṛttika, i. e. a-sam-āvṛtta + ika (? see vṛt), m. A student before he has completed his studies, Man. 11, 157.

asi asi, m. A sword, Rām. 3, 50, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. ensis, [greek] cf. akṣan = akṣi, and [greek] = pīvan.

asu asu, i. e. 1. as + u, m. plur.
     1. The five vital breaths, or airs of the body (cf. Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 9).
     2. Life, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 6.
-- Comp. gata- (vb. gam), adj. lifeless, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 266. a-gata-, adj. living, ib.

asura asura, i. e. 1. as + ura,
I. adj. Eternal, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
II. m. An Asura, or demon, Kir. 5, 30.
III. f. , A female Asura, or demon, MBh. 3, 12203.
-- Comp. deva-,
I. m. pl. the gods and the demons, Rām. 1, 45, 27.
II. adj. 1. referring to the gods and the demons, Rām. 1, 34, 8 Gorr. 2. n. elliptically (supply yuddha), the war between the gods and the demons, Rām. 3, 53, 8.

asū a-sū, adj. Sterile, Chr. 296, 3 = Rigv. i. 112, 3.

asūya asūya (an old denom. based on 2. as), Par. Ātm.
     1. To detract, scron, MBh. 4, 99.
     2. To reprove, Rājat. 5, 196.
     3. To be angry, Mālav. 51, 18.
-- Comp. an-asūyant, free from a spirit of detraction, Bhag. 3, 31. Caus. asūyaya, To chastise, Nal. 14, 17.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To blame, Sāv. 5, 90. asūyām, instead of asūyeyam, MBh. 1, 4377.

asūyaka asūyaka, i. e. asūya + aka, adj., f. yikā, A scorner, Man. 2, 114.
-- Comp. an- (i. e. anasūya + ka, see asūyā), adj. free from a spirit of detraction, Nal. 12, 46.

asūyā asūyā, i. e. asūya + a, f.
     1. Detraction, Man. 7, 48.
     2. Ill-will, Rām. 4, 14, 20.
-- Comp. an-asūya,
I. adj. free from a spirit of detraction, Man. 4, 158.
II. f. , a proper name, Śāk. 9, 7. sa-, adv. angrily, Vikr. 30, 14.

asṛj asṛj, i. e. asar-, for 1. as + an, which is the base of several cases, -j (vb. jan), n. Blood, Pañc. 21, 12.
-- With asan, cf. Lat. san + ies; with asar, Lat. assir, [greek] with *asan-j, Lat. sanguis.

asta 1. as + ta,
I. n. Home.
II. m.
     1. Sun-set, Pañc. iii. d. 187; Śiś. 9, 5. The acc. sing. astam, combined like a prefix, with i, gam, yā, implies, To set, Daśak. 184, 1.
     2. The western mountain, behind which the sun is supposed to set, Rām. 4, 37, 4.
IV. n. Death, Kathās. 13, 74; Rājat. 5, 126.
-- Comp. sūrya-, n. sunset.

astamana astamana (a syncope of astam-ayana), n. Sun-set, Pañc. ii. d. 7.

astamaya astamaya, i. e. astam-i + a, m. Sun-set, Kir. 5, 35.

astṛ 2. as + tṛ, m. A shooter, Chr. 290, 10 = Rigv. i. 64, 10.

astra 2. as + tra, n.
     1. A missile weapon, Śāk. 94, 10; an arrow, Vikr. d. 18.
     2. A bow, Arj. 8, 2.
-- Comp. iṣu-, n. the art of discharging arrows, Chr. 22, 16; 51. 2. kusuma-, m. the god of Love, Ragl., 7, 58. kṛta-, adj. conversant with the use of missile weapons, MBh. 3, 228. daṇḍa-, n. the name of a fabulous weapon, Rām. 1, 56, 9. mahā-, n. a great missile weapon, Chr. 44, 4.

asthan asthan, see asthi.

asthi asthi; several cases have asthan as their base, n.
     1. A bone, Bhartṛ. 2, 9.
     2. A kernel, seed, Man. 4, 78.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. os, gen. ossis, for ostis.

asthika asthi + ka,
     1. n. A small bone, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
     2. A substitute for asthi, when latter part of comp. adj., e. g. an-, Boneless, Yājñ. 3, 275. dṛḍha-gulpha-śirā-, adj. Having strong ancles, nerves, and bones, Rām. 5, 32, 11.

asthidantamaya asthi-danta + maya, adj., f. , Made of bones and ivory, Man. 5, 121.

asthimant asthi + mant, adj., f. matī, Having bones, Man. 11, 140.

asthimaya asthi-maya, adj., f. , Full of bones, Rājat. 5, 272.


[Page 66b]

asmad asmad, First person. pronoun,
I; nom. sing. aham, plur. vayam; the bases of the other cases are, ma, āva, na, asma.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ego, me, nos; Goth. ik, mis, veis, unsis; A.S. ic, me, vit, unc.

asmadīya asmad + īya, adj., f. , Our, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 1.

asmayu asmayu, i. e. *asmaya (a denominat. of asmad by ya) + u, adj. Favourable to us, Lass. p. 100, 8 = Rigv. vii. 15, 8.

asyavāmīya asya vām + īya, n. The Vedic hymn beginning with the words asya vām (Rigv. i. 164), Man. 11, 250.

asra asra, see aśra.

ah 1. ah (h for gh; cf. Lat. adag + ium, ajo for agjo, nego; Goth. aikan), forms only 2. sing. and du., and 3. sing. du., and plur. of the redupl. pf.
     1. To say, speak, Man. 9, 47.
     2. To specify, Man. 8, 122.
     3. To call, MBh. 3, 16065.
     4. To pronounce, Man. 9, 44.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
     1. To pronounce, Man. 9, 45.
     2. To say, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 8.
-- With prati prati, To answer. Hit. 10, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] = āha.

ah † 2. ah, ii. 5, ahnu, Par. To pervade, or occupy (v. r. aḍ).

aha 1. aha, a particle; Certainly, Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4.

aha 2. -aha, a substitute for ahan, when part of compound words. Day, e. g. agha-, n. A day of impurity, Man. 5, 84. anirdaśāha, i. e. a-nis-daśan-, adj. f. , Not out of the ten days (of impurity which follow birth or death), Man. 8, 242. ekādaśāha, i. e. ekādaśan-aha, adj. Lasting eleven days, MBh. 13, 4938. ekāha, i. e. eka-aha, m. One day, Man. 5, 59. katipayāha, i. e. ka- tipaya-, Some day, Chr. 52, 19 (sing); Pañc. 9, 6 (plur). kṣapāha, i. e. kṣapā-, A day and night, Man. 1, 68. tri-,
I. n. Three days, Man. 4, 110.
II. adj. Lasting three days, Rām. 1, 13, 43. daśāha, i. e. daśan-, n. An interval of ten days, Man. 5, 59. pañcāha, i. e. pañcan-, n. A period of five days, Kathās. 41, 26. puṇya-, n. A holy day, Chr. 25, 20. saptāha, i. e. saptan-, n. Seven days, a week.

ahaṃkāra ahaṃkāra, i. e. aham-kāra, m.
     1. Conceiving objects with the notion that they refer to one's own self, egotism, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 3.
     2. Pride, Rām. 4, 6, 22.
     3. Self-conceit, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 4; arrogance, Rājat. 5, 234.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. free from selfishness, MBh. 15, 882.

ahaṃkṛta ahaṃkṛta, i. e. aham-kṛta, adj.
     1. Selfish, Bhag. 18, 17.
     2. Proud, Yājñ. 3, 151.
     3. Arrogant, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 11.
-- Comp. an-, adj. not arrogant, Man. 9, 335. nis-, adj. 1. Impersonal, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 8. 2. Not selfish, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 6.

ahaṃkṛti ahaṃkṛti, i. e. aham-kṛ + ti, f.
     1. Selfishness, Bhartṛ. 3, 95.
     2. Pride, Rājat. 5, 481.

ahan ahan; several cases have as their base ahas, which is used also as former part of compound words, n. A day, Śiś. 9, 23. Ved. ahā for ahāni, Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7.

aham aham (see asmad). Former part of many compound words, implying the first person, e. g. ahaṃkāra, see above; aham-pūrva, see pūrva.

aharpati aharpati, i. e. ahan-pati, m. The sun, Ragh. 10, 55.

ahalyā ahalyā, f. The wife of Gautama, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 10.

ahaha ahaha, interj.
     1. of surprise, Bhartṛ. 2, 28;
     2. of pain, Bhartṛ. 2, 29;
     3. of pleasure, Vikr. 65, 11;
     4. of calling, Hit. 12, 3.

ahāryatva a-hārya + tva (vb. hṛ), n. Condition of not being easily taken away, Hit. Pr. d. 4.

ahi ahi, i. e. probably *aṃh + i (cf. aṃhas), A snake, Kir. 5, 47.
-- Comp. andha-, m. a kind of snake.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. anguis; probably also [greek]

ahirbradhna ahirbradhna, i. e. ahi + s-bradhna, m. The name of a Rudra or deity, MBh. 5, 3899.

ahīna ahīna, m. The name of a sacrifice, Man. 11, 197.

aho aho, interj.
     1. of calling, Pañc. 45, 12;
     2. of grief, Pañc. 21, 3;
     3. of regret, Śāk. d. 35;
     4. of contempt, Pañc. Pr. d. 8;
     5. of surprise, Pañc. 76, 24;
     6. of praise, Hit. 17, 5.

ahorātra ahorātra, i. e. ahan-rātra, m. and n. A day of twenty-four hours or thirty muhūrtas, Man. 1, 64.

ahna -ahna, i. e. ahan + a, A substitute for ahan in the latter part of some compound words, e. g. parāhna and parāhan, i. e. para-, m. The afternoon. pūrva-, and pra-, m. The forenoon, Man. 2, 256. madhya-, m. Noon, Lass. 73, 18. sāya-, m. Evening.

ahnāya ahnāya, (properly dat. sing. of the preceding), adv. Soon, Ragh. 5, 71.


ā

ā 1. ā, interj. of reminiscence. Ah! Prab. 46. 4.

ā 2. ā.
I. prep.
     1. With abl., implying:
a. Limit inceptive: From, Chr. 295, 17 = Rigv. i. 92, 17; Daśak. in Chr. 195, 17.
b. Limit conclusive: Until, with abl., Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
     2. With loc., On, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; In, Chr. 297, 17 = Rigv. 1, 112, 17.
II. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
III. Former part of compounded nouns and adverbs: signifying
     1. From, e. g. ā-kumāra + m, adv. From (my) youth, MBh. 3, 1403.
     2. Up to, till, e. g. ā-gopāla, adj. Reaching up to the herdsmen, MBh, 2, 531. ā-maraṇa + m, adv. Till death, Pañc. i. d. 44. Compounded adverbs of this kind, when they are former part of a compound word, drop the final m, e. g. ā-yojana-su-gandhi, adj. Spreading fragrance as far as a yojana, MBh. 1, 6965.
     3. A little, as former part of adj. or participles, e. g. ā-pīta, adj. Yellowish, Rām. 2, 76, 4.

ākatthana ā-katth + ana, adj. Boasting, Rām. 6, 3, 28.

ākampa ā-kamp + a, m. Shaking, Rām. 3, 62, 31.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unshakeable, Vikr. d. 160.

ākara ākara, i. e. ā-kṛ10 + a, m.
     1. A multitude, Rām. 5, 17, 18.
     2. A mine, Man. 7, 62.
-- Comp. kusuma-, m. spring (literally, Having plenty of flowers), Bhag. 10, 35. padma-, m. a pond abounding in lotus flowers. ratna-, m. 1. the ocean. 2. a proper name.

ākarin akarin, i. e. ākara + in, adj., f. iṇī, Born in mines, Kir. 5, 7.

ākarṇana ākarṇana, i. e. ākarṇaya + ana, n. Hearing, Kathās. 16, 67.

ākarṇaya ākarṇaya, a denominative derived from ā-karṇa, Par. To hear, Pañc. 19, 10.
-- With the prepos. sam sam, To perceive, Pañc. 19, 14.

ākarṣa ākarṣa, i. e. ā-kṛṣ + a, m.
     1. Attraction, Prab. 61, 16.
     2. Playing with dice, MBh. 2, 2110.
     3. A proper name, MBh. 2, 1270.

ākarṣaṇa ākarṣaṇa, i. e. ā-kṛṣ + ana, n. Attracting, drawing near, drawing on, MBh. 1, 7109.
-- Comp. khalīna-, pulling of a bridle, Pañc. 258, 22.

ākalpa ākalpa, i. e. ā-kḷp + a, m. Ornament, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 5.

ākasmika ākasmika, i. e. a-kasmāt, abl. of kim + ika, adj., f. , Sudden, Rājat. 5, 54.

ākāṅkṣā ā-kāṅkṣ + ā, f.
     1. Wish, Amar. 41.
     2. A necessary supply, Bhāṣāp. 83.

ākāṅkṣin -ā-kāṅkṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Desiring, Rām. 1, 20, 5.
-- Comp. nirākāṅkṣin, i. e. nis-, adj. devoid of desire, MBh. 14, 537.

ākāra ākāra, i. e. ā-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Form, Śāk. 103, 18.
     2. Countenance, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 24.
-- Comp. guñjā-phala-sama-ākāra, adj. like the fruit of the guñjā, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 119. dvidhā-, adj., of two kinds, Pañc. iii. d. 35. nis-, adj. 1. deprived of one's natural form, Rām. 2, 124, 24 Gorr. 2. disguised, MBh. 1, 5787. 3. unassuming, ib. 5, 1395. vṛthā-, m. a vain, or useless appearance, Pañc. i. d. 62.

ākāraṇa ākāraṇa, i. e. ā-kṛ, Caus. + ana, n. Calling up, Pañc. 227, 23.

ākāravant ākāra + vant, adj., f. vatī.
     1. Embodied, Kathās. 17, 50.
     2. Well-shaped, Nal. 5, 5.

ākālika ākālika, adj., f. , i. e.
I. a-kāla + ika, Unseasonable, Kumāras. 3, 34.
II. ā-kāla + ika, What must be deferred till the same time next day, Man. 4, 103.

ākāśa ā-kāś + a, m.
     1. The fifth element, aether, Man. 1, 75.
     2. Sky. Pañc. 47, 14.
     3. The open air, Man. 3, 90; Nal. 14, 10.
     4. The loc. sing. śe denotes in dramatic language that which is spoken off the stage, Mṛcch. 32, 18.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. filled, Rām. 5, 64, 24.

ākāśaga ākāśa-ga (vb. gam).
I. adj., f. , Moving in or through the sky, Rām. 2, 33, 8; 1, 38, 7.
II. m. A bird, Chr. 41, 21.

ākiṃcanya ākiṃcanya, i. e. a-kim-cana + ya, n. Poverty.

ākuñcana ā-kuñc + ana, n. Bending together, Bhāṣāp. 5.

ākula ākula, i. e. probably ā-kṛ10 + a, adj., f. .
     1. Crowded.
     2. Fully occupied.
     3. Confounded.
     4. Distressed.
     5. Perplexed.
-- Comp. an-, adj., composed. pari-, adj. 1. full of. 2. confused. 3. agitated. sam-, adj. 1. agitated, bewildered, confused. 2. crowded, thronged.

ākulatā ākula + tā, f. Disturbance, MBh. 3, 401.

ākulatva ākula + tva, n.
     1. Crowd, MBh. 3, 13711.
     2. Disturbance, Bhartṛ. 1, 17.
     3. Commotion, Śiś. 9, 42.

ākulaya ākulaya (a denomin. derived from ākula), Par. To disturb, Pañc. 129, 18. ākulita, Distressed, Rām. 2, 98, 11.

ākūta ā-kū + ta (vb. , has no correspondent signification, but cf. [greek] in [greek] and [greek]), n. Intention, Amar. 4.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. 1. intentional, Lass. 83, 2. 2. significant. 3. wanton. Acc. tam, adv. intentionally, Kathās. 6, 141.

ākūti ā-kū + ti (see the last), f. Intention, MBh. 3, 15539.

ākṛti ā-kṛ + ti, f. Form, Śāk. d. 19; figure, Hiḍ. 2, 2; appearance, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 28.
-- Comp. nis-,
I. adj. 1. shapeless, Hariv. 12090. 2. ugly, Mārk. P. 8, 83. 3. one who disregards his religious duties, Man. 3, 154. 4. annihilating, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 4.
II. m. a proper name. vāmana-, adj. dwarfshaped.

ākṛtimant ākṛti + mant, adj., f. matī, Embodied, Kathās. 10, 88.

ākṛṣṭi ākṛṣṭi, i. e. ā-kṛṣ + ti, f.
     1. Drawing, Amar. 1.
     2. Attraction, Hit. i. d. 90.

ākranda ā-krand + a, m.
     1. Calling loud, Man. 8, 292.
     2. Cry of lamentation, Kathās. 10, 94.
     3. A king, whose kingdom lies next but one, Man. 7, 207; cf. Kām. Nītis. viii. 17; 43; 46; sqq.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. , not crying, MBh. 1, 6568. durākrandam, i. e. dus-ākranda + m, adv. miserably, Pañc. iv. d. 31 (thus to be read).

ākrandana ā-krand + ana, n. Crying, lamenting, Pañc. 145, 25.

ākrandin ā-krand + in, adj., f. , Calling lamentably.

ākrama ā-kram + a, m. Beginning, Kathās. 25, 64.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. difficult to be attained, MBh. 7, 8861. 2. difficult to be attacked, Rām. 1, 23, 16.

ākramaṇa ākramaṇa, i. e. ā-kram + ana, n.
     1. Ascending, Rām. 2, 31, 5.
     2. Increase.
     3. Entering.

ākrānti ākrānti, i. e. ā-kram + ti, f. Ascending, Kathās. 22, 7.

ākrīḍa ā-krīḍ + a.
I. m. and n. A royal garden, Rām. 5, 9, 10; MBh. 3, 10823.
II. m. Sport.
-- Comp. deva-, m. a play-ground of the gods, Hariv. 6980.

ākrośa ākrośa. i. e. ā-kruś + a, m.
     1. Abuse, Yājñ 2, 302.
     2. A curse.
-- Comp. durākrośam, i. e. dus-ākrośa + m, adv. with terrible curses, Rām. 4, 9, 19.

ākroṣṭṛ ākroṣṭṛ, i. e. ā-kruś + tṛ, m. An abuser, MBh. 1, 3557.

ākṣepa ākṣepa, i. e. ā-kṣip + a, m.
     1. Convulsion, Kumāras. 7, 95.
     2. Putting on, Kumāran, 17.
     3. Throwing away.
     4. Reproach, Bhartṛ. 2, 59; blame, Bhartṛ. 3, 29.
-- Comp. śara-, m. a flight of arrows. sa-ākṣepa + m, adv. revilingly, Pañc. 24, 12.

ākhaṇḍala ā-khaṇḍ + ala, m. A name of Indra, Śāk. d. 187.

ākhu ākhu, i. e. ā-khan + u, m. A rat, a mouse.
-- Comp. vana-, m. A hare.

ākheṭa ākheṭa, m. Hunting, Kathās. 15, 120.

ākheṭaka ākheṭa + ka, m.
     1. A hunter, Pañc. i. d. 432.
     2. Hunting, Kathās. 9, 74.

ākhyā ā-khyā, f. A name, Śāk. 105, 7.
-- Comp. udaya-ākhya, adj. called Udaya, Böhtl. Chr. 228, 166. kim-, adj. how called, Śāk. 104, 13. daśābda-, i. e. daśan-abda-, adj. declared to be of ten years, Man. 2, 134 (i. e. a citizen may be considered as equal to another citizen who is ten years older or younger than himself).

ākhyāti ā-khyā + ti, f.
     1. A tale, a report.
     2. Appellation, Kathās. 18, 5.

ākhyāna ākhyāna, i. e. ā-khyā + ana, n.
     1. A tale.
     2. A legend, Nal. 6, 9.

ākhyānaka ākhyāna + ka, n. A little tale, Pañc. 72, 16.

ākhyāpana ākhyāpana, i. e. ā-khyā, Caus. + ana, n. Invitation to give a report.


[Page 70b]

ākhyāyikā ākhyāyikā, i. e. ā-khyā + aka, f. A tale, MBh. 2, 453, with short final on account of the metre.

ākhyāyin ākhyāyin, i. e. ā-khyā + in, adj., f. , Reporting, Śāk. d. 22.

āgati āgati, i. e. ā-gam + ti, f.
     1. Arrival, Śiś. 9, 43.
     2. Concern, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 9 (that you have something to do with the theft).
-- Comp. gata-, f. literally, coming and going, i. e. origin and disappearance, Rām. 2, 110, 1.

āgatva ā-ga + tva (vb. gam), n. Concern, Dacak. in Chr. 193, 4 (tadāgatvena cāham apadeśyah, And you will denounce that I have to do with that; cā° must be read instead of nā°).

āgantu āgantu, i. e. ā-gam + tu, adj.
     1. One who arrives, Hit. 18, 2.
     2. Incidental, adventitious.

āgantuka āgantu + ka.
I. adj.
     1. Arriving.
     2. Incidental.
II. m.
     1. A stranger, Hit. 70, 12.
     2. An estray (Jur.), Yājñ. 2, 163.
     3. A vagabond, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 4.

āgama ā-gam + a, m.
     1. Arrival, Rām. 2, 25, 19.
     2. Occurrence, Yājñ. 2, 92.
     3. Stream, Man. 8, 252.
     4. Afflux of wealth, Bhartṛ. 2, 39.
     5. Report, Yājñ. 2, 212.
     6. Knowledge, Rām. 6, 4, 30.
     7. Art, Mālav. 15, d. 16.
     8. Sacred science, Kir. 5, 22.
     9. A work on sacred science, Kir. 5, 18.
     10. A precept, MBh. 3, 1163.
     11. A legal title, Man. 8, 202.
-- Comp. an-, m. not returning, MBh. 3, 8868. artha-, m. revenue, Hit. Pr. d. 18. jalada-, m. the approach of the rainy season, Nal. 21, 4. dina-, m. daybreak, Hariv. 4287. dus-, m. illegal afflux of wealth, MBh. 5, 1513. dhana-, m. afflux of wealth, Man. 8, 347. dharma-, m. a code of law, Mārk. P. 23, 36. puṣpa-, m. spring, Ṛt. 6, 34. hima-, m. winter.


[Page 71a]

āgamana ā-gam + ana, n.
     1. Coming, arrival, Nal. 3, 21.
     2. Origin, Rām. 4, 2, 29.
     3. Sexual intercourse, Rājat. 5, 399.
-- Comp. an-, m. non-returning, Pañc. 89, 8.

āgamanatas āgamana + tas. adv. In consequence of the arrival, Indr. 5, 23 (thus to be read).

āgamavant āgama + vant, adj., f. vatī, Having sexual intercourse. MBh. 1, 3025.

āgamāpāyin āgamāpāyin, i. e. āgama-apāya + in, adj. Coming and going, Bhag. 2, 14.

āgas āgas, n. Crime, Man, 9, 241; fault, Śiś. 9, 60; sin, Ragh. 2, 32.
-- Comp. an-, adj. faultless. Brāhmaṇav. 2, 14. kṛta-, adj. guilty, Amar. 43. a-kṛta-, adj. innocent, Rām. 1, 7, 13. nis-, adj. innocent, Rājat. 5, 172.

āgastya āgastya, i. e. agasti + ya or agastya + a, adj. Reterring to Agasti, or Agastya, MBh. 1. 442.

āgāmin āgāmin, i. e. ā-gam + in, adj., f. .
     1. Arriving.
     2. Future, next, Pañc. 169, 8.

āgāra āgāra (perhaps agāra + a), n. A house, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 1.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a building for keeping the sacred fire, Man. 4, 58. antar-, m. a private chamber, Yājñ. 2, 31. āyudha-, n. an arsenal, Man. 9, 280. kūṭa-, n. an apartment on the top of a house, Rām. 5, 12, 45. kośa-, or koṣa-, m. and n. a treasury, Rām. 6, 111, 52. koṣṭha-, m. and n. a treasury, Man. 9, 280. kautuka-, m., n. a nuptial apartment, Kumāras. 7, 94. garbha-, the sanctuary of a temple, Kathās. 7, 71. deva-, and devatā-, m. a temple, Rām. 2, 71, 36; Man. 9, 280. prekṣā-, a temporary structure consisting of stalls for spectators. bandhara-, a jail, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17. bhāṇḍa-,
I. m. a store-room.
II. n. a treasury, Rājat. 5, 10. muktā-, n. the pearl oyster.

āgurava āgurava, i. e. aguru + a, adj., f. , Produced by agallocum, Śiś. 4, 52.

āgnīdhra āgnīdhra, i. e. agni-indh + ra + a, m. A priest (who kindles the sacrificial fire?).

āgneya āgneya, i. e. agni + eya.
I. adj., f. , Belonging or relating to fire or the deity of fire, Man. 9, 310.
II. m. pl. The name of a people.

āgrayaṇa āgrayaṇa (from agra).
I. n. Offering of new grain, MBh. 3, 14188, and in the vedic literature; in the classic books it is spelled āgrāyaṇa, e. g. Rām. 3, 22, 6; Yājñ. 1, 25; Man. 6, 10, Lois.
II. m. A name of Agni.

āgraha ā-grah + a, m.
     1. Favour, Kumāras. 5, 7.
     2. Pertinacity, Śukasapt. 6; 8; Kathās. 25, 9.
-- Comp. dus-, m. blameable pertinacity, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 43.

āgrahikā ā-grah + ikā, f. (of aka) Help, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 19.

āgrāyaṇa āgrāyaṇa, see āgrayaṇa.

āghāta āghāta, i. e. ā-han, Caus. + a, m.
     1. Beating, Rājat. 5, 417.
     2. A stroke, Bhartṛ. 2, 83.
     3. A cast, Rājat. 5, 463.
     4. A gust, Rājat. 5, 330.
     5. Killing, Bhartṛ. 2, 60 (read prāṇā°).
     6. A slaughter-house, Mṛcch. 161, 11.
     7. An execution-place, Hit. iv. d. 64.
-- Comp. taṭa-, m. butting at a bank or mound, Kumāras. 2, 50. pakṣa-, m. Hemiplegy. śara-, m. shooting with a bow.

āghṛṇi āghṛṇi, i. e. ā-ghṛ + ni, adj. Radiant, Lass. 99, 5 (read pūṣann-āghṛṇe) = Rigv. iii, 62, 7.


[Page 72a]

āghoṣaṇā āghoṣaṇā, i. e. ā-ghuṣ + ana, f. A proclamation, Pañc. 261, 9.

āghrāṇatas āghrāṇatas, i. e. ā-ghrā + ana + tas, adv. By smelling, Kathās. 13, 64.

āṅga āṅga, i. e. 3. aṅga + a adj., f. , An inhabitant of Anga, MBh. 1, 3772.

āṅgāraka āṅgāraka, i. e. aṅgāra + ka, n. A multitude of firebrands, Pañc. iii. d. 166.

āṅgirasa āṅgirasa, i. e. aṅgiras + a, patronym., f. , A descendant of Angiras.

ācamana ā-cam + ana, n. Rinsing the mouth, Yājñ. 1, 242.

ācaraṇa ācaraṇa, i. e. ā-car + ana, n.
     1. Arrival, Chr. 287, 3 = Rigv. i. 48, 3.
     2. Conduct, MBh. 15, 312.

ācāma ācāma, i. e. ā-cam + a, m. The water or scum of boiled rice.

ācāra ācāra, i. e. ā-car + a, m.
     1. Rule of conduct, Man. 2, 69.
     2. Good custom, good conduct, Sāv. 6, 16.
     3. Conduct, Rām. 6, 10, 24.
     4. Sacred usage, Ragh. 2, 10.
     5. Use, Śāk. d. 100.
     6. Rule. MBh. 3, 166.
-- Comp. dakṣiṇa-, adj. conducting one's self honestly, MBh. 4, 167. duḥkha-, adj., f. , one who is difficult to dead with, MBh. 4, 274. dus-,
I. m. bad conduct, ib. 12, 4539.
II. adj., f. , following bad customs, Man. 4, 157. kāma-, adj. following one's own will, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 8. sadācāra i. e. sant- (ptcple. pres. of 1. as), m. 1. approved usage, Man. 2, 18. 2. virtuous conduct.

ācāratas ācāra + tas, adv. From immemorial custom. Man. 1. 110.

ācāravant ācāra + vant, adj., f. vatī, Virtuous, Rām. 5, 21, 9.
-- Comp. sadācāra + vant, i. e. sant- (see ācāra), adj. one who observes the approved usages, Man. 4, 158.

ācārya ācārya, i. e. ācāra + ya, m. A spiritual guide or teacher; he who invests the student with the sacrificial thread and instructs him in the Vedas, etc., Man. 2, 40.
-- Comp. kula-, m. a family priest, Bhāg. P. 9, 1, 9. nāṭya-, m. a dancing master, Mṛcch. 49, 2.

ācāryaka ācārya + ka, n. in nāṭya-, Teaching the scenic art, i. e. dancing and acting, Pañc. iii. d. 268.

ācāryatā ācārya + tā, f., and ācāryatva ācārya + tva, n. The condition of a teacher, Chr. 28, 32; Śiś. 9, 87.

ācāryavant ācārya + vant, adj. Having a teacher, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 12.

ācchāda ācchāda, i. e. ā-chad + a, m. Cloth, Man. 7, 126.

ācchādakatva ācchādaka + tva, i. e. ā-chad + aka + tva, n. Covering, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 22.

ācchādana ācchādana, i. e. ā-chad + ana, n.
     1. Covering, Pañc, 22, 17.
     2. Cloth, Man. 3, 59.

ācchādin ācchādin, i. e. ā-chad + in, adj., f. , Covering, Śāk. d. 18.

āja āja, i. e. 2. aja + a, adj.
     1. Coming from goats.
     2. Made of goat's flesh, Rām. 2, 91, 66.

ājanana ā-jan + ana, n., and ājāti ājāti, i. e. ā-jan + ti, f., New birth, transmigration, MBh. 1, 4561; Man. 4, 166.


[Page 73a]

ājāneya ājāneya, i. e. ā-jan + i + eya,
I. adj. f. , Of good race, MBh. 2, 1733.
II. m. A horse of good breed, draup. 7, 10.

āji āji, i. e. aj + i, f. and m.
     1. Battle, Arj. 10, 74.
     2. Level ground, field of battle, Chr. 36, 12.

ājihīrṣu ājihīrṣu, i. e. ā-jihīrṣa, desider. of hṛ + u, adj. Desiring to fetch, with acc., MBh. 3, 11078.

ājīva ā-jīv + a, m.
     1. Livelihood, MBh. 14, 956.
     2. Profession, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8.
-- Comp. raṅga-, m. 1. a painter. 2. an actor. strī-, m. one who subsists by (the harlotry of) a wife, Man. 11, 63.

ājīvana ā-jīv + ana, n. Livelihood, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1264.

ājīvya ājīvya, i. e. ājīva + ya,
I. adj. Granting livelihood, MBh. 14, 1330.
II. n. Provisions, MBh. 3, 8452.
-- Comp. su-, adj. yielding an easy subsistence, Man. 7, 69.

ājñatva -ājñatva in a-khaṇḍita-, i. e. a-khaṇḍita-ājña, from ājñā, + tva, n. The whole authority, Rājat. 6, 229.

ājñā ā-jñā, f.
     1. An order, Rājat. 5, 3.
     2. Authority, Bhartṛ. 2, 40.
-- Comp. an-, f. want of assent, Man. 9, 199.

ājñākara ājñā-kara, m., f. , A servant, Śāk. 110, 14.

ājñākaratva ājñākara + tva, n. The office of a servant, Vikr. d. 60.

ājya ājya, i. e. ā-añj + ya, n. Butter in a liquid state, which is poured on a sacrificial fire.
-- Comp. vara-, n. choicest liquid butter.

ājyapa ājya-pa (vb. 1. ), m. The Pitṛs or Manes of the Vaiśyas, Man. 3, 197.


[Page 73b]

ājyabhuj ājya-bhuj, m. A name of Agni, Rām. 3, 20, 38.

āñch āñch, i. 1, Par. To stretch.

āñjana āñjana, i. e. ā-añj + ana, n. and f. , Ointment.

āṭavika āṭavika, i. e. aṭavi + ika, m.
     1. One who lives in forests, MBh. 3, 15255.
     2. A forest keeper.

āṭopa āṭopa, m.
     1. Inflation.
     2. Pride, Pañc. i. d. 229; 46, 4.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. 1. swollen, big, Pañc. 93, 8. 2. Proud. Acc. pam, adv. arrogantly, proudly, Hit. 58, 15.

āḍambara āḍambara, m. A drum, Rām. 5, 13, 51 (where erroneously is read āḍampara).

āḍhaka āḍhaka (a transformation of ardha + ka), m. n. A measure of grain, equal to 7 lb. 11 oz. avoirdupois, Hit. Pr. d. 19.

āḍhya āḍhya, i. e. probably a transformation of ṛdh + a + ya. adj., f. .
     1. Wealthy, Chr. 61, 38.
     2. A bounding in.
-- Comp. ratna-, adj. abounding in jewels.

āḍhyatā āḍhya + tā, f. Wealth, Rājat. 5, 272.

āt āt (the regular abl. sing. n. of the pronoun idam) adv. Then, Chr. 293, 5 = Rigv. i. 87, 5.

ātaṅka ātaṅka, i. e. ā-tañc + a, m.
     1. Sickness, Yājñ. 3, 245.
     2. Affiction, Vikr. 41, 20.
     3. Agitation, fear.
-- Comp. naṣṭa-ātaṅka + m, adv. fearless, Śāk. d. 14 n. nis-, adj. 1. without ailment, Dev. 12, 30. 2. not causing ailment, MBh. 2, 285.

ātatāyin ātatāyin, i. e. ā-tata (vb. tan) + vin (y instead of v as in kiyant for kim + vant),
I. adj. Assailing, Chr. 3, 1.
II. m. A felon, a murderer, a thief, Man. 8, 350.


[Page 74a]

ātapa ā-tap + a, m.
     1. Sunshine, Pañc. ii. d. 136.
     2. Heat of the sun, Śāk. 31, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. shadowy, Bhartṛ. 2, 86. bāla-, m. the rays of the rising sun, Man. 4, 69. sūrya-, m. sunshine, Pañc. 121, 13; heat of the sun, Ṛt. 1, 10.

ātapatra ātapa-tra (vb. trā), n. A parasol, Kir. 5, 39.
-- Comp. ucchilīndhra-, i. e. ud-śilīndhra-, adj., f. , having raised mushrooms instead of parasols, Megh. 11.

ātapavant ātapa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Irradiated by the sun.

ātitheya ātitheya, i. e. atithi + eya,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Proper for a guest, Śāk. 7, 11.
     2. Hospitable, Ragh. 12, 25.
II. n. Hospitality, Man. 3, 18.

ātithya ātithya, i. e. atithi + ya, n. Hospitable salutation, Chr. 13, 8

ātiraikya ātiraikya, i. e. atireka + ya, n. Having some redundant member, Man. 11, 50.

ātura ātura, adj., f. .
     1. Discased, Rām. 3, 55, 36.
     2. Wounded, Rām. 3, 50, 19,
     3. Agitated by a morbid desire; pradharṣayitum āturaḥ, Desirous to violate her, Nal. 11, 36.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. free from illness, Man. 2, 187. 2. indefatigable, Ragh. 1, 21.

āttagandha ātta-gandha, i. e. ā-datta- (vb. ), adj. Strangled, Śāk. 93, 2.

ātma -ātma, A substitute for ātman when latter part of compound words, e. g. pratyaya-, adj. Trustworthy, Rām. 2, 109, 19.

ātmaka -ātmaka, i. e. ātman + ka, adj., f. mikā, A substitute for ātman, when latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. aṣṭādaśātmaka, i. e. aṣṭā-daśan-ātmaka, adj. Eighteenfold, Rām. 1, 13, 30. ubhaya-, adj. Having the nature of both, Man. 2, 92. karuṇa-, adj. Compassionate, Rām. 1, 10, 6. kāla-, adj. Governed by fate, MBh. 13, 52 sqq. dāha-, adj. Easily flashing up, Śāk. d. 40. viṣaya-, adj. Sensual, Man. 2, 29. sadasad-, i. e. sant-a-sant- (cf. vb. 1. as), adj. Having the nature of entity and non-entity, Man. 1, 11.

ātmakāma ātmakāma, i. e. ātman-kam + a, adj., f. , Selfish, Rām. 2, 70, 10.

ātmakīya ātmakīya, i. e. ātman + ka + īya, adj. Own, MBh. 1, 4712.

ātmaja ātmaja, i. e. ātman-ja (vb. jan),
I. m. A son, Man. 7, 14.
II. f. , A daughter, Rām. 1, 1, 69.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira, Lass. 15, 11. nanda-,
I. m. a name of Kṛṣṇa, Gīt. 8, 11.
II. f. , a name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 179. varuṇa-, f. , spirituous liquor.

ātmajña ātmajña, i. e. ātman-jña (vb. jñā), adj., f. ñā, Knowing the Supreme Being, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 5.
-- Comp. an-, adj. foolish, Śak. 78, 15.

ātman ātman, i. e. probably *avā (= vā) + tman (cf. [greek]), m.
     1. Breath.
     2. The soul. Bhāṣāp. 97.
     3. One's own self, Man. 4, 254.
     4. Self, own; used, but only in the sing., as reflective pronoun of all the three persons, e. g. darśayātmānam, Show thyself, Nal. 11, 8. gopāyanti kulastriyaḥ ātmānam ātmanā, Virtuous wives protect themselves by means of themselves, Nal. 18, 8.
     5. The instr. sing. compounded with following ordinal numbers denotes one's self as making up the number, e. g. ātmanā-saptama, Himself as the seventh, i. e. he with six.
     6. The body.
     7. Intellect, understanding.
     8. The soul of the universe, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4.
     9. The initial ā when preceded by e or o is sometimes in vedic and epic writings irregularly dropped, e. g. Draup. 5, 9.
-- Comp.
I. When latter part it denotes often, 1. nature, mind, e. g. kṛta-, adj. whose mind is improved, Pañc. ii. d. 15. a-kṛta-, adj. whose mind is not improved, Man. 6, 73. jita-, adj. one who has subdued his mind, who restrains himself, Pañc. 131, 19. a-jita-, adj. one who has not subdued his mind, Man. 7, 34. prāta-, adj. with an affectionate mind, Man. 1, 60. śānta- (vb. śam), adj. with a tranquil mind, Man. 1, 52. 2. natural disposition, e. g. karmātman, i. e. karman-, adj. having a natural disposition for action, Man. 2, 53. kāma-, adj. voluptuous, Man. 7, 27. cala-, adj. unsteady, Rām. 4, 55, 7. dharma-, adj. just, Rām. 1, 1, 29. pāpa-, adj. wicked, Pañc. 37, 19. mahā-, adj. magnanimous, Pañc. ii. d. 153. sūtra-, m. having the nature of a thread, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 3. 3. antar-, m. the soul, Rājat. 5, 194. kevata-, m. being the absolute unity, Kumāras. 2, 4. catur-, adj. having four faces, Rājat. 5, 25. chāyā-, m. an image, Megh. 41. jagat-, m. the soul of the world, Rām. 6, 82, 153. jīva-, m. the individual soul, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 2. datta-, (vb. ), adj. one who has given himself (as a son to another), Yājñ. 2, 131. dvādaśātman-, i. e. dvādaśan-, adj. appearing in twelve forms, MBh. 3, 156. parama-, m. the universal soul. bhāvita- (vb. bhū), adj. 1. intent upon. 2. having obtained (the union with) the universal soul, Pañc. iii. d. 63. bhūta-, m. 1. the elementary or vital principle. 2. the body. 3. Brahman. 4. Śiva. 5. war. manda-, adj. dull, foolish. viśva-, m. the soul of the universe, a name of Viṣṇu.
-- Cf. O.H.G. atum, A.S. acdhm, and see above.

ātmanīna ātman + īna, adj.
     1. Appropriate.
     2. Suitable (as diet).

ātmabhū ātmabhū, i. e. ātman-bhū, adj. Self-existing, epithet of Brahman, Śāk. d. 186; of Viṣṇu, Śiva and Kāma.

ātmabhūta ātmabhūta, i. e. ātman-bhūta (vb. bhū), adj. Attached to one's person.

ātmaṃbhari ātmaṃbhari, i. e. ātman-bhṛ + i, adj. Selfishly voracious, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 215.

ātmaṃbharitva ātmaṃbhari + tva, n. Selfishness, Kathās. 26, 228.

ātmavattā ātmavattā, i. e. ātmavant + tā, f. Self-control, Man. 11, 86.

ātmavant ātmavant, i. e. ātman + vant, adj., f. vatī.
     1. One who has subdued his senses; endowed with selfcontrol, Rām. 3, 51, 44.
     2. Sensible, Man. 5, 43.
-- Comp. an-, adj. one who has no self-control, Nal. 20, 31.

ātmasāt ātmasāt, i. e. ātman-sāt (cf. agnisāt), adv.
     1. In one's mind, Man. 6, 25.
     2. On one's self, Yājñ. 3, 54.
     3. Under one's self, MBh. 3, 493.

ātmībhāva ātmībhāva, i. e. ātman-bhū + a, m. Becoming the universal soul, Bhartṛ. 3, 64.

ātmīya ātmīya, i. e. ātman + īya,
I. adj., f. , Own, poss. pron. of the refl. of all the three persons, Hit. 52, 16; Pañc. 63, 23.
II. m. A friend, Bhartṛ. 2, 47.
-- Comp. an-, adj. not belonging to one's self, Pañc. 132, 18.

ātyantika ātyantika, i. e. atyanta + ika, adj., f. , Continual, Man. 2, 242.

ātyayika ātyayika, i. e. atyaya + ika, adj. What must be done instantly, Man. 7, 165.

ātreya ātreya, i. e. atri + eya.
I. patronym., f. , A descendant of Atri, MBh. 3, 971.
II. f. , A woman who has bathed after temporary uncleanness, Man. 11. 87.


[Page 76a]

ātharvaṇa ātharvaṇa, i. e. atharvan + a, adj., f. ṇī, Belonging to the Atharvaveda, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 11.

āda -āda, i. e.
I. ad + a, adj., f. , Eating, e. g. puruṣāda, i. e. puruṣa-, Eating men. pṛṣṭha-māṃsa-, m. A backbiter, a slanderer. mānuṣa-māṃsa-, Eating men's flesh, Hiḍ. 2, 2.
II. ā-da (vb. ), adj. Taking.

ādaka -ādaka, i. e. ad + aka, adj. Eating, e. g. puruṣa-, Eating men, Hid. 2. 30.

ādara ādara, i. e. ā-dri + a, m.
     1. Regard, Kumāras. 6, 13.
     2. Concern, Pañc. iii. d. 262.
     3. Care, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 10.
     4. Love, Pañc. iv. d. 7 (ādarāt, passionately).
     5. Interest, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 8.
     6. Respect, Kir. 5, 16.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive regard, Pañc. i. d. 463. an-, m. carelessness, Pañc. 202, 5, Bhartṛ. 2, 28 (rāi, easily). sa-, adj., f. . 1. impassioned, Ṛt. 6, 14. 2. respectful, Kathās. 2, 67. Acc. sing. ram, adv. considerately, Pañc. 33, 16; respectfully, Pañc, 71, 6.

ādarśa ādarśa, i. e. ā-dṛś + a, and ādarśaka ādarśa + ka, m. A mirror, Bhag. 3, 38.

ādātṛ ā-dā + tṛ, m. A receiver, Man. 4, 193.
-- Comp. an-, m. a nonreceiver, Man. 6, 8.

ādāna ādāna, i. e. ā-dā + ana, n.
     1. Seizing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20. Seizure, Kumāras. 5, 11; Man. 7, 204.
     2. Taking, receiving, Man. 11, 15. Receipt, Rājat. 5, 265.
-- Comp. adhyayana-, n. learning the Veda, Man. 11, 62. nis-, adj. not taking, MBh. 3, 8501. rasa-, n. drying up. su-, n. taking with justice, Man. 8, 172.

ādānavant ādāna + vant, adj., f. vatī, Taking away, MBh. 3, 8501.


[Page 76b]

ādāyin ādāyin, i. e. ā-dā + in, adj., f. .
     1. Taking, MBh. 12, 5969 (a-sam-mata-, taking without assent, a thief).
     2. Robbing, Man. 7, 123.
     3. Bringing, Rājat. 5, 272.

ādi ādi, i. e. ādya, with i for ya,
     1. m. Beginning, Man. 1, 8; 4, 25.
     2. indecl. First, MBh. 2, 2008.
-- Comp. When latter part of a comp. adj. 1. having first, beginning with, e. g. Man. 3, 205, daiva-ādi-anta, beginning and ending with an offering to the gods. 2. other, et-cetera, e. g. Man. 1, 58, marīci-ādīn munīn, Marīci and the other Munis (properly, as before 'The Munis beginning with Marīci'); Man. 3, 104, anna-ādi-dāyin, giving food, etc. 3. the like, Man. 9, 260, evam-ādīn ...kaṇṭakān, these and the like thorny weeds. 4. more, e. g. Man. 8, 407, garbhiṇī dvimāsādih. a woman who is pregnant two months or more. These adj. when without subst. are neuters: e. g. Nal. 13, 43, evam-ādīni...vilapya, lamenting thus and similarly; Hit. 12, 16, ato 'haṃ bravīmi kaṅkaṇasya tu lobhenety-ādi, therefore I say, kaṅkaṇasya et -cetera, i. e. the verse beginning with kaṅkaṇasya tu lobhena. Man. 8, 31, the masc. is used.

ādika -ādi + ka, adj., f. , a substitute for ādi as latter part of a compound adj., e. g. Man. 2, 143, agniṣṭoma-ādikān makhān, the agniṣṭoma and the other sacrifices.

āditas ādi + tas, adv.
     1. From the beginning, Chr. 11, 22.
     2. First, Man. 1, 34.
-- Comp. rāma-darśana-āditas, after having seen Rāma, Rām. 1, 51, 7.

āditya āditya, i. e. aditi + ya, m.
     1. The name of a class of deities, sons of Aditi, Man. 3, 284.
     2. The sun, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 24.
     3. A deity in general, MBh. 18, 215.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. surpassing the sun, Megh. 44. su-gandha-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 268.

āditsu āditsu, i. e. ā-ditsa, desid. of dā + u, adj. Desirous to take, Hit. ii. d. 106.

ādin -ādin, i. e. ad + in, adj., f. , Eating, e. g. ekānna-, i. e. eka-anna-, adj. Eating the food of one person only, Man. 2, 188.

ādima ādi + ma, adj., f. , First, Bhāṣāp. 20; 115.

ādimant ādi + mant, adj., f. matī, Having a beginning, Yājñ. 3, 183.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without any beginning, Bhag. 13, 12.

ādiś ā-diś, f. Advise.

ādiṣṭin ādiṣṭin, i. e. ā-diṣṭa + in (vb. diś), m. A student, Man. 5, 88.

ādīpaka ā-dīp + aka, m. An incendiary, MBh. 12, 3215.

ādeśa ādeśa, i. e. ā-diś + a, m.
     1. Report, tidings, Yājñ. 2, 304.
     2. Instruction, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 15.
     3. Order, Rām. 3, 53, 29.
     4. Prediction, Man. 9, 250.

ādeśaka ādeśaka, i. e. ā-diś + aka, adj. Announcing.
-- Comp. śiva-, m. a fortuneteller, Mālav. 69, 13.

ādeśatas ādeśa + tas, adv. According to a command, Pañc. ii. d. 199 (with the gen.).

ādeśana ādeśana, i. e. ā-diś + ana, n. Performance, Man. 2, 173.

ādeśin ādeśin, i. e. ā-diś + in, adj., f. , Commanding, Ragh. 4, 68 (kapola-pāṭala-, Commanding paleness to the cheeks of..., i. e. frightening).

ādya ādya, i. e. āt + ya for īya (cf. tarya = turīya, vasyaṃs = vasiyaṃs, etc.), adj., f. .
     1. First, Man. 7, 92.
     2. Preeminent, MBh. 1, 8130.
-- Comp. ādya-ādya, each preceding, Man. 1, 20. Like ādi (q. cf.), other, et-ceters, e. g. anna-, adj. food, etc., Pañc. i. d. 188.

ādyantavant ādyantavant, i. e. ādi-anta + vant, adj., f. vatī, Having beginning and end, Bhag. 5, 22.

ādrisāra ādrisāra, i. e. adri-sāra (see sāra) + a, adj. Of iron, Rām. 6, 18, 31.

ādhamana ādhamana, i. e. ā-dhmā + ana, n. A pledge, Man. 8, 165.
-- Comp. yoga-, n. a fraudulent pledge.

ādhāna ādhāna, i. e. ā-dhā + ana, n.
     1. Adding, Man. 2, 176. 2. Preparing the holy fire, MBh. 3, 8194.
     3. Lighting the nuptial fire, Man. 5, 186.
     4. Conception, Megh. 3.
     5. Pledging, Yājñ. 2, 238.
     6. Using, Ragh. 1, 24.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. a ceremony performed previous to conception. purīṣa-, n. the strait-gut.

ādhāyaka ādhāyaka, i. e. ā-dhā + aka, adj. Bestowing.

ādhāra ādhāra, i. e. ā-dhṛ + a, m.
     1. A prop, support, Rām. 5, 3, 77; Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4.
     2. A canal, Yājñ. 3, 144.
     3. A basin round the foot of a tree, Śāk. d. 14.
     4. A dike, Ragh, 5, 6.
-- Comp. jala-, or toya-, m. a reservoir of water, Yājñ. 3, 144; Śāk. d. 14.

ādhi ādhi, n., i. e.
I. ā-dhā (cf. nidhi), A pledge, Man. 8, 143.
II. ā-dhyai, Mental agony, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 7.

ādhikya ādhikya, i. e. adhika + ya, n.
     1. Excess, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 19.
     2. Preeminence, Rām. 5, 90, 24.
     3. Superiority, Man. 7, 169.

ādhidaivika ādhidaivika, i. e. adhi-deva + ika, adj. Treating of the deities, Man. 6, 83.


[Page 78a]

ādhipatya ādhipatya i. e. adhipati + ya, n. Sovereign dominion, Man. 12, 100.

ādhivedanika ādhivedanika, i. e. adhi-vedana + ika, n. Property given to a first wife upon marrying a second.

ādhoraṇa ādhoraṇa, i. e. ā-dhor + ana, m. The driver of an elephant, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 17.

ādhyātmika ādhyātmika, i. e. adhi-ātman + ika, adj., f. and , Referring to or treating of the universal soul; sacred, Man. 2, 117.

ādhvanika ādhvanika, i. e. adhvan + ika, adj. Travelling, MBh. 1, 3031.

ānaka ānaka. m. A drum, Bhag. i, 13.
-- Comp. śata-, m. a cemetery.

ānaḍuha ānaḍuha, i. e. anaḍuh + a, adj. Coming from a bull (as its flesh or hide).

ānati ānati, i. e. ā-nam + ti, f.
     1. Bowing, Amar. 22. Salutation, Kathās. 23, 17.
     2. Homage, Rājat. 5, 215.

ānana ānana, i. e. an + ana, n.
     1. The mouth; the face, Ṛt. 6, 30.
     2. A point, Rām. 6, 79, 69.
-- Comp. catur-, adj. having four faces, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30. daśānana, i. e. daśan-, adj. epithet of Rāvaṇa, Rām. 3, 39, 8. nāga-, m. a peacock, Pañc. i. d. 175 (perhaps to be changed to nāgāśana, i. e. nāga-aśana). pañcānana, i. e. pañcan-, 1. Śiva. 2. used at the end of names of scholars, Chr. 234, 6. 3. f. , perhaps a name of Durgā. mahā-, adj. having a great mouth, Hiḍ. 3, 2. su-hasa-, adj. having a cheerfully smiling face.

ānantarya ānantarya, i. e. an-antara + ya, n. Absence of an interval, Man. 10, 28. Instr. yeṇa, Instantly, Rām. 4, 23, 6.

ānantya ānantya, i. e. ananta + ya, n. Eternity, Man. 3, 266.


[Page 78b]

ānanda ā-nand + a, m.
     1. Joy, Rām. 1, 1, 17.
     2. Sensual pleasure, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20.
     3. Happiness, bliss, ib. 202, 3; 5.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. , joyless, Rām. 2, 47, 10. parama-, m. 1. the highest bliss. 2. the universal soul.

ānandaka ā-nand + aka, adj. Delighting, Hit. i. d. 204 v. r.

ānandana ā-nand + ana, n. Delight, Hit. i. d. 204.

ānandamaya ānanda + maya, adj., f. , Full of joy or happiness, Kathās. 23, 85; Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 22.

ānandayitṛ ānandayitṛ, i. e. ā-nand, Caus. + tṛ, m., f. trī, n. Giving pleasure, Ragh. 14, 26.

ānandin ānandin, i. e. ānanda + in, adj., f. , Joyful, Rām. 6, 11, 45.

ānayana ānayana, i. e. ā-nī + ana, n.
     1. Bringing near, Rām. 1, 12, 27.
     2. Escorting, Śāk. 48, 21.

ānarta ānarta, m., pl. The name of a people and their country (also sing.), Rām. 4, 43, 13.

ānāthya ānāthya, i. e. a-nātha + ya, n. Want of protection, Kathās. 3, 8.

ānāya ānāya, i. e. ā-nī + a, m. A net.

ānāyin ānāyin, i. e. ānāya + in, m. A fisher, Ragh. 16, 55.

ānāha ānāha, i. e. ā-nah + a, m.
     1. Obstruction.
     2. Length.

ānīti ā-nī + ti, f. Bringing near, Rām. 1, 8, 29.

ānukūlya ānukūlya, i. e. anukūla + ya, n.
     1. Suitability, Yājñ. 1, 74.
     2. Compliance with (gen.), Rājat. 5, 132.
     3. Favour, Kathās. 19, 1.

ānupūrva ānupūrva, i. e. anupūrva + a,
I. n. Regular succession, order, Man. 2, 41.
II. f. rvī, see the next.

ānupūrvya ānupūrvya, i. e. anupūrva + ya, n. and fem. , Regular succession, order, Man. 9, 149; Rām. 3, 70, 20.

ānulomya ānulomya, i. e. anu-loma + ya, n. Direct or natural order, Man. 10, 5.

ānuveśya ānuveśya, i. e. anu-veśa + ya, m. A neighbour who lives next but one, Man. 8, 392.

ānuṣak ānuṣak, i. e. anu-saṅj, adv. Continually, Lass. 98, 7 = Rigv. v. 9, 1.

ānuṣaṅgika ānuṣaṅgika, i. e. anuṣaṅga + ika, adj. Connected, adherent, accustomed to live (there), Pañc. 10, 5.

ānūpa ānūpa, i. e. anūpa + a.
I. adj. Watery, marshy.
II. m. Any animal frequenting marshy places.

ānṛṇya ānṛṇya, i. e. an-ṛṇa + ya, n. Freedom from debt; acc. with gam, to pay, Man. 4, 257.

ānṛṇyatā ānṛṇya + tā, f. Freedom from debt, Rām. 2, 24, 32.

ānṛśaṃsya ānṛśaṃsya, i. e. a-nṛśaṃsa + ya, n. Mildness, Man. 8, 411.

āntara āntara, i. e. antara + a, m. A subject, MBh. 12, 3346; 3913.

āntarikṣa āntarikṣa and āntarīkṣa āntarīkṣa, i. e. antari/īkṣa + a, adj. Proceeding from the air or sky; airy, MBh. 2, 1636; Rām. 2, 25, 20.

āndolana āndolana = andolana, n. A swinging motion, Caurap. 12.

āndhya āndhya, i. e. andha + ya, n. Blindness, Vedantās. in Chr. 218, 16.

ānvāhika ānvāhika, i. e. anvaham + ika, adj., f. , Daily, Man. 3, 67.

āp āp, i. 1 and 10; ii. 5, āpnu, Par. (in ved. and epic writings also Ātm., MBh. 14, 597. Originally also ap; cf. the ved. desiderative ap + sa; Lat. apiscor, ops, opto, coepi, copia; [greek] i. e. originally [greek]).
     1. To attain, Ragh. 8, 24.
     2. To incur, Man. 8, 188.
     3. To obtain, Man. 1, 63. āpta (cf. Lat. aptus).
     1. Fit, Ragh. 3, 12.
     2. Trusted, Man. 7, 80; just, 8, 63.
     3. Near, Man. 5, 101; a friend, ib. 8, 64.
     4. Large, Man. 7, 79. Comp. an-āpta, unapt, Man. 8, 294. -- Desid. īpsa, To desire to obtain, MBh. 1, 1090. īpsita.
     1. Desired, Nal. 3, 2.
     2. Loved, Nal. 1, 4.
     3. Ordained, Man. 2, 48. n. A wish, Kathās. 22, 170. Comp. yathā-īpsita, adj. as desired, Sund. 4, 5; acc. tam, adv. 1. According to one's wish. 2. Willingly. 3. Independently.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, desid. To desire, Man. 136; with infin., Chr. 11, 14.
-- With ava ava.
     1. To attain, Kathās. 1, 27.
     2. To meet, Kathās. 3, 46.
     3. To obtain, Vikr. d. 105. an-avāpta, adj. Not obtained, Man. 9, 209.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, To recover, Śiś, 5, 40.
-- With samava sam-ava.
     1. To meet, Rām, 4, 44, 71.
     2. To incur, Chr. 23, 20.
     3. To obtain, Rām. 3, 55, 40.
-- With pari pari, To cease, MBh. 15, 1073. paryāpta.
     1. Adequate, Bhag. 1, 10.
     2. Sufficient, Man. 11, 7.
     3. Enough (no more), Chr. 42, 13.
     4. Full, Kumāras. 7, 26.
     5. Many, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10.
     6. Large, Man, 3, 40. Comp. a-paryāpta, adj. inadequate; with infin., Rām. 3, 51, 7. ati-, adj. excessive, Ragh. 15, 18. su-, adj. well finished, Man. 7, 76. a-paryāptavant, adj. unable, Ragh. 16, 28. -- Desid.
     1. To demand, Man. 8, 161.
     2. To desire, MBh. 1, 5515; Ātm., MBh. 2, 563.
     3. To take care, MBh. 3, 17327.
     4. To defend, MBh. 4, 480.
-- With pra pra.
     1. To reach, Rām. 3, 22, 37. To attain, Rājat. 5, 57.
     2. To meet, Pañc. i. d. 328.
     3. To incur, Man. 8, 355.
     4. To obtain, Man. 3, 277.
     5. To get in, Man. 11, 263.
     6. To find, Yājñ. 3, 142; Rājat. 5, 406. prāpta.
     1. Proper, right, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 4.
     2. Having obtained, Man. 7, 2. astaṃ prāpta, Dead, Kathās. 13, 74.
     3. Having arrived, Nal. 23, 18.
-- Comp. a-prāpta, adj. 1. not finished, pending, Yājñ. 2, 243. 2. not of age, Man. 9, 88. 3. not obtained, Bhāṣāp. 114. krama-, adj. obtained by succession, Nal. 12, 49. Comp. ptcple of the fut. pass., duṣprāpya, i. e. dus-prāpya, adj. difficult to be attained, Rām. 4, 17, 44. -- Caus. prāpaya.
     1. To bring, Rām. 4, 62, 19.
     2. To cause to obtain, MBh. 2, 171.
     3. To appoint, Rājat. 5, 424.
     4. To give, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 15.
-- With anupra anu-pra.
     1. To recover, Rām. 1, 1, 80.
     2. To find, Chr. 70, 54.
     3. To incur, Chr. 54, 11.
     4. To imitate, Ragh. 4, 22.
     5. To arrive, Rām. 3, 75, 2. anuprāpta, Having attained, MBh. 1, 5874; come, Rām. 3, 27, 9.
-- With samanupra sam-anu-pra.
     1. To attain, Rām. 2, 52, 76.
     2. To obtain, MBh. 2, 1616. samanuprāpta, Having attained, Rām. 3, 30, 1.
-- With upapra upa-pra, To come near, Rām. 3, 75, 17 (the ptcple. of the pf. pass. in active signification).
-- With saṃpra sam-pra.
     1. To attain, Rām. 6, 109, 1.
     2. To obtain, Man. 12, 74. saṃprāpta, Having arrived, Man. 3, 99. a-saṃprāpya, Without touching, Chr. 40, 17.
-- With anusaṃpra anu-sam-pra, To attain, Rām. 3, 68, 7. anusaṃprāpta, Having arrived, Rām. 2, 65, 11.
-- With abhisaṃpra abhi-sam-pra.
     1. To attain, Rām. 2, 55, 21.
     2. To obtain, Rām. 4. 3, 27. abhisaṃprāpta, Having arrived, MBh. 3, 11366.
-- With upasaṃpra upa-sam-pra, To attain, MBh. 3, 2337. upasaṃprāpta.
     1. Having incurred, MBh. 1, 5188.
     2. Come, MBh. 3, 14378.
-- With vi vi.
     1. To pervade, MBh. 12, 124.
     2. To occupy, Bhag. 10, 16.
     3. To fill, Chr. 33, 5. vyāpta, That which has inherent properties, e. g. smoke, as invariably accompanied by fire, Bhāṣāp. 67. vyāpya, n. That which is invariably accompanied by something else, as smoke by fire; the sign or middle term in an inference. Absol. a-vyāpya, Not having pervaded, Bhāṣāp. 26.
-- With sam sam, To obtain, Rām. 3, 2, 28. samāpta, Finished, Rām. 3, 49, 27. Caus. To finish, Man. 8, 420. Desid. To desire, Rām. 3, 5, 22.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To bring to a full conclusion, Bhag. 4, 33. parisamāpta, Sufficient, Śāk. d. 105.
-- Cf. O.H.G. uobjan, and see above.

āpa āpa, m. One of the eight deities, called Vasus, MBh. 3, 14208.

āpagā āpagā, i. e. ap + a-ga (vb. gam), f.
     1. A river, Rājat. 5, 140.
     2. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 6038.
-- Comp. sura-, f. the Ganges, Kir. 5, 40.

āpageya āpageya, i. e. āpagā + eya, patronym. m. The son of a river, a surname of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 2, 1340, and Bhīṣma, Chr. 15, 3.

āpaṇa ā-paṇ + a, m. A market, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 10.
-- Comp. antar-, m., the interior part of a market, Rām. 1, 5, 8 Gorr.

āpatana ā-pat + ana, n.
     1. Happening.
     2. Appearing.

āpatti āpatti, i. e. ā-pad + ti, f.
     1. Undergoing, obtaining.
     2. Misfortune, Lass. 30, 9.
-- Comp. artha-, f. presumption (the fifth pramāṇa of the Pūrva and Uttara mīmānsā), Bhāṣāp. 142.

āpathī āpathī (probably ā-patha + ī). An impediment on a road(?), Chr. 290, 11 = Rigv. i. 64, 11.

āpad ā-pad, f.
     1. Calamity, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 14.
     2. Necessity, Man. 9, 82.
-- Comp. an-, f. abseace of misfortune, Man. 4, 2. nis-,
I. f. absence of misfortune, MBh. 12, 9671.
II. adj. free from calamity, Ragh. 1, 64.

āpāta āpāta, i. e. ā-pat + a, m.
     1. Attack, Arj. 7, 10.
     2. Running on, Man. 11, 9; running in, Yājñ. 3. 154.
     3. Throwing down, Megh. 49.

āpātatas āpāta + tas, adv. Instantly, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 10.

āpātin āpātin, i. e. ā-pat-in, adj. f. , Happening, Kathās. 18, 49.

āpāna āpāna, i. e. ā-pā + ana, n.
     1. A banquet, MBh. 1, 620.
     2. A place for drinking, Rām. 1, 3, 28.

āpīḍa ā-pīḍ + a, m.
     1. Squeezing.
     2. A chaplet tied on the crown of the head, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 22.
-- Comp. gala-, m. strangling. bhuja-, m. clasping or enfolding in the arms.

āpīḍita āpīḍita, i. e. āpīḍa + ita, adj. Adorned with chaplets, Nal. 12, 102.

āpūraṇa āpūraṇa, i. e. ā-pūr + ana, n. Filling, Pañc. 96, 20.

āpomaya āpomaya, i. e. āpas (plur. of ap) + maya, adj. Consisting of water, MBh. 1, 6859.

āpośāna āpośāna, i. e. apo 'śāna + a, n. The name of a prayer beginning with the words apo 'śāna, Yājñ. 1, 106.

āpti āp + ti, f. Acquisition, Pañc. ii. d. 49.
-- Comp. an-, f. non-effecting of a purpose, Man. 9, 290.


[Page 81b]

āpyāyana ā-pyāy + ana.
I. adj.
     1. Causing corpulency.
     2. Causing wellbeing.
II. n.
     1. Satisfying, Man. 3, 211.
     2. Advancement, Man. 3, 213.

āplavana āplavana, i. e. ā-plu + ana, n. Bathing, MBh. 1, 1814; v. r. Man. 5, 115.

ābandha ā-bandh + a, m. A tie or bond.

ābandhana ā-bandh + ana, n. Girding round, Rām. 2, 23, 31.

ābādha ā-bādh + a, m. Injury, Man. 4, 51.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unobstructed, Rām. 3, 44, 30. dus-, adj. irresistible, MBh. 13, 724. nis-, adj. 1. unmolested, Hiḍ. 4, 12. 2. not injuring, Hariv. 11811.

ābdika ābdika, i. e. abda + ika, adj. Yearly, Man. 7, 3.
-- Comp. ṣaṣ-triṃśat-, adj. lasting thirty-six years, Man. 3, 1.

ābharaṇa ābharaṇa, i. e. ā-bhṛ + ana, n. Ornaments, as jewels, etc., Rām. 3, 55, 6.
-- Comp. tapta-, n. an ornament made of refined gold, Rām. 3, 58, 19.

ābhā ā-bhā, f.
     1. Splendour, light, Pañc. iv. d. 58.
     2. When latter part of a compound adj., often Like; e. g. Rām. 3, 55, 28, giri-śṛṅga-ābha, Like the peak of a mountain.
-- Comp. vajra-,
I. adj. like a diamond.
II. m. a precious opal.

ābhāṣa ā-bhāṣ + a, m., and ābhāṣaṇa ābhāṣaṇa, i. e. ā-bhāṣ + ana n. Addressing, speaking to, Rām. 3, 26, 12; Rājat. 5, 462.

ābhās ā-bhās, f. Light, MBh. 3, 10980.

ābhāsa ā-bhās + a, m.
     1. Splendour, Rām. 6, 77, 17.
     2. Light, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 11.
     3. Appearance, Kathās. 12, 16.
     4. Semblance, Bhāṣāp. 70.
-- Comp. rasa-, m. the semblance of sentiment, as e. g., a sentiment attributed to an irrational animal. hetu-, m. fallacious reason or middle term.

ābhijātya ābhijātya, i. e. abhi-jāta (vb. jan) + ya, n. Nobility, Rām. 2, 35, 15.

ābhimukhya ābhimukhya, i. e. abhimukha + ya, n. Front, direction towards, Pañc. i. d. 370 (with , to attack).

ābhiṣecanika ābhiṣecanika, i. e. abhiṣecana + ika, adj., f. , Referring or serving to the inauguration of a king, Rām. 6, 112, 69.

ābhīra ābhīra, m.
     1. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1192.
     2. The offspring of a Brāhmaṇa by an Ambaṣṭha woman, Man. 10, 15.

ābhīla ā-bhī + la, adj. Terrible, MBh. 3, 388.

ābhū ā-bhū, adj. Helping, Chr. 290, 1; 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 1; 6.

ābhoga ābhoga, i. e. ā-bhuj + a, m.
     1. Crookedness, MBh. 3, 9957; vault, Rām. 2, 65, 3; roundness, Megh. 89.
     2. Fullness, plenty, Śāk. 8, 1.
     3. The expanded hood of the Cobra capella, MBh. 16, 118.
-- Comp. stana-, m. a man with a breast like a woman's.

ābhyantara ābhyantara, i. e. abhyantara + a, adj. Interior, MBh. 2, 202.
-- Comp. gaṇa-, m. the member of a corporation, MBh. 3, 154.

ābhyāsika ābhyāsika (with s for ś), i. e. abhyāśa + ika, adj. Standing near together, MBh. 1, 7577.

ābhyudayika -ābhyudayika, i. e. abhyudaya + ika, adj. Causing prosperity, increse, Man. 12, 88.
-- Comp. an-, Not causing prosperity, Mṛcch. 111, 5.

ām ām, A particle of reminiscence: Ah! Vikr. 38, 17.

āma āma, i. e. am + a, adj., f. .
     1. Raw, undressed, Man. 4, 223.
     2. Unbaked (as a pot), Pañc. iii. d. 13.
-- Cf. [greek].

āmantraṇa āmantraṇa, i. e. ā-mantr + ana, n.
     1. Calling, addressing.
     2. Invitation, Pañc. 34, 17.

āmaya āmaya, i. e. am, Caus. + a (anomal.), m. Sickness, Rājat. 5, 209.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. 1. healthy, Draup. 4, 10. 2. being in a good condition, Rām. 2, 72, 52. 3. unharmed, Rām. 1, 44, 58.
II. n. health, Śāk. 64, 23; wellbeing, Rām. 2, 89, 6. nis-,
I. adj. 1. healthy, Indr. 3, 8. 2. full, Hariv. 3639. 3. pure, Rām. 1, 62, 18.
II. n. health, Rām. 1, 41, 21. sa-, adj. sick.

āmayāvitva āmayāvitva, i. e. āmayāvin + tva, n. Dyspepsia, Man. 11, 51.

āmayāvin āmayāvin, i. e. āmaya + vin, adj., f. , Subject to dyspepsia, Man. 3, 7.

āmaraṇānta āmaraṇānta, i. e. ā-maraṇa-anta, adj. Lasting till death, Hit. i. d. 180.

āmaraṇāntika āmaraṇāntika, i. e. āmaraṇānta + ika, adj. Lasting till death, Man. 9, 101.

āmarda āmarda, i. e. ā-mṛd + a, m. Pulling (as of hair), Śāk. d. 173.

āmardin āmardin, i. e. ā-mṛd + in, adj., f. , Destroying, Rām. 4, 14, 16.

āmarṣa āmarṣa = a-marṣa in nis-āmarṣa, = nis-amarṣa, Devoid of energy, Rām. 2, 10, 14 Gorr.


[Page 83a]

āmalaka āmalaka, m., f. , and n. Emblic myrobalan.

āmiṣa āmiṣa, m. and n. Flesh, Pañc. i. d. 449.
-- Comp. khaḍga-, n. the flesh of a rhinoceros, Man. 3, 272. nis-, adj. 1. fleshless, Bhartṛ. 2, 9. 2. free of covetousness, Man. 6, 49.

āmiṣatā āmiṣa + tā, f. and āmiṣatva āmiṣa + tva, n. Being an object of covetousness, Ragh. 12, 11; Daśak. 194, 6 Wils.

āmukha ā-mukha, n. Prelude.

āmuṣmika āmuṣmika, i. e. amuṣmin, loc. sing. of adas, + ika, adj., f. , Belonging to the next life, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 19.

āmokṣaṇa āmokṣaṇa, i. e. ā-mokṣ + ana (v. r.), n. Binding on, Rām. 2, 23, 39, Schl.

āmocana āmocana, i. e. ā-muc + ana, n. Binding on, Rām. 2, 20, 43 Gorr.

āmoda āmoda, i. e. ā-mud + a, m.
     1. Pleasure, Kir. 5, 26.
     2. A fragrancy, strong smell, Ṛt. 6, 34.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. fragrant.

āmodin -āmodin, i. e. ā-mud + in, adj. Smelling, Rājat. 5, 357.

āmnāya āmnāya, i. e. ā-mnā + a, m.
     1. Holy tradition, Man. 7, 80.
     2. A Veda, Daśak. 140, 3.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be transmitted, MBh. 14, 1441.

āmbhasa āmbhasa, i. e. ambhas + a, adj. Full of water, Matsyop. 43.

āmra āmra, m. The mango tree, Mangifera indica, Nal. 12, 4.
-- Comp. rājāmra, i. e. rājan-, m. a superior sort of mango.

āmrāta āmrāta (derived from the last), and āmrātaka āmrāta + ka, m. The hog-plum, Spondias mangifera, Rām. 3, 17, 7.

āya āya, i. e. ā-i + a, m.
     1. Gain, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 219.
     2. Revenue, Man. 8, 419.

āyatana āyatana, i. e. ā-yat + ana n.
     1. A place, Cāṇ. 32.
     2. A seat, Man. 6, 77; Pañc. 32, 23.
     3. An outhouse, Yājñ. 2, 154.
     4. An altar, Pañc. 199, 12.
-- Comp. deva- and devatā-, n. a temple, Man. 4, 46; 8, 248.

āyati āyati, i. e. ā-yam + ti, and, on account of the metre, , Rām. 3, 44, 11, f.
     1. Dignity, Kathās. 24, 119; Rājat. 5, 189.
     2. Future time, Man. 4, 70.

āyattatā ā-yatta + tā (vb. yat) f., Dependence, Dev. 1, 29.

āyasa āyasa, i. e. ayas + a,
I. adj., f. , Of iron, Man. 8, 315;
II. n. Iron, Yājñ. 1, 305.

āyāga āyāga, i. e. ā-yaj + a, m. A sacrificial gift, Rām. 1, 33, 13.

āyāna āyāna, i. e. ā-yā + ana, n. Coming near, MBh. 3, 11029 (p. 570).

āyāma āyāma, i. e. ā-yam + a, m.
     1. Stopping, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 14.
     2. Oppression, Rājat. 5, 165 (perhaps is to be read āyāsa, q. cf.).
     3. Length, Rām. 1, 40, 18.

āyāmavant āyāma + vant, adj., f. vatī, and āyāmin āyāmin, i. e. āyāma + in, adj., f. , Long, Vikr. d. 4; Daśak. in Chr. 200, 11.

āyāsa āyāsa, i. e. ā-yas + a, m.
     1. Effort, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 997.
     2. Fatigue, Rām. 3, 55, 17.
     3. Trouble, Śāk. d. 37.
     4. Oppression, Rājat. 5, 174 (Chr. 261, 191, read āyāso).
     5. Weariness, Rām. 6, 7, 1.
-- Comp. an-, adj. easy, Śāk. 22. 17.


[Page 84a]

āyāsaka āyāsaka, i. e. ā-yas Caus. + aka, adj., f. ikā, Causing fatigue, Bhartṛ. 3, 64.

āyāsin āyāsin, i. e. āyāsa + in, adj., f. , Endeavouring, Śāk. d. 34.

āyuḥśeṣatā āyuḥśeṣatā, i. e. āyus-śeṣa + tā, f. Condition of having saved only the life, Pañc. 127, 3 (I came off scarcely alive).

āyudha ā-yudh + a, n., A weapon, Man. 7, 93.
-- Comp. indra- n. the rainbow, Man. 4, 59. sa-indra-, adj. with a rainbow. ud-, adj. with raised weapons, Chr. 4, 17. kusuma-, m. the god of love, Ṛt. 6, 33. cakra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 6, 102, 12. tridaśa-, n. the rainbow, Ragh. 9, 54. nis-, adj., f. dhā, disarmed, Man. 7, 92. sa-, adj. armed, Pañc. 44, 23. hala-, m. Baladeva.

āyudhika āyudhika, i. e. āyudha + ika, and āyudhin āyudhin, i. e. āyudha + in, m. A warrior, MBh. 16, 212; Rām. 2, 53, 30.

āyudhīya āyudhīya, i. e. āyudha + īya, adj. Military, Man. 7, 222.

āyurvedamaya āyurvedamaya, i. e. ayus-veda + maya, adj. Containing the Ayurveda (see veda), Rām. 1, 45, 32.

āyuṣa -āyuṣa, i. e. āyus + a, A substitute for āyus when latter part of compound words: e. g. cira-, adj. Long living, Pañc. 245, 35; puruṣa-, n. The duration of a man's life.

āyuṣkāma āyuṣkāma, i. e. āyus-kam + a, adj. Desirous of long life, Man. 9, 41.

āyuṣmant āyuṣmant, i. e. āyus + mant, adj., f. matī, Long-lived, Man. 2, 152. Used in dramas as an honorific address.


[Page 84b]

āyuṣya āyuṣya, i. e. āyus + ya,
I. adj., f. , Procuring long life, Man. 1, 106.
II. n. Long life, Man. 2, 52.
-- Comp. an-, adj. prejudicial to long life, Man. 2, 57.

āyus āyus, n. Life, Man. 1, 84.
-- Comp. alpa-, adj. short-lived, Man. 4, 157. kṣīṇa- (vb. kṣi), adj. lifeless, Sāv. 2, 23. gata-, adj. 1. lifeless, Pañc. 101, 23. 2. whose life is forfeited, Rām. 6, 1, 10. dīrgha-, adj. 1. long. lived, Rām. 1, 6, 18. 2. wished to be long-lived, Rām. 3, 1, 11. pari-mita- (vb. ), adj. short-lived, Rām. 3, 55, 20. śata-, m. a man a hundred years old, Lass. 32, 18; an old man. Cf. [greek] Lat. aevum, Goth. aivs.

āyoga āyoga, i. e. ā-yuj + a, m. Presenting with flowers, perfumes, Rām. 5, 17, 15 (bhramara-, A present of flowers made to the bees).

āyogava āyogava, m., f. , Offspring of a Śūdra by a Vaiśya woman, Man. 10, 12; 16.

āyodhana āyodhana, i. e. ā-yudh + ana, n.
     1. Battle, Ragh. 5, 71.
     2. A field of battle, Draup. 8, 30.

ārakṣa ā-rakṣ + a, m. Guard, protection, Man. 3, 204; Rām. 5, 75, 2.

ārakṣaka ā-rakṣ + aka, and ārakṣika ārakṣika, i. e. ā-rakṣa + ika(?), m. A policeman, Pañc. 129, 5; Daśak. in Chr. 195, 11.

āraṭṭa āraṭṭa (a dialectical change of a/ā-rāṣṭra), m. pl. The name of a people and country, MBh. 8, 2056.

āraṭṭaja āraṭṭa-ja (vb. jan), adj. Born in Āraṭṭa, Rām. 5, 12, 36.

āraṇa āraṇa, An abyss, Chr. 296, 6 = Rigv. i. 112, 6.


[Page 85a]

āraṇya āraṇya, i. e. araṇya + a, adj., f. .
     1. Living in forests, MBh. 1, 3637.
     2. Growing in forests, MBh. 1, 6658; wild, Man. 10, 89.

āraṇyaka āraṇya + ka,
I. adj. Referring to forests, MBh. 15, 532; produced in forests, Rām. 2, 36, 6.
II. m. An anchorite, Śāk. d. 46.
III. n. The name of a book, Man. 4, 123.

ārabdhi ārabdhi, i. e. ā-rabh + ti, f. An enterprise, Rājat. 5, 190.

ārambha ārambha, i. e. ā-rabh + a, m.
     1. A beginning, Megh. 37.
     2. Exertion, effort, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.
     3. An enterprise, Rām. 4, 30, 14.
-- Comp. citra-, adj. painted, Vikr. d. 4. citrārpita-, i. e. citra-arpita- (vb. ), adj. painted, Ragh. 2, 81. nis-, adj. devoid of exertion, inactive, MBh. 5, 1027.

ārambhaṇa ārambhaṇa, i. e. ā-rabh + ana, n. Commencement (support, according to the Sch. of the Chānd. -up. 385), Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 18.

ārambhatā ārambha + tā, f. Commencement, Kathās. 16, 79.

ārambhin ārambhin, i. e. ārambha + in, adj. One who begins many things.

ārava ārava, i. e. ā-ru + a, m. Sound, Rām. 4, 50, 23.

ārā ārā, f. An awl.
-- Cf. O.H.G. āla; A.S. āl, ael.

ārāt (abl. sing. of ved. āra) adv.
     1. From afar, MBh. 1, 6447.
     2. Instantly.

ārādhana ā-rādh + ana.
I. adj. Who or what conciliates, wins.
II. n.
     1. Acquirement, Bhartṛ. 3, 5.
     2. Accomplishment (representation), Śāk. 12, 1.
     3. Gratification.
     4. Adoration, Kathās. 17, 26.


[Page 85b]

ārādhayitṛ ārādhayitṛ, i. e. ā-rādh, Caus. + tṛ, m. An adorer, Śāk. 39, 13.

ārādhayiṣṇu ārādhayiṣṇu, i. e. ā-rādh, Caus. + iṣṇu, adj. Gratifying, adoring, Rām. 3, 17, 30.

ārāma ārāma, i. e. ā-ram + a, m.
     1. Pleasure, Bhag. 3, 16.
     2. A garden, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17.
-- Comp. antar-, adj. one who finds his pleasure in his soul, Bhag. 5, 24

ārāva ārāva, i. e. ā-ru + a, m.
     1. Sound, Nal. 13, 16.
     2. Scream, MBh. 1, 6846.

ārirādhayiṣu ārirādhayiṣu, i. e. ā-rirādhayiṣa (desider. of the Caus. of rādh) + u, adj. Desirous of conciliating or winning, MBh. 1, 4784.

āruṇi āruṇi, i. e. aruṇa + i, patronym. m. A descendant of Aruṇa, surname of Uddalaka, MBh. 1, 684, and of Vainateya, MBh. 1, 2548.

āruṇī āruṇī, i. e. aruṇa + a + ī, f. Tawny, viz. an antelope, Chr. 290, 7 = Rigv. i. 64, 7.

ārurukṣu ārurukṣu, i. e. ā-rurukṣa (desider. of ruh) + u, adj. Desiring to ascend, MBh. 3, 11108; to acquire, Bhag. 6, 3.

āruha -ā-ruh + a. Latter part of comp. words: e. g. gaja-, m. The rider of an elephant, Rām. 5, 12, 31 (in para-, adj. Having excellent riders, etc). dus-, adj. Hard to be ascended, Rām. 2, 117, 13 Gorr.

ārogya ārogya, i. e. a-roga + ya, n. Health, Rām. 1, 15, 13.
-- Comp. an-, adj. prejudicial to health, Man. 2, 57. saha-, adj. convalescent, well.

āroḍhṛ āroḍhṛ, i. e. ā-ruh + tṛ, m. One who mounts, Yājñ. 2, 303.

āropa āropa, i. e. ā-ruh, Caus. + a, m. Attributing to, predication, Śāk. d. 35 Sch.

āropaka āropaka, i. e. ā-ruh, Caus. + aka, m. A planter, Man. 3, 163.

āropaṇa āropaṇa, i. e. ā-ruh, Caus. + ana n.
     1. Causing to ascend, Kathās. 17, 84 (viz. to heaven, i. e. to die); Rām. 5, 15, 46.
     2. Putting on, Ragh. 7, 25.
     3. Stringing (a bow), Rām. 1, 66, 27.
-- Comp. vṛkṣa-, n. planting trees.

āroha āroha, i. e. ā-ruh + a, m.
     1. A rider, Hariv. 13464.
     2. Mounting, Kathās. 25, 142; Rājat. 5, 310.
     3. A heap, Rām. 1, 5, 14.
     4. The buttocks, Rām. 3, 52, 27.
-- Comp. aśva-, m. a horseman, Kathās. 10, 124. gaja-, and hasty-āroha, i. e. hastin-, m. a rider on an elephant, Rām. 3, 57, 23; Draup. 8, 22. dus-, adj., f. , hard to be ascended, Rām. 2, 105, 6. vara-,
I. m. 1. a rider on an elephant or horse. 2. an elephantdriver.
II. f. , 1. an elegant woman. 2. the hip or flank. sa-, adj., f. , rising, Rām. 5, 73, 6. syandana-, m. a warrior who fights in a car.

ārohaka ārohaka, i. e. a-ruh + aka, m. A rider, Pañc. 129, 18.

ārohaṇa ārohaṇa, i. e. ā-ruh + ana,
     1. Ascending, MBh. 1, 372.
     2. A stage, MBh. 14, 282.
     3. A ladder, Rām. 5, 14, 14.
-- Comp. durga-, adj. of difficult ascent, Rām. 3, 76, 28. pavitra-, n. the name of a festival, Pañc. 34, 18. sukha-, adj. of easy ascent, MBh. 2, 1281.

ārohaṇika ārohaṇika, i. e. ārohaṇa + ika, adj. Referring to the ascension (viz. to heaven), MBh. 1, 353.

ārohin ārohin, i. e. ā-ruh + in, adj. f. iṇī, Ascending, Pañc. iii. d. 264.

ārjava ārjava, i. e. ṛju + a, n. Candour, Man. 11, 222; Bhartṛ. 2, 19.
-- Comp. an-, n. dishonesty, Man. 9, 17.

ārjuneya ārjuneya, i. e. arjuna + eya, patronym. m. A descendant of Arjuna (?), Chr. 298, 23 = Rigv. i. 112, 23.

ārtava ārtava, i. e. ṛtu + a.
I. adj., f. , Seasonable, Rām. 2, 30, 16.
II. n.
     1. The menstrual discharge, Man. 4, 40; Rājat. 5, 391.
     2. The approved time for cohabitation, Man. 3, 48, cf. 46.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unseasonable.

ārtta ārtta, written ārta arta, (an anomalous ptcple. of the pf. pass. of ā-ard) adj., f. .
     1. Injured Man. 4, 236; hurt, Yājñ. 3, 248.
     2. Distressed, Man. 6, 16.
     3. Afflicted, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 19.
-- Comp. bhaya-, adj., distressed with fear.

ārttatā ārtta + tā (written ārtatā) f. Painfulness.

ārtti (ārti) ārtti, i. e. ā-ard + ti (cf. ārtta), f. Pain, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17.
-- Comp. kṛtrima-, adj. feigning sorrow, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 3.

ārdra ārdra, adj., f. .
     1. Wet, Megh. 87.
     2. Fresh, Amar. 2.
     3. Mild, Pañc. 8, 19.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. Wet. Cf. probably [greek] (although beginning with [greek]), [greek]

ārdraya ārdraya, a denomin. derived from the last, Par. To moisten, Bhartṛ. Suppl. 7.

ārdhika ārdhika, (i. e. probably ardha + ika), m. A labourer in tillage, Man. 4, 253.

ārya ārya.
I. m., f. ,
     1. Originally the name of the immigrated Indian people in opposition to the old inhabitants. In later times, the name of the three upper castes in opposition to the fourth, Yājñ. 2, 294; or to barbarians, MBh. 14, 2137.
II. fem. , The name of a metre. Rājat. 5. 35.
III. adj., f. .
     1. Respectable, venerable, Man. 8, 75; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17.
     2. Apposite, Rām 2, 115, 6.
-- Comp. an-, adj. and subst. 1. A barbarian, Man. 9, 260.
     2. Unworthy, Rām. 3, 51, 25.
     3. Inhabited by barbarians, Śāk. C. 139, 7.

āryaka ārya + ka, m.
     1. A grandfather, Rām. 5, 61, 15.
     2. A proper name, Mṛcch. 35, 22; MBh. 1, 1552.

āryatā ārya + tā, f. and āryatva ārya + tva, n. Venerableness, Man. 7, 211; Rājat. 1, 110.
-- Comp. an-, f. Want of virtuous dignity, Man. 10, 58. Dishonourableness, Hit. iv. d. 23.

ārṣa ārṣa, i. e. ṛṣi + a,
I. adj. f. ṣī.
     1. Referring to the Ṛṣis.
     2. Ordained by or practised by the Ṛṣis, Man. 3, 21; 12, 106.
II. m. A form of marriage, Man. 3, 53.
III. n. Holy lineage.

ārṣabha ārṣabha i. e. ṛṣabha + a, adj. Proceeding from a bull, Man. 9, 50 (n. its strength).

ālakṣaṇya ālakṣaṇya, i. e. a-lakṣaṇa + ya, n. Inclination to sin, Man. 9, 19 (Kull.).

ālaṅghana ā-laṅgh + ana, n. Covering, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 11.

ālamba ā-lamb + a,
I. adj. Hanging down, Rām. 3, 22, 17.
II. m. Support, Rājat. 5, 310 (in Chr. p. 271, corr. -bahe-).
-- Comp. an-, adj. unsupported, Rām. 2, 48, 22. dus-, adj., f. , difficult to get a footing in, Rām. 5, 73, 6. nis-, adj. having no support, Rām. 1, 44, 2. matta- (vb. mad), m. a fence round the walls of a palace. sa-, adj. supported, Kathās. 12, 175.

ālambana ā-lamb + ana, n.,
     1. Supporting, Megh. 4.
     2. Support, Pañc. i. d. 34.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. having no support, Rām. 5, 3, 64.

ālambin ā-lamb + in, adj., f. .
     1. Hanging down, Ṛt. 6, 24.
     2. Dependent, MBh. 3, 9924.
     3. Depending on, Hit. pr. d. 19.

ālambha ālambha, i. e. ā-labh + a, m.
     1. Touching, Man. 2, 79.
     2. Cutting, Man. 11, 144.
     3. Killing, Megh. 46.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. f. bhā, difficult to be seized, MBh. 13, 4707.

ālambhin ālambhin, i. e. ā-labh + in, adj., f. , Touching, Rājat. 5, 88.

ālaya ālaya, i. e. ā-lī + a, m. and n. (Rām. 5, 23, 31),
     1. A house.
     2. A seat.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. 1. having settled. 2. Inhabiting, Rām. 3, 1, 18. tridaśa-, m. 1. the heaven. 2. a deity. deva-, m. a temple. padma-, adj., f. , dwelling in a lotus flower. mānasa-, m. a wild swan, or goose. hima-, m. the Himālaya range of mountains.

ālavāla ālavāla, n. A basin for water round the root of a tree, Vikr. d. 41.

ālasya ālasya, i. e. alasa + ya, n. Idleness, Bhartṛ. 2, 74.

ālāna ālāna, n.,
     1. A post to which an elephant is tied, Mālav. 62, d. 76.
     2. The rope that ties him, Ragh. 4, 69.

ālānika ālānika, i. e. ālāna + ika, adj. Serving for a post, etc. (see the preceding), Ragh, 14, 38.

ālāpa ālāpa, i. e. ā-lap + a, m.
     1. Speaking.
     2. Conversation, Pañc. 46, 12.
-- Comp. kathā-, m. conversation, Hit. 26, 22.

ālāpavant ālāpa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Addressing, Amar. 42.

ālāpin ālāpin, i. e. ā-lap + in, adj., f. , Speaking.


[Page 88a]

āli āli, i. e. ā-lī,
I. m. A bee, Pañc. i. d. 203.
II. Also ālī, f.
     1. A woman's female friend, Kumāras. 5, 83.
     2. A line, Amar. 89; Pañc. 203, 6.
-- Comp. sūtra-ālī, f. a necklace.

āliṅga ā-liṅg + a, m. Embracing, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 14.

āliṅgana ā-liṅg + ana, n. An embrace, Megh. 71.

ālu ālu, n. A vessel, Hit. iii. d. 52.

āluñcana ā-luñc + ana, n. Darting on, Mṛcch. 50, 15.

ālepa ālepa, i. e. ā-lip + a, m., and ālepana ālepana, i. e. ā-lip + ana, n.
     1. Smearing, anointing.
     2. Ointment.

āloka āloka, i. e. ā-lok + a, m.
     1. Sight, Megh. 38; Śāk. d. 9 (first look).
     2. Light, Rām. 4, 50, 52.
     3. Appearance, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 15.
     4. Flattery, panegyric, Ragh. 2, 9.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be perceived, Gīt. 2, 20. nis-, adj., f. , 1. without moving the eyes, Rām. 2, 111, 14. 2. invisible, MBh. 1, 1475. sukha-, adj., f. , charming, Vikr. d. 109. sūrya-, m. sunshine.

ālokana ā-lok + ana, n. Looking, Vikr. d. 150.

ālokanīyatā ā-lokanīya + tā (vb. lok), f. Visibility, Kumāras. 2, 24.

ālokin -ālokin, i. e. āloka + in. Bhartṛ. 1, 69, at the end of the comp. word vikasita-kumuda-indīvara-āloka + in, adj., f. , Looking like a lotus whose flowers are expanded; literally, having the appearance of a lotus, etc.

ālocaka ā-loc + aka, adj. Causing sight.

ālocana ā-loc + ana, n. and f. , Consideration.


[Page 88b]

āloḍana āloḍana, i. e. ā-luḍ + ana, n. Mixing.

āvantya āvantya, i. e. avanti + ya, m.
     1. An inhabitant of Avanti, MBh. 3, 15253.
     2. The son of a Vrātya or outcast Brāhmaṇa, Man. 10, 21.

āvapana ā-vap + ana, n.
     1. Sowing seed.
     2. Any vessel.

āvaraṇa āvaraṇa, i. e. ā-vṛ + ana, n.
     1. Covering, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 23.
     2. A cover, Śāk. d. 77.
     3. Protection, Rām. 6, 99, 33.
     4. A shield, Śiś. 5, 66.
     5. Obstruction, Man. 3, 163.
     6. A lock, Ragh. 16, 7.
-- Comp. gātra-, n. a shield, MBh. 7, 79. deha-, n. an armour, MBh. 7, 4423.

āvarta āvarta, i. e. ā-vṛt + a, m.
     1. Turning, a turn.
     2. A whirlpool, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 392.
     3. A curl, Nal. 19, 14.
-- Comp. ārya-, m. the holy land, extending from the eastern to the western sea, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains, Man. 2, 22. dakṣiṇā-, adj. 1. turned to the et Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 5. 2. turned the south, MBh. 6, 5671. nandi-, m. a certain diagram, MBh. 7, 2930. brahmāvarta, i. e. brahman-, m. the country between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛṣadvatī, Man. 2, 17. rājāvarta, i. e. rājan-, m. an inferior kind of diamond. ṣoḍaśāvarta, i. e. ṣoḍaśan-, m. a conch shell. su-dus-, adj. very difficult to be dissuaded, MBh. 12, 579. sūrya-, m. 1. a plant, Cleome viscosa. 2. a sun-flower. hṛd-, m. a lock of hair on a horse's neck or breast.

āvartin āvartin, i. e. ā-vṛt + in, adj., f. , Returning, Hit. i. d. 201.

āvali and āvali/ī, f. A row, Hit. i. d. 90.

āvaśyaka āvaśyaka, i. e. avaśya + m + ka,
I. adj. Necessary, inevitable, Bhāṣāp. 21.
II. n. Necessity, that which must be done, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 1.

āvaśyakatā āvaśyaka + tā, f. Inevitability, Hit. 116, 10.

āvasati ā-vas + ati (for original °tī, fem. of the pres. partic.), f. Night, Arj. 1, 13.

āvasatha ā-vas + atha, m.
     1. A resting-place, Man. 3, 107.
     2. A house.
     3. The mansion of the holy fire, Man. 4, 151.
-- Comp. deva-, m. a temple, Rājat. 4, 325.

āvasathya āvasathya, i. e. āvasatha + ya, m. The holy fire, MBh. 3, 14181.

āvaha -ā-vah + a, adj., f. .
     1. Bringing, Rām. 1, 23, 13.
     2. Causing, Ragh. 14, 5.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. , difficult to be lead, MBh. 12, 12459. mala-, adj. 1. soiling. 2. defiling.

āvāpa āvāpa, i. e. ā-vap + a, m.
     1. An arm-guard, Rām. 6, 92, 15.
     2. Watching the enemies, Śiś. 2, 88.
-- Comp. śara-, m. a bow, MBh. 1, 7073.

āvāsa āvāsa, i. e. ā-vas + a, m. A house.
-- Comp. bhoga-, m. the harem.

āvāhana āvāhana, i. e. ā-vah + ana, n. Invitation.

āvika āvika, i. e. avi + ka,
I. adj.
     1. Coming from a sheep, e. g. kṣīra, 'the milk of an ewe,' Man. 5, 8.
     2. Woollen, Man. 2, 41.
II. n. A woollen cloth, Man. 5, 120.
-- Comp. pañcāvika, i. e. pañcan-, n. the five productions from a sheep.

āvikasautrika āvika-sautrika, i. e. āvika-sūtra + ika (v. r. -sūtrika, perhaps better), adj. Consisting of woollen threads, Man. 2, 44.

āvila āvila, adj., f. .
     1. Turbid, Nal. 13, 7(6).
     2. Without splendour, Rām. 5, 18, 3.
     3. Stained, Chr. 40, 11; Foul, Śāutiś. 3, 2.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. pure, Rām. 3, 76, 11. 2. healthy, Man. 7, 69. pari-, adj. very turbid, Ragh. 7, 37.

āvilaya āvilaya, a denomin. derived from āvila, Par. To sully, Śāk. d. 117.

āvis āvis, adv. and prepos., combined or compounded with as, kṛ, bhū, and their derivatives, Manitest.

āvītin āvītin, i. e. ā-vīta + in (vb. vye), adj. in prācīna-āvītin, m. A Brāhmaṇa wearing his cord over his right shoulder, Man. 2, 63.

āvṛt ā-vṛt, f.
     1. Order, arrangement, Man. 3, 214 (see Lois.).
     2. Manner, Man. 3, 248.
     3. A ceremony, Man. 2, 66.

āvṛtti ā-vṛt + ti, f. Returning, Kathās. 14, 64.

āvega āvega, i. e. ā-vij + a, m. Trouble, hurry.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive trouble, Prab. 92, 8.

āvedaka āvedaka, i. e. ā-vid + aka, adj. One who makes known.

āvedin -āvedin, i. e. ā-vid + in, adj., f. , Announcing.

āveśa āveśa, i. e. ā-viś + a, m. Entering.

āveśana āveśana, i. e. ā-viś + ana n.
     1. A workshop, Man. 9, 265.
     2. Possession by demons.

āveṣṭa ā-veṣṭ + a, m. Wrapping round, Yājñ. 2, 217.

āśa -āśa, i. e. 2. aś + a, m. Eating, e. g. prātar-, m. Breakfast, Lass. 76, 19; havya- (vb. hu) and huta- (vb. hu), m. Agni, or fire.

āśaṃsā ā-śaṃs + ā, f. Wish, Ragh. 12, 44.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. full of desire, Kir. 5, 23. -śam, adv. uttering a benediction, Vikr. 11, 4.


[Page 90a]

āśaṃsin ā-śaṃs + in, adj., f. , Announcing, Rām. 6, 90, 32.

āśaṅkā ā-śaṅk + ā, f.
     1. Fear, Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
     2. Suspicion, Kathās. 14, 56.
-- Comp. gata- and naṣṭa-, adj., f. , fearless. sa-, adj. disheartened, Pañc. 47, 15.

āśaṅkin -ā-śaṅk + in, adj., f. , Apprehending, Rām. 2, 71, 32.

āśaya āśaya, i. e. ā-śī + a, m.
     1. A seat, Kathās. 20, 128.
     2. A den, MBh. 3, 1387.
     3. An asylum, Pañc, 141, 1.
     4. The stomach, Daśak. 189, 11 (Wils.).
     5. The heart, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 1; Mind, Bhag. 10, 20.
     6. Intention, Kathās. 12, 73.
-- Comp. ama-, m. the part of the belly about the navel. krūra-, adj., f. , containing cruel animals and wicked intentions, Bhartṛ. 1, 80. garbha-, m. the womb, MBh. 14, 501. toya-, m. a pond, a river. dus-,
I. m. a bad abode, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 36.
II. adj. having wicked intentions, Kathās. 20, 3. duṣṭa- (vb. duṣ), adj. having wicked intentions, Pañc. 51, 25. pakva-, m. the abdomen, MBh. 3, 13973. mahā-,
I. adj. 1. magnanimous; 2. liberal.
II. m. a gentleman. mūtra-, m. the lower belly. vi-rata- (vb. ram), adj. resigning worldly intentions, Pañc. ii. d. 189. sukha-, adj. hoping for pleasure, Pañc. ii. d. 160.

āśā āśā, f.
I. i. e. 1. aś + a, A quarter, a region, Rām. 3, 22, 8.
II. i. e. ā-śaṃs,
     1. Desire, Hit. d. 105.
     2. Hope, Daśak. 191, 5.
-- Comp. dus-, f. want of hope, Rājat. 3, 213. dhana-, f. desire of wealth, Hit. i. d. 105. nis-, adj., f. śā, hopeless, Rām. 4, 19, 4. bhagna- (vb. bhañj), adj. disappointed. hata- (vb. han), adj. hopeless, desperate, Mālav. 36, 20.

āśāvant āśā + vant, adj., f. vatī, Full of hope, Hit. i. d. 72.


[Page 90b]

āśitva -āśitva, i. e. āśin + tva, n. Eating, e. g. an-ācitva, Hunger, MBh. 3, 13477.

āśin -āśin, i. e. 2. aś + in, adj., f. , Eating, Man. 2, 118.
-- Comp. nirāmisha-, i. e. nis-, adj. not feeding on meat. Hit. 19, 1. pavana-, m. a snake. pūrva-, adj., eating before (others), MBh. 5, 1291.

āśis āśis, i. e. ā-śās, f. Benediction, Rām. 2, 32, 11.
-- Comp. jaya-, f. cheering, congratulation, Rām. 3, 35, 105.

āśīviṣa āśī-viṣa (āśī, according to the grammarians, a serpent's fang), m. A snake, MBh. 3, 544.

āśu āśu, i. e. probably (see śo) + u, adv. Quickly. Cf. [greek] Lat. ocius, accipiter = ved. āśupatvan, aquila.

āśuga āśu-ga (vb. gam),
I. adj., f. , Moving quickly, Man. 4, 68.
II. m. An arrow.

āśutva āśu + tva, n. Quickness, Arj. 6, 18.

āśauca āśauca, i. e. a-śuci + a, n. Impurity, Man. 5, 59.
-- Comp. sūtyāśauca, i. e. sūti-, n. impurity from child-birth.

āścarya āścarya, i. e. ā-car + ya
I. adj., f. , Astonishing, wonderful, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 11.
II. n. A surprising phenomenon, Rām. 5, 49, 27.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. wonderful, Bhartṛ. 2, 59. -yam, adv. with surprise.

āścaryamaya āścarya + maya, adj., f. , Wonderful, Kathās. 26, 64.

āścyotana āścyotana, i. e. ā-ścyut + ana, Sprinkling.

āśrama ā-śram + a, m. and n.
     1. An hermitage.
     2. A religious order of which there are four (or only three, Man. 2, 230) kinds referable to the different periods of a Brāhmaṇa's life, Man. 3, 2.
-- Comp. kāma-, m. and n. the hermitage of the god of love. gṛha-, m. the second order, that of the householder, Man. 6, 1. jyeṣṭha-, adj. being in the most eminent order, Man. 3, 78.

āśramin āśramin, i. e. āśrama + in, adj. Belonging to one of the religious orders, Man. 6, 91.
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. a Brāhmaṇa fulfilling the duties of a householder, Mārk. P. 29, 30.

āśraya āśraya, i. e. ā-śri + a, m.
     1. A seat, Pañc. 51, 20; Ragh. 11, 26 (a quiver).
     2. An abode.
     3. A retreat, Man. 7, 27.
     4. An asylum, Pañc. 211, 4.
     5. Protection, Pañc. i. d. 43.
     6. Recourse, Man. 2, 11; refuge, Ragh. 12, 35.
     7. Dependence, Yājñ. 2, 48.
     8. Support, Pañc. 155, 8; help, Pañc. 95, 14.
     9. Base, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 3; the subject (in Logic), Bhāṣāp. 74.
     10. Reference, Yājñ. 3, 143; Daśak. in Chr. 185, 17.
-- Comp. garta-, adj. living in holes, Man. 7, 72. nis-, adj., f. , having no support, MBh. 8, 1905. para-, m. 1. dependence from another, Hariv. 5154. 2. the refuge of the enemies, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 12. vana-,
I. adj. who or what is in a forest.
II. m. a raven. vāṇa-, m. a bow.

āśrayaṇa -āśrayaṇa, i. e. ā-śri + ana, adj., f. ṇī.
     1. Taking refuge.
     2. Referring to, Vikr. d. 51.

āśrayāśavat āśrayāśavat, i. e. āśraya-āśa + vat, adv. Like fire, Hit. ii. d. 165.

āśrayin āśrayin, i. e. āśraya + in, adj., f. ṇī,
     1. Seated, Ragh. 6, 4.
     2. Lodging, Śāk. 78, 19.

āśrava āśrava, i. e. ā-śru + a, adj., f. , Obedient.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. , not obeying.


[Page 91b]

āśritatva ā-śrita + tva (vb. śri), n. Dependence, Bhāṣāp. 23.

āśleṣa āśleṣa, i. e. ā-śliṣ + a, m. An embrace, Megh. 105.

āśvayuja āśvayuja, i. e. aśva-yuj + a, m. The month Āśvina (SeptemberOctober), Man. 6, 15.

āśvāsa āśvāsa, i. e. ā-śvas + a, m.
     1. Recreation.
     2. Rest, repose, Rājat. 5, 315.
     3. Appeasing, Kathās. 9, 64.

āśvāsana āśvāsana, i. e. ā-śvas + ana, n. Recreation, Pañc. 70, 21.

āśvina āśvina, i. e. aśvin + a, adj. Directed to the Aśvins, Chr. 296.

āṣāḍha āṣāḍha, i. e. a-sāḍha, old ptcple. of the pf. pass. of sah, + a, m.
     1. The name of a month (June-July), Rājat. 5, 126.
     2. A staff carried by an ascetic in that month.
     3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2699.

ās 1. ās, an interj.
     1. Of anger: Ah! Pañc. 36, 21.
     2. Of fear, Prab. 31, 10.
     3. Of recollection, Prab. 72, 11.
     4. Of joy, Prab. 29, 9.

ās 2. ās, ii. 2, Ātm. (in epic poetry sometimes Par., MBh. 14, 2871).
     1. To sit, Rām. 1, 50, 10; with the acc., Vikr. 27, 16.
     2. To abide, MBh. 3, 12723.
     3. To stay, Rām. 3, 9, 32.
     4. To perform, Nal. 7, 3 (Böhtl.).
     5. To spend time in doing something, to do something a long time; the action being expressed,
a. By a participle, Pañc. 36, 20 (svākāraṃ nigūhann āste, He conceals the state of his mind).
b. By an absolutive, Man. 7, 195; Rām. 4, 57, 23 (prāyam [hardly acc. of prāya] āsmahe, we are starving).
     6. To exist, Rājat. 5. 99; to be, Pañc. 89, 10; Rājat. 5, 3 (corr. āsātām). With an adv. tūṣṇīm, silent, Pañc. 21, 10; evam, thus, Rām. 5, 57, 15. With an instrumental, Pañc. i. d. 106, 'with fearless mind.' With a dative, Hit. i. d. 207, āstām tuṣṭaye, it may be gratifying.
     7. To cease, Pañc. 106, 19; āstām, 'enough,' Hit. 122, 19. Ptcple. of the pres. āsīna, Man. 1, 1. Of the pf. pass. āsita, passed, Rām. 1, 3, 4 (what came to pass with Rāma, etc.); n. Seat, Rām. 2, 58, 10. Comp. dus-, n. Unsuitable manner of sitting, MBh. 3, 14669.
-- With the prepos. adhi adhi,
     1. To sit down, Rām. 5, 57, 6.
     2. To sit down on, with acc., Rām. 2, 81, 11.
     3. To take for his seat, Rām. 2, 99, 11; to occupy, Rām. 6, 2, 34.
     4. To inhabit, Rām. 3, 54, 5.
     5. To enter, MBh. 3, 13330.
     6. To live as wife of, MBh. 1, 7265. Part. of the pf. pass. adhyāsita, Being the subject, Lass. 92, 2.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi,
     1. To occupy, Ragh. 13, 52.
     2. To inhabit, Rām. 6, 4, 52.
-- With anu anu,
     1. To sit down after, Ragh. 2, 24.
     2. To attend, Śāk. 33, 3.
     3. To perform, Rām. 2, 50, 34.
-- With ud ud, To be indifferent, Śiś. 2, 42. Ptcple. of the pres. udāsīna, One who is indifferent, neither friend nor enemy, Man. 7, 155.
-- With upa upa,
     1. To sit near, Man. 4, 154.
     2. To attend, Bhag. 12, 2.
     3. To honour, MBh. 3, 12611.
     4. To partake, Man. 3, 104; MBh. 17, 2871.
     5. To attain, Yājñ. 3, 192.
     6. To sit, Man. 2, 103.
     7. To occupy, Man. 5, 93.
     8. To perform, Rām. 4, 24, 11; Daśak. in Chr. 184, 3.
     9. To undergo, MBh. 3, 15634.
     10. To stay, Rām. 1, 36, 1.
     11. To spend time, doing something (cf. the simplex), the action being expressed,
a. By a participle, Bhag. 12, 6;
b. By an absolutive, Rām. 1, 44, 1.
     12. To expect, MBh. 3, 1215.
-- With paryupa pari-upa,
     1. To surround, MB. 2, 280; Nal. 1, 11.
     2. To sit on, Man. 2, 75.
     3. To dwell round (with the acc.), MBh. 3, 10412.
     4. To partake, Arj. 8, 21.
     5. To attend respectfully, Man. 7, 37.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
     1. To sit, Rām. 2, 105, 1.
     2. To perform, Rām. 4, 10, 24.
     3. To honour, Mṛcch. 37, 4.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To sit together, MBh. 2, 304.
     2. To sit together with (with the acc.), MBh. 1, 2104; with the instr., Sāv. 6, 27.
     3. To sit, Man. 2, 101.
     4. To be a match, MBh. 3, 372.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To be able to resist (with the acc.), MBh. 3, 17314.
-- Cf. [greek] = āste; concerning the spir. asper cf. [greek] in [greek] = asmad.

āsaṅga āsaṅga, i. e. ā-sañj + a, m.
     1. Being attached, Śāk. d. 132.
     2. Attachment, Pañc. v. d. 93.
-- Comp. uttara-, m. an upper and outer garment, Pañc. 236, 8.

āsatti āsatti, i. e. ā-sad + ti, f. Juxtaposition (of words), Bhāṣāp. 81; 82. Connection, Bhāṣāp. 63.

āsana ās + ana, m. and n.
     1. Sitting, Man. 6, 22; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 22 (vigṛhya-, Sitting separately, not together).
     2. Sitting in some peculiar posture for pious purposes, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 14; 16.
     3. Sitting encamped, Man. 7, 160.
     4. Dwelling, Man. 2, 215.
     5. A seat, Man. 3, 208; Bhag. 6, 11.
-- Comp. ardha-, n. half a seat, Śāk. 97, 10. kamala- and jalaja-, m. a name of Brahman. dharma-, n. the seat of a judge, Man. 8, 23. nṛpa-, n. a throne. padma-,
I. n. 1. a seat consisting of a lotusflower. 2. a kind of posture when absorbed in meditation.
II. adj. dwelling in a lotus-flower. bhadra-, n. 1. a throne. 2. a peculiar posture, in which abstract meditation is performed by a devotee. vīra-, n. 1. a field of battle. 2. a bivouac. 3. a kind of posture, Man. 11, 110. śakra-, n. a throne, Pañc. iii. d. 270. saha-, n. sitting on the same seat. siṃha-, n. a throne.

āsava āsava, i. e. ā-su + a, m. A distilled spirit, MBh. 16, 30.
-- Comp. madhu-, m. a spirit distilled from the blossoms of the Bassia latifolia. surā-, n. an inebriating liquor, Man. 11, 95. smara-, m. saliva.

āsādana āsādana, i. e. ā-sad + ana, n. Attacking, MBh. 2, 808.

āsāra āsāra, i. e. ā-sṛ + a, m.
     1. A hard shower, Pañc. 94, 3.
     2. A king whose dominions are separated by other intervening states, Kāmand. Nītis. 8, 17.
-- Comp. dhārā-, m. a hard shower, Vikr. d. 70. puṣpa-, m. a shower of flowers, Megh. 44. sa-, adj., f. , rainy.

āsidhāra āsidhāra, i. e. asi-dhārā + a, adj. As difficult as standing on the edge of a sword (cf. vrata), Ragh. 13, 67.

āsisādayiṣu āsisādayiṣu, i. e. ā-sisādayiṣa, desid. of sad, + u, adj. Desirous of attacking, Rām. 6, 76, 6.

āsura āsura, i. e. asura + a, adj., f. .
     1. Belonging to the Asuras or demons, Arj. 10, 30.
     2. Demon-like, Bhag. 9, 12; wicked, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 13: that form of marriage is so called in which the bridegroom gives to the bride, her father, and paternal kinsmen, as much as he can afford, Man. 3, 31.

āsedha āsedha, i. e. ā-sidh + a, m. Arrest.
-- Comp. sthāna-, m. confine ment to a place.

āsevā ā-sev + ā, f. Intercourse.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. , hard to have intercourse with, Rām. 3, 23, 15.


[Page 93b]

āsevin -ā-sev + in, adj., f. , Addicted, Rājat. 5, 207.

āskanda ā-skand + a, m. Mounting, Kathās. 26, 36.

āskandin ā-skand + in,
I. adj., f. , Jumping on, Ragh. 17, 52.
II. m. A donor, Kathās. 24, 87.

āstara āstara, i. e. ā-stṛ + a, m. A layer, Kathās. 22, 196.

āstaraṇa āstaraṇa, i. e. ā-stṛ + ana, n.
     1. A layer, MBh. 3, 15142.
     2. Lying, Pañc. i. d. 190.
     3. A cover, Rām. 3, 49, 15.

āstaraṇavant āstaraṇa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Covered with blankets, or carpets, Rām. 4, 44, 99; MBh. 1, 7943.

āstaraṇika āstaraṇika, i. e. āstaraṇa + ika, adj. Spread sacrificial grass, Rām. 6, 96, 15 (Sch.).

āstika āstika, i. e. asti, third ps. of the pres. of 1. as, + ika, m. A believer, religious, pious, Rām. 2, 109, 37.

āstikya āstikya, i. e. āstika + ya, n. Devoutness, Bhag. 18, 72.

āsthā āsthā f.
     1. Stay, Bhartṛ. 1, 93.
     2. Trust, Bhartṛ. 2, 96.
     3. Regard, Bhartṛ. 3, 59.
-- Comp. an-, f. disregard, Kumāras. 6, 63; no matter, 6, 12. jāta-, adj., f. thā, full of hope, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 6.

āsthāna āsthāna, i. e. ā-stha + ana, n. and f. , An assembly, Rājat. 5, 35.

āspada āspada, i. e. perhaps āt-pada, n.
     1. A place, Rājat. 5, 44.
     2. palace, Rājat. 5, 235.
     3. A position, Man. 7, 184.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. oppidum.

āspadatā -āspada + tā, f. Condition of being the place of, Kathās. 7, 81 (confidence).


[Page 94a]

āsphālana āsphālana, i. e. ā-sphal Caus. + ana, n. Flapping, striking against, Pañc. iii. d. 237, Kumāras. 3, 22.

āsphoṭa āsphoṭa, i. e. ā-sphuṭ + a, m.
     1. Clapping with the hands, MBh. 2, 900.
     2. Clapping, clap in general, MBh. 3, 11141.

āsphoṭana āsphoṭana, i. e. ā-sphuṭ + ana, n. Clapping of the hands, Rām. 5, 10, 13.

āsya āsya (vb. an, cf. ānana), n.
     1. The mouth, Man. 1, 94.
     2. The face, Śṛṅgārat. 1.
     3. An organ of speech, as the lips, the teeth, etc., Pañc. v. d. 44.
-- Comp. uraga-, n. A kind of spade, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 9. daśāsya, i. e. daśan-, adj. epithet of Rāvaṇa. dīrgha-, adj. having a long face. pañca(n)-,
I. adj. 1. having five faces. 2. having five edges, MBh. 7, 1710.
II. m. A lion. pāṇi-, adj. one whose hand is his mouth, Man. 4, 117. manda-, n. modesty. markaṭa-, n. copper. sthūla-, m. a snake.
-- Cf. os, ora, probably [greek]

āsyā ās-yā, f. Sitting.

āsvāda ā-svād + a, m. Taste, Kumāras. 3, 31; Yājñ. 3, 229; Pañc. 263, 22; i. d. 429.

āsvādaka ā-svād + aka, adj. Enjoying.

āsvādana ā-svād + ana, n. Tasting, enjoying, Pañc. 35, 6; Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 2.

āhaṃkārya āhaṃkārya, i. e. ahaṃkāra + ya, adj. Subject to selfishness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 21.

āhara -āhara, i. e. ā-hṛ + a, adj. Bringing, Ragh. 1, 49.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be accomplished, MBh. 2, 664.


[Page 94b]

āharaṇa āharaṇa, i. e. ā-hṛ + ana, n.
     1. Fetching, Śāk. 7, 9.
     2. Accomplishment, MBh. 14, 2072.

āhartṛ āhartṛ, i. e. ā-hṛ + tṛ, m.
     1. An acquirer, Rām. 5, 95, 34; with acc., Vikr. d. 139 (causing).
     2. One who accomplishes, Nal. 12, 45.

āhava āhava, i. e. ā-hve + a, m. War, battle.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a great battle or fight.

āhāra āhāra, i. e. ā-hṛ + a, m. Food, Pañc. 55, 19.
-- Comp. an-,
I. m. non-eating, Hit. 24, 12.
II. adj. one who abstains from eating, Rām. 3, 75, 30. ekāhāra, i. e. eka-āhāra, adj. eating only once a day, MBh. 13, 5159. nis-, adj. without food, Rām. 1, 48, 31. pakṣa-, adj. taking food only twice a month, MBh. 3, 15409. phala-, adj., f. , in order to fetch fruits, Sāv. 4, 23. śāka-, adj. living upon potherbs, Bhartṛ. 2, 79. su-, adj. easily to be procured, Rām. 2, 31, 26. svecchā-, i. e. sva-icchā-, adj. omnivorous.

āhiṇḍika āhiṇḍika, m. The son of a Niṣāda by a Vaidehī woman, Man. 10, 37.

āhituṇḍika āhituṇḍika, i. e. ahi-tuṇḍa + ika, n. A snake catcher, a juggler, Pañc. iii. d. 67.

āhuti ā-hu + ti, f. An oblation to the deities, Man. 2, 106.

āho āho, part. Or, Śāk. d. 125.

āhnika āhnika, i. e. ahan + ika,
I. adj. Daily, MBh. 3, 10772.
II. n. A religious ceremony which must be performed every day, Rām. 1, 25, 2.
-- Comp. gava-, n. the daily food of a cow, MBh. 13, 6175.

āhlāda ā-hlād + a, m. Joy, Pañc. v. d. 46.


[Page 95a]

āhlādana ā-hlād + ana, n. Delighting, delight, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 23.

āhva -āhva, see āhvā.

āhvaya āhvaya, i. e. ā-hve + a, m.
     1. Betting, Man. 8, 7.
     2. As latter part of a comp. adj., Called, e. g. rāmāyaṇa- called Rāmāyaṇa, Rām. 1, 4, 1. gajāhvaya, gajasāhvaya, nāgasāhvaya and vāraṇasāhvaya, i. e. -sa-āhvaya, Called by the name of an elephant, i. e. Hāstinapura from hastin, an elephant, and pura, a town, MBh. 3, 270 and 9, and 1, 1786. gaṇḍa-sāhvayā, f. The name of a river, probably = Gaṇḍakī, MBh. 3, 14230. cakra-sāhvaya, m. The ruddy goose, Anas casarca Gm., Rām. 4, 51, 38; cf. sāhvaya.
-- Comp. hima-, m. camphor.

āhvayana -āhvayana, i. e. ā-hve + ana, n. Latter part of comp. adj., ratha-anga-, called after a part of a cart, i. e. cakra-vāka, The name of a bird, from cakra, a wheel, Rām. 2, 95, 11.

āhvā āhvā, i. e. ā-hve + ā, f. A name.
-- Comp. cakra-, m. the ruddy goose, Anas casarca Gm., Kathās. 14, 62. sūrya-, n. 1. copper. 2. gigantic swallow-wort.

āhvāna āhvāna, i. e. ā-hve + ana, n.
     1. Calling, summons, Pañc. iii. d. 44.
     2. An invocation, Man. 9, 126.
     3. A challenge, Rām. 4, 13, 40.


i

i i, A. ii. 2, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. MBh. 5, 192).
     1. To go, Chr. 296, 8 = Rigv. i. 112, 8, etave ved. inf.
     2. To go to (with the acc.), Rām. 2, 67, 1; with punar, to return, MBh. 2, 58.
     3. To undergo, with abstracts, e. g. śudratām, Man. 4, 245, the condition of a Śūdra, i. e. to become a Śūdra; śoṣam, Cāt. 9, dryness, i. e. to become dry; prītim, Nal. 16, 23, joy, i. e. to rejoice; vaśam, Hit. 1, 32, power, i. e. to become subject.
     4. To go away, Rām. 3, 1, 28.
     5. To return, Rām. 1. 42, 9.
     6. To attain, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 2.

ay ay, B. according to the grammarians, i. 1, Par. and Ātm. To go.

ī ī, C. i. 4, Ātm. (properly the pass. voice of i), To go, Chr. 287, 5 = Rigv. i. 48, 5. ii. 2, Par.,
     1. To go.
     2. To pervade.
     3. To conceive.
     4. To desire.
     5. To throw.
     6. To eat. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. durita, i. e. dus-, n. Sin, Hariv. 11059.
-- With the prep. ati ati, A. i,
     1. To pass over, Rām. 1, 21, 19; 3, 74, 7.
     2. To surpass, Man. 8, 151, also in the pass. voice or ī, i. 4, Ātm., MBh. 2, 1473.
     3. To conquer, Hit. i. d. 18.
     4. To pass into, to enter, Man. 4, 73.
     5. To avoid, Man. 12, 90.
     6. To trespass, Rām. 2, 112, 18. The partic. of the pf. pass. atīta,
     1. Passed, Man. 7, 178.
     2. Dead, Man. 5, 71.
     3. Having passed over, Megh. 30.
     4. Conquered, Vedāntas; in Chr. 202, 5.
     5. Having let pass away, Rām. 4, 28, 17.
     6. Sluggish, Rām. 4, 31, 8.
-- With abhyati abhi-ati,
     1. To pass over, Rām. 2, 70, 27.
     2. To pass away, MBh. 3, 12547. abhyatīta, Dead, Man. 4, 252.
-- With vyati vi-ati,
     1. To pass over, Rām. 2, 113, 4.
     2. To conquer, MBh. 1, 6257.
     3. To swerve (with the abl.), Rām. 4, 17, 32.
     4. To disregard, Naiṣ. 5, 113.
     5. To pass away, Rām. 2, 50, 37. vyatīta. 1. Passed, Chr. 16, 20. 2. Dead, MBh. 1, 4592.
-- With samati sam-ati,
     1. To pass. Rām. 2, 71, 17; MBh. 3, 10435.
     2. To surpass, Kir. 5, 20.
     3. To avoid, Bhag. 14, 26.
     4. To pass away, Rām. 2, 27, 19.
-- With adhi adhi, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.), To study, Man. 2, 107; MBh. 3, 13689 (Par.); to learn. MBh. 3, 10713 (Par.). Ptcple. of the pres. compounded with an-, anadhīyāna Unlearned, Man. 2, 157. adhīta, in pass. and act. sense, Learned, having learned, Sāv. 6, 11; Hit. Pr. d. 23. dus-, adj. Learned wrongly, Cāṇ. 98. -Caus. adhy-āpaya, To teach (with two acc.), Man. 2, 140.
-- With prādhi pra-adhi in prādhīta, Well-read, Man. 7, 85.
-- With pratyadhi prati-adhi, To study one by one, MBh. 3, 4182.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi, To peruse, MBh. 6, 93.
-- With anu anu,
     1. To follow, Rām. 6, 10, 4.
     2. To visit, Nal. 2, 9.
     3. To obey, MBh. 3, 1143. anvita,
     1. Following, Rām. 3, 40, 31.
     2. Possessed of, having, Pañc. iii. d. 238; Rām. 1, 7, 16; 3, 20, 3.
     3. Followed, rendered, Śāk. d. 141.
-- Comp. kula-, adj. descended from a high family, Pañc. i. d. 466.
-- With samanu sam-anu in samanvita, Possessed of, having, Rām. 1, 4, 26; 4, 8, 52.
-- With antar antar in antarita.
     1. Plunged Pañc. 117, 5.
     2. Hidden, Śāk. 9, 18.
     3. Obstructed, Pañc. 1. d. 140. B. ay, with antar, to get between, Mṛcch. 35, 11 (cf. Lat. interire).
-- A. i, with apa apa, To go away, Chr. 289, 2 = Rigv. i. 50, 2; Man. 8, 292. apeta,
     1. Come off, Pañc. 91, 6.
     2. Having swerved from, Ram. 2, 109, 32.
     3. When being the former part of a comp. adj., Without, e. g. apeta-bhī, Fearless, Man, 7, 197. Comp. an-apeta, not having swerved from, Rām. 5, 48, 7.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
     1. To come asunder, to separate. MBh. 12, 868.
     2. To leave, Man. 11, 97. vyapeta,
     1. Having swerved from, Yājñ. 2, 5.
     2. When being the former part of a comp. adj., Without, e. g. vyapeta-bhī, Fearless, Bhag. 11, 49.
-- With abhi abhi,
     1. To come near, to approach, Sāv. 6, 4; also with sakāśam, samīpam, Pañc. 46, 4; 200, 2.
     2. To enter, Man. 8, 75.
     3. To attain, Pañc. 2, 6.
     4. To undergo, Pañc. i. d. 132; Rām. 3, 49, 26, grahaṇam, to be caught.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi,
     1. To approach, Rām. 2, 97, 18.
     2. To follow, Śiś. 1, 72.
-- With ava ava,
     1. To understand, MBh. 3, 235.
     2. To know, Ragh. 2, 56.
     3. To consider, Śāk. d. 108.
     4. To believe, Vikr. 8, 18.
-- With samava sam-ava in samaveta,
     1. Having met, Man. 2, 139.
     2. United, Rām. 4, 28, 12; intimately united, Bhāṣāp. 17.
-- With astam astam, A. i,
     1. To set, Man. 4, 75.
     2. To die, Rām. 2, 102, 9. --
B. ay, To set, Prab. 112, 6.
-- With ā ā, A. i,
     1. To approach, Man. 2, 120.
     2. To come, Nal. 7, 4.
     3. To undergo, Rām. 2, 62, 20; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 4, mūlaharatvam, To become utterly ruined.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
     1. To approach, Nal. 18, 14 (13).
     2. To undergo, Rām. 1, 35, 14 (To go to rest).
-- With samabhyā sam-abhi-ā, To approach, Pañc. 40, 21.
-- With upā upa-ā,
     1. To approach, Dev. 13, 3.
     2. To cling to, Bhartṛ. 3, 64.
     3. To undergo, MBh. 1, 1258 (to become tranquil).
-- With abhyupā abhi-upa-ā, To approach, Rām. 6, 9, 99.
-- With anuparyā anu-pari-ā, To walk round about, MBh. 14, 468.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To return, MBh. 3, 2744.
-- With samā sam-ā,
     1. To go together, Pañc. 45, 15.
     2. To meet, MBh. 12, 868; Rām. 3, 43, 42.
     3. To unite, Rām. 1, 77, 29.
     4. To assemble, Man. 2, 152.
     5. To enter, Hit. iii. d. 173.
-- With ud ud, A. i,
     1. To proceed, Ragh. 7, 23; Prab. 107, 18.
     2. To rise, Rām. 4, 38, 12; Ragh. 17, 77; Man. 4, 37.
     3. To rise against (with acc.), MBh. 3, 1921. udita,
     1. Risen, Man. 2, 15.
     2. Sprung up, Kir. 5, 5.
     3. Commenced, Rājat. 5, 117. B. ay, To rise, Rām. 3, 12, 4; Mṛcch. 25, 24; Ātm., Prab. 91, 10. C. ī, To rise, Bhaṭṭ. 18, 20; 8, 35. udīta, Naiṣ. 6, 52.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, A. i,
     1. To rise, Rām. 1, 19, 8.
     2. To appear, Man. 4, 104.
     3. To spring up, Prab. 116. 19.
     4. To rise over (with acc.), Man. 2, 219.
     5. To rise against, MBh. 3, 210 (īyāt either for iyāt or from ī Par.). abhyudita, Surprised by the rising sun, Man. 2, 221. B. ay, To rise over. MBh. 4, 488 (fut. ii.).
-- With prod pra-ud, A. i, To rise, Bhartṛ. 1, 66.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To rise and go to meet, MBh. 13, 147.
-- With samud sam-ud,
     1. To rise together, Rām. 2, 1, 26.
     2. To rise, Rām. 2, 83, 9. samudita,
     1. Lofty, Kir. 5, 1.
     2. Endowed, Arj. 10, 10.
-- With upa upa,
     1. To approach, Pañc. ii. d. 18; with samīpam, Śāk. d. 139; to approach carnally, Man. 11, 172.
     2. To undergo, Ṛt. 6, 7; vistaratām, To spread; Rām. 2, 21, 7, bālyam, To become childish.
     3. To reach, to devolve upon, Hit. Pr. d. 30. upeta,
     1. Approached, MBh. 3, 3003.
     2. Living under, Rām. 3, 76, 13.
     3. Undergone, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 12.
     4. Accompanied, Chr. 56, 16.
     5. Possessed of, having, Rām. 3, 55, 6 Ptcple. of the fut. pass. upeya, To be expedited, Man. 7, 215. n. Aim, Mālav. 10. 3.
-- Comp. an-upeya, not to be approached carnally, Man. 11, 172. -- B. ay, To approach, MBh. 14, 781.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, A. i,
     1. To approach, Bhartṛ. 3, 83.
     2. To attain, Pañc. 40, 13.
     3. To undergo, Rām. 5, 90, 41, sakhitvaṃ naḥ, he may become our friend.
     4. To assent, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 22.
-- With samopa sam-ā-upa in samopeta, Possessed of, having, Pañc. i. d. 463.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
     1. To assemble, MBh. 1, 6937.
     2. To meet, Pañc. 35, 2.
     3. To approach, Rām. 1, 73, 1.
     4. To reach, to devolve upon, Rām. 4, 21, 29.
     5. To undergo, Śiś. 9, 68; viṣatām, to become poison. samupeta,
     1. Approached, MBh. 2, 1219.
     2. Endowed, Nal. 12, 46.
-- With nis nis, To go out (with abl.), Rām. 2, 42, 1.
-- With parā parā,
     1. To run away, Pañc. v. d. 74.
     2. To approach, MBh. 1, 7204.
     3. To attain, MBh. 3, 255. pareta, Dead. Yājñ. 2, 29.
-- Cf. Lat. perire.
-- With palā palā (for parā), B. ay, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 2, 613), To run away, to show one's heels.
-- With prapalā pra-palā, To run away. palāyita, Run away, Rājat. 5, 260.
-- With vipalā vi-palā, To fly away in different directions, Rām. 2, 78, 13; vi-a-palāyata as if palāy was a simplex.
-- With pari pari, A. i,
     1. To walk around, Rām. 4, 61, 47; Draup. 7, 8 (as a sign of honour).
     2. To turn over in one's mind, MBh. 3, 12508; Rām. 5, 81, 4. parīta, Surrounded, Rām. 1, 49, 16.
     2. Filled, Rām. 2, 76, 23.
     3. Seized, Nal. 14, 5; 15, 18 (17).
     4. Surrounding, MBh. 12, 2167.
     5. Expired, Rām. 3, 57, 18.
-- With anupari anu-pari, To roam about, Rām. 6, 3, 29.
-- With abhipari abhi-pari; abhiparīta,
     1. Seized, MBh. 3, 997.
     2. Filled, Rām. 4, 1, 2.
-- With vipari vi-pari; viparīta,
     1. Inverted, Mṛcch. 22, 6.
     2. Contrary, Man. 7, 34; Rām. 5, 81, 15.
     3. Perverse, MBh. 3, 110.
     4. Unfavourable, MBh. 16, 1. n. A kind of lovemaking, Rājat. 5, 372.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To proceed, to spring up, MBh. 3, 13116.
     2. To come to, MBh. 3, 13385.
     3. To die, Man. 2, 111. preta, Dead, Man. 2, 247. Absol. pretya, In the other world, Man. 2, 9.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra,
     1. To approach, Rām. 2, 3, 31.
     2. To consider, Rām. 2, 49, 16. abhipreta,
     1. Intended, Pañc. 191, 11.
     2. Desired, Rām. 2, 21, 35.
     3. Beloved, Śāk. 87, 16.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To withdraw, MBh. 1, 6392.
-- With prati prati,
     1. To go to, MBh. 3, 12359.
     2. To return, Ragh. 5, 35.
     3. To learn exactly, to be convinced of (with acc.), Prab. 25, 4.
     4. To believe, Rām. 5, 31, 62. pratīta,
     1. Agreed, Man. 3, 3.
     2. True, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 1.
     3. Known, Ragh. 13, 35.
     4. Convinced, Hit. 12, 2.
     5. Resolved, MBh. 14, 241.
     6. Cheerful, Rām. 5, 95, 44. Caus. praty-āyaya, To convince, Śāk. d. 127.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To believe, Rām. 5, 31, 61.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To traverse, Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7.
     2. To leave, MBh. 3, 8557. vīta, when the former part of a comp. adj., Devoid of, Man. 6, 32.
-- With apavi apa-vi, B. ay, To deny, Man. 8, 51; 60; 332.
-- With sam sam, A. i.,
     1. To assemble, Rām. 1, 44, 21.
     2. To meet with, Rām. 6, 18, 5.
     3. To become united, Nal. 14, 23. Pass., To be united, to be treated in the same manner with (instr.), Böthl. Ind. Spr. 280.
     4. To arrive, Pañc. 53, 23.
     5. To go, Pañc. 226, 12.
     6. To attain, Pañc. i. d. 221.
     7. To begin, MBh. 4, 348. samita,
     1. Assembled, MBh. 3, 10651.
     2. United with, MB. 14, 2630.
-- Cf. [greek] (= emi),


[Page 98b] [greek] = īyante, [greek] = ava-i; Lat. ire; Goth. i in iddja, etc.

ikṣu ikṣu (akin to iṣ), m. Sugar cane, Man. 9, 39.
-- Comp. kāṣṭha-, m. a kind of sugar cane, Suśr. 1, 186, 15.

ikṣvāku ikṣvāku, m.
     1. The name of the first king of Ayodhya, Rām. 1, 70, 20.
     2. A descendant of that king, Rām. 1, 70, 11.

ikhikh and iṅkh iṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go.

iṅg iṅg (probably a denomin. derived from iṅga), i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Bhag. 14, 23), To move, MBh. 3, 8756. iṅgita, n. Gesture, Man. 7, 67.

iṅga iṅga, i. e. iñj (cf. Bṛh. Ar. Up. 6, 4, 23, akin to ej and vij) + a, adj., f. , Moveable, MBh. 3, 8756.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. immoveable, MBh. 12, 1558.

iṅguda iṅguda,
I. m. and f. The name of a plant, Terminalia catappa.
II. n. Its nut.

icchā icchā, i. e. icch, base of the pres. of 2. iṣ, + a, f. Wish, desire, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 19; Bhag. 5, 28. Will, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 10. icchayā ātmanaḥ, Voluntarily, Man. 11, 73.
-- Comp. an-, f. absence of intention; °chhayā, involuntarily, Man. 11, 124.
-- Comp. mahā-iccha, adj. 1. highminded. 2. liberal. yatheccham, i. e. yathā-iccha + m, adv. according to one's wish, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 21. sva-, f. wilfulness, following one's own inclination, Pañc. 87, 11.

icchu icch + u (see the last), adj. Wishing, Śiś. 9, 82.

ijyā ijyā, i. e. yaj + yā, f. Sacrifice, Man. 1, 89.
-- Comp. bhūta-ijya, adj. one who makes oblations to the Bhūtas, Bhag. 9, 25.

iṭ iṭ, i. 1, Par. To go.

iḍā iḍā (akin to īḍ), f.
     1. Refreshment, ved. Chr. 288, 16 = Rigv. i. 48, 16 (written iḷa).
     2. Oblations to the deities, MBh. 2, 1304.
     3. Speech, Hariv. 14036.
     4. Earth, MBh. 3, 14750.
     5. The wife of Budha, MBh. 1, 3141.

itara i-tara (from the pronominal base i, see idam), adj., f. , n. rad (ved. ram, cf. Lat. iterum),
     1. Other, Man. 1, 70; itara-itarair atha vā itaraiḥ, By these or those, MBh. 2, 2503.
     2. Contrary, e. g. vijayāya itarāya vā, To victory or defeat, MBh. 1, 4092.
-- Comp. itara-itara, adj., used generally only in the oblique cases of the sing., 1. mutual, with each another, Pañc. ii. d. 136. 2. several Man. 3, 35. -- When the latter part of a comp. word it signifies,
I. negation of the former part, e. g. dvija-, m. one who is not a Brāhmaṇa, Ragh. 9, 76. nara-, m. 1. a superhuman being, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 9. 2. an animal, 3, 13, 49.
II. the contrary, e. g. dakṣiṇa-, adj. left, Kumāras. 4, 19. paruṣa-, adj. mild, Ragh. 5, 68. sabhya-, adj. vulgar, Bhartṛ. 3, 57. savya-, adj. right, Ragh. 12, 90. sahaja-, adj. not innate, accidental. sita-, adj. black.

itaratas itara + tas, adv., Repeated; itarataś cetarataḥ, Hither and thither, Rām. 2, 105, 13.

itarathā itara + thā, adv. Else, Śiś. 9, 13.

itaretaratas itaretaratas, i. e. itara-itara + tas, adv. One from the other. MBh. 1, 7403.

itas i + tas (from the pronominal base i, see idam),
I. = the abl. of idam, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 2 (from this person, i. e. from myself); Hiḍ. 1. 5, than this, i. e. than
I. II. adv.
     1. From hence, from this place, Rām. 3, 54, 28; from this time, MBh. 3, 204; therefore, Rām. 5, 81, 45.
     2. Hither, Rām. 5, 13, 9; Ragh. 2, 34, against myself.
     3. itas-itas, Here -- there, Śāk. 29, 20; itaś cetaś ca, Here and there, Pañc. 20, 25.

iti iti (probably a case of an original i + tya, see idam), adv.
     1. Thus, Man. 2, 237.
     2. It is used in quoting words or thoughts of one's self or some other: Man. 2, 129, tāṃ brūyād bhavatīti, He may address her thus (i. e. by the word), bhavati; Chr. 4, 15, avocam...bhīṣmaḥ śāntanavaḥ kanyā karatīti, I spoke thus: 'Bhīṣma the son of Śāntanu robs the girls,' i. e.
I. rob, etc.; Nal. 16, 9, tarkayām āsa bhaimīti, he thought thus: 'ṣe is the daughter of Bhīma'; Nal. 20, 14, na hi jānāmi bhaved evaṃ na veti, I do not know (thus): may it be so or not, i. e. I do not know if it be thus or not. Generally words expressing 'to say,' or 'to think,' are wanting, e. g. Pañc. 68, 25, akuto pi bhayam iti, 'There is no danger from any quarter' thus (thinking); Nal. 14, 14, na tvāṃ vidyur janā iti, 'People will not know thee' thus (thinking). Sometimes is added kṛtvā or ha, e. g. MBh. 1, 1522, sakheti kṛtvā, Thinking you are my friend, Man. 9, 45.
     3. It often follows a question without expressing a distinct meaning, e. g. Hit. 53, 18.
     4. It is used to denote the conclusion of a book or chapter, Rām. 1, end.
     5. With preceding kim, Why, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 22.

itikartavyatā iti-kartavya + tā, itikāryatā iti-kārya + tā, and itikṛtyatā iti-kṛtya + tā (vb. kṛ), f. Business, Sāv. 3, 7; MBh. 3, 10031; 1, 7929

itihāsa itihāsa, i. e. iti-ha-āsa (the last part is the third sing. of the pf. of 1. as) m. Traditional account, a legend, Man. 3, 232.

ittham ittham, i. e. id + tham, adv. Thus, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 10.

itthā itthā, i. e. id + thā, adv. Thus, Chr. 295, 17 = Rigv, 1, 92, 17.
-- Cf. Lat. ita.

id i + d (properly the acc. n. of the pronominal base i = Lat. id, Goth. ita, O.H.G. iz), a ved. part. laying a stress upon the preceding word, Chr. 290, 8 = Rigv. i. 64, 8.

idam i + d-am, pron. sbst. and adj. The bases of the declension are a m. and n., ā f., i n. ī f., i-ma m. and n. i-mā f., a-na m. and n. a-nā f., and e-na m. and n. e-nā f. This, Man. 2, 163; Nal. 7, 17 (16). Combined with other pronouns it may be translated Here, e. g. with the first psn., Chr. 24, 44, ayaṃ gacchāmi, Here I go; with tad, Rām. 5, 13, 31; with yad, Hiḍ. 3, 19; with kim, Hit. 18, 11.
-- Cf. Lat. is, ea, id; Goth. is ita.

idānīm idānīm, i. e. i + dā + na + ī + m (idā ved., and, properly then, cf. [greek]), adv.
     1. Now, Ṛt. 6. 29.
     2. Presently, Śāk. 94, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. idoneus.

idhma idhma, i. e. indh + ma, m. Fuel, Rām. 3, 21, 5.

indind, i. 1, Par. To have supreme power.

indīvara indīvara, n. and. m. The blue lotus, Nymphaea caerulea, Indr. 1, 8; Daśak. in Chr. 199, 4.

indu indu, m. The moon, Rām. 3, 50, 12.
-- Comp. a-bāla-, m. the full moon, Ragh. 6, 53. vadana-, m. a moon-like face, Śiś. 9, 30.

indra indra, m.
     1. The name of a deity, originally the supreme go of the Hindus. Rām. 1, 1, 83.
     2. First, a king, especially as latter part of comp. words, e. g. khaga-, m. The king of the birds, Pañc. i. d. 356; gaja-, m. A huge elephant, Nal. 12, 54 (40); jana-, m. A king (of the people), Rām. 2, 100, 14. tṛṇa-, m. The palmyra tree, MBh. 13, 6861. deva-, m. Indra, Arj. 4, 5. naga-, m. The Himālaya, Ragh. 2, 28. nara-, m.
     1. A king, Man. 9, 253.
     2. A physician, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 12. mahā-, m.
     1. Indra.
     2. A range of mountains, the northern part of the Ghats. mṛga-, m. A lion. yakṣa-, m. Kuvera, the god of wealth. rākṣasa-, m. Rāvaṇa, the king of the Rākṣasas, or demons, Rām. 3, 55, 35. rājendra, i. e. rājan-, m. An emperor, a powerful king, Chr. 41, 5. sura-, m. Indra, Bhartṛ. 2, 11. sa-, adj. With Indra, Rām. 3, 51, 6.

indrakoṣaka indra-koṣa + ka, m. A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony, Rām. 5, 9, 17.

indrāṇī indrāṇī, i. e. indra + ī, f. The wife of Indra, MBh. 1, 7351.

indriya indriya, i. e. indra + iya, n.
     1. Power, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 83, 2.
     2. Semen virile, Man. 4, 220.
     3. An organ of sense, Man. 1, 15.
-- Comp. antar-, n, the internal sense, i. e. the faculty of thinking. Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 19. karmendriya, i. e. karman-, n. an organ of action, e. g. the hand, foot, etc., Man. 2, 91. jita-, adj. one who has subdued his senses, Rām. 3, 49, 53. nis-, adj., f. , 1. having lost the use of a limb, Man. 9, 201. 2. powerless, Man. 9. 18 (? see Sch.). buddhi- (or jṅāna-), n. an organ of perception and intellect, as the mind, eye, ear, etc., Man. 2, 91. sa-, adj. with the organs of sense, Man. 1, 55.

indh indh, ii. 7, Ātm., pf. īdhe,
     1. To kindle; pass. idhya, MBh. 3, 10821; ptcple. pf. iddha, Man. 8, 215.
     2. To shine.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To kindle, MBh. 3, 10658. Cf. [greek] Lat. aestus; O.H.G. eit.

indhana indh + ana, n. Fuel, Man. 7, 118.
-- Comp. agni-, n. kindling a sacrificial fire, Man. 2, 108. ap-, adj. having water for fuel, Ragh. 13, 14.

indhanavant indhana + vant, adj., f. vatī, Possessed of fuel, Rām. 5, 75, 6.

inv inv, i. 1, Par. (properly i, ii. 5 i + nu, which form is in the Vedas the base of the pres.),
     1. To pervade.
     2. To please.
     3. To satisfy. In the Veda especially: to further.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] cf. [greek] under ju.

ibha ibha, m. An elephant, Rājat. 5, 315.
-- Comp. gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, Rājat. 1, 300. jala-gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, or a gandhebha (see the preceding) living in water, Rājat. 5, 107. digibha, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant of a quarter or point of the compass, one of eight attached to the north, north-east, etc., supporting the globe, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 39.

ibhya ibhya-, i. e. ibha + ya, adj., f. , Wealthy, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 19.
-- Cf. probably [greek]

iyattā iyattā, i. e. iyant + tā, f. Quantity, Ragh. 6, 77.

iyant iyant, i. e. i + vant, cf. ved. ī-vant, with y for v, adj., f. yatī.
     1. So much, Kathās. 4, 95.
     2. So large, Kathās. 12, 8.

irā irā, f.
     1. Water.
     2. The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 2, 393.

iriṇa iriṇa, i. e. irā + in + a, n. Barren soil, Man. 3, 142.

il il, i. 6, Par.
     1. To sleep.
     2. To go, Hariv. 620. †
     3. To throw; in this signification also i. 10, Par.

iva -iva, i. e. curtailed i + vat (see idam), indecl.
     1. Like, Man. 2, 79.
     2. In some way, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 14.
     3. Almost, Nal. 17, 12.
     4. Scarcely, Chr. 36, 15.
     5. With na, Not very, Nal. 25, 19.
     6. With kim, Indeed, Śāk. 97, 15.

iṣ 1. iṣ, i. 4, Par.
     1. To throw, ved.
     2. To go.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To search, Daśak. in Chr. 192 10, (cf. 2. iṣ).
-- With pra pra, Caus.
     1. To throw, Rām. 3, 35, 46.
     2. To direct, Śāk. d. 35.
     3. To send, Rām. 3, 64, 7.
     4. To make known, Rām. 1, 71, 17; preṣita, Banished, Rām. 2, 68, 8; m. A messenger, Śāk. 29, 12.
-- With anupra anu-pra, Caus. To send after, Rām. 4, 37, 10.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To throw, Chr. 30, 7. Caus.
     1. To send, MBh. 2, 1179.
     2. To send away, Rām. 4, 56, 17.
-- Cf. [greek].

iṣ 2. iṣ, i. 6, Par. (base of the pres. impf. imprt. and potent. iccha, but cf. anu-),
     1. To wish, Sāv. 5, 100; Yājñ. 1, 130.
     2. To cherish, Man. 2, 159.
     3. To chose, Man. 8, 384.
     4. To approve, Man. 8, 366. Pass., To be fixed or determined, Bhāṣāp. 12; Yājñ. 3, 18; Man. 8, 322. Comp. part. of the pres. an-icchant,
     1. Not desiring, Rām. 5, 24, 8.
     2. Unwilling, Pañc. 55, 4. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., iṣṭa, Desired, good. Nal. 1, 1. m. A lover, Śāk. d. 78.
-- Comp. an-iṣṭa, 1. disagreeable, Rām. 3, 14, 23. 2. disapproved. Man. 9, 319. 3. wicked, Hit. i. d. 5. n. evil occurrence, Kathās. 18, 86. yathā-iṣṭa + m, adv. 1. according to one's wish, Bhartṛ. 2, 81. 2. carelessly, Man. 2, 198. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass. eṣṭavya (anomal.), Desirable, MBh. 3, 8075; n. wish, MBh. 14, 1600.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
     1. To search, Man. 6, 84; with iṣa as base of the present, etc., MBh. 3, 15753.
     2. To try Man. 8. 190.
     3. To ask, Man. 4, 33. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., dus-, Difficult to be searched through, Rām. 4, 86, 6. -Caus.
     1. To search, Pañc. 214, 19.
     2. To expect, Pañc. 182, 24.
-- With paryanu pari-anu, To search, MBh. 1, 1668.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To search through, Rām. 3, 66, 1.
-- With abhi abhi, abhīṣṭa,
     1. Desired, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4.
     2. Agreeable, Pañc. 77, 24.
-- With ā ā, eṣṭavya (anomal.), Desirable, MBh. 3, 8075; n. Wish, MBh. 14, 1600.
-- With paryā pari-ā, paryeṣṭavya (see the last), To be searched, MBh. 9, 229.
-- With prati prati,
     1. To receive, Sāv. 3, 12.
     2. To obey, Rām. 1, 34, 30.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To assent, Rām. 1, 52, 13. Cf. [greek] perhaps [greek]

iṣ 3. iṣ, ii. 9, iṣṇā, Par.
     1. † To repeat an act.
     2. ved. To further, Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. i. 112, 16.

iṣ 4. iṣ, f. A desirable object, comfort, Chr. 288, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 15.

iṣīkā 1. iṣ + īkā, f. Reed, MBh. 1, 4332.
-- Comp. śara-, f. an arrow, Rām. 2, 104, 43, Gorr.

iṣu 1. iṣ + u, m. and f. An arrow.
-- Comp. kusuma-, m. the god of love. pañceṣu, i. e. pañcan-, m. the god of love. puṣpa-, m. the god of love Cf. [greek]

iṣudhi iṣudhi, i. e. iṣu-dhā (see nidhi), m. and f. A quiver.
-- Comp. mahā-, a great quiver.

iṣṭakā iṣṭakā, f. A brick, Rājat. 5, 463.


[Page 102b]

iṣṭatas iṣṭa + tas (vb. 2. iṣ), adv. According to one's wish, Rām. 1, 34, 35.

iṣṭākṛta iṣṭākṛta, i. e. iṣṭa-ā(?)-kṛta, n. The name of a sacrifice, MBh. 3, 10513.

iṣṭāpūrta iṣṭāpūrta, i. e. iṣṭa-ā-pūrta (vb. yaj and pṛ10), n. Sacrifices and pious works, Rām. 1, 23, 8.

iṣṭi iṣṭi, f.
I. 2. iṣ + ti, Wish.
II. yaj + ti,
     1. Sacrificing, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
     2. Sacrifice. Man. 4, 10.
-- Comp. jāta- (vb. jan), f. a sacrifice on the birth of a child, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 16.

iṣṭikā iṣṭikā = iṣṭakā, MBh. 14, 2633.

iṣmin 1. iṣ + min, adj. Hastening, Chr. 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 87, 6.

iṣvāsa iṣvāsa, i. e. iṣu- 2. as + a, m.
     1. An archer, Rām. 1, 1, 12.
     2. A bow, Rām. 3, 49, 48.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. an archer.

iha iha, i. e. i + dha, which appears still in the Vedas, cf. idam, adv.
     1. In this case, Chr. 55.
     2. Here, Man. 9, 8; in this world, Man. 3, 181.
     3. Hither, Chr. 13, 13.

ihatya iha + tya, adj. Of this place, Kathās. 13, 10.

iLā iḷā, see idā.


ī

ī ī, see i.

īkṣ īkṣ (like akṣ in 1. akṣa, a desider. of a lost vb., see akṣa), i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 15. 826).
     1. To look, Kathās. 25, 148. To behold, Śiś. 9, 61. To perceive, Bhag. 6, 29.
     2. To mind, Kumāras. 5, 82; īkṣita, n. A look, Śāk. d. 44.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To suspect, Hit. iv. d. 101 (satye py apāyam adhīkṣate, Suspects injury even in truth).
-- With apa apa,
     1. To see, Rām. 5, 42, 6.
     2. To mind, Pañc. v. d. 61. To pay regard to, Kathās. 17, 12.
     3. To intend, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 13.
     4. To require, Bhāṣāp. 63.
     5. To expect, Bhartṛ. 3, 66. an-apekṣita, adj.
     1. Not minded, Man. 8, 309; unregarded, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 3.
     2. Regardless, Prab. 34, 15.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
     1. To look back, Rām. 2, 86, 22.
     2. To mind, Ragh. 19, 6.
-- With ava ava,
     1. To look at, MBh. 1, 5923; Rām. 3, 50, 11 (avekṣya-avekṣya, ever pursuing with his eyes).
     2. To perceive, Rām. 2, 45, 5.
     3. To consider, Man. 7, 10.
     4. To mind, MBh. 2, 2158; to regard, Rām. 6, 7, 48. dus-avekṣita, n. An unsuitable look, MBh. 3, 14669. su-avckṣita, adj. Well pondered, Rām. 4, 31, 5.
-- With anvava anu-ava,
     1. To look at, Rām. 1, 64, 9.
     2. To look round, Rām. 5, 16, 38.
     3. To perceive, Rām. 1, 3, 5.
     4. To reflect, Man. 6, 65.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To look at, MBh. 2, 2686.
-- With nyava ni-ava, To ponder, MBh. 12, 4975.
-- With nirava nis-ava, To perceive, Mṛcch. 86, 1.
-- With paryava pari-ava, To regard(?), MBh. 14, 636.
-- With pratyava prati-ava,
     1. To look at, Rām. 2, 39, 1.
     2. To inspect one after the other, Śāk. 80, 21.
     3. To mind, Rām. 2, 32, 34.
-- With samava sam-ava,
     1. To look at, Ṛt. 6, 17; to behold, MBh. 4, 218.
     2. To consider, Rām. 2, 78, 4.
     3. To reflect, Rām. 1, 50, 10.
     4. To pay regard to, Rām. 4. 19, 2.
-- With ud ud,
     1. To look up to, Rām. 5, 30, 12.
     2. To look at, Man. 4, 77.
     3. To see, Rām. 2, 22, 7.
     4. To wait, Man. 9, 90; to expect, Rām. 6, 109, 5.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To look at, Rām. 6, 11, 2.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To look at, Rām. 2, 9, 19.
-- With samud sam-ud,
     1. To look, Rām. 3, 73, 3.
     2. To perceive, Rām. 5, 2, 1.
     3. To look up to one, Chr. 3, 7.
-- With upa upa,
     1. To look at, Nal. 22, 5.
     2. To pay regard to, Chr. 55, 5.
     3. To examine, Rām. 4, 29, 29.
     4. To descry, Rām. 5, 29, 4.
     5. To overlook, Pañc. 66. 11; Rām. 2, 23, 16; to disregard, Rājat. 5, 47; to neglect, Rām. 4, 17, 5.
     6. To let escape, Man. 8, 344.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, To forsake, MBh. 16, 160.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To neglect, MBh. 2, 1960.
-- With nis nis,
     1. To behold, MBh. 2, 2463.
     2. To look at, Man. 4, 38.
     3. To look about, Pañc. iv. d. 63, 64 (pass. on account of the metre).
     4. To perceive, Kathās. 2, 19.
     5. To consider, Rām. 5, 84, 5.
-- With saṃnis sam-nis, To perceive, Rām. 2, 21, 55.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To look round, Rām. 5, 17, 2.
     2. To examine, Man. 9, 14
     3. To perceive, Rājat. 5, 109. a-parīkṣita, adj. Inconsiderate, Lass. 15, 5; foolish, Lass. 14, 20. -- See ku-; su-, adj. Well considered, Pañc. v. d. 16. duṣparīkṣya, i. e. dus-parīkṣya, adj. Difficult to be examined, MBh. 3, 12481. Comp. absol. a-parīkṣya, Without due consideration, Pañc. v. d. 16. Caus. parīkṣaya, To cause to be examined, Man. 7, 194.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To look at, Rām. 2, 97, 13.
     2. To suffer patiently, MBh. 3, 526.
     3. To perceive, Pañc. 23, 11. prekṣita n. A look, Daśak in Chr. 190, 15. prekṣaṇīya, Worthy to be looked at, Indr. 5, 13.
-- Comp. duṣprekṣaṇīya and duṣprekṣya, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be looked at, MBh. 1, 2112; Rām. 3, 30, 35.
-- With anupra anu-pra, To see, Draup. 5, 23.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra,
     1. To look at, Draup. 8, 39.
     2. To perceive, MBh. 3, 888.
-- With utpra ud-pra,
     1. To look up to, Rām. 5, 85, 5 (utprekṣyāmas, ii. 2, Par.).
     2. To perceive, Amar. 38.
-- With upapra upa-pra, To overlook, MBh. 1, 3022.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To look in different directions, Rām. 3, 52, 3.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
     1. To behold, Bhag. 6, 13.
     2. To perceive, Chr. 22, 21.
     3. To consider, Man. 7, 127.
-- With abhisaṃpra abhi-sam-pra, To behold, MBh. 1, 3011.
-- With prati prati,
     1. To wait, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 15; To expect, MBh. 3, 1726.
     2. To endure, Man. 9, 77. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-pratīkṣamāṇa, adj. Not expecting, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 1.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To wait, MBh. 1, 2903; Rām. 3, 52, 37; literally: do not dwell here waiting, i. e. do not stay here a moment; to expect, Rām. 1, 73, 13.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To look, Man. 2, 192; pass. to appear, Vikr. d. 132.
     2. To consider, Man. 7, 140. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vīkṣita, n. A look, Ṛt. 6, 11, v. r.
-- With anuvi anu-vi,
     1. To look at, MBh. 4, 1235.
     2. To examine, Rām. 5, 19, 34.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi,
     1. To look at, Man. 7, 6.
     2. To perceive, Rām. 3, 53, 62.
     3. To consider, MBh. 15, 379 (read -vīkṣate).
-- With udvi ud-vi,
     1. To look up, Amar. 24.
     2. To look to, Śāk. d. 161.
     3. To consider, Pañc. i. d. 265.
-- With samudvi sam-ud-vi,
     1. To look at, Rām. 3, 4, 34.
     2. To perceive, MBh. 3, 12425.
-- With upavi upa-vi, To look at, Rām. 2, 58, 32.
-- With prativi prati-vi, To perceive, Rām. 1, 15, 26. duṣprativīkṣaṇīya and duṣprativīkṣya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be looked at, MBh. 6, 137; Rām. 2, 23, 3.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To perceive, Rām. 5, 46, 10.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To look to, Man. 6, 68.
     2. To behold, Rām. 3, 52, 11; to perceive, Hiḍ. 4, 26.
     3. To mind, Rām. 2, 61, 12.
     4. To consider, Man. 7, 26. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-samīkṣita, adj. Unperceived, Rām. 5, 81, 8; of the fut. pass. dus-samīkṣya, adj. Difficult to be looked at, MBh. 1928.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To perceive, Rām. 2, 100, 39.
-- With prasam pra-sam,
     1. To see, Man. 7, 214.
     2. To perceive, Rām. 3, 52, 52.
     3. To consider, Man. 5, 49.

īkṣaṇa īkṣaṇa, i. e. īkṣ + ana, n.
     1. Sight, Kathās. 18, 300.
     2. Care, Man. 7, 141; superintendence, Man. 9, 11.
     3. The eye, Hiḍ. 3, 20.
-- Comp. a-sita-, adj., f. ṇā, black-eyed, Rām. 3, 52, 40. madirā-, f. ṇā, a fascinating woman, Śāk. d. 67.

īkṣaṇika īkṣaṇika, i. e. īkṣaṇa + ika, m., f. , A fortune-teller, Man. 9, 258.

īkṣitṛ īkṣitṛ, i. e. īkṣ + tṛ, m. An inspector, Man. 8, 91.

īkhīkh, i. 1, Par. To go.

īṅkh īṅkh, i. 1, Par. To vacillate.
-- With pra pra, To tremble, Bhartṛ. 1, 66.

ījīj and īñj īñj, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To blame.


[Page 105a]

īḍ īḍ (a change of iṣṭ, a denominative based on 2. iṣ), ii. 2, Ātm. and † i. 10, Par.
     1. To implore, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
     2. To praise, Rām. 3, 9, 8.

īti ī + ti, f. Calamity, MBh. 3, 11258.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. free from calamities, Ragh. 1, 63.

īdṛktā īdṛktā, i. e. īdṛś + tā, f. Quality, Ragh. 13, 5.

īdṛkṣa īdṛkṣa, i. e. id-dṛś + sa (see idam), adj. Such, Kathās. 25, 176.

īdṛś īdṛś, i. e. id-dṛś (see the last), adj. Such, Kathās. 25, 176.

īdṛśa īdṛśa, i. e. id-dṛś + a (see īdrikṣa), adj., f. śī, Such, Pañc. 206, 6.

īdṛśaka īdṛśa + ka, adj. Such, MBh. 2, 1644.

īpsā īpsā, i. e. īpsa, desider. of āp, + a, f. Desire, MBh. 14, 1025.
-- Comp. yathā-, fem., instr. sing., according to one's desire, MBh. 3, 116.

īpsu īpsu, i. e. īpsa, desider. of āp, + u, adj. Desiring, Man. 2, 61.
-- Comp. dharma-, adj. anxious to perform one's duty, Man. 10, 127.

īm īm (an old acc. of ī, f. of i, see idam), a ved. part. which lays a stress upon the preceding word, Chr. 292, 11 = Rigv. i. 85, 11 (cf. [greek] in [greek], also ved. ī = [greek] in [greek] etc.).

īr īr (akin to ), ii. 2, Atm. († i. 1 and 10, Par.)
     1. To go.
     2. To shake, to throw. -- Caus.
     1. To move, MBh. 13, 1839.
     2. To throw, MBh. 3, 709.
     3. To excite, Rām. 5, 11, 8.
     4. To utter (a sound), MBh. 1, 4565; to pronounce, MBh. 14, 941.
-- With the prep. ud ud, ptcple. of the pf. pass. udirṇa,
     1. Excited MBh. 3, 973.
     2. Lofty, MBh. 1, 5138. Caus.
     1. To lift up, Rām. 2, 57, 3.
     2. To throw, Rām. 1, 55, 22.
     3. To excite, Rām. 2, 93, 14.
     4. To cause, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 23.
     5. To utter Man. 2, 161.
     6. To speak, Lass. 73, 8.
     7. To show, Kumāras. 2, 6.
     8. udīrit a Quick, Prab. 14, 14.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, Caus. To utter, MBh. 1, 2170.
-- With samud sam-ud, samudīrṇa, Excited, Rām. 4, 43, 69. Caus.
     1. To raise, Chr. 29, 29.
     2. To throw, Rām. 1, 56, 15.
     3. To excite, MBh. 3, 5073.
     4. To utter, Kathās. 24, 41.
-- With pra pra, Caus.
     1. To move, Ragh, 15, 23.
     2. To turn, Śāk. d. 35, v. r.
     3. To push on, Rājat. 5, 329; 330.
     4. To send, Rām. 3, 50, 23.
     5. To excite, Megh. 71.
     6. To ask, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 1.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To push forward, Pañc. 222, 2.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
     1. To move, Rām. 5, 16, 45.
     2. To lift up, MBh. 3, 12185.
     3. To utter, Rām. 4, 6, 21.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, Caus. To move, MBh. 10, 579.

īriṇa īriṇa (cf. iriṇa), n. A desert, MBh. 13, 7257.

īrkṣyīrkṣy, i. 1, Par. To envy (cf. īrṣy)

īrṣā īrṣā, i. e. īrṣy + a, f. Envy, jealousy, Rām. 4, 24, 37.

īrṣita īrṣita, ptcple. of the pf. pass., and īrṣitavya īrṣitavya, ptcple of the fut. pass. of īrṣy, Hit. i. d. 107 v. r.; Prab. 49, 11.

īrṣu īrṣu, i. e. īrṣy + u, adj. Envious, Hit. i. d. 22.

īrṣy īrṣy (probably īrṣya, and originally an anomal. frequentat. of riṣ), i. 1, Par.
     1. To envy, Hit. i. d. 167, v. r.
     2. To be jealous, Prab. 49, 11.


[Page 106a]

īrṣyā īrṣy + ā, f.
     1. Envy, Man. 7, 48.
     2. Jealousy, Bhartṛ. 1, 2.
-- Comp. sa-īrṣya + m, adv. full of jealousy, Pañc. 27, 10.

īrṣyālu īrṣyā + lu, adj. Jealous, Rājat. 5, 316.

īś īś, ii. 2, Ātm.
     1. To possess, to be master (with gen.), MBh. 3, 955.
     2. To be able (with loc.), MBh. 13, 26; cf. īśāna.
-- With pari pari, To be able (with infin.), Skandan. Kāśīkh. 19, 51.
-- Cf. Goth. aigan, A.S. agan.

īśa īś + a, m., f. śā,
     1. A proprietor, Pañc. i. d. 16.
     2. A master, MBh. 1, 1532.
     3. A ruler, Man. 9, 245.
     4. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 588.
-- Comp. an-, m., f., not being master, Man. 9, 104. amara-, m. a name of Śiva, Rām. 6, 35, 3. avani-, m. a king, Caurap. 22. kṣiti-, m. a king, Ragh. 2, 67. gaurī-, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 14, 210. caṇḍī-, m. a name of Śiva, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 17. jagadīśa, i. e. jagat-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Gīt. 1, 5. jana-, m. a king, Hariv. 8403. jala-, m. 1. the ocean, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 26. 2. a name of Varuṇa, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 1. jīvita-, m. a name of Yama, Ragh. 11, 20. tiryagīśa, i. e. tiryañc-, m. a name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 7, 6471. deva-, m. the lord of the gods, Rām. 1, 63, 3. nadi-, m. the ocean, Pañc. ii. d. 27. bhūta-, m. Śiva. rohiṇī-, m. the moon. viṃśati-, m. a lord of twenty towns, Man. 7, 115. vijaya-, m. a name of Śiva, Rājat. 5, 46. vitta-, m. a name of Kuvera, Man. 7, 4. svarga-loka-, m. 1. Indra. 2. the body.

īśā īś + ā (also īṣā īṣā), f. The pole of a car, Rām. 6, 69, 46.
-- Comp. ratha-, f. the pole of a car, Chr. 34, 14.

īśāna īś + āna (properly the ptcple. of the pres.),
I. adj Raling, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.
II. m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 3, 8169.
III. f. , A surname of Durgā, Dev. 8, 21.
-- Comp. gaṇa-īśāna, Gaṇeśa, MBh. 1, 75.

īśānakṛt īśāna-kṛ + t, adj. Behaving as master, Chr. 290, 5 = Rigv. i. 64, 5.

īśitṛ īśitṛ, i. e. īś + tṛ, m. A ruler, Prab. 108, 15.

īśitva īśitva, i. e. īśin + tva, n. Supremacy, MBh. 14, 1053.

īśin īś + in, adj. m. A governor, Man. 7, 116.

īśvara īśvara, i. e. īś + van + a (with r for n),
I. m., f. ,
     1. A ruler, Man. 1, 99; f. , Rām. 3, 61, 29.
     2. An owner,
II. m.
     1. A lord.
     2. A husband, Nal. 4, 2.
     3. A king, Man. 4, 153.
     4. A wealthy man, Pañc. 110, 23; ii. d. 70.
     5. The supreme deity, Man. 7, 14.
     6. A name of Śiva, Kathās. 10, 33.
III. f. and , A surname of Durgā, Kir. 5, 33.
-- Comp. an-, adj. repugnant to the nature of the supreme deity, Man. 6, 72. amara-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 77, 29; of Indra, Ragh. 19, 15. alakā-, m. a name of Kuvera, Ragh. 19, 15. avanti-, m. the name of a sanctuary, Rājat. 5, 45. ātmeśvara, i. e. ātman-, m. one who has subdued his senses, Kumāras. 3, 40. kavi-, m. the chief of the wise men, Bhartṛ. 2, 21. kāvyadevī-, m. a sanctuary of Śiva, erected by the princess Kāvyadevī, Rājat. 5, 41. kṣiti-, m. a king, Ragh. 3, 3. gaṇa-, m. the chief of a troop, Rām. 4, 28, 22. cakra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rājat. 4, 276. caṇḍā-, m. a name of Śiva, Megh. 34. jagadiśvara, i. e. jagat-, m. a name of Śiva, Rām. 3, 53, 60. jana-, m. a king, Rām. 1, 43, 17. jala-, m. a name of Varuṇa. MBh. 1, 8175. tuṅga-, m. a sanctuary of Śiva, Rājat. 2, 14. tri-diva-, m. a name of Indra, Rām. 1, 48, 17. tri-pura-, the name of a locality, Rājat. 6, 135; of a sanctuary, Rājat. 5, 46. dina- and divasa-, m. the sun, Bhartṛ. 2, 27; 86. deva-, m. the lord of gods, Rām. 1, 25, 13. deha-, m. the soul, Mārk. P. 26, 18. dvija-, m. the moon, Hariv. 2476. dhana-, m. a name of Kuvera, Draup. 2, 3. nandīśvara, i. e. nandi- or nandin-, m. 1. a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10431. 2. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 20. prāṇa-, m. a husband. niśā-prāṇa-, m. the moon. bhūta-, m. Śiva. mahā-, m. Śiva. yogu-, m. 1. a teacher of sacred science, Pañc. 24, 23. 2. a magician. 3. a deity, the object of devout contemplation. 4. Kṛṣṇa. śūra-, m. a sanctuary built by Śūra, Rājat. 5, 38. sāmbā-, m. a sanctuary built by Sāmbavatī, ib. 295. sura-,
I. m. Śiva.
II. f. , a name of Durgā, Rājat. 5, 37; 40, 41.

īśvaratā īśvara + tā, f. and īśvaratva īśvara + tva, n. Supremacy, Prab. 108, 15; MBh. 2, 1695.

īṣ īṣ (akin to 1. iṣ), i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To go, to hasten, to fly. †
     2. To kill. †
     3. To see (or to give). † i. 1, Par. To glean.

īṣat īṣat (probably ntr. of the ptcple. of the present of īkṣ, with for kṣ), adv.
     1. A little, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 18.
     2. When the former part of a comp., especially when followed by a word denoting the partic. of the fut. pass.: Easily, e. g. īṣat-kārya (vb. kṛ), Easy to be made, Rām. 4, 54, 12 (vidāraṇe, easy to be cleft). īṣat-kara (vb. kṛ), Easy to be performed, Prab. 36, 6.

īṣā īṣā, see īśā.

īh īh, i. 1, Ātm. (sometimes Par.)
     1. To aim at, Man. 4, 15.
     2. To desire, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
     3. To desire to perform, Man. 3, 205. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. an-īhamāna, Not desiring, Yājñ. 2, 116. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., īhita, Desired, Prab. 104, 5. n.
     1. Exertion, Man. 9, 208.
     2. Desire, MBh. 1, 1370.
-- Comp. āyatī-, adj. referring to future time, Rām. 3, 44, 11.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To desire, Pañc, iii. d. 87; i. d. 105 (Par.). samīhita, n. Desire, Hit. 44, 7.

īhā īh + ā, f.
     1. Exertion, Rām. 3, 43, 38.
     2. Desire, MBh. 3, 95.
-- Comp. an-īha and nis-, adj. devoid of energy, MBh, 3, 1240; 14, 1302. nis-īhā, f. indifference, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 24.

īhātas īhā-tas, adv. By exertion, Man. 9, 205.


u

u
I. interj. of anger, of command, Kumāras. 1, 26.
II. a part. (cf. ud),
     1. Also.
     2. Now, Chr. 289, 1 = Rigv. i. 50, 1. Lengthened ū, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
-- Cf. atho under atha, kim, and the ved. combination sa u, with [greek] in [greek]

uu, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.

ukti ukti, i. e. vac + ii, f.
     1. Speaking, Man. 8, 104.
     2. Speech, Pañc. 44, 20.
-- Comp. dus-, f. offending speech, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 6. vakrokti, i. e. vakra-, f. 1. equivoque, pun. 2. sarcasm. 3. hint. hita-, f. 1. good advice. 2. tenderness, compassion.

uktha uktha, i. e. vac + tha, n. Praise, Chr. 292, 4 = Rigv. i. 86, 4.

ukthya ukthya, i. e. uktha + ya,
I. adj. Praiseworthy, Chr. 288, 12 = Rigv. i. 48, 12.
II. n. The name of the second day of the horse-sacrifice, Rām. 1, 13, 44.

ukṣ ukṣ. i. 1, Par. (ved. also Ātm.),
     1. To sprinkle, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. 1. 87, 2; Chr. 36, 15.
     2. To wet, MBh. 13, 1791.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To sprinkle on, Śāk. 41, 4.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To hallow (by sprinkling) for a sacrifice, Man. 5, 27.
     2. To sacrifice, Rām. 1, 13, 29; 31, Gorr.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To sprinkle on, Yājñ. 1, 24.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To wet, Rām. 3, 75, 8.
     2. To endow. Rām. 2. 91. 33.

ukṣaṇaja ukṣaṇaja, i. e. ukṣ + ana-ja (vb. jan), adj. Sprung up by consecration, Ragh. 5, 27.

ukṣan ukṣ + an, m. An ox or bull, Kir. 5, 42.
     2. A ved. epithet of the Maruts who, by bringing rain (i. e. by sprinkling), impregnate the earth like bulls, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
-- Cf. Goth. auhsa, base auhsan; A.S. oxa; the ved. fem. is vaśā, probably = Lat. vacca.

ukṣita ukṣita, ptcple. of the pf. pass. of ukṣ, and ved. also of vakṣ, q. cf.

ukhukh, and uṅkh uṅkh, i. 1 Par. To go, to move.

ugra ugra, probably vaj + ra,
I. adj. f. ,
     1. Very strong (ved.).
     2. Terrible, Rām. 4, 22, 35; Bhag. 11, 31.
     3. Cruel, Man. 4, 212.
     4. Rigorous, Man. 6, 75. Compar. ugratara, as rigorous as possible, Man. 6, 24.
II. m. and f. , The offspring of a Kṣatriya father and a Śūdrā mother, Man. 10, 9; 19.
III. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2738.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. excessively cruel, Pañc. iii. d. 76.

uc uc, i. 4, Par. To like, to be accustomed to. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ucita,
     1. Used, Rām. 4, 8, 57.
     2. Accustomed to (with the gen.), Nal. 23, 22.
     3. Suitable, proper, Pañc. 176, 1; Rājat. 5, 184; Rām. 1, 44, 56.
-- Comp. a-tathā-, adj. not thus used to, Nal. 15, 18. an-, adj. 1. inappropriate, Pañc. 61, 3. 2. unused to, Rām. 2, 58, 5. yathā-, adj. used, Hit. 42, 3. a-yathā-ucita, adj. inappropriate, Pañc. i. d. 193 (former part of a comp. word, in the sense of the adv. °ta + m).
-- With the prep. sam sam, in the ptcple. of the pf. pass. samucita, Used to, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 16.

ucitatva ucita + tva (see the last), n. Convenience, MBh. 1, 7465.

ucca ucca, i. e. ud-añc + a,
I. adj. f. ,
     1. High, Kir. 5, 5.
     2. Deep, Caurap. 44.
     3. Loud, Bhartṛ. 3, 85.
II. uccais (instr. pl.), adv.
     1. High, Kumāras. 6, 72.
     2. Loud, Nal. 11, 2.
     3. Much, excessively, Amar. 94.
     4. Powerfully, Pañc. iv. d. 22.
III. m. Culmination, Rām. 1, 19, 2.
-- Comp. an-, adj. low, Rājat. 5, 478.

uccakais uccakais, i. e. ucca + ka, instr. pl., adv. Very loud, Pañc. ii. d. 166.

uccatā ucca + tā, f. Superiority, MBh. 3, 10635.

uccaya uccaya, i. e. ud-ci + a, m.
     1. Gathering, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 20.
     2. Collection, Śāk. d. 42.
     3. Plenty, Rām. 5, 13, 61.
-- Comp. śilā-, m. a mountain, Kir. 5, 10. salila-, adj. having plenty of water, MBh. 3, 8334. sthūla-, m. 1. a hollow at the root of an elephant's tusk. 2. the middle pace of an elephant. 3. pimples on the face. 4. a hill at the foot of a mountain.

uccāṭana uccāṭana, i. e. ud-caṭ + ana, n.
     1. Ruin, Prab. 61, 16.
     2. The name of one of the arrows of Kāma, Lass. 7, 3.

uccāra uccāra, i. e. ud-car + a, m. Voiding excrements, Man. 4, 50.


[Page 109a]

uccāraṇa uccāraṇa, i. e. ud-car Caus., + ana, n. Pronunciation, Śiś. 4, 18; recitation, MBh. 3, 14037.

uccāritra uccāritra, i. e. ud-cāritra in mātra-, n. Immoral conduct, Rājat. 6, 166.

uccāvaca uccāvaca, i. e. ucca-ava-añc + a, adj. High and low, various, Man. 12, 14.

uccaistara uccais + tara (see ucca), adj. Very tall, Pañc. 161, 14. ptarām, adj. Higher, Kumāras. 7, 68.

uccaistaratva uccaistara + tva, n. Being excessively high, Pañc. 33, 6.

ucch ucch, see 2. vas.

ucchitti ucchitti, i. e. ud-chid + ti, f. Extermination, Kathās. 15, 82.

ucchilīndhra ucchilīndhra, i. e. ud-śilīndhra,
I. n. A mushroom, Megh. 11.
II. adj. Covered with mushrooms, ib. v. r. (read ucchil°).

ucchiṣṭatā ucchiṣṭatā, i. e. ud-śiṣṭa + tā (vb. śiṣ), f. Impurity, Pañc. 89, 3.

ucchīrṣaka ucchīrṣaka, i. e. ud-śīrṣan + ka,
I. adj. Having the head erect.
II. n. A pillow, Man. 3, 89.

ucchuṣka ucchuṣka, i. e. ud-śuṣka, adj., f. , Dried up, Mṛcch. 2, 12.

ucchṛṅkhala ucchṛṅkhala, i. e. ud-śṛṅkhala, adj., f. ,
     1. Unrestrained, Hit. iii. d. 97.
     2. Wicked, Kathās. 18, 123.

ucchettṛ ucchettṛ, i. e. ud-chid + tṛ, m. A destroyer, Rām. 3, 36, 11.

uccheda uccheda, i. e. ud-chid + a, m.
     1. Chopping off, Kathās. 18, 29.
     2. Destruction, Pañc. ii. d. 196.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be destroyed, Prab. 76, 9.


[Page 109b]

ucchedana ucchedana, i. e. ud-ckid + ana, n. Extermination, Pañc. 53, 25.

ucchedin ucchedin, i. e. ud-chid + in, adj., f. , Destroying, Hit. Pr. 9.

uccheṣa uccheṣa, i. e. ud-śiṣ + a m. Residue, MBh. 13, 1621.

uccheṣaṇa uccheṣaṇa, i. e. ud-śiṣ + ana, n. Residue, Man. 3, 246.

ucchoṣaṇa ucchoṣaṇa, i. e. ud-śuṣ + ana,
I. adj. Drying up.
II. n. Drying up, Rām. 5, 72, 2.

ucchraya ucchraya, i. e. ud-śri + a, m. Elevation, Rām. 1, 13, 24.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. lofty, Rām. 3, 74, 14. su-kṛta-, adj. very lofty, MBh. 1, 6963.

ucchrāya ucchrāya, i. e. ud-śri + a, m.
     1. Rising, Kir. 5, 31; Kathās. 25, 45.
     2. Elevation, Rājat. 5, 261.
-- Comp. śṛṅga-, m. a lofty top, Megh. 59.

ucchrāyavant -ucchrāya + vant, in mahā-, adj. Very tall, Pañc. 104, 6. patākā-, adj. Having tall flags, MBh. 1, 4995.

ucchriti ucchriti, i. e. ud-śri + ti, f. Exaltation, an exalted birth, Man. 5, 40.

ucchvāsa ucchvāsa, i. e. ud-śvas + a m.
     1. Breathing, Rām. 1, 65, 7.
     2. Growing a little more conspicuoes (of a colour), Śāk. d. 142.
     3. Breath, Vikr. d. 105.
     4. Sighing, Megh. 100.
     5. A division of a book, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 4.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. , without breathing, Rām. 5, 25, 48.

ucchvāsin ucchvāsin, i. e. ud-śvas + in, adj., f. ,
     1. Sighing, Megh. 100.
     2. Rising, Vikr. d. 7.
     3. Growing conspicuous (as colour), Kumāras. 7, 82.

uch uch, see 2. vas.


[Page 110a]

ujjayinī ujjayinī, i. e. ud-ji + in + ī, 1. The city Oujein, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 12.

ujjvala ujjvala, i. e. ud-jval + a, adj., f. ,
     1. Splendid, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 24.
     2. Clear, Bhartṛ. 2, 16.
     3. Beautiful, Śiś. 9, 47.

ujjvalana ujjvalana, i. e. ud-jval + ana, n. Fire(?), Rām. 2, 40, 14.

ujjṛmbha ujjṛmbha, i. e. ud-jṛmbh + a, adj.
     1. Yawning.
     2. Open.
     3. Expanded, blown.

ujjh ujjh (a dialect, form of ud-kā), i. 6, Par.
     1. To abandon, Rājat. 5, 349.
     2. To let fall, Kir. 5, 6.
     3. To throw, Rājat. 5, 108. ujjhita,
     1. Devoid of, Rājat. 5, 4.
     2. Risked, Rājat. 5, 131.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
     1. To abandon, Pañc. v. d. 22.
     2. To avoid, Hit. i. d. 17 n.
-- With sam sam, To abandon, Pañc. i. d. 343. samujjhīta, Free from, Prab. 11. 9.

uñch uñch, i. 1 and 6, Par. To collect the gleanings of the harvest, Man. 3, 100
-- With the prep. pra pra, To wipe out, Mṛcch. 140, 23.

uñcha uñch + a, m. Gleaning grains, Man. 10, 112.
-- Comp. śila-, m. gleaning ears and grains, Man. 7, 33.

uṭaja uṭaja, i. e. perhaps vaṭa-ja (vb. jan), m. and n. A hut made of leaves, the residence of anchorites, Rām. 1, 48, 22.
-- Comp. saha-, m. A hut made of leaves, the residence of anchorites.

uṭhuṭh or ūṭh ūṭh, i. 1, Par. To strike.

uḍu uḍu, f. and n. A star, Mālav. 64, d. 82.


[Page 110b]

uḍupa uḍupa, i. e.
I. uḍu (perhaps akin to udan, and a dialectical form of udra in samudra) -pa (vb. 2. ), m. and n. A raft, Mṛcch. 123, 20.
II. uḍu-pa (vb. 2. ), m. The moon.

uḍumbara uḍumbara, see udumbara.

uḍḍayana uḍḍayana, i. e. ud-ḍī + ana, n. Flying up, Pañc. 115, 5.

uta uta, part.
     1. And, Chr. 34. 7.
     2. Also, Chr. 3, 8.
     3. uta -- uta, As well as, MBh. 3, 10684.
     4. uta -- vā -- uta -- uta, As well as, as also, and, MBh. 5, 916; 917.
     5. uta vā, Or, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 5.
     6. part. of interrogation, What, how. In a disjunctive interrogation: Or, Bhartṛ. 3, 77; also with following , Pañc. 68, 14; also with following āho (utāho), Nal. 12, 120; also with following āho svid, Nal. 19, 27-29; also with following svid only, Pañc. 41, 1; seldom with preceding kim (kim uta), Mṛcch. 172, 3.
     7. preceded by kim (kim uta), Much less, Rām. 4, 35, 8.
     8. preceded by prati (praty uta), Even, Pañc. iii. d. 27.

utathya utathya, m. The name of a Muni, Man. 3, 16.

utka utka, i. e. ud-ka (vb. kam), adj., f. , Desirous, Megh. 11.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. desirous, Kathās. 26, 271.

utkaṭa utkaṭa, i. e. ud-kaṭa (kaṭa is probably a change of kaṣṭa), adj., f. ṭā.
     1. Excessive, Rām. 5, 13, 37.
     2. Abounding in, Rām. 2, 55, 30.
     3. Drunk, MBh. 2, 2160.
     4. Furious, Rām. 6, 73, 7.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceedingly great, Hit. i. d. 78. mada-,
I. adj. 1. arrogant. 2. furious.
II. m. an elephant in rut.

utkaṇṭh utkaṇṭh (properly a denomin. derived from utkaṇṭhā), Par.
     1. To long for, Rām. 2, 53, 2.
     2. To sorrow, Śāk. 60, 5. -- Caus. utkaṇṭhaya, To make desirous, Bhartṛ. 1, 42.

utkaṇṭha utkaṇṭha, i. e. ud-kaṇṭha,
I. adj. Having the neck erect.
II. f. ṭhā,
     1. Longing for, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 18.
     2. Regret, sorrow, Śāk. d. 81.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. ṭhā, 1. ardently longing, Rājat. 5, 93. 2. regretting, grieving. -ṭham, adv. sorrowfully, Kir. 5, 51.

utkampa utkampa, i. e. ud-kamp + a,
I. adj. Trembling.
II. m. Trembling, Megh. 68.
-- Comp. gati-, m. haste, Megh. 68. sa-, adj., f. , Trembling, Vikr. 28, 10.

utkampin utkampin, i. e. ud-kamp + in, adj., f. , Causing to tremble, Rām. 1, 74, 10.

utkara utkara, i. e. ud-kṛ10 + a, m. A heap, plenty, Rām. 6, 79, 38.
-- Comp. mūṣika-, m. a mole-hill, Mṛcch. 47, 6. prakīrṇa-kusuma-, adj., f. , strewed with plenty of flowers, Rām. 1, 77, 7.

utkarṣa utkarṣa, i. e. ud-kṛṣ + a,
I. adj. Boasting.
II. m.
     1. Excess, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 21.
     2. Distinction, Śāk. d. 38.
     3. Exaltation, Man. 10, 42; an exalted rank, Man. 4, 244.

utkarṣaṇa utkarṣaṇa, i. e. ud-kṛṣ + ana, n. Putting off (his clothes), MBh. 2, 1665 (cf. 1667).

utkalikā utkalikā, i. e. utka + la + ika, f. Longing for, Kathās. 22, 105.

utkaṣaṇa utkaṣaṇa, i. e. ud-kaṣ + ana, n. Tearing up, Megh. 16.

utkira -utkira, i. e. ud-kṛ10 + a, adj., f. , Heaping up, Kumāras. 5, 26.

utkuṭa utkuṭa, adj.
     1. Stretched out.
     2. Erect.
     3. (Sitting) with the legs under one's body, Fausböll, Dhammap. 306.


[Page 111b]

utkūja utkūja, i. e. ud-kūj + a, m. Cry, Rām. 5, 17, 8.

utkūrdana utkūrdana, i. e. ud-kurd + ana, n. Leaping, jumping aloft, Pañc. 124, 17.

utkoca utkoca, i. e. ud-kuc + a, m. Bribe, Rājat. 5, 363.

utkocaka utkocaka, i. e. ud-kuc + aka,
I. adj., One who receives bribes, Man. 9, 258.
II. (n.) The name of a holy place, MBh. 1, 6914.

utkramaṇa utkramaṇa, i. e. ud-kram + ana, n. Departure, Man. 6, 63.

utkrośa utkrośa, i. e. ud-kruś + a, m. An osprey.

utkṣepa utkṣepa, i. e. ud-kṣip + a, m.
     1. Tossing up, Megh. 48.
     2. Stretching out, Śāk. d. 126.

utkṣepaka utkṣepaka, i. e. ud-kṣip + aka, m. A purloiner, Yājñ. 2, 274.

utkṣepaṇa utkṣepaṇa, i. e. ud-kṣip + ana, n.
     1. Tossing up, Bhāṣāp. 5.
     2. Lifting up, Śāk. d. 29.

uttaṃsa uttaṃsa, i. e. ud-taṃs + a, m.
     1. An ear-ring, Rājat. 5, 138.
     2. A crest.

uttaṃsita uttaṃsita, i. e. uttaṃsa + ita, adj. Adorned with, Bhartṛ. 3, 1.

uttama uttama, i. e. ud + tama,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Supreme, Chr. 289, 10 = Rigv. i. 50, 10.
     2. Chief, principal, Pañc. 16, 20; best, Man. 4, 229; greatest, Rām. 5, 33, 35; better, Pañc. 241, 24.
     3. Last, MBh. 1, 4674 (cf. [greek]).
II. acc. sing. n. mam, adv.
     1. Most, Rām. 2, 30, 2.
     2. Very loudly, Chr. 25, 60.
-- Comp. an-, adj. (literally, having no superior), 1. insurmountable, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 24; most lofty, Rām. 3, 52, 22. 2. most rigorous, Rām. 1, 62, 6.
     3. most excellent, Rām. 3, 53, 18. dvija-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 49. puruṣa-, m. 1. an excellent man, an excellent servant. 2. a name of Viṣṇu. 3. a proper name. maṇḍala-, n. a principal kingdom, Rājat. 5, 262. mṛga-, m. a most excellent antelope, Rām. 3, 49, 54. raghu-, m. chief of the race of Raghu, Rām. 3, 50, 6. ratha-, m. an excellent cart, Bhag. 1, 24. śara-, m. a very good arrow, Rām. 3, 50, 16. sevaka-, m. an excellent servant, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1435.

uttamarṇa uttamarṇa, i. e. uttama + ṛṇa, m. A creditor, Man. 8, 47.

uttamarṇika uttamarṇika, i. e. uttamarṇa + ika, m. A creditor, Man. 8, 48.

uttara uttara, i. e. ud + tara,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Superior, Ragh. 1, 60; more powerful, Chr. 289, 10 = Rigv. i. 50, 10.
     2. Northern, Pañc. 241, 7. uttareṇa (instr. sing.), adv. and prep. (with the gen. abl. and acc.), To the north, Megh. 73.
     3. Left (not right), MBh. 1, 7212.
     4. Posterior, Man. 2, 136; subsequent, Hit. i. d. 143; becoming, fit, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 6.
     5. Future, Rām. 2, 33, 22.
     6. Answering, Rām. 3, 18, 48; Chr. 59, 24.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Kathās. 25, 23.
III. f. ,
     1. The north, Kathās. 18, 57.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 169.
IV. n.
     1. Superiority, MBh. 1, 4986; power, Rām. 5, 70, 18.
     2. Answer, Rām. 3, 70, 7; defence, Lass. 90, 4.
-- Comp. adhara-,
I. adj. 1. lower and higher, Yājñ. 1, 96. 2. confused, Man. 8, 53.
II. n. a state of confusion, topsy-turvy, Man. 7, 21; useless discussion, Śāk. 69, 17. uttarattara, i. e. uttara-,
I. adj. 1. always the subsequent, Yājñ. 2, 136. 2. always increasing, Pañc. 84, 25.
II. -ram, adv. higher and higher, MBh. 14, 1016; more and more, Hit. 20, 20.
III. n. useless discussion, Hit. 21, 3. asrottaram, i. e. asra-uttara + m, adv with tears in the eyes, Kumāras. 5, 61. klinna-pakṣa-, adj. of which the upper parts of the wings are wet, Daśak. 1, 16. guṇa-, m. superior virtue, Rām. 5, 2, 4; n. MBh. 3, 13922. dakṣiṇa-, turned to the south and to the north, Mārk. P. 16, 34. dadhi-, n. cream of curdled milk, Suśr. 1, 159, 11. duḥkha-, adj., f. , accompanied by pain, Śāk. 61, 18. dharma-, adj. attached to virtue, Ragh. 13, 7. nis-, adj., f. , unable to answer, Pañc. 112, 18. prāguttareṇa, i. e. prāñc-, adv. north-eastwards. viṣṭara-, adj. covered with Kuśa grass, MBh. 3, 1381. saptottara, i. e. saptan-, adj., f. , having a surplus of seven (with śata, hundred and seven), Yājñ. 3, 102.
-- Cf. [greek]

uttaraṇa uttaraṇa, i. e. ud-tṛ10 + ana, n. Crossing, passing over, Pañc. 33, 15.

uttaratas uttara + tas, adv. To the north, Rām. 4, 55, 20.

uttarā uttarā (an old instr. sing. of uttara), adv. To the north, e. g. in -mukha, adj. Looking to the north, MBh. 2, 1084.

uttarīya uttarīya, i. e. uttara + īya, and uttarīyaka uttarīya + ka, n. An upper and outer garment, Pañc. 236, 9.

uttaredyus uttaredyus, i. e. uttara + i-div + as, adv. The following day, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 5.

uttāna uttāna, i. e. ud-tan + a, adj., f. , Lying supinely, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 20 (referring to the hand lying with the palm turned upwards).

uttāra uttāra, i. e. ud-tṛ10 + a, m. Crossing, passing over, Prab. 83, 10.

uttāraṇa uttāraṇa, i. e. ud-tṛ10-ana,
I. adj. Causing to cross, MBh. 14, 194.
II. n. Deliverance, Rām. 4, 52, 18.

uttāla uttāla, i. e. ud-tāla, adj., f. , Formidable, Kathās. 25, 36.

uttitīrṣu uttitīrṣu, i. e. ud-titīrṣa, desider. of tṛ10, + u, adj. Desirous to step out, MBh. 11, 160.

uttuṅga uttuṅga, i. e. ud-tuṅga, adj., f. .
     1. Prominent, Bhartṛ. 1, 72.
     2. High, Pañc. iii. d. 260.

uttejana uttejana, i. e. ud-tij + ana, n. Instigation.

uttha uttha, i. e. ud-stha (vb. sthā), adj.
     1. Rising, Caurap. 18.
     2. Springing up, Pañc. 257, 4; proceeding, Pañc. i. d. 400; Bhāṣāp. 119; Rājat. 5, 167.

utthāna utthāna, i. e. ud-sthā + ana,
I. n.
     1. Rising, Bhartṛ. 3, 10; of the moon, Ragh, 6, 31.
     2. Resurrection, MBh. 3, 10811.
     3. Exertion, Man. 9, 215.
II. m. A causer, MBh. 13, 1242.
-- Comp. an-, n. want of exertion, Rājat. 5. 252. su-, adj. clever.

utthānavant utthāna + vant, adj., f. vatī, Strenuous, MBh. 2, 1941.

utthāpana utthāpana, i. e. ud-sthā, Caus., + ana, n.
     1. Raising, MBh. 1, 1885.
     2. Leading away. Lass. 24, 9.

utthāyin utthāyin, i. e. ud-sthā + in, adj., f. , Rising, MBh. 1, 3628.
     2. Appearing, MBh. 1, 2332.

utthitatā utthitatā, i. e. ud-sthita + tā (vb. sthā), f. Veneration, MBh. 3, 14687.

utpatana utpatana, i. e. ud-pat + ana, n. Jumping, Pañc. 118, 13.

utpatiṣṇu utpatiṣṇu, i. e. ud-pat + iṣṇu, adj.
     1. Rising, Ragh. 4, 47.
     2. Being about to jump, Pañc. iii. d. 40.


[Page 113b]

utpatti utpatti, i. e. ud-pad + ti, f.
     1. Springing up, Śṛṅgārat. 20.
     2. Birth, Man. 3, 16; second birth, 2, 68.
     3. Produce, Rājat. 5, 69.
-- Comp. an-, f. absence of production, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 4.

utpattimant utpatti + mant, adj. Produced, born.

utpatha utpatha, i. e. ud-patha, m. Wrong way, Chr. 22, 25.

utpala utpala, i. e. probably ud-paṭ + a (with l for ),
I. n. A blue lotus, Nymphaea caerulea, Bhartṛ. 2, 56.
II. m. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 127.
-- Comp. nīla-, m. a blue lotus, Nymphaea cyanea Roxb., Rām. 4, 44, 91.

utpalin utpalin, i. e. utpala + in,
I. adj., f. , Abounding with lotusflowers, Rām. 3, 78, 26.
II. f. , An assemblage of lotus-flowers, MBh. 3, 8564.

utpavana utpavana, i. e. ud-pū + ana, n. Purifying, Man. 5, 115 (Lois.).

utpāṭana utpāṭana, i. e. ud-pat + ana, n.
     1. Eradication, Rām. 6, 83, 34.
     2. Destruction, Rājat. 5, 292.

utpāṭin utpāṭin, i. e. ud-pat + in, adj., f. , Pulling out, Pañc. i. d. 26.

utpāta utpāta, i. e. ud-pat + a, m.
     1. A jump, Rām. 5, 53, 25.
     2. A portent, MBh. 1, 8287; an omen, Man. 6, 50.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. terrible, Pañc, 114. 14.

utpāda utpāda, i. e. ud-pad + a, m. Producing, causing, Yājñ. 2, 225 (shedding).

utpādaka utpādaka, i. e. ud-pad + aka,
I. adj. A producer, a causer, Man. 4, 168 (a shedder).
II. m. A father, Man. 2, 146.

utpādana utpādana, i. e. ud-pad + ana,
I. adj., f. , Producing, MBh. 1, 7834.
II. n. Producing, Man. 9, 27.

utpādin utpādin, i. e.
I. utpāda + in, adj., f. , Produced, Hit. i. d. 202.
II. ud-pad + in, adj., f. , Producing, causing, Yājñ. 2, 224.

utpīḍa utpīḍa, i. e. ud-pīḍ + a, m.
     1. Drawing out, MBh. 3, 825 (of an arrow).
     2. Forcing, Megh. 88 (tears).
     3. Pressing, Prab. 71, 10.
     4. Foam, Rām. 5, 4, 5.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. covered with foam, Rām. 4, 15, 23.

utpīḍana utpīḍana, i. e. ud-pīḍ + ana, n. Pressing, Ṛt. 1, 20.

utprāsa utprāsa, i. e. ud-pra- 2. as + a, m. Excess.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. violent.
II. m. a horse-laugh.
III. m. and n. irony.

utplavana utplavana, i. e. ud-plu + ana, n. Taking off (?) Man. 5, 115, v. r.

utphāla utphāla, i. e. ud-phal + a, m. Jumping up, Kathās. 26, 20.

utphulla utphulla, see phal.

utsa utsa (akin to und), m. A fountain, ved. a cloud, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 6.

utsaṅga utsaṅga, i. e. ud-saṅj + a, m.
     1. The lap, Rām. 6, 71, 11; figuratively, Daśak. 199, 7; Rājat. 5, 6.
     2. The slope of a mountain, Ragh. 6, 3.
     3. A roof, Pañc. 128, 8.

utsaṅgin utsaṅgin, i. e. utsaṅga + in, adj., f. . Deep, Rām. 6, 23, 13.

utsadhi utsadhi, i. e. utsa-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. A reservoir of water, a cloud (ved.), Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 88, 4.

utsarga utsarga, i. e. ud-sṛj + a, m.
     1. Emission, Megh. 19.
     2. Evacuation, Pañc. 34, 22; Man. 12, 21.
     3. Abandoning, Nal. 10, 12; relinquishing, Man. 11, 193 (194); dismission, Chr. 9, 37.
     4. Donation, Sāv. 1, 8.
     5. The name of a ceremony, when suspending the reading of the Veda, Man. 4, 119.
     6. Setting at liberty.
     7. A general rule, Kumāras. 2, 27.
-- Comp. vṛṣa-, m. setting a bull at liberty on occasion of a sacrifice or obsequial oblation, Pañc. 9, 3.

utsarjana utsarjana, i. e. ud-sṛj + ana, n.
     1. Rejection, Chr. 9, 38.
     2. The name of the ceremony, utsarga (q. cf.), Man. 4, 96.

utsarpin utsarpin, i. e. ud-sṛp + in, adj., f. iṇī, Soaring upwards, Śāk. 101, 5.

utsava utsava, i. e. ud-su + a, m. A festival, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 5; figuratively, Amar. 23.
-- Comp. baddha- (vb. bandh), adj., f. , celebrating a festival, Kathās. 25, 269.

utsādana utsādana, i. e. ud-sad + ana, n.
     1. Destruction, Rām. 1, 74, 21.
     2. Cleaning with perfumes, Man. 2, 209.

utsāraṇa utsāraṇa, i. e. ud-sṛ + ana, n. Removal, Rām. 6, 33, 13.

utsāha utsāha, i. e. ud-sah + a, m.
     1. Effort, Draup. 8, 56.
     2. Energy, Pañc. i. d. 44.
     3. Ardour, Rām. 3, 33, 4.
     4. Perseverance, Pañc. 79, 1; will, Śāk. 23, 12.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. , having made an effort, Sāv. 4, 21. dus-, adj. difficult to be resisted, MBh. 9, 1130. nis-,
I. m. want of energy, Hariv. 14493.
II. adj., f. , 1. devoid of energy, Pañc. 123, 23. 2. desponding, Rām. 1, 21, 6. mahā-,
I. adj. possessing great energy, persevering.
II. m. 1. exertion. 2. a king possessing all the powers of monarchy. yathā-utsāha + m, adv. according to one's power or ability, Man. 5, 86. sa-,
I. adj. 1. energetic. 2. persevering.
II. -ham, adv. carefully, Pañc. i. d. 15.

utsāhavant utsāha + vant, adj., f. vatī, Energetic.

utsāhin utsāhin, i. e. utsāha + in, adj., f. , Full of ardour, Pañc. ii. d. 89.

utsuka utsuka, i. e. ud-su-ka (vb. kam), adj., f. .
     1. Longing for.
     2. Languid.
     3. Uneasy, Rām. 1, 17, 28.
     4. Proud, Rām. 4, 9, 37.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. careless, Arj. 10, 14. pari-, adj. 1. longing for. 2. languid. 3. sad. sa-, adj. languid, Ṛt. 1, 6.

utsukatā utsuka + tā f.
     1. Longing for, love, Śiś. 9, 2.
     2. Care, zeal, Pañc. 40, 14.
-- Comp. an-, f. modesty, Vikr. 12, 6.

utseka utseka, i. e. ud-sic + a, m. Pride, Rām. 4, 9, 88; 5, 3, 10.
-- Comp. an-, m. meekness, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.

utsedha utsedha, i. e. ud-sidh + a, m. Height, Rām. 6, 83, 23; figuratively, 6. 82, 44.
-- Comp. navotsedha, i. e. navan-, adj., f. dhā, having an elevation of nine (viz. fathoms), MBh. 3, 10207.

utsvapnāya utsvapnāya, a denomin. derived from ud-svapna, Ātm. To speak sleeping, Mālav. 55, 22.

ud ud (properly acc. sing. n. of u, probably an obsolete pronominal base, akin to va in ava, eva, etc.), a prefix, up, out.
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives, q. cf.
II. Former part of comp. nouns, e. g. ud-ayudha, adj. With raised weapon (literally, having a weapon upward), Chr. 4, 17. utpakṣman, i. e. ud-, adj. The eye-lids of which are elevated, Śāk. d. 90. ud-dāma, adj. Unfettered (literally, having the fetter out), Rām. 2, 23, 21.
-- Cf. [greek] for


[Page 115b] [greek], Goth. and A.S. ut; O.H. G. ūz.

uda uda, a substitute for udaka in comp. words, e. g. uda-kumbha, m. A water-pot, Man. 2, 182. kṣāra-, m. The salt ocean, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 34. kṣīra-, m. The sea of milk, Rām. 4, 37, 28. gandha-, Fragrant water, Bhāg. P. 9, 11, 26. ghṛta-, m. The sea of clarified butter, Rām. 4, 40, 49. lohita-, adj., f. , With blood-red water, Rām. 4, 44, 65. śānti-, n. Lustral water.

udaka udaka, i. e. udan + ka, n.
     1. Water, Man. 2, 99.
     2. The ceremony of pouring water at obsequies, Man. 5, 88.
     3. Religious ablution, MBh. 1, 790.
-- Comp. kāma-, n. an optional oblation of water, Yājñ. 3, 4. kāla-, the name of a sea, Rām. 4, 40, 36. kuśa-, n. water (boiled) with kuśagrass, Man. 11, 212. kṛta-, adj. 1. one who has performed the ceremony of pouring water at obsequies, Rām. 1, 25, 3. 2. one who has performed his religious ablution, MBh. 3, 8141. tila-, n. water with sesame, Man. 3, 223. maṇḍa-, n. 1. variegated colour. 2. painting figures. samāna-, m. a kinsman connected by oblations of water only to the manes of common ancestors, i. e. when the sapiṇḍas are excluded, a relation from the seventh to the fourteenth degree.

udakyā udakyā, i. e. udaka + ya, f. A woman in her courses, Man. 4, 57.

udagra ud-agra, adj., f. .
     1. Pointing upwards, lofty, Rām. 5, 54, 19; figuratively, Ragh. 2, 53.
     2. Uppermost, Vikr. d. 156.
     3. Excited, Rām. 6, 14, 15.

udañc ud-añc, adj., f. udīcī.
     1. Upper, upwards.
     2. Northern, Megh. 58. udak (acc. sing. n.), adv. To the north, Man. 3, 217.


[Page 116a]

udañcana ud-añc + ana, m. A pail, Daśak. 152, 4.

udadhi udadhi, i. e. uda-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. The ocean, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 21.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the salt ocean, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 2. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, MBh. 12, 12778. mahā-, m. the great ocean.

udan udan, i. e. und + an, n. Water, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
-- Cf. [greek] with [greek] for n; cf. also Lat. udor; Goth. vato, base vatan, represents the organic form of the vb. und, viz. vad; O.H.G. wazar has r instead of n, like the Greek.

udanta ud-anta, m. Tidings, Kathās. 10, 55.

udanvant udan + vant, m. The ocean, Ragh. 4, 32.

udaya udaya, i. e. ud-i + a, m.
     1. Rising, Rām. 4, 34, 32 (of the ocean); Ragh. 12, 36 (of the moon); Man. 10, 33 (appearance of dawn); figuratively, Ragh. 9, 9; Rājat. 5, 311.
     2. The eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise, Rām. 4, 58, 5.
     3. Beginning, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 12.
     4. Appearance, Śāk. d. 67.
     5. Prosperity, Rājat. 5, 336.
     6. Consequence, Man. 4, 70.
     7. Gain, Rām. 3, 2, 22; revenue, Man. 7, 55.
     8. A gate(?), Rām. 2, 48. 29.
-- Comp. karuṇā-, adj. causing compassion, MBh. 1, 436. candra-, m. the rise of the moon, Suśr. 2, 485, 21. dus-, adj. appearing with difficulty, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 50. mahā-,
I. m. 1. prosperity. 2. final beatitude. 3. covereignty. 4. a lord. 5. the country of Kanoj. 6. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 28.
II. n. Kanoj. yathā-udaya + m, adv. in proportion to one's income, Yājñ. 2, 43. sa-, adj. 1. with profit. 2. with interest.


[Page 116b]

udayana udayana, i. e. ud-i + ana,
I. n. Rising (of the sun), Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. i. 48, 7; Rām. 4, 40, 43.
II. m. A proper name, Kathās. 9, 599.

udayavant udaya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Risen, Śiś. 9, 43.

udara udara, i. e. ud-ṛ + a, n.
     1. The belly.
     2. The interior part, Bhartṛ. 2, 26.
-- Comp. kṛśa-, adj., f. , slender, Vikr. d. 154. jala-, n. dropsy, MBh. 3, 14664. dagdha-, (vb. dah), n. a hungry stomach, Hit. i. d. 62. nis-nata- (vb. nam), adj., f. , having a protuberant belly, Rām. 6, 74, 8. brahmāṇḍabhāṇḍa-, i. e. brahman-aṇḍa-bhāṇḍa-, n. the interior of the vessellike egg of Brahman, Bhartṛ. 2, 93. mahā-, adj., f, , having a large belly, Rām. 3, 23, 15. lamba-, m. 1. a glutton. 2. Gaṇeśa. sa-, m. a brother, Rājat. 5, 42. saha-, m. a brother of whole blood.

udaraṃbhari udaraṃbhari, i. e. udara + m-bhṛ + i, adj. Voracious, Mālav. 14, 4.

udarin udarin, i. e. udara + in, adj., f. iṇī, Paunch-bellied, Kathās. 20, 109.
-- Comp. udaka-, adj. hydropic.

udarka udarka, i. e. ud-ric-a (anomal.), m.
     1. Future time, Nal. 21, 26.
     2. Consequence, Rām. 6, 93, 14.
-- Comp. śubha-, adj., f. , causing happiness, Kathās. 9, 58. sa-, adj. with towers(?), MBh. 2, 1299. sukha-, adj. causing happiness, Man. 9, 25. a-sukha-, adj. causing pain, Man. 4, 176.

udātta udātta, see with the prep. ud-ā.

udāna udāna, i. e. ud-an + a, m. One of the five vital airs, that which has its place in the throat and passes upward and outward, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 11.


[Page 117a]

udāra udāra, i. e. ud-ṛ + a, adj., f. and ,
     1. Distinguished, Nal. 1, 8.
     2. Excellent, Rām. 1, 35, 8.
     3. Great, MBh. 3, 13158.
     4. Gentle, Rām. 1, 33, 3.
     5. Munificent, Dacak. in Chr. 183, 4.

udāraka udāra + ka, adj. A poor munificent person, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 21; used as surname of one who has ruined himself by munificence, 187, 16.

udāratā udāra + tā, f. Generosity, Kathās. 21, 103.
-- Comp. ati-, f. Excessive munificence, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 20.

udāsīnatā ud-āsīna + tā (vb ās), f. Indifference, carelessness, Pañc. 86, 12.

udāharaṇa udāharaṇa, i. e. ud-ā-hṛ + ana, n.
     1. Speaking, Kumāras. 6, 65.
     2. Declaration, Vikr. d. 32.
     3. An example.

udīcya udīcya, i. e. udañc + ya,
I. adj. Northern.
II. m. The country to the north and west of the river Śarāvatī, MBh. 3, 14774. pl. Its inhabitants, Rām. 2, 82, 7.

udīpa udīpa, i. e. ud-ap + a, m. Inundation, Rājat. 5, 269.

udīraṇa udīraṇa, i. e. ud-īr + ana, n.
     1. Throwing, MBh. 3, 16525.
     2. Pronunciation, Kumāras. 2, 12.

udumbara udumbara, also uḍumbara uḍumbara, m. The glomerous fig tree, Ficus glomerata, Nal. 12, 4.

udūkhala udūkhala, cf. ulūkhala, n. A mortar, Rām. 6, 96, 13.

udgati udgati, i. e. ud-gam + ti, f. Springing up (of flowers), Kathās. 17, 113.

udgama ud-gam + a, m.
     1. Springing up, Ragh. 4, 9.
     2. A shoot, Kir. 5. 38.
     3. Appearance, Bhartṛ. 2, 62.
     4. Departing, Kathās. 4, 128.

udgamana ud-gam + ana, n. Springing up, appearance.

udgamanīya ud-gamanīya (vb. gam), n. A pair of bleached clothes, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 18.

udgātṛ udgātṛ, i. e. ud-gai + tṛ, m. A reciter of the Sāma Veda, Man. 8, 209.

udgāra udgāra, i. e. ud-gṛ10 + a, m.
     1. Spitting, Rām. 4. 15, 23; figuratively, Ragh. 4, 57 (exhalation); Bhartṛ. 2, 29 (throwing out).
     2. Saliva, MBh. 3, 15549.
     3. Roar, MBh. 3, 11140.

udgārin udgārin, i. e. ud-gṛ10 + in, adj., f. iṇī, Spitting, Rām. 3, 33, 37; figuratively, Ragh. 13, 47 (uttering); Megh. 26 (exhaling).

udgiraṇa udgiraṇa, i. e. ud-gṛ10 + ana, n. Vomiting, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 15.

udgītha udgītha, i. e. ud-gai + tha, n. A portion of the Sāma Veda, Dev. 4, 9.

udghaṭṭana ud-ghaṭṭ + ana, n.
     1. Rubbing, exciting.
     2. Inflammation, Megh. 62.

udgharṣaṇa udgharṣaṇa, i. e. ud-ghṛṣ + ana, n. Thrashing, Mṛcch. 34, 3.

udghāṭaka udghāṭaka, i. e. ud-ghaṭ + aka, m. A key, Mṛcch. 48, 5.

udghāṭana udghāṭana, i. e. ud-ghaṭ + ana, n. A key, Hit. i. d. 146.

udghāta udghāta, i. e. ud-han, Caus., + a, m.
     1. A toss, Śāk. d. 192; pain, Kathās. 17, 3.
     2. Height, Rām. 5, 4, 12.
     3. A beginning, Ragh. 4, 20.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unhurt, Rām. 2, 72.


[Page 118a]

udghātin udghātin, i. e. udghāta + in, adj., f. , Rugged, Śāk. 5, 12.

uddāna uddāna, i. e. ud-do + ana, n. Binding, MBh. 12, 4902.

uddīpana ud-dīp + ana, n. Inflaming, Ṛt. 6, 27.

uddeśa uddeśa, i. e. ud-diś + a, m.
     1. Pointing to, Kathās. 10, 110.
     2. Reference, Kathās. 20, 210; Pañc. 119, 3 (on account of).
     3. A sketch, Indr. 4, 16.
     4. Exposition, Rām. 4, 17, 12.
     5. A region, Rām. 5, 51, 5; a quarter, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 8; a part, Hiḍ. 1, 16; a seat, Rām. 6, 33, 47.
-- Comp. yathā-uddeśa + m, adv. according to the command, Rām. 2, 99, 1. raṇa-, m. a field of battle, Rām. 5, 56, 126. vana-, m. the part of a forest.

uddeśatas uddeśa + tas, adv. Shortly, Bhag. 10, 24.

uddyota uddyota, i. e. ud-dyut + a,
I. adj. Resplendent, Rām. 1, 15, 19.
II. m. Splendour, Lass. 2, 11

uddhara uddhara, i. e. ud-hṛ + a, adj. Pulling out, MBh. 3, 11188.

uddharaṇa uddharaṇa, i. e. ud-hṛ + ana, n.
     1. Plucking out.
     2. Eradication, Lass. 31, 16.
     3. Deliverance, Rājat. 5, 114; Hit. i. d. 27.

uddhartṛ uddhartṛ, i. e. ud-hṛ + tṛ, m. A deliverer, Kathās. 5, 40.
-- Comp. caura-, m. the officer charged with the pursuit of thieves, Yājñ. 2, 271.

uddharṣa uddharṣa, i. e. ud-dhṛṣ + a, m. Daring, undergoing, Rām. 4, 9, 47.

uddharṣaṇa uddharṣaṇa, i. e.
     1. ud-hṛṣ + ana, adj. Comforting, Rām. 2, 2, 1.
II. ud-dhṛṣ + ana, n. Encouragement, MBh. 15, 476.

uddhāra uddhāra, i. e. ud-hṛ + a, m.
     1. Deliverance from.
     2. Taking out, separating what ought to be avoided, Man. 10, 85 (uddhṛtoddhāra, adj. What ought to be avoided being avoided).
     3. A selected part, Man. 7, 97.
     4. Debt, Daśak. 111, 12, Wils.
-- Comp. vaira-, m. revenge. śalya-, m. 1. extraction of foreign substances from the body. 2. cleansing and purifying a new house. śāpa-, m. deliverance from a curse.

uddhāraṇa uddhāraṇa, i. e. ud-dhṛ Caus., + ana, n. Payment, Pañc. 138, 14.

uddhura ud-dhur + a, adj. Brisk, Kathās. 22, 193.

uddhūlaya uddhūlaya, a denom. derived from ud-dhūli, Par. To strew over, Kathās. 18, 240.

uddhṛti uddhṛti, i. e. ud-hṛ + ti,
     1. Pulling out (as an arrow).
     2. Preservation, Rājat. 5, 477.

udbandha ud-bandh + a, m., and udbandhana ud-bandh + ana, n. Hanging, Kathās. 13, 100.

udbhava udbhava, i. e. ud-bhū + a, m.
     1. Birth.
     2. Origin, Man. 11, 244.
     3. When latter part of a comp. adj., Produced, Man. 6, 13; sprung from, Rājat. 5, 244.
-- Comp. kṣata-, blood. jala-,
I. adj. produced by water.
II. m. the name of a country, MBh. 2, 1078. tanu-, m. a son. padma-, 1. adj. sbst. born in a lotus-flower, a name of Brahman. 2. m. a proper name. saṃmūrchana-, m. a fish, or aquatic animal. soma-, f. , the Narmadā river.

udbhāvana udbhāvana, i. e. ud-bhū Caus., + ana, n. Neglect, MBh. 1, 5070.

udbhāvayitṛ udbhāvayitṛ, i. e. ud-bhū Caus., + tṛ, One who raises or exalts, Daśak. 180, 3.


[Page 119a]

udbhāsin ud-bhās + in, adj., f. , Resplendent, Rājat. 5, 482.

udbhāsura ud-bhās + ura, adj. Shining, Amar. 76.

udbhijja udbhijja, i. e. udbhid-ja (vb. jan), adj., f. , Sprouting, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 5.

udbhid ud-bhid, and udbhida ud-bhid + a, adj. Sprouting, MBh. 1, 3587.

udbhūti ud-bhū + ti, f. Growth, prosperity, Vikr. d. 162.

udbheda udbheda, i. e. ud-bhid + a, m.
     1. Opening, Śāk. d. 80.
     2. Appearance, Bhartṛ. 1, 49.
     3. A spring or fountain, Rām. 2, 94, 13.
     4. Treason, Kathās. 3, 42.
-- Comp. gaṅgā-, m. (the source of the Ganges) a holy place, MBh. 3, 8043.

udbhrāntaka ud-bhrānta + ka (vb. bhram), f. Soaring up, Śāk. 92, 19.

udyama ud-yam + a, m. and n.
     1. Raising, Pañc. ii. d. 138.
     2. Effort, Pañc. 185, 2.
     3. Energy, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 470.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. , having made an effort, Kumāras. 5, 3. daṇḍa-, m. and n. (?) severe punishment, Pañc. i. d. 421. nis-, adj., f. , lazy, Rām. 4, 9, 49. mahā-,
I. m. great effort.
II. adj. making a strenuous effort, Rājat. 5, 136 (with infin.); 188 (with dat.).

udyamin ud-yam + in, adj., f. , Exerting one's self, Bhartṛ. 3, 45.

udyāna udyāna, i. e. ud-yā + ana, m. and n. A grove, a garden, Pañc. ii. d. 178.
-- Comp. puṇya-, adj., f. , having pure gardens, Rām. 2, 71, 19.

udyānaka udyāna + ka, n. A grove, Rām. 3, 61, 18.

udyoga udyoga, i. e. ud-yuj + a, m. and n. Exertion, Rām. 3, 31, 34.
-- Comp. an-, m. and n. want of exertion, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1400. nis-, adj., f. , 1. Lazy, Sund. 4, 3. 2. disheartened, Rām. 6, 21, 16. sa-, adj. 1. active, persevering. 2. violent (as a disease), Rājat. 5, 123.

udyogin udyogin, i. e. ud-yuj + in, or udyoga + in, adj. Exerting one's self, Pañc. i. d. 220.

udreka udreka, i. e. ud-ric + a, m.
     1. Excess, MBh. 3, 13169.
     2. Excellence, MBh. 14, 1012.
-- Comp. sattva-, m. superabundance of wisdom, MBh. 3, 15818.

udvartana udvartana, i. e. ud-vṛt + ana, n.
     1. Jumping, Megh. 41.
     2. What has served for rubbing the body with, Man. 4, 132.

udvasa -udvasa, Rājat. 5, 378, Uninhabited (?).

udvaha ud-vah + a,
I. adj., f. , Supporting, continuing, Rām. 1, 13, 56.
II. m. A son, an offspring, Indr. 5, 28.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be borne, MBh. 5, 3147. raghu-, m. Rāma. rata-, m. the Indian cuckoo.

udvahana ud-vah + ana, n.
     1. Lifting up, Ragh. 13, 8.
     2. Bearing, Pañc, 68, 23; having, Rājat. 5, 384.
     3. Riding, Man. 8, 370.

udvāṣpatva ud-vāṣpa + tva, n. Shedding tears, Vikr. d. 29.

udvāsya udvāsya (based on ud- 1. vas), adj. Referring to the slaughter of sacrifices, Rām. 1, 13, 4.

udvāha udvāha, i. e. ud-vah + a, m. Marriage, Kathās. 17, 68.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. , married.

udvāhika udvāhika, i. e. udvāka + ika, adj. Relating to nuptials, Man. 9, 65.


[Page 120a]

udvīkṣaṇa udvīkṣaṇa, i. e. ud-vi-īkṣ + ana, n. Looking at, sight, Ragh. 3, 1.

udvega udvega, i. e. ud-vij + a, m.
     1. Going upwards, MBh. 1, 1214 (fluctuation).
     2. Violent motion, Daśak. 189, 6.
     3. Uneasiness, distress, Rām. 6, 99, 28.
-- Comp. an-, m. absence of uneasiness, Rām. 3, 14, 20. nis-, adj. fearless, MBh. 3, 7537. sa-,
I. adj. fearful, Pañc. 29, 15.
II. -gam, adv. eagerly, Pañc. 157, 4.

udvegin udvegin, i. e. udvega + in, adj., m. A coward, Pañc. iii. d. 241.

udvejana udvejana, i. e. ud-vij + ana, n. Terror, Man. 9, 248; aversion, 8, 352.

udhrasudhras (a combination of ud-dhras, q. cf.), ii. 9; i. 10, Par. To glean. i. 10, Par. To throw upward.

und und (cf. udan, and Lat. unda), ii. 7, Par. To wet, or moisten.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To moisten, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.

undaru undaru, undura undura, and unduru unduru, m. A rat.

unnatatva unnatatva, i. e. ud-nata + tva (vb. nam), n. Majesty, Ragh. 5, 37.

unnati unnati, i. e. ud-nam + ti, f.
     1. Rising, Pañc. i. d. 166.
     2. Increase, Pañc. iii. d. 58.
     3. Loftiness, Bhartṛ. 2, 20.

unnatimant unnati + mant, adj., f. matī,
     1. Prominent, Śiś. 9, 72.
     2. Lofty, Kathās. 24, 20.
-- Comp. naya-sāhasa-unnati + mant, endowed (i. e. performed) with wisdom, power, and majesty, Pañc. iii. d. 264.

unnamana unnamana, i. e. ud-nam + ana, n. Erecting.


[Page 120b]

unnamratā unnamratā, i. e. ud-nam + ra + tā, f. Lifting up, Rājat. 5, 223.

unnayana unnayana, i. e. ud-nī + ana, n.
     1. Raising, lifting up.
     2. Inference.
-- Comp. sīmanta-, n. (arranging of the hair) a purificatory and sacrificial ceremony observed by women in the sixth or eighth month of their first pregnancy.

unnāda unnāda, i. e. ud-nad + a, m. Sound, MBh. 3, 11563.

unmattaka unmattaka, i. e. ud-matta + ka (vb. mad) n. A madman, Yājñ. 2, 140.

unmathana unmathana, i. e. ud-math + ana, n.
     1. Shaking, Suśr. 1, 25, 17.
     2. Throwing down by shots, Rām. 6, 91, 13.

unmada unmada, i. e. ud-mad + a.
I. m. Ecstasy, insanity.
II. adj., f. .
     1. Drunk, Prab. 3, 12.
     2. Thoughtless, Pañc. 176, 1.
     3. Furious, Dev. 4, 22
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. intoxication, literally and figuratively.
     2. A sort of fish.

unmanas unmanas, i. e. ud-manas, adj.
     1. Desirous.
     2. Agitated, Ragh. 11, 22.

unmanaska unmanas + ka, adj. Agitated, Mṛcch. 76, 4.

unmanāya unmanāya, a denomin. derived from unmanas by ya, Ātm. To be beside one's self, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 14 (ud-amanāyata).

unmātha unmātha, i. e. ud-math + a, m. Shaking, Prab. 8, 5.

unmāthin unmāthin, i. e. unmātha + in, adj., f. , Shaking, Prab. 41, 2.

unmāda unmāda, i. e. ud-mad + a, m. Madness, Rām. 5, 31, 40.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. (MBh. 14, 2009), feigning madness, Kathās. 18, 242. sa-, adj. mad.

unmādana unmādana, i. e. ud-mad, Caus., + ana, m. Causing madness, the name of one of the five arrows of Kāma, Lass. 7, 3.

unmārga unmārga, i. e. ud-mārga, m.
     1. A wrong road.
     2. Improper conduct.

unmārjana unmārjana, i. e. ud-mṛj, Caus., + ana, n. Eclipsing, Prab. 81, 10.

unmiśra -unmiśra, i. e. ud-miśra, adj., f. , Mixed, Rām. 3, 34, 34.

unmīlana unmīlana, i. e. ud-mīl + ana, n.
     1. Opening of the eye, MBh. 1, 84.
     2. Springing up, appearance.

unmukhatā unmukhatā, i. e. ud-mukha + tā, f. Having the face uplifted, Kathās. 25, 248.

unmūlana unmūlana, i. e. ud-mūl + ana, n. Eradication, Ragh. 2, 34; figuratively, Prab. 67, 16.

unmeṣa unmeṣa, i. e. ud-miṣ + a, m.
     1. Opening of the eye-lids, Rām. 6, 102, 25.
     2. Flashing (of lightning), Megh. 79.
     3. Opening (of buds), Kumāras. 2, 33.
     4. Appearance, Prab. 118, 4.

unmeṣaṇa unmeṣaṇa, i. e. ud-miṣ + ana, n. Awaking, appearance.

upa upa, ind. Under, on, near.
I. adv. Near, further (ved.).
II. prep. Near to (with the acc.), MBh. 1, 4099.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives (q. cf.).
IV. Former part of comp. nouns and adv. implying Inferiority, Nearness, e. g. upa-vana (lit., an inferior, a small, forest), n. A grove. upa-kīcaka, m. A partisan of the Kīcakas (a people). upa-graha, m. A minor planet or any secondary heavenly body, as a comet, etc. upa-kanyā-pura + m. adv. Near the gyneceum.
-- Cf. Goth. uf, e. g. in ufdaupjan (to submerge), ufsneithan (to cut up), and ufhaban (to lift); Lat. sub is compounded with sa, corresponding to a Sskr. sa-upa; likewise [greek]

upakaṇṭha upa-kaṇṭha,
I. adj., f. ṭhā, Near, Bhartṛ. 3, 24.
II. m. n. Proximity, Pañc. 74, 21; 222, 1.

upakaraṇa upakaraṇa, i. e. upa-kṛ + ana, n. Benefitting, Pañc. 86, 3.
     2. Implements, Yājñ. 2, 276.
     3. Complement, Man. 2, 105 (of the Veda, viz. the Vedāngas).
-- Comp. karmopakaraṇa, i. e. karman-, adj. assisting by labour, Man. 10, 120. śastra-, n. military apparatus.

upakartṛ upakartṛ, i. e. upa-kṛ + tṛ, m. An assistant, MBh. 3, 1049.

upakāntam upa-kānta + m (vb. kam), adv. The lover being near at hand, Kir. 5, 19.

upakāra upakāra, i. e. upa-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Benefitting, Man. 8, 265 (in order to benefit them).
     2. Favour, MBh. 3, 15024.
     3. Assistance, Vikr. 11, 11.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. . 1. beneficial, Man. 8, 143 (which may be used for one's profit). 2. equipped, stocked. 3. assisted, befriended.

upakāraka upakāraka, i. e. upa-kṛ + aka, adj., f. rikā.
     1. Benefitting, Hit. 97, 21.
     2. Helping, Bhāṣāp. 102.
-- Comp. sa-, i. e. sa-upakāra + ka, one who has been benefitted, Pañc. 239, 4.

upakārin upakārin, i. e. upa-kṛ + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Benefitting; a benefactor.
     2. Supporting.
-- Comp. para-, adj. supporting others.

upakāryā upakāryā (properly ptcple. of the fut. pass. of kṛ), f. A king's house, Rām. 1, 73, 37.


[Page 122a]

upakūlam upa-kūla + m, adv. Near the bank (of a river), Ragh. 15, 28.

upakṛti upa-kṛ + ti, f. A benefit, a service, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.

upakṛtimant upakṛti + mant, adj., f. matī, Benefitting, Śiś. 9, 33.

upakrama upa-kram + a, m.
     1. A beginning, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 3, cf. 5.
     2. Deliberate commencement, a design, Pañc. 263, 2.
     3. First designed work, Rājat. 5, 98.
     4. Proceeding, Rām. 5, 65, 8.
     5. An expedient, Man. 7, 107.
     6. Practice of medicine, Suśr. 1, 5, 11.
     7. Use (medical), Kathās. 17, 37.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without commencement, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 44.

upakriyā upakriyā, i. e. upa-kṛ + yā, f. Service, Rājat. 5, 177.

upakrīḍā upa-krīḍ + ā, f. A playground, Rām. 3, 78, 27.

upakrośa upakrośa, i. e. upa-kruś + a, m. Blame, Rām. 3, 62, 26.

upakrośana upakrośana, i. e. upa-kruś + ana, n. Censure, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 24.

upakṣepa upakṣepa, i. e. upa-kṣip + a, m.
     1. Dropping, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 14.
     2. Mentioning.

upaga -upa-ga (vb. gam), adj., f. .
     1. Joining, MBh. 13, 992.
     2. Getting, Man. 1, 46.

upagati upagati, i. e. upa-gam + ti, f. Approach, Śiś. 9, 75.

upagama upa-gam + a, m. Approach, Ragh. 6, 69.
-- Comp. viśvāsa-, m. getting confidence, Śāk. d. 14.

upagamana upa-gam + ana, n.
     1. Attainment, MBh. 1, 4149.
     2. Undergoing, Rām. 4, 53, 20.

upagāmin upagāmin, i. e. upa -gam + in, adj., f. .
     1. Approaching, Kathās. 18, 102.
     2. Undergoing, 22, 2.

upagiri upa-giri, m. A country, bordering on mountains, MBh. 2, 1012.

upagrahaṇa upagrahaṇa, i. e. upa-grah + ana, n. Holy study, Rām. 1, 4, 4.

upagrāha upagrāha, i. e. upa-grah + a, m. A present, MBh. 2, 1898.

upaghāta upaghāta, i. e. upa-han, Caus., + a, m. Damage, Yājñ. 2, 256.

upaghātaka upaghātaka, i. e. upa-han, Caus., + aka, adj. Injuring, Rām. 1, 2979.

upaghoṣaṇa upaghoṣaṇa, i. e. upa-ghuṣ + ana, n. Proclaiming, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 13.

upaghna upaghna, i. e. upa-han + a, m. Support.

upacakra upa-cakra, m. The name of a bird akin to the cakra or cakravāka, MBh. 3, 11613.

upacaya upacaya, i. e. upa-ci + a, m. Increase, Śiś. 9, 29.

upacāyitva -upacāyitva, i. e. upacāyin + tva, n. Veneration, MBh. 14, 2198.

upacāyin -upacāyin, i. e. upa-ci + in, adj.
     1. Increasing, MBh. 13, 6275.
     2. Honouring, MBh. 4, 595.

upacāra upacāra, i. e. upa-car + a, m.
     1. Homage, Śāk. d. 66.
     2. Service, Vikr. 56, 9.
     3. Courting, Man. 8, 357.
     4. Means of doing homage, garlands, etc., Ragh. 7, 4.
     5. Practice, Man. 1, 111; performance, Man. 9, 259.
     6. Ceremony, Kumāras. 7, 86.
     7. Physicking, Suśr. 1, 117, 7; medical use, Vikr. 19, 17.
     8. Behaviour, Rām. 5, 32, 8.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. , difficult to be treated, Pañc. 203, 5. sopa- cāram, i. e. sa-upacāra + m, adv. respectfully, Rām. 5, 90, 5.

upacārin upacārin, i. e. upa-car + in, adj., f. iṇī, Serving, Rām. 1, 6, 16.

upaciti upa-ci + ti, f. Collection, store.

upacchandana upacchandana, i. e. upa-chana + ana, n. Persuading, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 13.

upajalpin upa-jalp + in, adj., f. , Advising, giving advice, MBh. 1, 5396.

upajāpa upajāpa, i. e. upa-jap + a, m. Sowing disunion, Pañc. i. 337.

upajāpaka upajāpaka, i. e. upa-jap + aka, adj. Inciting, encouraging, Man. 9, 275.

upajigamiṣu upajigamiṣu, i. e. upa-jigamiṣa, desider. of gam, + u, adj. Desiring to approach, Megh. 43.

upajihvā upa-jihvā, f. The uvula, or soft palate, Yājñ. 3, 97.

upajīvaka upa-jīv + aka, adj.
     1. Maintaining one's self by, Rām. 1, 6, 11.
     2. Dependent, Kathās. 17, 46.

upajīvana upa-jīv + ana, n. Maintenance, Man. 9, 207.

upajīvin upa-jīv + in, adj., f. ,
     1. Maintaining one's self by, Man. 9, 257.
     2. Practising, MBh. 3, 12851.
     3. Dependent, Rām. 6, 5, 4.
-- Comp. ātmopajīvin, i. e. ātman-, adj. one who subsists by labour, Man. 7, 138; 8, 362 (by the intrigues of his wife, Kull.). gandha-, adj. trading with perfumes, Rām. 2, 83, 14. tāmra-, m. a coppersmith, Rām. 2, 90, 27 Gorr.

upajoṣam upa-joṣa + m, adv. Silently, Śāk. 66, 16 v. r.
-- Comp. yathā-, adv. Satisfactorily, Rām. 2, 89, 23.


[Page 123b]

upataṭam upa-taṭa + m, adv. On a slope, Megh. 58.

upatāpa upatāpa, i. e. upa-tap + a, m.
     1. Heat.
     2. Pain, Śāk. 38, 7 v. r.
     3. Disease, MBh. 3, 13333.

upatāpin upatāpin, adj., f. , i. e.
I. upa-tap + in, Causing pain, MBh. 1, 3630.
II. upatāpa + in, Affected with illness, Man. 11, 1.

upatyakā upa + tya + kā, f. The land lying along the foot of a mountain, Draup. 5, 5.

upadā upa-dā, f. A present, Ragh. 4, 70.

upadigdhatā upa-digdha + tā (vb. dih), f. Being covered, Kām. Nītis. 7, 24.

upadiś upa-diś, f. An intermediate quarter or point of the compass, e. g. north-east, etc., Rām. 1, 76, 23.

upadeśa upadeśa, i. e. upa-diś + a, m.
     1. Instruction, Bhartṛ. 2, 12.
     2. Advice, Rām. 4, 40, 4.
     3. A pretext, Man. 9, 268.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. instruction concerning duty, Man. 8, 272. yathopadeśam, i. e. yathā-upadeśa + m, adv. according to the rule, MBh. 3, 8710. hita-, m. friendly or good advice.

upadeśatā upadeśa + tā, f. Condition of being the rule, Kumāras. 5, 36 (te śīlam -- upadeśatāṃ gatam, Thy virtue has become the rule).

upadeśanā upadeśanā, i. e. upa-diś, Caus., + ana, f. A sermon (concerning duty), Pañc. 165, 17.

upadeśin upadeśin, i. e. upa-diś + in, adj., f. , Teaching, a teacher, Hit. i. d. 9.

upadeṣṭṛ upadeṣṭṛ, i. e. upa-diś + tṛ, m. A teacher, Pañc. 156, 17.


[Page 124a]

upadoha upadoha, i. e. upa-duh + a, m. A milk-pail, MBh. 3, 12527.

upadrava upadrava, i. e. upa-dru + a, m.
     1. Distress, Rām. 2, 108, 14; Pañc. i. d. 368.
     2. Mischief, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 11.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. . 1. unharmed, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1607; Rām. 5, 73, 56 (in an astrological sense). 2. free from danger, Pañc, 264, 25.

upadraṣṭṛ upadraṣṭṛ, i. e. upa-dṛś + tṛ, m. A spectator, Bhag. 13, 22.

upadharma upa-dharma, m. A subordinate duty, Man. 2, 237.

upadhā upa-dhā, f.
     1. A false pretence, Man. 8, 193.
     2. Deceit, Hit. iii. d. 16.

upadhāna upadhāna, i. e. upa-dhā + ana, n., and f. , A pillow, Rām. 2, 42, 15; MBh. 1, 7165.
-- Comp. gaṇḍa-upadhāna, n. a pillow, Suśr. 2, 41, 9.

upadhāyin upadhāyin, i. e. upa-dhā + in, adj., f. , Putting under, Kumāras. 5, 12.

upadhāraṇa upadhāraṇa, i. e. upa-dhṛ, Caus., + ana, n. Consideration, MBh. 1, 5561.

upadhi upadhi, i. e. upa-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. Fraud, Man. 8, 165.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. guileless, Lass. 88, 5. sa-, adj. guileful, Kir. 1, 45.

upadhika upadhi + ka, m. An extorter of money by threats, Man. 9, 258.

upanaya upanaya, i. e. upa-nī + a, m.
     1. Supplying, MBh. 3, 70.
     2. Applying, Rām. 5, 37, 30.

upanayana upanayana, i. e. upa-nī + ana, n. 1. Bringing, Vikr. 76.
     2. The initiation of the three first classes, Man. 2, 108.


[Page 124b]

upanāyana upanāyana, i. e. upa-nī + ana, n. The initiation of the three first classes, Man. 2, 36.

upanikṣepa upanikṣepa, i. e. upa-ni-kṣip + a, m. A deposit, Yājñ. 2, 25.

upanidhi upanidhi, i. e. upa-ni-dhā (cf. nidhi), m. A deposit, Man. 8, 145.

upanipātin upanipātin, i. e. upa-ni-pat + in, adj., f. , Meeting, Śāk. 81, 8.

upaniṣad upaniṣad, i. e. upa-ni-sad, f. A portion of the religious writings of the Hindus, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 7.

upanetṛ upanetṛ, i. e. upa-nī + tṛ, m., f. trī, n. One who brings near, Kumāras. 1, 61.

upanyāsa upanyāsa, i. e. upa-ni- 2. as + a, m.
     1. Giving, Rājat, 5, 461.
     2. Declaration, Śāk. 36, 15 (Prākṛ.).
     3. Law, Man. 9, 31.
     4. Pretext, Amar. 23.

upapati upa-pati, m. An adulterer, Man. 3, 155.

upapatti upapatti, i. e. upa-pad + ti, f.
     1. Taking place, happening, Bhag. 13, 9; appearance, MBh. 14, 496; success, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 4, cf. 17.
     2. Suitableness, Rājat. 5, 374; 378.
-- Comp. an-,
I. f. 1. not taking place, Bhāṣāp. 81. 2. failure, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 11.
II. adj. not auitable, Rājat. 5, 378.

upapātaka upa-pātaka, n. A lesser crime, Yājñ, 2, 210.

upapātakin upapātakin, i. e. upapātaka + in, adj., f. , One who has committed a lesser crime, Man. 11, 107.

upapādana upapādana, i. e. upa-pad, Caus., + ana, n. Causing to spring up, MBh. 14, 506.

upapārśva upa-pārśva, m. and n. The shoulder (? perhaps the haunch), Nal. 19, 17.

upapīḍana upa-pīḍ + ana, n. Tormenting, Man. 6, 62.

upapaurika upa-paurika (the latter part is derived from pura, by the aff. ika), adj. Belonging to a suburb(?), Daśak. in Chr. 189, 6.

upapradāna upapradāna, i. e. upa-pra-dā + ana, n. Bribe, Rām. 5, 81, 37.

upapralobhana upapralobhana, i. e. upa-pra-lubh, Caus., + ana, n. Alluring, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 22; 198, 4.

upaprekṣaṇa upaprekṣaṇa, i. e. upa-pra-īkṣ + ana, n. Overlooking, MBh. 1, 7757.

upaplava upaplava, i. e. upa-plu + a, m.
     1. Assault, MBh. 1, 3534.
     2. A portent, or natural phenomenon so considered, Ragh. 5, 6.
     3. An eclipse, Rām. 2, 65, 2 Gorr.
     4. Misfortune, Kumāras. 2, 32.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. unharmed, Śāk. d. 31, v. r. vana-, m. the conflagration of a forest, Megh. 17. sa-, m. the sun or moon in eclipse. salila-, m. inundation, Rājat. 5, 70.

upaplavin upaplavin, i. e. upaplava + in, adj., f. , Assailed, Ragh. 13, 7.

upabandha upa-bandh + a, m. A kind of sitting (or of love-making?), Caurap. 48.

upabhāṣā upa-bhāṣā, f. A subordinate dialect, Lass. 67, 7.

upabhoga upabhoga, i. e. upa-bhuj + a, m.
     1. Eating, Kathās. 8, 23.
     2. Enjoyment, Man. 2, 94.
     3. Use, Man. 8, 285.

upabhogin upabhogin, i. e. upa-bhuj + in, adj., f. , Enjoying, MBh. 3, 13067.


[Page 125b]

upamarda upamarda, i. e. upa-mṛd + a, m. Destruction, Kathās. 12, 143.

upamardaka upamardaka, i. e. upa-mṛd + aka, adj. Destroying, Kathās. 7, 12.

upamā upa-mā, f.
     1. Comparison, Bhāṣāp. 79.
     2. Likeness, MBh. 1, 6401; Bhag. 6, 19; ātmānam upamāṃ kṛtvā, comparing thyself (viz. with others), Rām. 5, 23, 5.
-- Comp. an-upama, adj., f. , incomparable, Rām. 4, 62, 17. alabdhopama, i. e. a-labdha- (vb. labh), adj., f. , incomparable, MBh. 3, 16517. nīs-, adj. not having his like, Bhartṛ. 2, 9. -- As latter part of a comp. adj. it denotes very often, Like; e. g. amaropama, i. e. amara-, adj., f. , God-like, Nal. 5, 46. amṛta-, adj., f. , Amṛta-like, Nal. 12, 58.

upamāna upamāna, i. e. upa-mā + ana, n.
     1. Comparison (the third pramāṇa), Bhāṣāp. 139.
     2. Likeness, Kumāras. 4, 5.
     3. An image, Vikr. d. 22.

upamiti upamiti, i. e. upa-mā + ti, f. Comparison.

upayantṛ upayantṛ, i. e. upa-yam + tṛ, m. A husband, Ragh. 7, 1.

upayama upa-yam + a, m. Marriage.

upayācana upa-yāc + ana, n. Solicitation.
-- Comp. satya-, adj. fulfilling, or granting what is requested. Rām. 2, 68, 16.

upayāna upayāna, i. e. upa-yā + ana, n. Approach, Rām. 3, 9, 22.

upayāyin upayāyin, i. e. upa-yā + in, adj., f. . Approaching, Rām. 2, 97, 3.

upayoga upayoga, i. e. upa-yuj + a, m. Employment, use, Kumāras. 1, 7.

upayogin upayogin, adj., f. , i. e.
     1. upa-yuj + in, Using, Daśak. 198, 16, Wils.
     2. upayoga + in, Serviceable, Kathās. 12, 42.

uparati uparati, i. e. upa-ram + ti, f.
     1. Ceasing, Dev. 11, 3.
     2. Resigning, indifference, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 13, cf. 16.

uparama upa-ram + a, m.
     1. End, Rām. 4, 19, 13.
     2. Death, MBh. 1, 4897.

uparamaṇa uparamaṇa, i. e. upa-ram + ana, n. Ceasing, resigning, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 16.

uparāga uparāga, i. e. upa-rañj + a, m.
     1. Painting, Śāk. d. 80, v. r.
     2. An eclipse, MBh. 3, 13476.
     3. Calamity, Ragh. 16, 7.
-- Comp. nirviṣayoparāga, i. e. nis-viṣaya-, adj., f. , unharmed by objects of the senses, Prab. 48, 13.

upari upari, indecl. Over, above, on.
I. adv. Above, MBh. 1, 571; upwards, Pañc. ii. d. 74; moreover, MBh. 1, 294.
II. prep.
     1. Over, with the loc., Rām. 6, 85, 3; with the acc., 6, 3, 26; with the gen. MBh. 1, 507.
     2. On, with the gen., Yājñ. 2, 253 (adding to).
     3. Concerning, with the gen., Pañc. 94, 12; on account of, 214, 6.
III. Former part of comp. nouns and former and latter part of comp. adv., e. g. upari-puruṣa, adj. Mounted by a man Daśak. in Chr. 188, 16. karparopari, i. e. karpara-, adv. Over earthen pots, Pañc. 218, 12. taruvaropari, i. e. taru-vara-, adv. On an excellent tree, Rām. 3, 35, 92. kathitavelopari, i. e. kathita-velā-, adv. After the appointed time, Lass. 44, 16. -- Doubled uparyupari, i. e. upari-upari.
     1. adv. Always higher, Hit. ii. d. 2 (those who look always above themselves, i. e. to their superiors); one above another, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 2.
     2. prep. Over, with acc., MBh. 1, 4648; with gen., Nal. 1, 2.
-- Cf. upa and ved. upara, of which it is probably the loc. sing. slightly changed; Goth. ufar-; concerning Lat. super and Gr. [greek] (properly [greek] in aeol. [greek], ep. [greek].) cf. upa.

upariṣṭāt upariṣṭāt, i. e. upara + bhis (instr. pl.) + tāt.
I. adv.
     1. Above, Rām. 4, 28, 26.
     2. Afterwards, Yājñ. 1, 106.
II. prep.
     1. Over, on, with the gen., MBh. 3, 13654.
     2. Concerning, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 19.

uparodha uparodha, i. e. upa-rudh + a, m.
     1. Obstacle, MBh. 3, 13670.
     2. Disturbance, Vikr. 44, 12; Śāk. 8, 9.
     3. Injury, Man. 11, 10.

uparodhana uparodhana, i. e. upa + rudh + ana, n. Obstacle, Rām. 5, 81, 17.

uparodhin uparodhin, adj., f. , i. e.
I. upa-rudh + in, Disturbing, Ragh. 18, 17.
II. uparodha + in, Interrupted, Śāk. d. 81, v. r.

upala upala, m.
     1. A stone, Man. 11, 167.
     2. A rock, Kir. 5, 15.
-- Comp. tapana-, m. A fabulous gem = sūrya-kānta, Rājat. 3, 296. rasa-, n. A pearl.

upalakṣaṇa upalakṣaṇa, i. e. upa-lakṣ + ana, n.
     1. Seeing after, Śāk. 46, 6.
     2. A mark, Vikr. 69, 10.
     3. Including.

upalabdhi upalabdhi, i. e. upa-labh + ti, f.
     1. Acquisition, Vikr. 65, 11.
     2. Perception, MBh. 14, 683.
     3. Knowledge, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 5.
-- Comp. an-, f. Non-perception (the sixth pramāṇa of the Pūrva and Uttara mimāṃsā).

upalambha upalambha, i. e. upa-labh + a, m.
     1. Acquisition, Rām. 5, 34, 23.
     2. Observation, Śāk. 13, 23.
     3. Perception, Chr. 59, 22 (tad-upalambhasaṃyukta, according with what he had heard): feeling, Ragh. 14, 2.

upalambhaka upalambhaka, i. e. upa -labh, Caus., + aka, adj. Causing perception, Bhāṣāp. 99.

upalipsu upalipsu, i. e. upa-lipsa, desid. of labh, + u, adj. Desirous to learn, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 11.

upalepana upalepana, i. e. upa-lip + ana, n. Smearing, especially with cowdung, Pañc. 116, 21.

upavana upa-vana, n. A grove, Rām. 3, 52, 38.

upavarṇana upa-varṇ + ana, n. Description, Hit. 35, 19.

upavāsa upavāsa, i. e. upa-vas + a, m. and n. Fasting, Man. 2, 188.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. keeping a fast.

upavāsaka upavāsa + ka, n. Fasting, MBh, 3, 13649.

upavāsin upavāsin, i. e. upa-vas + in, adj., f. , Fasting, Rājat. 5, 401.
-- Comp. māsa-, f. ironically, a lascivious woman, Lass. 41, 12.

upavāhin upavāhin, i. e. upa-vah + in, adj., f. , Flowing to, MBh. 1, 2367.

upavīṇaya upavīṇaya, a denom. derived from upa-vīṇā, Par. To entertain somebody (acc.) by playing on the vīṇā or Indian lyre, Ragh. 8, 33.

upavītin upavītin, i. e. upa-vīta (vb. vye) + in, adj. Wearing the sacrificial cord on the left shoulder, Man. 2, 63.
-- Comp. yajña-, i. e. yajñopavīta + in, adj., invested with the sacred thread.

upavṛtti upa-vṛt + ti, f. Collecting, holding, Prab. 40, 3.

upaveda upa-veda, m. A subordinate Veda, a class of writings, MBh. 2, 450.


[Page 127b]

upaveśa upaveśa, i. e. upa-viś + a, m.
     1. Encampment, Rām. 5, 92, contents.
     2. Undergoing, Rām. 5, 22, 25.

upaveśana upaveśana, i. e. upa-viś + ana, n. Undergoing, Pañc. 50, 15.

upaveśin upaveśin, i. e. upa-viś + in, adj., f. , Undergoing, Rājat. 5, 467.

upaśama upa-śam + a, m.
     1. Ceasing, MBh. 1, 758.
     2. Calmness, Bhartṛ. 2, 80.

upaśamana upa-śam + ana, n. Appeasing, Pañc. 118, 22.

upaśalya upa-śalya, m. A space near a village, Ragh. 15, 60.

upaśānti upaśānti, i. e. upa-śam + ti, f. Ceasing, Hit. ii. d. 155.

upaśāyin upaśāyin, i. e. upa-śī + in, adj., f. .
     1. Sleeping, Rām. 5, 14, 21.
     2. Going to rest, MBh. 1, 3626.

upaśobhana upaśobhana, i. e. upa-śubh, Caus., + ana, n. Trimming, Rām. 6, 112, 21.

upaśoṣaṇa upaśoṣaṇa, i. e. upa-śuṣ, Caus., + ana, adj. Drying up, Prab. 29, 6.

upaśruti upa-śru + ti, f. A voice heard in the night, considered as a deity, MBh. 5, 436 sqq.

upaśleṣa upaśleṣa, i. e. upa-śliṣ + a, m. An embrace, Prab. 15, 7.

upasaṃhāra upasaṃhāra, i. e. upa-sam-kṛ + a, m.
     1. Drawing back, Arj. 5, 6.
     2. Comprehension, compendium, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 3; 5.

upasaṃkṣepa upasaṃkṣepa, i. e. upa-sam-kṣip + a, m. Summary, Rām. 1, 3, comtents.


[Page 128a]

upasaṃgraha upasaṃgraha, i. e. upa-sam-grah + a, m.
     1. Touching (one's feet), Pañc. 206, 21 (as a token of respect.
     2. Collecting, Rām. 1, 3, 24.

upasaṃgrahaṇa upasaṃgrahaṇa, i. e. upa-sam-grah + ana, n. Respectful salutation (by touching one's feet, see the last), Man. 2, 72.

upasadana upa-sad + ana, n.
     1. Approaching for receiving instruction, MBh. 3, 17169.
     2. Presence, Rām. 1, 50, 14 (yajña-, i. e. at the sacrifice).

upasaṃdhyam upasaṃdhyam, adv. (from upa-saṃdhyā), Near the twilight, Śiś, 9, 5.

upasaṃnyāsa upasaṃnyāsa, i. e. upa-sam-ni- 2. as + a, m. Abandoning, resigning, MBh. 3, 125.

upasarga upasarga, i. e. upa-sṛj + a, m.
     1. A portent, supposed to announce future evil, Dev. 12, 7.
     2. A preposition.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. , portentous, Rām. 3, 44, 11; possessed by an evil spirit, Rām. 5, 18, 13.

upasarjana upasarjana, i. e. upa-sṛj + ana, n.
     1. Obecuration, Man. 4, 105.
     2. A representative, Man. 9, 121.

upasarpaṇa upasarpaṇa, i. e. upa-sṛp + ana, n. Approach, Vikr. 64, 8.

upasarpin upasarpin, i. e. upa-sṛp + in, adj., f. iṇī, Approaching, MBh. 1, 1200.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. approaching carelessly, Man. 7, 9.

upasevaka upa-sev + aka, adj. Courting as a gallant, Yājñ. 3, 136.

upasevana upa-sev + ana, n.
     1. Veneration, MBh. 3, 14677.
     2. Service, devotion to, Man. 4, 134; MBh. 3, 28.

upasevā upa-sev + ā, f.
     1. Attendance. Man. 3, 64.
     2. Devotion to, pursuing, MBh. 2, 2577.
     3. Indulgence, Man. 12, 32.

upasevin -upa-sev + in, adj., f. .
     1. Respecting, Man. 2, 121.
     2. Serving, 11, 43.
     3. Practising, Pañc. iii. d. 206 (ye hitaṃ vākyam utsṛjya viparītopasevinaḥ, they who neglecting good advice, follow the contrary).

upaskara upaskara, i. e. upa-kṛ + a, m. (and n. Chr. 36, 18).
     1. Implements, MBh. 2, 2063; household implements, Man. 12, 66.
     2. A broom (? vb. kṛ10), Man. 3, 63.
-- Comp. su-, adj. well furnished with the necessary implements, Chr. 25, 52. susaṃskṛta-, i. e. su-sam-kṛ + ta-, f. , one who takes great care of the household furniture, Man. 5, 150.

upastambha upa-stambh + a, m. A support, Hit. 29, 19.

upastuta upa + stuta (vb. stu), m. A proper name, Chr. 295, 15 = Rigv. i. 112, 15.

upastha upa-stha (vb. sthā), m. and n.
     1. The lap (ved.).
     2. The male or female organs of generation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 8.
-- Comp. ratha-, m. and n. the carioteer's seat for driving.
-- Cf. [greek].

upasthāna upasthāna, i. e. upa-sthā + ana, n.
     1. Waiting on, Rām. 4, 44, 111; Vikr. 5, 5.
     2. Being at one's command, Yājñ. 3, 160.
     3. Assembly, MBh. 2, 1757.
-- Comp. an-, n. want of compliance, Rām. 6, 72, 49.

upasneha upasneha, i. e. upa-snik + a, m. Humectation, Rām. 5, 75, 11.

upasparśana upasparśana, i. e. upa-spṛś + ana, n. Bathing, MBh. 3, 8053.

upasveda upasveda, i. e. upa-svid + a, m. Moisture; in the comp. word sa-, adj. Moistened, MBh. 1, 1033.


[Page 129a]

upahartṛ upahartṛ, i. e. upa-hṛ + tṛ, m. One who serves (meat), Man. 5, 51.

upahastikā -upahastikā, i. e. upa-hasta + ka, f. A box, Daśak. 135.

upahāra upahāra, i. e. upa-hṛ + a, m.
     1. A complimentary present to a superior, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 6.
     2. Exultation (which comprehends laughter, dance, song, bowing, recital of prayer, etc.), Daśak. in Chr. 181, 20 (?).

upahāsa upahāsa, i. e. upa-has + a, m. Sneering, Ragh. 12, 37.
-- Comp. sopahāsam, i. e. sa-upahāsa + m, adv. Sneeringly, Pañc. 227, 4.

upahāsyatā upa-hāsya + tā (vb. has), f. Derision, Ragh. 1, 3.

upahvara upahvara, i. e. upa-hvṛ + a
I. m.
     1. A slope, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 87, 2.
II. loc. sing. re,
     1. Near, Arj. 1, 5.
     2. Privately, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 1; 192, 7; 193, 1.

upāṃśu upāṃśu, i. e. upa-aṃśu,
I. m. A low muttered prayer, Man. 2, 8.
II. adv. Secretly, MBh. 3, 17309.

upākarman upākarman, i. e. upa-ā-kṛ + man, n. The beginning of holy study, Man. 4, 119.

upākhyāna upākhyāna, i. e. upa-ā-khyā + ana, n. An episode, MBh. 1, 101.

upākhyānaka upākhyāna + ka, n. A tale, Pañc. 222, 23.

upāṅga upāṅga, n. A supplement, Nal. 12, 17.

upāñjana upāñjana, i. e. upa-añj + ana, n. Smearing with cow-dung, Man. 5, 105.

upādāna upādāna, i. e. upa-ā-dā + ana, n.
     1. Seizure, Man. 8, 417.
     2. Learning, Hit. 4, 13, v. r.
     3. Material cause, Bhāṣāp. 149.

upādhi upādhi, i. e. upa-ā-dhā (cf. nidhi), m.
     1. Deception, Rām. 2, 111, 29.
     2. Modifying circumstance, Bhāṣāp. 46.
     3. A condition supplied to limit a too general middle term, Bhāṣāp. 13.
-- Comp. an-, m. natural disposition, Prab. 101, 11 (this country is beautiful naturally and not through any accidental circumstance).

upādhitā -upādhi + tā, f. in the comp. words utkṛṣṭa-, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 17; nikṛṣṭa-, 205, 3; aspaṣṭa-, 205, 5. The affix does not belong to upādhi alone, but to its combination with the preceding part, e. g. utkṛṣṭopādhi, etc., and these compounds are of the Bahuvrīhi class. utkṛṣṭopādhi (vb. kṛṣ with the prep. ud) as Bhvr. and adj. would denote 'Having an excellent disguise;' with the aff. , Condition of having an excellent disguise. ni° (vb. kṛṣ with the prep. ni), Condition of having, vile disguise; aspaṣṭa- (a-sp°), Condition of having an indistinct disguise.

upādhyāya upādhyāya, i. e. upa-adhi-i + a, m. A spiritual preceptor who gives instruction in a part only of the Veda, Man. 2, 141; a spiritual preceptor in general, Śāk. 61, 11; Rām. 1, 11, 13 (19 Gorr.).
-- Comp. paṭṭa-, m. a dispatcher of documents (master of the rolls?), Rājat. 5, 396. mahā-, m. a reverend master, Chr. 175, 1. 17. mahā-mahā-, m. a very reverend master, Chr. 235, 6.

upādhyāyānī upādhyāyānī, i. e. upādhyāya + ī, f. The wife of a teacher, MBh. 1, 750.

upānah upānah, i. e. upa-nah, f. (nom. sing. upānat, inst. du. upānadbhyām, loc. pl. upānatsu). A shoe, Man. 2, 178.

upānta upānta i. e. upa-anta, n. Proximity, Rājat. 5, 450.

upāntika upāntika, i. e. upānta + ika, n. Vicinity, Pañc. 167, 15.

upāya upāya, i. e. upa-i + a, m.
     1. Approach, Bhartṛ. 3, 10.
     2. Means of success, Man. 7, 177.
     3. An expedient in general, Man. 9, 110.
     4. Craft, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 498.

upāyana upāyana, i. e. upa-i + ana, n. A present, Rām. 2, 70, 23.

upārjana upārjana, i. e. upa-arj + ana, n. Acquisition, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 215.

upālambha upālambha, i. e. upa-ā-labh + a, m. Blame, Chr. 10, 2.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. censuring, Rām. 6, 99, 27.

upālambhana upālambhana, i. e. upa-ā-labh + ana, n. Blame, Śāk. 59, 14.

upāvartana upāvartana, i. e. upa-ā-vṛt + ana, n. Return.

upāśraya upāśraya, i.e. upa-āśraya, m. A retreat, refuge, MBh. 15, 152; 3, 17262.

upāsaka upāsaka, i. e. upa-ās + aka, m.
     1. A servant, Kathās. 19, 78.
     2. A worshipper, Mṛcch. 113, 11.

upāsaṅga upāsaṅga, i. e. upa-ā-sañj + a, m. A quiver, MBh. 2, 1916.

upāsana upāsana, i. e. upa-ās + ana.
I. n.
     1. Attendance, Man. 3, 107.
     2. Practice, Mṛcch. 2, 11.
     3. Religious contemplation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 12, cf. 18, 3.
     4. The sacred fire, Yājñ. 3, 45.
II. f. , Service, Cāt. 10.

upāsitṛ upāsitṛ, i. e. upa-ās + tṛ, m. A worshipper, Rām. 5, 32, 6.


[Page 130b]

upāsti upāsti, i. e. upa-ās + ti, f. Service, Lass. 56, 20.

upekṣaka upekṣaka, i. e. upa-īkṣ + aka, adj. Indifferent, Man. 6, 43.

upekṣaṇa upekṣaṇa, i. e. upa-īkṣ + ana, n. Indulgence, tolerance, Hit. ii. d. 119.

upekṣā upekṣā, i. e. upa-īkṣ + a, f.
     1. Indifference, MBh. 14, 1049.
     2. Neglect, Rām. 4, 12, 35.
     3. Want of attention, Bhāṣāp. 159.

upetṛ upetṛ, i. e. upa-i + tṛ, m. One who must use expedients, Man. 7, 215.

upendra upendra, i. e. upa-indra, m. A name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 1, 6; Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 19.

upodghāta upodghāta, i. e. upa-ud-han, Caus., + a, m. An introduction, Kathās. 3, 65.

upti upti, i. e. vap + ti, f. Sowing, Man. 9, 330.

ubj ubj, i. 6, Par. (originally a denom. derived from ubja, i. e. ubh = [greek] in [greek] and ja from jan). To incurvate, to restrain.
-- With the prep. nis nis, To let loose, to set free, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9.

ubh ubh, and umbh umbh, i. 6, Par. To fill (ved.), ii. 9, Par. To compress (properly 'to incurvate' = [greek], see the last, an old form of *kubh, kumbh).

ubha ubha (for original ambha = [greek], Lat. ambo, Goth. bai), numeral, m. f. n. dual. Both, Man. 2, 14.

ubhaya ubha + ya, numeral, m. f. n. without dual. Both, Man. 2, 55.

ubhayatas ubhaya + tas, adv.
     1. On both sides, Man. 8, 315.
     2. In the one and the other case, Man. 1, 47.

ubhayatra ubhaya + tra, adv. In both instances, Man. 3, 125.

ubhayathā ubhaya + thā, adv. In both cases, Prab. 77, 3; Vikr. 43, 17 (on both reasons).

umā umā, f. Pārvatī, or Durgā, the wife of Śiva, Rām. 1, 36, 15.

umbh umbh, see ubh.

uraga uraga, i. e. uras-ga (vb. gam).
I. m. A snake, Kir. 3, 33.
II. f. , A female snake, Prab. 77, 7.
III. f. , The name of a city.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, m. a black kind of snake, Draup. 5, 8. mahā-, m. a sort of demi-god of the serpent genus, inhabiting Pātāla. hṛta-, adj. robbed of (its) snakes.

uraṇa uraṇa, i. e. vṛ + ana (cf. ūrṇa), m. A lamb, MBh. 12, 6535.

urabhra urabhra, i. e. vṛ + a (akin to ūrṇā) -bhṛ + a, m. A ram.

uraśchada uraśchada, i. e. uras-chad + a, m. Mail.
-- Comp. kāñcana-, adj. having a mail of gold, Rām. 3, 67, 16.

uras uras, probably for varas, i. e. vṛ + as, and akin to uru, n. The breast, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 8.

uraska -uras + ka, a substitute for uras, when latter part of comp. adj., e. g. mahā- and vipula-, adj. Having a broad chest, Rām. 3, 36, 6.

urasija uras + i-ja (vb. jan), m. The female breast, Rām. 1, 9, 38.

urī urī-, see kṛ.

uru uru, i. e. vṛ + u, adj.,
I. f. urvī, Large, MBh. 1, 1222. Comparat. varīyaṃs, superl. variṣṭha, MBh. 14, 879.
II. f. urvī, the earth, Rām. 4, 44, 130.
-- Cf. [greek]

uroja uroja, i. e. uras-ja (see urasija), m. The female breast, Śiś. 9, 44; 86.

urdurd, or ūrd ūrd, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To measure.
     2. To play.

urvurv, i. 1, Par. To kill or hurt.

urvaśī urvaśī, f. The name of an Apsaras, Vikr. d. 110, etc.

urviyā urviyā, adv. (probably for ūrvyā, instr. sing. fem. of uru), Far and wide, Chr. 294, 9 = Rigv. i. 92, 9.

urvībhṛt urvī-bhṛ + t (see uru), m. A mountain, Amar. 93.

ulaṇḍ ulaṇḍ, see laṇḍ.

ulūka ulūka, m.
     1. An owl, Bhartṛ. 2, 89.
     2. A name of Indra, Chr. 46, 26.
     3. The name of a country, its people (plur.), and its king, MBh. 1, 335, etc. Comp. kumbha-, m. A kind of owl, MBh. 13, 5499.
-- Cf. Lat. ulula, A.S. and O.H.G. ūla.

ulūkhala ulūkhala (cf. udūkhala), n. A mortar, Pañc. 249, 8.

ulūkhalika -ulūkhalika, i. e. ulūkhala + ika, adj. A substitute for the last, when latter part of comp. adj., e. g. danta-, adj. One who uses his teeth as a mortar or pestle, Man. 6, 17.

ulūkhalin -ulūkhalin, i. e. ulūkhala + in, in danta-, adj. Using his teeth as a mortar or pestle, Rām. 1, 52, 26 Gorr.

ulkā ulkā, i. e. probably jval + ka, f.
     1. A firebrand, Rām. 3, 75, 51.
     2. Fire falling from heaven, a meteor, Man. 1, 38.
-- Comp. tṛṇa-, f. a burning bunch of grass, Hit. i. d. 81. makā-, f. a great fireball, Man. 4, 103.
-- Cf. Lat. Vulcanus.

ulmuka ulmuka, i. e. perhaps jval + man + ka, cf. ulkā,
I. n. A firebrand, Pañc. 38, 20.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 1275.

ullaṅghana ullaṅghana, i. e. ud-laṅgh + ana, n. Transgress, Kathās. 22, 57.

ullāpa ullāpa, i. e. ud-lap + a, m. Violent cry, Bhartṛ. 3, 6 (perhaps, with the former part khala-, a comp. of the Bahuvr. class, denoting a tyrant, cf. Galanos' translation).

ullāpika ullāpika, i. e. ullāpa + ika (?), adj. Betraying(?), Chr. 57, 22.

ullāpin ullāpin, i. e. ud-lap + in, adj., f. , Calling out, Amar. 36.

ullāsa ullāsa, i. e. ud-las + a, m.
     1. Skipping, Amar. 48.
     2. Joy, Sāh. D. 83.
-- Comp. cidullāsa, i. e. cit-, adj. rejoicing the mind, Bhāg. P. 9, 11, 33.

ullāsana ullāsana, i. e. ud-las + ana, n. Delighting, making happy, Rājat. 5, 243 (hastāgraveṣṭanollāsanaspṛśaḥ khaḍgasya, Of the sword which seemed to rejoice at being grasped by his hand).

ulluñcana ulluñcana, i. e. ud-luñc + ana, n. Pulling, Yājñ. 2, 217.

ullekha ullekha, i. e. ud-likh + a, m. Description, Kathās. 25, 225.

ullekhana ullekhana, i. e. ud-likh + ana, n. Scraping, Man. 5, 124.

ulva ulva, n.
     1. Amnium, the caul, Ait. Br. 1, 3.
     2. The womb, Bhag. 3, 38.
-- Cf. Lat. vulva.

ulvaṇa ulvaṇa (probably akin to uru, of which the original form has been urvan, cf. [greek] for [greek]), adj., f. ṇā.
     1. Abundant, MBh. 3, 340.
     2. Evident, Rājat. 5, 148 (incarnate).
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very violent, Rām. 3, 30, 29.

uśanas uśanas, m., nom. sing. uśanā, The name of a Ṛṣi or saint, Rām. 6, 31, 14; identified with Śukra, regent of the planet Venus, MBh. 1, 3204.

uśīnara uśīnara, m. The name of a country, its people (pl.), and its king, MBh. 1, 227.

uśīra uśīra, m. and n. The root of a fragrant grass, Andropogon muricatum, Rām. 2, 55, 14.

uṣ uṣ, i. 1, Par.
     1. To burn; to burn up, Man. 4, 189.
     2. To chastise, Man. 9, 273.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. uro prurire; O.H.G. usilvar, yellow, probably Lat. aurum.
-- Cf. 2. vas.

uṣatī uṣatī (ptcple. of an aor. of uṣ?), f. Inauspicious, MBh. 1, 3558.

uṣarbudh uṣarbudh, i. e. uṣas-budh, adj. Early awake, Chr. 295, 18 = Rigv. i. 92, 18.

uṣas uṣas, i. e. 2. vas + as, f. The dawn, morning, Kir. 5, 40; ved. nom. pl. uṣāsas, Chr. 294. 2 = Rigv. i. 92, 2. The deity of the dawn, Chr. 287, sqq.
-- Cf. aeol. [greek] (= the original nom. sing. vasās), [greek] Lat. aurora.

uṣṭra uṣṭra,
I. m. A camel, Man. 3, 162.
II. f. uṣṭrī, A she-camel, Pañc. 87, 6.
-- Comp. khara-, n. an ass and a camel, Yājñ. 2, 160.

uṣṭrikā uṣṭrikā, i. e. uṣṭrī + ka, f. A she-camel, Pañc. 228, 16.

uṣṇa uṣṇa, i. e. uṣ + na,
I. adj., f. ṇā, Hot, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 17.
II. m. and n. The hot season, Man. 11, 113.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceedingly hot, Man. 3, 236. an-, adj. not hot, Man. 2, 61; chilly, Śiś. 9, 3.


[Page 133a]

uṣṇaga uṣṇa-ga (vb. gam), m. The hot season, Rām. 5, 31, 16.

uṣṇatā uṣṇa + tā, f., and uṣṇatva uṣṇa + tva, n. Heat, MBh. 3, 15101.

uṣṇālu uṣṇālu, i. e. uṣṇa + ālu, adj. Hot, Vikr. d. 41.

uṣṇiman uṣṇiman, i. e. uṣṇa + iman, m. Heat, Śiś. 9, 65

uṣṇīṣa uṣṇīṣa, m. and n. A diadem, a turban, Chr. 25, 56; Rājat. 5, 206.

uṣṇīṣin uṣṇīṣin, i. e. uṣṇīṣa + in, m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1158.
-- Comp. kañcukoṣṇīṣin, i. e. kañcuka-uṣṇīṣa + in, the affix belonging to both parts of the compound, wearing jackets and turbans, Rām. 6, 99, 23.

uṣman uṣ + man, m.
     1. Heat, MBh. 9, 13969.
     2. Ardour, Pañc. ii. d. 67; Śiś. 9, 85.
     3. Hot moisture, Man. 1, 45.
-- Comp. dhana-, m. ardent longing for wealth, Man. 9, 231. nidhāna-, m. ardour, courage, caused by the possession of a treasure, Pañc. 118, 15. nis-, adj. cold, MBh. 14, 476.

usar usar, i. e. 2. vas + ar (r for n, and originally for vasant, identic with uṣas for vasant), f. Dawn, morning; acc. pl. usras, Lass. 100, 15 = Rigv. vii. 15, 8.
-- Cf. [greek] = loc. vasri, [greek], breakfast, [greek].

usra usra, i. e. 2. vas + ra,
I. m. A ray of light, Kir. 5, 31.
II. f. , A cow, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. 1. 87. 1; Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4.

usriyā usriyā, i. e. usra + iya, f. A cow, Chr. 297, 12 = Rigv. i. 112, 12.

uhuh, i. 1, Par. To hurt or to kill.


[Page 133b]
ū

ū ū, see u.

ūṭhūṭh, see uṭh.

ūḍhi ūḍhi, i. e. vah + ti, f. Bringing, Rājat. 5, 173.

ūti ūti, f. i. e.
I. av + ti,
     1. Assistance, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14; help, Lass. 98, 16 = Rigv. v. 9, 6; ūtī, ved. instr. sing, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
     2. Quickness, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 44.
II. ve + ti, Web, tissue, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 1; 4.

ūdhan ūdhan, and, with r for n, ūdhar ūdhar, and ūdhas ūdhas, based on original *vad-dhant (cf. udan, vb. dhā, and payodhas), n. An udder.
-- Cf. [greek], uber; O.H.G. ūtar; A.S. uder.

ūdhasya ūdhas + ya, n. Milk.

ūdhasvant ūdhas + vant, adj., f. vatī, Having exuberant udders.

ūn ūn, i. 10, Par. (properly a denom. of the following), To detract.

ūna ūna (probably for van + na from van = Goth. van, vans: cf. O.H.G. wênag, few, perhaps [greek] etc.), adj., f. .
     1. Lessened, Yājñ. 2, 295.
     2. Inferior, Man. 9, 123.
     3. Wanting, usually as former or latter part of a comp., e. g. alpa-, adj. Wanting, a little, Man. 8, 217. kiṃcid-, adj. A little less, Sāv. 4, 26. tri-bhāga-, adj. Reduced by a third, Rājat. 5, 170. daśona, i. e. daśan-, adj. Wanting ten, Rām. 1, 46, 12. If one only is wanting, eka may be added, e. g. ekonacatvāriṃśa, i. e. eka-ūna-, ord. The thirty-ninth, MBh. 1, adhy. 39, but usually it is dropped, e. g. ūna -viṃśa, ord. The nineteenth, MBh. 3, adhy. 19. As former part, e. g. ūna-dvi-vārṣika (i. e. -dvi-varṣa + ika), adj. A child under two years, Man. 5, 68; ūna-ṣoḍaśavarṣa (i. e. -ṣaṣ-daśan-varṣa), adj. Under sixteen years, Rām. 1, 22, 2.
-- Cf. probably Lat. un-, or unde-, e. g. in unde-viginti = ūna-viṃśati.

ūyūy, i. 1, Ātm. (properly ve, i. 4, Ātm.). To sew, to weave.

ūrī ūrī, see kṛ.

ūru ūru, perhaps akin to uru, m. The thigh, Rām. 3, 52, 32. When the latter part of a comp. adj., the fem. ends in ru, or , e. g. vāmoru, i. e. vāma-, f. , Having beautiful thighs, MBh. 1, 1903; but ru (against the grammatical rule), MBh. 1, 2988. karabhopamoru, i. e. karabha-upama-ūru, f. , and karabhoru, i. e. karabha- f. , Having thighs like the proboscis of an elephant, Ragh. 6, 83; Śāk. d. 69. rambha-, f. , Having bambu-like thighs, Mālav. d. 45. vara-, f. ru, Having beautiful thighs, Rām. 3, 52, 53.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. thighless.
II. m. Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun, Skandap., Kāśīkh. 2, 13.

ūruja ūru-ja, adj. Born from the thigh, MBh. 1, 6820.

ūrj ūrj, i. 10, Par. (properly a denomin. derived from the next).
     1. To nourish, to strengthen.
     2. † To live. urjita,
     1. Swollen, Rājat. 5, 214.
     2. Strong, Hariv. 9920.
     3. Distinguished, Ragh. 9, 38.
     4. Violent, Rām. 2, 85, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps Lat. urgere.

ūrj ūrj, f. Strength, food, Chr. 295, 17 = Rigv. i. 92, 17; Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 38.

ūrja ūrj + a, m. Strength, Man. 2, 55.


[Page 134b]

ūrjaskara ūrjaskara, i. e. ūrj + as-kṛ + a, adj. Causing strength, MBh. 3, 14181.

ūrjasvala ūrjas + vala, adj., and ūrjasvin ūrjas + vin, adj., f. , Strong, Ragh. 2, 50.

ūrjāvant ūrj + ā + vant, adj., f. vatī, Abundant with food, MBh. 13, 1842.

ūrṇa ūrṇa, i. e. vṛ + na, n., and f. ṇā, Wool, MBh. 2, 1847.
-- Comp. karṇorṇa, i. e. karṇa-, adj. having wool near the ears, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 21. patrorṇa, i. e. patra-, n. 1. Wove silk. 2. A garment of wove silk.
-- Cf. Goth. vulla; A.S. wull; Lat. vellus, [greek].

ūrṇamaya ūrṇa + maya, adj., f. , Woollen.

ūrṇu ūrṇu, ii. 2, Par., Ātm. (properly vb. vṛ, ii. 5). To cover; Ātm. To hide one's self, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 27.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To discover, Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4.
-- With vi vi, To discover, Chr. 295, 11 = Rigv. i. 92, 11.

ūrd ūrd, see urd.

ūrdhva ūrdhva, i. e. ṛdh + va, adj., f. .
     1. Erect, Hiḍ. 3, 2.
     2. Raised (as dust), Man. 11, 110.
     3. Upper, MBh. 1, 1034.
     4. The name of a kind of flying, Pañc. ii. d. 57. vam, adv.
     1. Upwards, Rām. 4, 8, 5.
     2. Above, Man. 1, 92.
     3. After, Rām. 3, 53, 4; after death, Man. 9, 104.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. arduus.

ūrdhvaga ūrdhva-ga (vb. gam), adj., f. .
     1. Going upwards, MBh. 3, 850.
     2. Being in the air.

ūrdhvapuṇḍraka ūrdhva-puṇḍra + ka, m. A perpendicular line on the forehead made with sandal, etc.; a sectarial mark, Lass. 70, 11.

ūrmi ūrmi, probably kvṛ + mi, m. and f. A wave, Bhartṛ. 2, 4.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, a wave of the sea of milk, Ragh. 4, 27.

ūrmin ūrmin, i. e. ūrmi + in, adj., f. ṇī, Wavy (ved.).
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. having great waves, MBh. 3, 793.

ūrmimant ūrmi + mant, adj., f. matī, adj. Surgy, Rām. 4, 9, 38.

ūrva ūrva, m. The name of a saint from whose thighs (ūru) proceeded the submarine fire, Hariv. 2527 sqq.

ūṣūṣ, ii. 1, Par. To be diseased.

ūṣa ūṣa,
I. m. Saline earth, Man. 5, 120.
II. f. ṣī, Salt ground, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 21.

ūṣaṇa ūṣaṇa, i. e. ūṣ (= uṣ) + ana, n. Pepper.

ūṣara ūṣa + ra, adj., f. , Impregnated with saline particles, MBh. 13, 3341.
     2. Salt ground, barren land, Man. 2, 112.

ūṣman ūṣman (= uṣman).
     1. Heat, MBh. 14, 468.
     2. A name comprising the sibilants and h, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 47.

ūṣmapa ūṣmapa, i. e. ūṣman-pa (vb. 1. ).
I. adj. Drinking the steam of food only, MBh. 13, 646.
II. m. pl. The name of a class of Pitṛs or Manes, MBh. 2, 341.

ūh 1. ūh, i. 1, Ātm., with prepositions also Par. To apprehend, MBh. 1, 5228. -- Caus. To observe, MBh. 2, 1240.
-- With the prep. api api, To understand, Hit. iii. d. 33.
-- With abhi abhi, To infer, Kathās. 7, 11

ūh 2. ūh (derived from vah, and appearing only after prep.), i. 1, Par. and Ātm. ūhyamānā, Rājat. 5, 33, is to be corrected to uhy°, pass. of vah, Being carried.
-- With the prep. apa apa.
     1. To remove, Man. 8, 414; 11, 102 (Ātm.); apohita, Prab. 116, 7. --
     2. To press, to follow immediately, Ragh. 19, 5.
     3. To avoid, Man. 10, 86 (Ātm.).
-- With the prep. vyapa vi-apa.
     1. To remove, Man. 2, 102.
     2. To expiate, Man. 11, 81.
     3. To keep off, Rām. 6, 75, 57 (Ātm.).
-- With ud ud. To raise, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 15.
-- With upa upa, To bring near, Rām. 2, 52, 6. -Pass. To begin, MBh. 2, 2051. upoḍha, Produced, Śāk. d. 169.
-- With samupa sam-upa in samupoḍha,
     1. Near, Man. 6, 41.
     2. Commenced, Rām. 2, 75, 29.
-- With prati prati, pratyūḍha.
     1. Denied, Rām. 5, 31, 14.
     2. Exceeded, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 38.
     3. Interrupted, Man. 5, 84.
-- With vi vi, To arrange an army, Man. 7, 191. vyūḍha, Large, Rām. 6, 36, 45.
-- With nirvi nis-vi, nirvyūḍha
     1. Brought out, MBh. 1, 6257.
     2. Achieved, Kathās. 17, 159.
-- With prativi prati-vi, To arrange an army against, MBh. 3, 16370, pratyavyūhat, instead of prativy-auhat; prativyūḍha, Large, Rām. 6, 35, 18.

ūha ūh + a, m. Connected reasoning, MBh. 13, 6725.
-- Comp. an-ūha, adj. without (long) reflection, quick, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 48; 18, 12. durūha, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be inferred, Man. 11, 238. v. r.


[Page 136a]


, i. 1, ṛccha (in epic poetry also arccha = [greek]), ii. 3; 5; 9 Par.
     1. To go.
     2. To go to.
     3. To undergo. With abstracts (cf. i): Man. 1, 53, glānim ṛcchati, To become inert; MBh. 3, 2166, mṛtyum, To die; arch, Nal. 7, 4; MBh. 3, 84; Nalod. 2, 10, yuddharaṅgatām āra, To become the field of battle.
     4. To rise, ṛ-ṇu.
     5. To meet, Man. 8, 351; to attain, Nalod. 1, 32; to fall on, Man. 8, 18, ṛccha.
     6. To gain, to acquire.
     7. To move, to raise, ved. ii. 3, iyarmi.
     8. To open, ii. 5.
     9. To attack, MBh, 4, 1059, ṛccha.
     10. To hurt; ṛta, and ṛte, see separately. -- Caus. arpaya,
     1. To cast; arpita, thrown, Ragh, 8, 87; turned, Bhag. 8, 7.
     2. To fasten, Śāk. d. 133.
     3. To pierce.
     4. To put, Ragh. 9, 74.
     5. To deliver, Yājñ. 2, 65; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 24; 201, 11.
     6. To restore, Man. 8, 191. -- arpita.
     1. Cut in, Śāk. d. 74.
     2. Written, Ragh. 17, 79.
-- Comp. citra-, adj. painted, Śāk. d. 143.
-- With the prepos. abhi abhi, To attack, MBh. 3, 11726, ṛccha, 11875 arccha.
-- With ā ā.
     1. To meet, MBh. 3, 17226.
     2. To adapt (ved.).
-- With pra pra, To rise, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
     1. To fasten, Ragh. 6, 28.
     2. To deliver, Ragh. 15, 41.
     3. To restore, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 15; 189, 15; 192, 16.
-- With vi vi, To open, Chr. 288, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 15.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
     1. To cast, MBh. 1, 6978.
     2. To deliver, Pañc. 36, 13.
     3. To restore, Hit. 72, 20. -- samarpita.
     1. Fastened, Kumāras. 6, 63.
     2. Put together, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 2.
     3. Resting, Rām. 1, 77, 25.
     4. Painted, Ragh. 3, 15.
-- Cf. [greek]


[Page 136b] [greek] (Lat. abolere), [greek] Lat. orior, adorior, adolesco, adultus; Goth. alds; A. S. ald; O.H.G. arnên.

ṛkvan ṛkvan, i. e. ṛc + van.
I. adj. Praising.
II. m. A praiser, Chr. 293, 5 = Rigv. i. 87, 5.

ṛkṣṛkṣ (?), ii. 5, Par. To kill or hurt.

ṛkṣa ṛkṣa,
I. m. A bear, Rām. 3, 52, 45.
II. f. kṣī, A she-bear, Rām. 1, 16, 21.
III. m. and n.
     1. A star, Rām. 5, 73, 57; MBh. 13, 625.
     2. Bears and stars, Śiś. 9, 31.
IV. m. and f. kṣā, Proper names, MBh. 1, 3722; 3790.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ursus.

ṛkṣavant ṛkṣa + vant, m. The name of a mountain, Rām. 6, 3, 10.

ṛc ṛc, i. 1, Par.
     1. To shine, ved.
     2. i. 1, and † i. 6, Par. To praise, ved.
     3. To honour, Man. 3, 93; anomal. absol. arcya, Man. 1, 4. -- Caus. arcaya, To honour, Man. 2, 181. arcita, Respectfully bestowed, Man. 4, 235.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To honour, Man. 8, 391.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To honour, Yājñ. i. 226; to adore, 2, 112.
-- With prati prati,
     1. To salute in turn, Rām. 2, 71, 31.
     2. To salute one by one, MBh. 1, 7211.
-- With sam sam, To adore, Rām. 2, 3, 48; to honour, MBh. 3, 11090 (properly 10190).

ṛc ṛc, f.
     1. A verse or text of the Vedas, Man. 11, 142.
     2. The Ṛgveda, Man. 1, 23.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unlearned in holy texts, Man. 3, 131. tryṛc, i. e. tri-, f. pl. three holy verses, Man. 2, 77.

ṛca -ṛc + a. A substitute for ṛc when being the latter part of a comp., e. g. an-, adj. Unlearned in holy texts, Man. 2, 158. tryṛca, i. e. tri-, n. A strophe consisting of three verses, Man. 11, 254.

ṛcīka ṛcīka, m.
     1. The name of a saint, Rām. 1, 35, 7.
     2. The name of a country, Daśak. 193, 11.

ṛch ṛch (properly the base of the pres. etc. of , q. cf.), i. 6, Par.; ep. also Ātm. (MBh. 4, 1056),
     1. To go.
     2. To attack, MBh. 3, 16375, ānarcha, pf.
     3. † To fail in faculties.
     4. † To become stiff.

ṛj ṛj (for primitive raj), i. 1, Ātm.
     1. † To go.
     2. † To stand or to be firm.
     3. † To gain.
     4. † To be strong.
     5. To live. -- Ved. i. 4, Par., and Ātm.
     1. To stretch.
     2. To desire, to strive for.
-- Cf. raj under ṛju, [greek], Lat. regere, rectus; Goth. rakian; A.S. reccan; Goth. raints, etc.

ṛjīṣa ṛjīṣa (vb. ṛñj), n. The name of a hell, Man. 4, 90.

ṛjīṣin ṛjīṣin (vb. ṛj), adj. Quick, Chr. 291, 12 = Rigv. i. 64, 12.

ṛju ṛj-u, adj.
     1. Straight, Man. 2, 47.
     2. Right, Rām. 4, 34, 31. -Comparat. ṛjīyaṃs, and ved. also rajīyaṃs; superl. ṛjiṣṭha, and ved. also rajiṣṭha.
-- Comp. an-, adj. crooked, Man. 4, 177.
-- Cf. [greek], f. of [greek] properly the measure of a tall upright man, i. e. six feet in general.

ṛjutā ṛju + tā, f.
     1. Straightness, Kumāras. 4, 23.
     2. Plainness, Amar. 67.

ṛñjṛñj, i. 1, Ātm. To fry.

ṛṇṛṇ, ii. 8, Par., Ātm. (properly the base of the pres. etc. of , ii. 5), To go.

ṛṇa ṛ10ṇa, n. Obligation, Man 6, 35; a debt, Man. 9, 218.
-- Comp. an-, adj. free from obligation or debt, Man. 9, 106.

ṛṇayāvan ṛṇa-yā + van, m. A pursuer of debts, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.

ṛṇavant ṛṇa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Indebted, Hit. Pr. d. 20, v. r.

ṛṇin ṛṇin, i. e. ṛṇa + in, adj., f. .
     1. Obligated, MBh. 1, 8341.
     2. m. A debtor, Yājñ. 2, 86.

ṛt ṛt, the base of the pres., impf., imptve., and potent., and optionally of all the other forms, is ṛtīya ṛtīya, Ātm. (properly a denomin. derived from ṛti).
     1. † To blame.
     2. To pity, Mālav. 55, 23.
     3. † To rival.
     4. To domineer.
     5. † To go.

ṛta ṛ + ta,
I. adj., f. , True, Man. 8, 82.
II. n.
     1. Truth, Rām. 5, 31, 19.
     2. Gleaning, Man. 4, 5.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. untrue, Rām. 3, 53, 18; unjust, Man. 4, 170.
II. n. 1. untruth, Rām. 3, 53, 16; a lie, Chr. 48, 12. 2. agriculture, Man. 4, 5. apānṛta, i. e. apa-an-ṛta, adj. true, Rām. 2, 34, 38. satya-an,
I. adj. true and false at the same time, Pañc. 98, 17.
II. n. commerce, traffic.
-- Cf. Lat. ratus, irritus; [greek]

ṛtaṃbhara ṛtaṃbhara, i. e. ṛta + m-bhṛ + a,
I. m. A name of Brahman, Bhāg. P. 6, 13, 17.
II. f. , Understanding, Prab. 68, 3.

ṛtavant ṛta + vant, adj., f. vatī, Possessing truth, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 19.

ṛtastubh ṛta-stubh, adj. Praising truth, Chr. 297, 20 = Rigv. i. 112, 20.

ṛti ṛ + ti, f.
     1. Way, Lass, 2, 8.
     2. Attack (ved.).

ṛtīṣah ṛtīṣah, i. e. ṛti-sah, adj. Braving an attack, Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 64, 15.

ṛtu ṛ + tu, m.
     1. Order (ved.).
     2. Right time, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3.
     3. A season (of the year), Man. 3, 217.
     4. The menstrual discharge, MBh. 14, 2739.
     5. The season approved for sexual intercourse, Man. 3, 46, sqq.
-- Comp. an-, m. wrong season, Man. 4, 104; for sexual intercourse, 5, 153. The aff. tu is a form of tvan and of ar; the older form would be * artvan = Lat. ordo, base ordon.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek].

ṛtumatī ṛtumatī, i. e. ṛtu + mant + ī, f.
     1. A woman in her courses, Suśr. 1, 317, 4.
     2. A marriageable girl, Man. 9, 89.
     3. A woman in the period approved for sexual intercourse, MBh. 1, 750.

ṛte ṛte (loc. sing. ntr. of the ptcple. pf. pass. of , To go; properly, In deficiency), prep. with abl. and acc.
     1. Wanting, Yājñ. 2, 117.
     2. Except, MBh. 3, 16144; 3090.
     3. Without, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 4; 191, 1.

ṛtvij ṛtvij, i. e. ṛtu-yaj, m. A priest, who receives a stipend for preparing the holy fire and conducting sacrifices, Man. 2, 143.

ṛddhi ṛddhi, i. e. ṛdh + ti, f.
     1. Plenty, Indr. 5, 26.
     2. Wealth, Kumāras. 2, 58.
     3. Prosperity, Rām. 2, 105, 33.
     4. Perfection, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 12.
     5. The deity of wealth, MBh. 13. 6750.

ṛddhimant ṛddhi + mant, adj., f. matī.
     1. Wealthy, Rām. 5, 9, 63.
     2. Prosperous, MBh. 3, 244.
     3. Resplendent, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 3; beautiful, MBh. 3, 11077 (p. 572).

ṛdh ṛdh, i. 4, Par., ii. 5, Par. and ved. also i. 6 and ii. 7.
     1. To prosper, Man. 9, 322 (ii. 5); MBh. 2, 1693 (i. 4); pass. To prosper, MBh. 3, 8488.
     2. To augment (ved.).
     3. † To please; ṛuana, Prosperous, Ragh, 2, 50.
-- With sam sam, To prosper, Man. 9, 315 (ii. 5), MBh. 2, 1960 (i. 4); samṛddha.
     1. Completed, Rām. 1, 44, 60.
     2. Abundant, Rām. 2, 104, 26.
     3. Abounding in (with instr. or abl.), Daśak. in Chr. 184, 14; Man. 3, 6.
     4. Wealthy, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 15.
-- Cf. [greek] also [greek] etc., and [greek] but ṛdh being compounded, viz. ṛ-dhā, and the Vedas having a vb. ṛd, which may be considered also as derived from , the base [greek] or [greek] may be another derivation from ; cf. also Lat. ordior.

ṛphṛph, and ṛmph ṛmph, i. 6, Par. To injure, to kill.
-- Cf. ṛph.

ṛbhu ṛbhu, i. e. rabh + u, m. The name of certain deities, MBh. 3, 15459.

ṛmph ṛmph, see ṛph.

ṛṣ ṛṣ, i. 6, Par., ved. also i. 1; Par.
     1. † To go.
     2. To flow, to rain, to drip (ved. i. 1).
     3. To pierce (ved. i. 6).
-- Cf. Lat. rigare, rivus; Goth. rign; A.S. regen.

ṛṣabha ṛṣabha, i. e. ṛṣ + an-bha (vb. bhā), m.
     1. A bull, Bhāg. P. 1, 14, 19.
     2. Chief, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 22; especially as latter part of compound words, 'best, excellent,' e. g. pārthivarṣabha, i. e. pārthiva-, m. An excellent king, Chr. 55, 4. puruṣa-, m. An excellent man, Rām. 3, 49, 11. bharata-, m. A noble descendant of Bharata, Chr. 24, 48. siṃha-, m. A fierce lion.

ṛṣi ṛṣ + i (for original ṛṣan, cf. akṣi for akṣan, asthi for asthan, etc., = [greek]), m.
     1. A bard or author of sacred hymns, Chr. 287, 1. 3; Man. 11, 243.
     2. An old saint, MBh. 12, 12724; Hariv. 417, seq.
     3. A pious person, especially an anchorite, Man. 4, 94.
-- Comp. devarṣi, i. e. deva-ṛṣi, m. a sage of the class of demi-gods, as Nārada, VP. 284; Rām. 1, 1, 83. brahmarṣi, i. e. brahman- and viprarṣi, i. e. vipra-, m. a sage of the class of Brāhmaṇas, as Vaśiṣṭha, VP. 284; Chr. 22, 20; 14, 17. rājarṣi, i. e. rājan-, m. a prince who has adopted a life of devotion, as Viśvāmitra, VP. 284; Chr. 11, 16; Pañc. 76, 9. saptarṣi, see separately.

ṛṣitva ṛṣi-tva, n. State of a ṛṣi, MBh. 13, 2896.

ṛṣṭi ṛṣṭi, i. e. ṛṣ + ti, f.
     1. A spear, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4.
     2. A sword, Arj. 10, 20.

ṛṣṭimant ṛṣṭi + mant, adj., f. matī, Bearing spears, Chr. 293. 1 = Rigv. i. 88, 1.

ṛṣya ṛṣya, m. The painted or white-footed antelope, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 36; in ṛṣyarūpin, i. e. -rūpa + in, adj. Having the shape of an antelope. In the Veda it is written ṛśya; cf. O.H.G. elah, [greek].

ṛṣyaka ṛṣya + ka, adj. Of the colour of the painted antelope, Rām. 5, 12, 35.

ṛṣyamūka ṛṣya-mūka, m. The name of a mountain, Rām. 1, 3, 22.

ṛṣva ṛṣva, adj. Lofty, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.




ṛ10, ii. 5, To go (cf. and īr).


e

eka e-ka (e, old loc. sing. of the pronom. base a, cf. idam and etat; ka cf. kim), num., m., f. , and n.
I. sing.
     1. One (cf. enad), Man. 2, 43; ekasmāt, At once, Rājat. 5, 407.
     2. Alone, Man. 1, 3; Only, Hit. i. d. 81; puṇyaikakarman, i. e. puṇya-eka-karman, adj. Practising only virtue.
     3. Same, Man. 8, 204; Pañc. iv. d. 10.
     4. Preeminent, chief, Megh. 31.
     5. When immediately repeated, 'one by one.' Rām. 2, 91, 51.
     6. A, an, Pañc. 242, 6, puruṣam ekam, 'a man.'
     7. Somebody, Kathās. 18, 330.
II. plur. Some, Man. 9, 61.
III. Former and latter part of compounds, e. g. eka-chara, adj. living alone, Man. 5, 17. an-, adj. many, Man. 5, 159; several, Yājñ. 2, 120; manifold, Yājñ. 3, 144. karapādaikahīnaka, i. e. kara-pāda-eka-hīna + ka, adj. one who has had a hand and foot cut off, Yājñ. 2, 274. tad-eka, one of these, Hit. 25, 10.
-- Cf. Lat. aequus.

ekaka eka + ka, adj.
     1. Solitary, Pañc. iii. d. 51.
     2. Same, Man. 9, 38.

ekacittatā eka-chitta + tā, f.
     1. Fixing one's mind only on one object, Pañc. 244, 23.
     2. Unanimity.

ekaja eka-ja (vb. jan), adj. Solitary, Hiḍ. 1, 39.

ekata eka + ta, m. The name of a deity, MBh. 12, 12772.

ekatama eka + tama adj., f. n. mad,
     1. One of many, Pañc. 169, 15.
     2. One of two, Pañc. 92, 5.
     3. A, an, Rām. 5, 14, 2.

ekatara eka + tara, adj., f. , n. ram, One of two, Rām. 6, 6, 12.

ekatas eka + tas, adv.
     1. = abl. of eka, Rājat. 5, 90.
     2. On one side, Kir. 5, 2; ekatas-ekatas, on one side, on the other, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 523.


[Page 140a]

ekatā eka + tā, f.
     1. Unity, Prab. 18, 9.
     2. Harmony, Rām. 4, 33, 26.
     3. Conjunction, MBh. 3, 14272.

ekatīrthin ekatīrthin, i. e. eka-tīrtha + in, adj. Dwelling in the same religious retreat, Yājñ. 2, 137.

ekatra eka + tra, adv.
     1. = loc. of eka, Man. 5, 136.
     2. At the same place, MBh. 3, 1446.
     3. Together, Pañc. 25, 10.

ekatva eka + tva, n. Unity, MBh. 14, 952.

ekadā eka + dā, adv.
     1. Once, Rājat. 5, 249.
     2. Sometimes, Pañc. iii. d. 60.

ekadhā eka + dhā, adv. Once, MBh. 14, 1166.

ekapatnitā ekapatnitā, i. e. eka-patnī + tā, f. Having one wife in common, MBh. 1, 7274.

ekapatnītva eka-patnī + tva, n. Faitnfulness to a husband, Rām. 5, 49, 21.

ekapadī eka-pad + ī, f. A path, Rām. 4, 31, 13.

ekamaya eka + maya, adj., f. , Only consisting of, in cāraṇa- (of mimes), Kathās. 23, 85.

ekarātrika ekarātrika, i. e. eka-rātra + ika, adj. Sufficing for one night (or day), Man. 4, 223.

ekarūpatā eka-rūpa + tā, f. Equality, Pañc. ii. d. 7.

ekala eka + la, adj., f. , Solitary, alone, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 10.

ekavarṇika ekavarṇika, i. e. eka-varṇa + ika, adj. Incumbent on one caste only, MBh. 3, 11298.

ekavastratā eka-vastra + tā, f. Having one garment only, Nal. 10, 16.


[Page 140b]

ekaśas eka + śas, adv. One by one, Rām. 4. 8, 12.

ekaśrutadharatva ekaśrutadharatva, i. e. eka-śru + ta-dhṛ + a + tva, n. Retaining what one has heard once, Kathās. 2, 40.

ekastha eka-stha (vb. sthā), adj. United, Rām. 3, 30, 26.

ekasthatā ekastha + tā, f. Union, MBh. 1, 5328.

ekāṃśatā ekāṃśatā, i. e. eka-aṃśa + tā, f. Being a part, Ragh. 3, 66.

ekākin ekākin, i. e. probably eka-eka + in (anom.), adj., f. , Solitary, alone, Man. 4, 258.

ekāgratas ekāgratas, i. e. eka-agra + tas, adv. Attentively, Lass. 21, 2.

ekātmya ekātmya, i. e. eka-ātman + ya, adj.
     1. Alone, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 29.
     2. Homogeneous, Bhāg. P. 4, 13, 8.

ekādaśa ekādaśa, i. e. ekādaśan + a.
I. ord. numb., f. śi.
     1. The eleventh, Man. 3, 47.
     2. Lasting eleven (months), MBh. 13, 4247.
II. f. śī, The eleventh day of the half month, MBh. 13, 4234.
-- Comp. vṛṣabhaikadaśa, i. e. vṛṣabha-, adj., f. śā, having a bull as the eleventh, i. e. ten (cows) with a bull, Man. 11, 116 (117).

ekādaśaka ekādaśaka, i. e. ekādaśan + ka, adj. Consisting of eleven, MBh. 13, 4914.

ekādaśan ekādaśan, i. e. eka-daśan, card. numb. pl. Eleven, Man. 2, 89.

ekādaśama ekādaśama, i. e. ekādaśan + ma, ord. numb. Eleventh, Bhāg. P. 8, 13, 25.

ekādaśin ekādaśin, i. e. ekādaśan + in,
I. adj. Consisting of eleven, MBh. 13, 10668.
II. f. , Eleven (hymns), Yājñ. 3, 309.

ekānta ekānta, i. e. eka-anta,
I. adj., f. , Alone, Rām. 4, 28, 1; only, Bhartṛ. 2, 7; Pañc. 154, 20 (the only one, i. e. indispensable).
II. m. and n.
     1. A solitary place, Pañc. iii. d. 6.
     2. An extreme, Rām. 4, 21, 36.
     3. One only, MBh. 12, 13618.
III. The acc. tam, instr. tena, and loc. te, are used as adv.
     1. Exclusively, Bhag. 6, 16; Pañc. 247, 8.
     2. Privately, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 10.
     3. Necessarily, MBh. 3, 1240.
IV. As former part of comp. words,
     1. Perfect, Rām. 6, 93, 24.
     2. Altogether, Sund. 1, 15.
     3. Necessary, Ragh. 2, 57.
V. As latter part, Only, Pañc, 2, 21. an-, adj., f. , Relative, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.

ekāntatas ekānta + tas, adv. Thoroughly, Bhartṛ. 3, 14.

ekāntara ekāntara, i. e. eka-antara, adj., f. , Separated by one caste, Man. 10, 9 (the father belonging, e. g. to the Kṣatriyas, the mother to the Śūdras, the Vaiśyas being between them). dvjekāntara, i. e. dvi-eka-, adj. Being separated by one or two castes.

ekāntatva ekānta + tva, n. Exclusive adoration, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 35.

ekāntitva ekāntitva, i. e. ekāntin + tva, n. Identity, Bhāg. P. 9, 2, 11.

ekāntin ekāntin, i. e. ekānta + in, adj., f. , Adoring one being only, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 38.

ekāyana ekāyana, i. e. eka-ayana,
I. adj.
     1. Passable by one only, MBh. 3, 11136.
     2. Adoring one only, MBh. 12, 7872.
II. n.
     1. A solitary place, MBh. 3, 11695.
     2. Adoration of one only, MBh. 14, 532.

ekārtha ekārtha, i. e. eka-artha, m. The same intention, Nal. 3, 7.


[Page 141b]

ekārthatā ekārtha + tā, f. Having the same intention, MBh. 1, 3413.

ekībhāva ekībhāva, i. e. eka-bhū + a, m. Union. Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 10.

ekaika ekaika, i. e. eka-eka,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Every one, Draup. 8, 17.
     2. One successively, Kathās. 18, 265.
II. kam, adv. One by one, Rām. 1, 13, 27.
III. comparat. ekaikatara, adj. Always one of many, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 41.

ekaikaśas ekaika + śas, adv.
     1. One by one, Nal. 1, 25.
     2. One after another, Rām. 4, 45, 16.

ekaikaśya ekaikaśya, i. e. ekaikaśas + ya, n. Singleness, MBh. 3, 14903 (fighting one by one).

ekodaka ekodaka, i. e. eka-udaka, m. A kinsman who is connected by oblations of water only to the manes of common ancestors, Man. 5, 71.

ej ej, i. 1, Par.
     1. To stir, MBh. 1, 800. Ptcple. of the pres. Living, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 22.
     2. To tremble, to quake, cf. ejatka.
     3. † i. 1, Ātm. To shine. -- Caus. To move, to turn, Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 14.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. aeger.

ejatka ejatka, i. e. ejant + ka (vb. ej), adj. Trembling, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 42.

eṭheṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To annoy, to resist.

eḍaka eḍaka, m. A ram, MBh. 3, 10935.

eḍūka eḍūka, m. A building enclosing bones (a Buddhistic stūpa), MBh. 3, 10374.

eṇa eṇa, m., f. ṇī, A kind of antelope, Man. 3, 269.

etad e-tad (cf. eka and enad), demonst. pron. This here, Nal. 20, 17; this, Man. 3, 147; with the first person, Hiḍ. 4, 15; with the second, Nal. 11, 9; with tad, Kathās. 3, 48; with idam, Pañc. Pr. 3; with kim, Śāk. 101, 19; with yad, Man. 1, 71.

etadātmya etadātmya, i. e. etad-ātman + ya, adj. Having the nature of this, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 6.

etarhi etarhi, i. e. etad + rhi, adv. Now, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 43.

etādṛś etādṛś, i. e. etad-dṛś, adj. Such, Bhāg. P. 9, 11, 17.

etādṛśa etādṛśa, i. e. etad-dṛś + a, adj., f. śī, Such, MBh. 3, 579.

etāvattva etāvattva, i. e. etāvant + tva, n.
     1. Greatness, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 10.
     2. Sufficiency, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 28 (etāvattvam -- bhāvyam, it must be sufficient).

etāvant etāvant, i. e. etad + vant,
I. adj., f. vatī.
     1. So much, Man. 9, 45.
     2. Such a one, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 8; such, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 4; etāvati, In this distance, Śāk. 8, 10.
     3. With kim, Of this kind, Kathās. 20, 58.
II. vat (acc. sing. n.), adv.
     1. So far, Rām. 4, 40, 68.
     2. Thus, Hit. 27, 19.

edh edh (a form of ardh, the original form of ṛdh), i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 3, 15031).
     1. To prosper, MBh. 2, 510.
     2. To increase, Rām. 2, 52, 34; to grow up, Śāk. d. 51. -- Caus. edhaya.
     1. To cause to prosper, Bhāg. P. 7, 1, 11.
     2. To glorify, Kumāras. 6, 90.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To increase, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 17.
-- With sam sam, To increase, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 25. samedhita,
     1. Strengthened, MBh. 3, 10443.
     2. United, Rām. 2, 64, 35. Caus. To cause to prosper, MBh. 13, 7510.


[Page 142b]

edha edha, i. e. indh (or rather idh) + a, m. Wood for fuel, Man. 4, 247.

edhas edhas,
I. n. indh + as (see the last), Wood for fuel, Man. 11, 70.
II. edh + as, Prospering; in sukham-edhas, adj. Well prospering, MBh. 13, 5191.

enad enad, i. e. e-na (cf. etad and eva; na is an old pron. base), pron. which forms only the acc. sing., du. pl., instr. sing., and gen. loc. du., which are substituted for the corresponding cases of idam and etat, This, when used substantively, He, She, It, and without any stress, Man. 2, 50.
-- Cf. Goth. ainaha, ains; A. S. ān; Lat. oinos, unus; [greek]

enas enas, n.
     1. Sin, Man. 5, 34.
     2. Fault, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 17.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. guiltless, Man. 8, 19.
II. m. a proper name, Hariv. 669.

enasvin enas + vin, adj., f. , m. A sinner, Man. 11, 189.

eraka eraka,
I. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2154.
II. f. , The name of a grass, MBh. 1, 620; bent-grass, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 18.

eraṇḍa eraṇḍa, m. The castor oil plant, Ricinus communis, Pañc. i. d. 108.

ervāru ervāru, m. and f. A kind of cucumber, Cucumis utilissimus, Roxb., Yājñ. 3, 142.

elā elā, f. Small cardamoms, Ragh. 6, 64.

eva e-va (cf. enad, va is an old pronominal base), a particle (properly an old instr. sing.).
     1. Only, Man. 1, 91; 2, 87; 190; Śāk. 69, 15.
     2. Still, Man. 2, 168.
     3. Just, Man. 5, 61; Pañc. 223, 9.
     4. Also, Man. 1, 48.
     5. Very (especially after tad), Man. 3, 23.
-- Cf. [greek].


[Page 143a]

evam e-va + m (see the preceding), a particle (originally acc. sing. n.), Thus, Pañc. 24, 4. Very often former part of comp. words, e. g. evaṃrūpa, adj., f. , Having such a form, Rām. 3, 52, 36. evaṃvidha (cf. vidhā), adj. Of such a kind, Śāk. d. 104. evaṃgata (vb. gam), adj. Being in this state, Rām. 2, 39, 31; loc. sing. te, Under these circumstances, Chr. 23, 33. evaṃguṇa,
I. m. Such a quality, Rām. 1, 1, 20.
II. adj. Having such qualities, Nal. 6, 12. evam-ādi, adj. Beginning thus, i. e. This and the like, Man. 9, 260. evam-bhū + ta, adj. Being thus, such a one, Hit. 7, 13.

eṣ eṣ (cf. 1, 2. iṣ), i. 1, Ātm. (after anu and pari in epic poetry also Par.).
     1. To go.
     2. To strive to attain, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 44.
     3. To search, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 52.
-- With the prep anu anu, To search, MBh. 1, 5253; to investigate. Rām. 1, 3, 2.
-- With pari pari, To search, MBh. 13, 4033 (Par.)

eṣaṇa eṣaṇa, i. e. iṣ + ana,
I. n.
     1. Wish, desire, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 39.
     2. Searching MBh. 1, 8399.
II. f. ṇā, Desire, Rājat. 5, 281.

eṣin eṣin, i. e. iṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī, Wishing, MBh. 3, 12513.
-- Comp. dhana-, adj. one who asks payment of a debt, Man. 8, 60. sarva-bhūta-hita-, adj. wishing the well-being of all creatures, Chr. 26, 64.


ai

aikadhyam aikadhyam, i. e. ekadhā + ya + m, adv. At once.

aikapatya aikapatya, i. e. eka-pati + ya, n. Supreme power, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 37.


[Page 143b]

aikamatya aikamatya, i. e. eka-mati + ya,
I. n. Unanimity, Hit. 19, 22.
II. adj. Unanimous, Rām. 5, 77, 15.

aikaśapha aikaśapha, i. e. eka + śapha + a, adj. Belonging to a quadruped with a hoof not cloven, Man. 5, 8.

aikāgārika aikāgārika, i. e. eka-āgāra + ika, m., f. , A thief, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 18.

aikāgrya aikāgrya, i. e. eka-agra + ya, n. Attention fixed on one subject, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 20.

aikāṅga aikāṅga, i. e. eka-aṅga + a, m. One of the bodyguards, Rājat. 5, 249.

aikātmya aikātmya, i. e. eka-ātman + ya, n. Unity with the universal soul.

aikādhikaraṇya aikādhikaraṇya, i. e. eka-adhikaraṇa + ya, n. Residing in the same subjects, Bhāṣāp. 68.

aikāntika aikāntika, i. e. ekānta + ika, adj.
     1. Perfect, Bhag. 14, 27.
     2. Exclusive, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 2.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. indeterminate, Pañc. 58, 22. 2. going astray, (a fallacious middle term,) Bhāṣāp. 71.

aikya aikya, i. e. eka + ya, n. Unity, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 23.

aikṣava aikṣava, i. e. ikṣu + a,
I. adj., f. , Made of sugar.
II. n. Sugar.

aikṣvāka aikṣvāka, i. e. ikṣvāku + a, patron., f. , Descended from Ikṣvāku, Rām. 2, 36, 1; MBh. 1, 3719.

aiṅguda aiṅguda, i. e. iṅguda + a, adj. Produced from the inguda plant, Rām. 2, 103, 29.

aiṇa aiṇa, i. e. eṇa + a, adj. Belonging to the black antelope (as flesh), Yājñ. 1, 258.

aiṇeya aiṇeya, i. e. eṇa + eya,
I. adj. Belonging to a she-antelope, Rām. 2, 56, 18.
II. m. = eṇa, Draup. 4, 15.

aitihāsika aitihāsika, i. e. itihāsa + ika, adj. Occurring in old legends, Prab. 91, 7.

aitihya aitihya, i. e. iti-ha + ya, n. Oral tradition, Rām. 5, 87, 23.

aindava aindava, i. e. indu + a, adj., f. , Referring to the moon, lunar, Man. 11, 125.

aindra aindra, i. e. indra + a, adj., f. .
     1. Belonging to Indra, Arj. 4, 32.
     2. Like that which belongs to Indra, Man. 5, 93.
     3. Indra-like, Man. 8, 344.
     4. Devoted to Indra, MBh. 3, 1494.

aindrajālika aindrajālika, i. e. indra-jāla + ika,
I. adj., f. , Referring to witchcraft, Prab. 101, 4.
II. m. A wizard, Prab. 55, 1.

aindradyumna aindradyumna, i. e. indra-dyumna + a,
     1. adj. Relating to Indradyumna (a proper name), MBh. 1, 325.
     2. The name of a locality, MBh. 3, 10624.

aindraśira aindra-śira, m. A kind of elephant, Rām. 2, 70, 22.

aindrāgnya aindrāgnya, i. e. indra-agni + ya, adj. Sacred to Indra and Agni, MBh. 12, 2307.

aindri aindri, i. e. indra + i, patron. Offspring of Indra, MBh. 1, 2751.

aindriya aindriya, i. e. indriya + a, adj. Referring to the senses, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 15; sensual, 3, 25, 26.

aindriyaka aindriya + ka, adj. Perceptible by the senses, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 48.

aindriyedhī aindriyedhī, i. e. aindriya + i-dhī, adj. Attached to sensuality, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 22.


[Page 144b]

aindhana aindhana, i. e. indhana + a, adj. Consisting of fuel, epithet of the sun, MBh. 3, 149.

airāvaṇa airāvaṇa, i. e. irāvan + a (the base is curtailed irāvant, ved., and cf. irāvatī), m. Indra's elephant, MBh. 1, 1151.

airāvata airāvata, i. e. irāvant + a (see the last),
I. m.
     1. Indra's elephant, considered as the elephant of the east quarter, MBh. 1, 2627.
     2. A kind of elephant, Rām. 2, 70, 22.
     3. A patronymic name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 829.
     4. The name of the northern path of the moon, MBh. 3, 11836.
II. m. and n. A particular shape of the rainbow, Ragh, 1, 36.
III. m., f. , and n. Lightning, MBh. 13, 7391.
IV. m. The orange-tree; n. its fruit, Suśr. 1, 211, 11.
V. f. , The name of a river, MBh. 8, 2055.

aila aila, i. e. iḷā (= iḍā) + a. A metronymic name of Purūravas, MBh. 1, 3149.

aiśa aiśa, i. e. īśa + a, adj. Belonging to Śiva, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 6.

aiśānī aiśānī, fem. of aiśāna, i. e. īśāna + a, The north-east quarter, Vikr. 6, 4.

aiśvara aiśvara, i. e. īśvara + a, adj., f. .
     1. Befitting a lord, majestic, MBh. 1, 3315; 14, 411; powerful, Rām. 3, 10, 21.
     2. Belonging to Śiva, Ragh. 11, 76.

aiśvarya aiśvarya, i. e. īśvara + ya, n.
     1. Control, Man. 6, 95.
     2. Dominion, Rām. 5, 22, 31.
     3. Supreme dominion, Man. 4, 235.
     4. Superhuman power, Bhāg. P. 3, 25, 37.
-- Comp. dhana-, n. the dominion over wealth, Man. 7, 42.

aiśvaryavant aiśvarya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Endowed with superhuman power, MBh. 15, 389.


[Page 145a]

aiṣīka aiṣīka, i. e. iṣīkā + a, adj. Made of reeds, Rām. 1, 29, 7.

aiṣṭikapaurtika aiṣṭikapaurtika, i. e. iṣṭi + ika-pūrti + ika, adj. Referring to sacrifices and pious works (cf. iṣṭāpūrta), Man. 4, 227.

aihalaukika aihalaukika, i. e. iha-loka + ika, adj. Belonging to this world, MBh. 3, 12616.

aihika aihika, i. e.
I. iha + ika, adj. Terrestrial, temporal, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 19.
II. īhā + ika, n. Business; in tryahaihika, i. e. tri-aha-aihika, adj. m. A shopkeeper who gathers as much corn only as may suffice for three days, Man, 4, 7.


o

oka oka, i. e. uc + a, m. A house; in an-oka-śāyin, adj. Not sleeping in a house, MBh. 1, 3631.

okas okas, i. e. uc + as, n. A dwelling-place, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 15; a house, MBh. 2, 805.
-- Comp. ambara-, m. a god, Kumāras. 5, 79. araṇya-, m. an anchorite, Śāk. d. 81. kānana-, m. a monkey, Rām. 5, 65, 7. jala-,
I. adj. living in water, MBh. 13, 2650.
II. f. a leech, Suśr. 1, 28, 10. tri-diva- and diva-, m. a god, Man. 1, 95; 11, 242. mānasa-, m. the wild swan or goose. vana-,
I. adj. living in woods, Chr. 25, 61.
II. m. 1. an anchorite, Chr. 11, 18. 2. a wild beast, Rām. 3, 49, 39. 3. a monkey, 6, 26, 5. vāri-, m. a leech, Man. 7, 129. vāsa-, n. the private apartments; a sleeping-room. vila-, m. any animal living in holes, Man, 10, 49. svarga-, m. a deity.

okhokh, i. 1, Par.
     1. To be dry (cf. uṣ, ṣ is often changed to kh).
     2. To be able.


[Page 145b]

ogha ogha, i. e. probably vah + a, m.
     1. A stream, Man. 9, 54.
     2. A multitude, MBh. 1, 4448.
     3. Density, Śiś. 9, 27.
-- Comp. śara-, m. a multitude of arrows, Chr. 34, 15. sarva-, m. l. assembling a complete army. 2. great speed.

oghavant ogha + vant,
I. adj., f. vatī, Rapid, MBh. 3, 10538.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 13, 121.
III. f. vatī, A proper name, ib.

oṃkāra oṃkāra, i. e. om-kṛ + a, n.
     1. The holy syllable om, Man. 2, 75.
     2. Thanksgiving, Rājat. 5, 134.
     3. Grumbling, Pañc. 158, 7.

ojoj, i. 1, and i. 10, Par.
     1. To be strong.
     2. To live.

ojas ojas, i. e. vaj + as,
I. n.
     1. Strength, Matsyop. 2.
     2. Light, splendour, Man. 12, 18.
II. ojasā (instr.), adv. Powerfully, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; courageously, Rām. 3, 53, 22.
-- Comp. amitaujas, i. e. a-mita- (vb. ), adj. all-mighty, Man. 1, 4. mahaujas, i. e. mahā-, adj. eminent in power, Man. 1, 61.
-- Cf. Lat. augus in augus + tus, and [greek] in [greek]

ojasvin ojas + vin, adj., f. , Strong, MBh. 14, 100.

oḍra oḍra, m. pl. The name of a people and their country, now Orissa, Man. 10, 44.

oṇoṇ, i. 1, Par. To take away (probably a form of arṇ for arṇu, i. e. ii. 5, cf. [greek]).

odatī odatī (fem. of a ptcple. of ud = und), f. The dawn, Chr. 287. 6 = Rigv. i. 48, 6.

odana odana, i. e. ud (= und) + ana, m. and n.
     1. A pap, see comp.
     2. Boiled rice, Man. 8, 329.
-- Comp. kṣī- raudana, i. e. kṣīra-, m. rice boiled with milk, MBh. 13, 947. guḍodana (sic instead of °ḍau°), i. e. guḍa-, boiled rice with sugar, MBh. 13, 6162. tila-, n. a dish of rice, milk, and sesamum, Rām. 2, 69, 10 (tilodana instead of °lau°). dadhi-, m. a mess prepared of curds, Yājñ. 1, 303. māṃsa-bhūtodana (instead of °tau°), i. e. -bhūta-, a dish of rice and meat(?), Rām. 2, 52, 83. śāli-, boiled rice, Bhartṛ. 2, 79.

om om, ind. A mystic word prefacing all prayers, Pañc. 33, 11; used at the commencement and end of holy recitations, Man. 2, 74; 73; and writings, Man.; used to commence respectful salutations, and on other occasions, e. g. Man. 2, 75; and the subject of many mystical speculations, Man. 2, 79; 84.

omyāvant omyāvant, i. e. av + man + ya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Agreeable, Chr. 296, 7 = Rigv. i. 112, 7; kind, Chr. 297, 20 = Rigv. i. 112, 20.

olaṇḍ olaṇḍ, see laṇḍ.

oṣadhi and dhī oṣadhi/ī, i. e. uṣ + a-dhā (cf. nidhi), f.
     1. A plant, Man. 1, 46.
     2. A medicinal herb, Caurap. 47.
-- Comp. mahauṣadhi, i. e. mahā-, f. a kind of sensitive plant, Mimosa pudica.

oṣadhija oṣadhi-ja (vb. jan), adj. Produced from plants, Kir. 5, 14 (i. e. a phosphorescent light).

oṣṭha oṣṭha, i. e. probably ava-stha (vb. sthā), m.
     1. The lip, Man. 8, 282.
     2. The upper lip, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 46. In comp. words a preceding a may be dropped, and the fem. of a comp. adj. may end in ṭhā or ṭhī, e. g. rucira-dantauṣṭhī, Having beautiful teeth and lips, Rām. 3, 52, 16. bimboṣṭha, adj. Having bimba-like lips, Kathās. 4, 8. saṃdaṣṭauṣṭha, i. e. sam-daṣṭa -oṣṭha (vb. daṃś), adj. Biting the lips, MBh. 3, 427. sphuradoṣṭha, i. e. sphurant-oṣṭha, adj., f. ṭhī, With trembling lips, Indr. 5, 51.


au

aukthya aukthya, i. e. uktha + ya, n. A complex of hymns(?), MBh. 3, 10686.

augrya augrya, i. e. ugra + ya, n. Formidableness.

autkaṇṭhya autkaṇṭhya, i. e. utkaṇṭhā + ya, n. Desire, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 17.

autkaṇṭhyavant autkaṇṭhya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Desirous, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 33.

auttami auttami, i. e. uttama + i, patron. m. The name of a Manu, Man. 1, 62.

auttara auttara (? if correct it would be uttara + a), adj. Inhabiting the north, MBh. 3, 10546 (probably it must be corrected yatrott°).

auttānapāda auttānapāda, and -pādi -pādi, i. e. uttāna-pāda (a proper name) + a or i, patron. m. Dhruva or the polar star, MBh. 13, 195; Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 82.

autpattika autpattika, i. e. utpatti + ika, adj. Innate, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 45.

autpātika autpātika, i. e. utpāta + ika, adj., f. , Prodigious, Rām. 5, 52, 1.

autsukya autsukya, i. e. utsuka + ya,
I. n.
     1. Perturbation, Rām. 3, 1, 4.
     2. Desire, MBh. 3, 114.
II. instr. yena, adverbially, Quickly, Pañc. 35, 9; 95, 25.
-- Comp. manda-, adj. having no great desire, Śāk. 18, 22. sa-, adj., f. , full of desire, Pañc. 185, 20.


[Page 147a]

audaka audaka, i. e. udaka + a, adj.
     1. Referring to water, Man. 3, 215.
     2. Aquatic, Man. 1, 44; 6, 13.

audañcana audañcana, i. e. udañcana + a, adj. Contained in a tub, Bhāg. P. 8, 24, 19.

audarika audarika, i. e. udara + ika, adj., f. , Gluttonous, Vikr. 39, 14.

audarya audarya, i. e. udara + ya, adj. Being in the womb, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 4.

audārya audārya, i. e. udāra + ya, n.
     1. Excellence, Nal. 16, 17.
     2. Dignity, Rām. 3, 18, 25.
     3. Generosity, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 24.

audāsīnya audāsīnya, i. e. ud-āsīna + ya (vb. ās), and audāsya audāsya, i. e. ud-ās + a + ya, n. Indifference, apathy, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 17; Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 2.

audumbara audumbara, i. e. udumbara + a,
I. adj., f. , Made of Udumbara wood, Man. 2, 45.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1869.
III. f. , A branch of the Udumbara tree, Rām. 1, 4, 21.

auddhārika auddhārika, i. e. uddhāra + ika, adj. Deducted, Man. 9, 150.

audvāhika audvāhika, i. e. udvāha + ika, adj. Received on account of marriage, Man. 9, 206.

aupadharmya aupadharmya, i. e. upa-dharma + ya, n. A false doctrine, heresy, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 37.

aupanāyanika aupanāyanika, i. e. upa-nāyana + ika, adj. Relating to the initiation, Man. 2, 68.

aupaniṣada aupaniṣada, i. e. upaniṣad + a, adj., f. , Contained in an Upaniṣad, Man. 6, 29.


[Page 147b]

aupapattika aupapattika, i. e. upapatti + ika, adj. Suitable, MBh. 13, 2742.

aupamya aupamya, i. e. upamā + ya, n. Resemblance. Only at the end of comp. words, an-, adj. Incomparable, Rām. 6, 87, 10; ātmaupamya, i. e. ātman-, n. Taking one's self as measure, Hit. i. d. 10 (ātmaupamyena, as they wish for themselves); svapna-, n. Resemblance to a dream, Bhāg. P. 9, 19, 28; vātya-, adj. Resemblance to a storm, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 9.

aupayika aupayika, i. e. upāya + ika, the ā of the base shortened (aupāyika with ā, MBh. 5, 7019, and Chr. 18, 37, see n.), adj., f. , Suitable, Rām. 2, 54, 38.

aupala aupala, i. e. upala + a, adj., f. , Made of stone, Man. 4, 194.

aupavāsya aupavāsya, i. e. upavāsa + ya, n. Fasting, Rām. 2, 87, 18.

aupavāhya aupavāhya, i. e. upa-vah + a + ya, adj. Serving for riding on, Rām. 2, 39, 10.

aupasthya aupasthya, i. e. upastha + ya, n. Sexual intercourse, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 13.

aupahārika aupahārika, i. e. upahāra + ika, n. Oblation, MBh. 13, 6039.

aupādhika aupādhika, i. e. upādhi + ika, adj. Reflectional, conditional (as the crystal's red colour from a china rose near it).

aupāsana aupāsana, i. e. upāsana + a, m. The sacred fire, Yājñ. 3, 17.

aurabhra aurabhra, i. e. urabhra + a, adj. Belonging to a ram, MBh. 3, 268.

aurabhrika aurabhrika, i. e. urabhra + ika, m. A shepherd, Man. 3, 166.


[Page 148a]

auraśa auraśa, i. e. uraśā + a, m. An inhabitant of Uraśā, Rājat. 5, 216.

aurasa aurasa, i. e. uras + a,
I. adj., f. , Dwelling in one's breast, innate, Man. 3, 1314.
II. m. A legitimate son, Man. 9, 166; Yājñ. 2, 128.

aurṇa aurṇa, i. e. ūrṇa + a, adj., f. ṇī, Woollen, MBh. 2, 1823.

aurdhvadeha aurdhvadeha, i. e. ūrdhva-deha + a, n. Obsequies of a deceased person, Rām. 2, 83, 24.

aurdhvadehika aurdhvadehika, i. e. ūrdhva-deha + ika,
I. adj.
     1. Serving for the acquisition of merit, Man. 11, 10.
     2. Belonging to the obsequies of a deceased person, Pañc. 9, 3.
II. n. Obsequies, Rām. 4, 24, 24.

aurva aurva, i. e. ūrva + a,
I. m. The patronymic name of a Ṛṣi or saint, MBh. 1, 2610.
II. adj., f. .
     1. Produced by Ūrva, MBh. 1, 1242.
     2. adj. or m. (supple agni), Submarine fire, Rājat. 3, 170.

auśanasa auśanasa, i. e. uśanas + a,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Belonging to Uśanas.
     2. Descended from Uśanas, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 48; 9, 18, 20.
II. n.
     1. A lawbook ascribed to Uśanas, Pañc. 253, 12.
     2. The name of a holy place, MBh. 3, 7005.

auśija auśija, i. e. uśij (i. e. probably vaś + i-j, vb. jan), + a, adj. Covetous (?), Chr. 297, 11 = Rigv. i. 112, 11.

auśīnara auśīnara, i. e. uśīnara + a,
I. m. The king of the Uśīnaras, MBh. 1, 3669.
II. f. , A proper name, Vikr. 30, 18.

auśīra auśīra, i. e. uśīra + a, n.
     1. The handle of a fan, MBh. 12, 2299.
     2. A bed, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 8.
     3. An ointment made of Uśīra, Śāk. d. 57, v. r.

auṣadha auṣadha, i. e. oṣadhi + a, m. and n. A medicine, Man. 8, 324.
-- Comp. mahā-,
I. n. 1. garlic. 2. long pepper.
II. n. and f. dhī, dry ginger.

auṣadhi and auṣadhī auṣadhi/ī = oṣadhi, Kir. 5, 24; MBh. 13, 454.

auṣṭra auṣṭra, i. e. uṣṭra + a, adj. Produced from a camel, Man. 5, 8.

auṣṇya auṣṇya, i. e. uṣṇa + ya, n. Heat, Yājñ. 3, 77.

auṣmya auṣmya, i. e. uṣman + ya, n. Heat, Ragh. 17, 33.


ka

ka ka,
I. see kim.
II. m. (properly nom. sing. of kim), A name of the highest deities, viz. Prajāpati, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 2; Brahman, MBh. 1, 32; Viṣṇu, 13, 7027.
III. n. Water, Yājñ. 2, 108.

kaṃskaṃs (or kaś kaś, or kas kas), ii. 2, Ātm.
     1. To go.
     2. To command (v. r. to destroy).

kaṃsa kaṃsa,
I. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 357.
II. f. , A proper name, Hariv. 2029.
III. m. n. Bell metal.

kaṃsavatī kaṃsavatī, i. e. kaṃsa + vant + i, f. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 24.

kakkak, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To be proud.
     2. To be unsteady.
     3. To be thirsty.

kakutstha kakutstha, i. e. kakud-stha (vb. sthā), m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 38.


[Page 149a]

kakud kakud (a reduplicated form of a lost base, kud, probably akin to [greek] etc., cf. kakudmant), f.
     1. A summit, Bhāg. P. 5, 25, 7.
     2. The hump of the Indian bull, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 15.
-- Comp. tri-, m. a name of Kṛṣna, or Viṣṇu, MBh. 12, 1508.

kakuda kakud + a, m. and n.
     1. Chief, Rām. 6, 37, 12.
     2. The hump of the Indian bull, MBh. 13, 835.
     3. An ensign or symbol of royalty, Ragh. 3, 70.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. having three horns, MBh. 12, 13252.

kakudmant kakud + mant,
I. adj., f. matī, Having a hump, Ragh. 4, 29.
II. m.
     1. A mountain, Ragh. 13, 47.
     2. A bull having a hump, Kumāras. 1, 27.
-- Cf. Lat. cacumen.

kakudmin kakud + min,
I. adj., f. , Having a hump, MBh. 13, 4935.
II. m.
     1. A bull having a hump, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 4.
     2. A proper name, Hariv. 644.

kakudruma kakudruma, i. e. kakud-druma, n. A proper name, Pañc. i. d. 290.

kakudvant kakud + vant, m. A bull having a hump, Rām. 5, 7, 11.

kakundara kakundara, and kukundara kukundara, n. The cavities of the loins, Yājñ. 3, 96.

kakubh kakubh (a reduplicated form of a lost base, kubh; cf. [greek] Lat. cubare, and kumbh), f.
     1. A summit (ved.)
     2. A quarter or point of the compass, Kathās. 21, 13.
     3. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 4.

kakubha kakubh + a, m.
     1. A tree, Terminalia Arjuna, Rām. 1, 26, 15.
     2. A certain musical mode, Vikr. 61, 1.
     3. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 16.


[Page 149b]

kakkkakk, see kakh.

kakkola kakkola, m. (?) A plant bearing a berry, the inner part of which is an aromatic substance, Rām. 3, 39, 22.

kakkhkakkh, see kakh.

kakṣa kakṣa,
I. m.
     1. A spreading creeper, MBh. 3, 12548; weed, Man. 7, 110.
     2. A dry wood, Rām. 5, 5, 24.
     3. A forest, MBh. 15, 1082.
     4. The side or flank, Rām. 6, 36, 108 (of an army).
     5. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 356.
II. m. and f. kṣā.
     1. The armpit, Rām. 4, 10, 19; Mṛcch. 34, 11.
     2. The end of the lower garment tucked into the waistband, MBh. 2, 902; Pañc. 32, 25 (used for keeping money).
III. f. kṣā.
     1. A girdle, MBh. 4, 1749.
     2. A wall, Rām. 2, 32, 32.
     3. An enclosure, a part of an edifice, Man. 7, 224.
-- Comp. hiraṇya-, adj., f. kṣā, wearing a golden girdle, MBh. 4, 2108. hema-, adj. having a golden wall, Rām. 3, 54, 15.

kakṣaghna kakṣaghna, i. e. kakṣa-han + a, adj. Destroying a dry wood, MBh. 1, 5756.

kakṣīvant kakṣīvant, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, Chr. 297, 11 = Rigv. i. 112, 11.

kakṣya kakṣya, i. e. kakṣa + ya,
I. f. ,
     1. A girdle, MBh. 2, 900.
     2. An upper garment, Kathās. 18, 5.
     3. An enclosed court, MBh. 2, 827; Rām. 2, 57, 22.
II. n.
     1. The cup of a balance, Mit. 145, 20.
     2. A certain part of a chariot, Rām. 6, 106, 23.
-- Comp. suvarṇa-, adj. having a golden girth, Rām. 2, 92, 32. saptakakṣya, i. e. saptan-, having seven courts, Rām. 4, 33, 24.

kakhkakh, or kakkh kakkh, or kakk kakk, or khakkh khakkh, i. 1. Par. To laugh.
-- Cf. Lat. cachinnus; [greek] O.H.G. hoh (sneer).

kagkag, i. 1, Par. To perform an action.

kaṅkkaṅk, i. 1, Ātm. To go.

kaṅka kaṅka,
I. m.
     1. A heron, Rām. 6, 90, 25.
     2. The name of a king, MBh. 1, 227.
     3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1850.
II. f. , A proper name, Hariv. 2029.

kaṅkaṭa kaṅkaṭa (for kaṅkatra, from the base kañc, cf. kañcuka), m. Mail, Rām. 5, 80, 32.

kaṅkaṇa kaṅkaṇa (a reduplicated from of kaṇ, and aff. a), m. and n.
     1. An ornament, MBh. 3, 15757.
     2. A bracelet, Bhartṛ. 2, 63.
     3. The name of a certain weapon, Rām. 1, 29, 13; 56, 12 (Gorr. has kiṅkiṇī, q. cf.).

kaṅkaṇin kaṅkaṇin, i. e. kaṅkaṇa + in, adj., f. , Wearing a bracelet, Kathās. 22, 91.

kaṅkata kaṅkata (perhaps for * kaṅkarta, i. e. an old redupl. form of kṛt and aff. a) m., f. , and n. A comb, Rām. 2, 91, 70.

kaṅkāla kaṅkāla, m. A skeleton, Sund. 2, 24.

kac kac, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To bind.
     2. † To shine. † i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. kañc and kāñc.

kaca kac + a, m.
     1. The hair, MBh. 1, 4982.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3193.
-- Comp. utkaca, i. e. ud-, adj. 1. blown, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 38. 2. opened, MBh. 1, 6079 (?) vi-, adj., f. . 1. bald, MBh. 1, 6078. 2. blown, Kir. 5, 13; Indr. 5, 8.


[Page 150b]

kacākaci kacākaci, i. e. kaca-kaca + i, adv. Seizing one another by the hair, MBh. 8, 2377.

kaccid kaccid, see kad.

kaccha kaccha (a form of kakṣa, q. cf.), m. and n. A shore or bank, land contiguous to water, Pañc. 8, 17.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. the ocean. 2. Varuṇa. 3. a mountain.

kacchapa kaccha-pa (vb. ), m.
     1. A tortoise, Pañc. 51, 13.
     2. A proper name:
a. of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 4828;
b. of a country, Kathās. 18, 253.

kacchū kacchū, f. Scab, Suśr. 1, 269, 12.

kajkaj (?), i. 1, Par. To be glad.

kajjala kajjala, i. e. kad-jala, n.
     1. A collyrium prepared from lamp-black.
     2. Shame, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 27.

kañckañc, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To bind.
     2. To shine.
-- Cf. kac, and kāñc.

kañcuka kañc + uka, m.
     1. A jacket, Rām. 6, 99, 23; Kathās. 18, 16.
     2. Dress, MBh. 12, 816.
     3. Mail, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 15.
     4. The skin of a snake, Pañc. i. d. 73 (and mail).
-- Comp. utkañcuka, i. e. ud-, adj. naked, Bhartṛ. 1, 49. mukta-, m. a snake that has cast his slough. su-bhāṣita-rasa-āsvāda-jāta-romāñca-kañcuka, adj. covered with a mail-like horripilation (a token of pleasure), produced by tasting the flavour of beautiful words, MBh. 12, 816.

kañcukita kañcukita, i. e. kañcuka + ita, adj., f. , Armed with a coat of mail, Bhartṛ. 3, 66.

kañcukin kañcukin, i. e. kañcuka + in, m. An attendant on the women's apartments, Pañc. 156, 20.

kañculikā kañculikā, i. e. kañc + ula + ka, f. A bodice, Amar. 23.

kaṃja kaṃja, i. e. ka + m-ja (vb. jan), n. A lotus, Rām. 4, 41, 59; Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 14.

kañjikā kañjikā, f. A plant, Siphonanthus indica, Pañc. 184, 18.

kaṭkaṭ, i. 1, Par.
     1. To go.
     2. To rain.
     3. To encompass.
-- Cf. prakaṭaya.

kaṭa kaṭa (for *karta, i. e. kṛt + a), m.
     1. A twist of straw, a mat, Man. 2, 204.
     2. The hip, MBh. 13, 2796.
     3. The temples of an elephant, Ragh. 4, 57.
     4. A certain cast in a game of hazard, Mṛcch. 33, 10.
     5. The name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 12, 13.
-- Comp. baddha-, adj., f. ṭā, made of plaited grass, Rām. 2, 56, 17. śruti-, m. 1. penance. 2. a snake. sa-, adj. bad, vile. sam-,
I. adj. (properly 'having the hips thronged together'). 1. crowded. 2. impervious. 3. narrow, contracted.
II. n. 1. a defile. 2. difficulty, trouble.
III. m. a proper name. mahā-sam-, adj. full of great difficulties, Bhartṛ. 2, 98.

kaṭaka kaṭaka, m. and n.
     1. A bracelet, Kathās. 9, 73.
     2. The hill of a mountain.
     3. An army.

kaṭakaṭā kaṭakaṭā, Imitation of the sound of fisticuffs, MBh. 3, 11516.

kaṭakaṭāpaya kaṭakaṭāpaya, a denomin. derived from the last, To gnash, Rām. 2, 35, 1.

kaṭaṅkaṭa kaṭaṅkaṭa, m. A surname of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10372.

kaṭapūtana kaṭapūtana, m. A demon, alled Kaṭapūtana, Man. 12, 71.


[Page 151b]

kaṭākṣa kaṭākṣa, i. e. kaṭa-akṣa, m. A side-look, MBh. 1, 3009; an amorous look, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 12.

kaṭāha kaṭāha,
I. m. and n. A frying vessel, MBh. 14, 1927.
II. m. The name of a dvīpa of the grand divisions of the terrestrial world, Kathās. 13, 74.

kaṭi and kaṭī kaṭi/ī (cf. kaṭa), f.
     1. The hip, MBh. 1, 6293.
     2. The buttocks, Man. 8, 281.

kaṭikā kaṭi + kā, f. The hip, MBh. 13, 5390.

kaṭu kaṭu (for kartu, i. e. kṛt + u), adj., f. ṭu or ṭvī, Sharp, pungent; of taste, Pañc. 61, 11; of smell, MBh. 14, 1408; of the wind, Rām. 3, 22, 11; of words, Pañc. i. d. 191.

kaṭuka kaṭu + ka,
I. adj., f. , Sharp, pungent; of taste, Kathās. 11, 23; of smell, Rām. 3, 16, 17; of words, MBh. 13, 6645.
II. n. Pungency.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. Harsh, MBh. 2, 1551.

kaṭutā kaṭu + tā, f. Wickedness, Hariv. 1022.

kaṭodaka kaṭodaka, i.e. kaṭa-udaka, n. Obsequies of a deceased person, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 17.

kaṭhkaṭh (a form of kaṣṭ in kaṣṭa), i. 1, Par. To live in distress.

kaṭha kaṭha, m. The name of a sage, MBh. 1, 962.

kaṭhina kaṭhina, perhaps for kaṣṭa + ina (cf. kaṭh),
I. adj., f. .
     1. Hard, solid, Pañc. 190, 16; Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
     2. Cruel, Kathās. 19, 89.
II. f. , Chalk, Pañc. Pr. 7.
III. n. A pat, MBh. 3, 8484.

kaṭhinatā kaṭhina + tā, f., and kaṭhinatva kaṭhina + tva, n. Hardness, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 36.


[Page 152a]

kaṭhora kaṭhora, i. e. probably kaṣṭa + var (for van) + a (cf. kaṭhina), adj.
     1. Hard, solid, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 15.
     2. Full grown, Mṛcch. 115, 13.
     3. Sharp, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 3.
     4. Violent, Pañc. 93, 1.
     5. Loud, Pañc. 248, 17.
     6. Hard-hearted, Pañc. iv. d. 62.

kaḍkaḍ, i. 1 and 6, Par. To be glad. i. 6, Par. To eat. i. 10, Par. To remove the husk of grain.

kaḍḍkaḍḍ, i. 1, Par. To be rough (a dialectical form of kaṣṭ; cf. kaṭh).

kaṇkaṇ, i. 1, Par.
     1. To sound.
     2. To cry as in distress.
     3. To go. i. 10, Par. To wink, to cover the eye with the lids.

kaṇa kaṇa,
I. m.
     1. Grain, Hit. 9, 14; broken rice, Man. 11, 92; also the fine red powder which adheres to the rice berry beneath the husk.
     2. A drop, Bhartṛ. 3, 15; spray, Śāk. d. 55.
     3. A spark, Pañc. 93, 3.
     4. A little bit, Prab. 29, 13.
II. f. ṇā, Long pepper, Suśr. 2, 418, 16.
-- Comp. tuṣāra-, tuhina-, m. a flake of snow, Kathās. 19, 50; Amar. 54.

kaṇapa kaṇapa, m. A kind of spear, MBh. 1, 8257; with n instead of , MBh. 3, 810.

kaṇabha kaṇabha, m. A kind of fly (an autumn fly ?), Suśr. 2, 258, 1.

kaṇaśas kaṇa + śas, adv. In small pieces, Kumāras. 4, 27.

kaṇāda kaṇāda, m. The name of a sage, the founder of the Vaiśeṣika or atomic school of philosophy.

kaṇānnatā kaṇānnatā, i. e. kaṇa-anna + tā, f. Eating broken rice, Man. 11, 167.

kaṇika kaṇika, i. e. kaṇa + ika,
I. m.
     1. Seed, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 33.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 5544.
II. f. , A drop, Megh. 96.

kaṇṭkaṇṭ, i. 1, Par. To go.

kaṇṭaka kaṇṭaka (the base kaṇṭ is a dialect. form of kṛnt (originally karnt), the base of the present, etc. of kṛt), m.
     1. A thorn, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 183.
     2. A sharp bone, Man. 8, 95.
     3. An enemy, Pañc. 176, 8; a wicked person, Man. 9, 252; 253.
     4. Stinging pain, Suśr. 1, 93, 4.
     5. Obstacle, Hit. iii. d. 76.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. ikā, free from thorns, i. e. obstacles, Rām. 2, 46, 29; from danger, 2, 81, 6; from harm, 3, 53, 15. amara-, n. the name of the eastern table-land of the Vindhya mountain, Rām. 2, 73, 3 Gorr. niṣkaṇṭaka, i. e. nis-, adj. = akaṇṭaka, MBh. 4, 206. bhūrja-, m. the son of an outcast Brāhmaṇa, Man. 10, 21. sa-, adj. thorny.

kaṇṭakita kaṇṭakita, i. e. kaṇṭaka + ita, adj., f. .
     1. Thorny, Draup. 1, 14.
     2. With bristling hair (a sign of pleasure or love, according to the Hindus), Rājat. 5, 2; Śāk. d. 63.

kaṇṭakin kaṇṭakin, i. e. kaṇṭaka + in, adj., f. . Thorny, MBh. 1, 2851.

kaṇṭhkaṇṭh, i. 1, Par., Ātm., i. 10, Par.
     1. To grieve.
     2. To desire, to long for.
-- Cf. utkaṇṭh.

kaṇṭha kaṇṭha (probably a dial. form of *kandhara, for kandhara), m.
     1. The neck, Rām. 2, 66, 32 Gorr.
     2. The throat, Mṛcch. 128, 20; Man. 11, 205.
     3. Voice, MBh. 3, 829.
     4. Proximity, Pañc. 247, 14.
     5. The proper name of a Ṛṣi, Rām. 4, 18, 11. -- When latter part of a comp. adj., f. ṭhī and ṭhā, e. g. aśru- adj. With tears in the throat, i. e. the voice interrupted by tears, Rām. 2, 74, 28; f. ṭhī, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 3. niṣka-,
I. adj., f. ṭhī, Wearing a golden ornament on the neck, MBh. 3, 14694.
II. m. A golden ornament of the neck, 13, 4928. nīla-,
I. adj. With a blue throat, MBh. 10, 454.
II. m.
     1. A peacock, Megh. 77.
     2. A name of Śiva, Rām. 5, 89, 41.
III. f. ṭhī, A peahen, 5, 11, 23. mukta-kaṇṭha + m (vb. muc), adv. Aloud, as shouting or crying. śiti-, m.
     1. A peacock.
     2. A gallinule.
     3. Śiva. śrī-, m.
     1. Śiva.
     2. A proper name. sanna- (vb. sad), adj. Choked, scarcely able to articulate. sūtra-, m.
     1. A Brāhmaṇa.
     2. A wagtail.
     3. A dove.

kaṇṭhīrava kaṇṭhīrava, i. e. kaṇṭhī- (f. of kaṇṭha with the same signification) ru + a, m. A lion, Pañc. iii. d. 28.

kaṇṭhya kaṇṭhya, i. e. kaṇṭha + ya, adj.
     1. Being at the throat.
     2. Salutary to the throat.
     3. Guttural.

kaṇḍkaṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To be glad. i. 1 and i. 10, Par. To remove the husk of grain. i. 10, Par. To preserve.
-- Cf. kad.

kaṇḍana kaṇḍ + ana,
I. n. The chaff, Suśr. 1, 38, 4.
II. f. , A mortar, Man. 3, 68.

kaṇḍu
I. kaṇḍu, and, usually, kaṇḍū kaṇḍū, f. The itch, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 13.
II. kaṇḍu, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, Rām. 2, 21, 31.

kaṇḍūti kaṇḍūti, i. e. kaṇḍūya + ti, f. Wantonness, Rājat. 5, 281.

kaṇḍūya kaṇḍūya, a denominative derived from kaṇḍu, Par. (Ātm. MBh. 13, 5023).
     1. To scratch, MBh. 1, 5932.
     2. To rub, Śāk. d. 144.
     3. To stroke, Man. 4, 82. khara-kaṇḍūyita, n. (proverbially) Scratching with a thorn for 'doing an absurd action,' MBh. 3, 1329.


[Page 153b]

kaṇḍūyana kaṇḍūyana, i. e. kaṇdūya + ana, n.
     1. Itching, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 10.
     2. Scratching, 3, 31, 26.
     3. Stroking, Vikr. d. 151.

kaṇḍūyanaka kaṇḍūyana + ka, adj. Titillating, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1106.

kaṇḍūyitṛ kaṇḍūyitṛ, i. e. kaṇḍūya + tṛ, m., f. tṛ10, n. Who or what rubs, Ragh. 13, 43.

kaṇva kaṇva, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, MBh. 1, 2874. Superl. kaṇva + tama, The first of the Kaṇva tribe, Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4.

kataka kataka, m. The nut plant, Strychnos potatorum, which clears water, Man. 6, 67.

katama ka + tama, superl. of kim, pron. n. °mad. Who, what, which of many, MBh. 1, 4312; of two, 13, 3044
-- With na and api, Not the least, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 59.

katara ka + tara, compar. of kim, pron. n. °rad, Who, what, which of two, MBh. 1, 3645; of many, Vikr. 5, 14.
-- Cf. Lat. uter for cuter (ubi: alicubi), utrum; [greek] Goth. hvathar; A. S. hvädher.

kati kati, i. e. ka, base of kim + ti, pron.
     1. How many, Rām. 5, 73, 2.
     2. Some, Pañc. 171, 2; usually with following cid, Pañc. 87, 22; with api, Amar. 25.
     3. A proper name, Hariv. 1461.
-- Cf. Lat. quot.

katidhā kati + dhā, adv. In how many ways, Bhäg. P. 3, 6, 11.

katipaya katipaya (from kati), adj., f. and , Some, Pañc. 9, 6.

katth katth, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To boast, Chr. 24, 39.
     2. To praise, Rām. 3, 55, 8.
     3. To blame, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 33.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
     1. To boast, Rām. 6, 36, 42.
     2. To disparage, MBh. 4, 1299. Caus. To humble, Draup. 9, 10.

katthana katth + ana,
I. adj. Boasting, a boaster, Rām. 1, 6, 10.
II. n. Boasting, Rām. 3, 35, 23.

katrkatr, see kartr.

kath kath, i. 10, Par., in epic poetry also Ātm. (probably a denomin. of katham).
     1. To tell, MBh. 1, 2206; Ātm. ib. 3, 13180; to tell of, with the acc., Śāk. 7, 18.
     2. To announce, MBh. 14, 144.
     3. To declare, Man. 7, 157.
     4. To command, Pañc. 57, 22; Vikr. d. 7.
     5. To converse, Rām. 2, 57, 1; Brāhmaṇ. 1, 11. -- Pass. To be called, Hit. Pr. d. 32. -- Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. kathayāna, MBh. 2, 1906. kathita, n. Talk, Śāk. 33, 3.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To announce, Rām. 5, 1, 93.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To tell, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 13.
     2. To explain, MBh. 3, 14000.

kathaka kath + aka, adj. Telling, Śāntiś. 2, 27. m. A narrator, MBh. 1, 7778.

kathana kath + ana, n. Relating, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.

katham ka + tha + m (cf. kim), adv.
     1. In what manner, Nal. 3, 10.
     2. How, Śāk. 14, 13; Man. 5, 2.
     3. What, Śāk. 94, 1 (kathaṃ mām evoddiśati, What! dares he defy me?).
     4. Whence, Śāk. 98, 23.
-- With following api,
     1. By some means, by accident, Pañc. 127, 25; 261, 13.
     2. A little, Śāk. d. 73.
     3. Slowly, with difficulty, Pañc. 236, 7.
     4. kathaṃkatham api, Not without great pain, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 11.
-- With following nu,
     1. How now? Nal. 17, 20 (19).
     2. How much more? Śāk. d. 81; with na, How much less? Rām. 1, 33, 9.
-- With following cana,
     1. In any manner, Man. 5, 143; with na, In no manner, never, Man. 4, 11.
     2. Not without difficulty, Rām. 1, 67, 4.
     3. kathaṃkatham cana, A little, Vikr. 29, 15.
-- With following cid,
     1. A little, Śāk. 65, 1.
     2. Scarcely, Rām. 3, 24, 20.
     3. With difficulty, Pañc. 9, 5; MBh. 13, 2797. kathaṃ cid api, Even a little, Man. 3, 190; Scarcely, Rām. 6, 99, 50. kathaṃ cid -- na, In no way, Rām. 5, 75, 7. na kathaṃ cid api, Never, Chr. 19, 4. na kathaṃ cid -- na, By all means, Arj. 10, 17.
-- Comp. yathā-katha + m, adv. with following cid, by all means, Man. 11, 220 (221).

kathā kath + ā, f.
     1. A tale, Ram. 1, 2, 38.
     2. A speech, discourse, Man. 3, 231; Śāk. d. 76.
     3. Mention, Nal. 21, 33.
     4. With preceding (fem. of kim), and a following loc., or prati with acc., No question, out of the question, Ragh. 10, 29 (you are out of the question); in a prodosis, Śāk. d. 52, kā kathā vāṇasaṃdhāne, There is no need to fix the arrow to the bow; in an apodosis, Kathās. 4, 123, how much less?
-- Comp. dharma-, f. a conversation concerning law or duty, Pañc. 117, 13. purā-, f. a tale of past ages. sam-, f. conversation.

kathānaka kath + āna + ka, n. A little tale, Lass. 15, 13.

kathāmaya kathā + maya, adj., f. , Consisting of tales, Kathās. 8, 1.

kathāvaśeṣatā kathāvaśeṣatā, i. e. kathā-avaśeṣa + tā, f. Condition of one of whom nothing but the mention is left, i. e. death, Prab. 83, 1.

kad ka + d (the old nom. acc. sing. n. of kim; cf. Lat. quod; O.H.G. huaz; A. S. hvät).
     1. With following cid

kaccid kac cid, particle of interrogation, Perhaps, Nal. 4, 24.
     2. As former part of compound nouns, Bad, e. g. kad-anna, n. Bad food, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 9. kad-apatya, adj. Having a bad offspring, 4, 13, 43. kad-indriya, n. pl. The paltry organs of sense, 8, 3, 28.
     3. Combined with vb. , To blame, 7, 5, 28; with arth, q.v.

kad kad, or † kand kand, or † krand krand, or † kland kland, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. † To be confused.
     2. † To confound.
     3. To kill; cakāda, Rām. 6, 65, 23.

kadana kad + ana, n. Killing, Rām. 6, 65, 23.

kadamba kadamba,
I. m. A tree, Nauclea cadamba (its flower, when fullblown, is covered with projecting anthers), Rām. 5, 74, 4; Kir. 5, 9.
II. n. Plenty, Śāk. 87, 15 (Prākṛ.).

kadambaka kadamba + ka, n. Plenty, Śāk. d. 39.

kadarth kadarth, see arth.

kadartha kadartha, see kadarthī under kṛ.

kadarthana kadarthana. i. e. kad-arth + ana, n. and f. , Tormenting, Daśak. 169, 7.

kadarya kad-arya, adj., f. , Avaricious, Man. 4, 210.

kadala kadala,
I. m. and f. , The plaintain tree, Musa sapientum, Megh. 75.
II. f. , A kind of deer, MBh. 2, 1743.

kadalikā kadalikā, i. e. kadalī + ka, f. The plaintain tree, Prab. 65, 13.

kadā ka + dā (see kim), adv. At what time, Nal. 22, 7. With following cana,
     1. Once, some time; preceded by na, Never, Man. 2, 58.
     2. Perhaps, Pañc. 22, 10. With following cid, Once, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 2; preceded by na, Never, Man. 4, 74.
     3. Followed by api, and preceded by na, Never, Hit. 58, 12.
-- Cf. Lat. quando, quandoque = kāda cid.

kadrū kadrū, f. The wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the serpent race, MBh. 1, 1074.

kan kan, i. 1, Par. (perhaps proceeded from kam, q. cf., by kam + nā, ii. 9, cf. raṇ).
     1. To love, to be satisfied, etc. (ved.).
     2. † To shine.
     3. † To go.

kanaka kan + aka, n. Gold, Ṛt. 6, 28; 30.

kanakamaya kanaka + maya, adj., f. , Golden, Pañc. 235, 13.

kanapa kanapa, see kaṇapa.

kaniṣṭha kaniṣṭha, superl. of alpa and yuvan, f. ṣṭhā.
     1. Smallest, very small, Rām. 3, 51, 7.
     2. Youngest, Man. 9, 113.
     3. with and without aṅguli, f. The little finger, Yājñ. 1, 19.

kaniṣṭhikā kaniṣṭhikā, i. e. kaṇiṣṭha + ka, f. The little finger, MBh. 13, 5059.

kanīyaṃs kanīyaṃs,
I. comparative of alpa and yuvan, f. yasī, Very small, Pañc. 16, 7.
II. m. A younger brother, Rām. 1, 26, 5.

kanīyasa kanīyasa, i. e. kanīyaṃs + a, adj.
     1. Smaller, MBh. 13, 2560.
     2. Younger, MBh. 1, 3518.

kanthā kanthā, f. A patched cloth, Bhartṛ. 3, 16.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. cento(?).

kandkand, i. 1, Par.
     1. To call.
     2. To cry or shed tears.
-- Cf. kad.


[Page 156a]

kanda kanda, m. A bulbous root, Pañc. ii. d. 161.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. garlic. 2. a sort of yam. 3. a plant, Hingtsha repens. rakta-, m. 1. coral. 2. a sort of onion.

kandaṭa kandaṭa, n. The white esculent water lily.

kandada kanda-da (vb. ), adj. One who makes roots (?), MBh. 12, 10403.

kandara kandara (probably ka + m, old nom. and acc. n. of kim, -dṛ10 + a), m., f. ṛ10, and n. A cave, Pañc. 93, 8.

kandaravant kandara + vant, adj., f. vatī, Abundant in caves, Rām. 3, 21, 13.

kandarpa kandarpa (probably kam, see kandara, -dṛp + a), m.
     1. A name of the god of love, Rām. 1, 25, 10.
     2. Love, MBh. 1, 7920.

kandala kandala (perhaps kam, see the last, and dala), n.
     1. The flower of the kandalī (q. cf.), Bhartṛ. 1, 43.
     2. A new shoot.
-- Comp. rakta-, ratna-, and hema-, m. coral.

kandalī kandalī, see the last, f. The plaintain tree, Musa sapientum, Vikr. d. 78.

kandalin kandalin, i. e. kandala + in, adj., f. , Abundant in new shoots, Bhartṛ. 1, 42.

kandu kandu, m. f. An iron pan, Mālav. 24, 21 (Prākṛ.).

kanduka kanduka,
I. m. A ball for playing with, Bhartṛ. 2, 83.
II. n. A pillow, Bhartṛ. 3, 42.

kandhara kandhara [i. e. kam (see kandara), according to the grammarians, Head, -dhṛ + a], m., and f. , The neck, Yājñ. 2, 220.
-- Comp. utkandhara, i. e. ud-, adj., f. (cf. Kathās. 20, 8), with raised neck, Pañc. 249, 5. daśakandhara, i. e. daśan-, adj. having ten necks, epithet of Rāvaṇa, MBh. 3, 16516.

kanyakā kanyakā, i. e. kanyā + ka, f. A girl, Pañc. 44, 18.

kanyakubja kanyakubja, i. e. kanyā-kubja (with shortened ā), f. The name of a town, Rām. 1, 34, 37.

kanyasa kanyasa, i. e. kanyaṃs (for kanīyaṃs) + a, adj., f. , Younger, Rām. 5, 33, 10.

kanyā kanyā (akin to kanīyaṃs), f.
     1. A girl, Nal. 1, 8.
     2. A virgin, Man. 8, 367.
     3. A daughter, Man. 9, 71.
-- Comp. kāśi-, f. a daughter of the king of the Kāśis, Chr. 20, 18. jahnu-, f. a name of the Gangā, Bhartṛ. 3, 79. sama-, f. a girl fit to be married.

kanyātva kanyā + tva, n. Virginity, MBh. 1, 2406.

kanyāmaya kanyā + maya, adj., f. yi, Consisting of a girl, Ragh. 16, 86.

kap kap, see krap.

kapa kapa, m. The name of a kind of demons, MBh. 13, 7329 sqq.

kapaṭa kapaṭa, m. and n. Fraud, Pañc. 217, 15.

kaparda kaparda, m.
     1. A small shell used as a coin, a cowrie.
     2. The braided hair of Śiva.

kapardaka kaparda + ka, m. and kapardikā kapardikā, f. A small shell used as a coin, Hit. 115, 2.

kapardin kapardin, i. e. kaparda + in, m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 3, 1624.

kapāṭa kapāṭa, m., f. ṭī, and n.
     1. A half of a folding-door, Rām. 5, 15, 10.
     2. A door, Mṛcch. 16, 17.


[Page 157a]

kapāṭaka -kapāṭa + ka, a substitute for the last when latter part of a comp. adj. sphāṭika-uru-, adj. Having large folding-doors of crystal, MBh. 2, 1673. f. ṭikā, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 29.

kapāla kapāla (probably for *karpāla; cf. karpara),
I. m., f. , An earthen water-pot, especially of the religious mendicants, Man. 6, 44; Bhartṛ. 3, 24; of beggars in general, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 1.
II. m. and n.
     1. Either half of a water-jar, Bhāṣāp. 10.
     2. The skull, MBh. 14, 273.
III. m.
     1. A potsherd.
     2. Either half of an egg, Kathās. 2, 15.
     3. The glene, Suśr. 1, 265, 8.
     4. A kind of leprosy, Suśr. 1, 268, 1.

kapālika kapālika,
I. = kāpālika II. (q. cf.), Pañc. i. d. 239 (with shortened a on account of the metre?).
II. f. , i. e. kapāla + ka, f. A potsherd, Man. 4, 78.

kapālin kapālin, i. e. kapāla + in,
I. adj., f. , Wearing skulls (as a necklace), Kumāras. 5, 78; covered with skulls, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 16.
II. m. and f. A follower of a certain sect, Prab. 56, 13.
III. m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 2, 1641; of one of the Rudras, 1, 2567.
IV. f. , A name of Durgā.

kapi kapi, i. e. kamp + i, m.
     1. A monkey, Man. 11, 154. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 7045.

kapiñjala kapiñjala, m.
     1. A bird, the francoline partridge, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 5.
     2. A proper name, Pañc. 163, 20.

kapittha kapittha (probably kapi-stha, vb. sthā),
I. m. A tree, Feronia elephantum, Corr., MBh. 1, 2830.
II. n. Its fruit, Suśr. 1, 148, 16.

kapitthaka kapittha + ka, m. A tree, Feronia elephantum, Corr., Rām. 5, 16, 2.


[Page 157b]

kapitva kapi + tva, n. Condition of a monkey, Rām. 5, 2, 15.

kapila kapi + la,
I. adj., f. , Reddish, Man. 3, 8 (with reddish hair), Rām. 6, 3, 2.
II. m. The name of a sage, MBh. 3, 1896; of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.
III. f. .
     1. A reddish or brown cow, MBh. 3, 8067.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520.
     3. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 14233.

kapiśa kapi + śa, adj. Reddish, Śāk. d. 75; brown, Vikr. d. 26; Megh. 21.

kapīndra kapīndra, i. e. kapi-indra, m. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 7002.

kapīvant kapīvant, i. e. kapi + vant,
I. m. The name of a sage, Hariv. 426.
II. f. vatī, The name of a river, Rām. 2, 71, 15.

kapota ka-pota (see kim),
I. m. A dove or pigeon, Pañc. iii. d. 139.
II. f. , A she-pigeon, Pañc. iii. d. 179.

kapotaka kapota + ka, m., f. tikā, A little pigeon, Pañc. ii. 9; iii. 144.

kapola kapola, m. A cheek, Pañc. d. 225.
-- Comp. su-, adj., f. , having beautiful cheeks, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 22.

kapolakāṣa kapolakāṣa, i. e. kapola-kaṣ + a, m. That which rubs the cheeks (viz. of the elephants), as a branch, etc., Kir. 5, 26.

kapha kapha, m. Phlegm, one of the three humours of the body, Suśr. 1, 4, 8.

kaphala kapha + la, adj. Phlegmatic, causing or exciting phlegm, Suśr. 1, 224, 7.

kabkab, or kav kav, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To colour.
     2. To praise.

kabandha kabandha, and kavandha ka- vandha, m. and n.
     1. A headless trunk, especially one retaining the power of action, Böhtl. Ind. Sp. 166.
     2. A belly, MBh. 3, 806.
     3. A cloud, or vapour, MBh. 3, 13087.
     4. The name of a demon, Rām. 3, 75, 24, sqq.
-- Cf. [greek]

kam ka + m (old acc. s. n. of kim), a particle, Indeed, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 88. 2.
-- Cf. [greek]

kam kam, i. 10, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., Hiḍ. 4, 4; Rām. 3, 51, 28), in the pres., impf., imptive., and potent., and optionally in all the other forms, kāmaya.
     1. To love, MBh. 1, 2400; Rām. 1, 34, 16.
     2. To desire, Sāv. 5, 52; to wish, with infin., MBh. 1, 6582; to intend, with infin., MBh. 3, 2249. -- Anom. ptcple. of the pres. kāmayāna, e. g. MBh. 13, 1891; kāmamana (probably to be corrected to kāmayāna), Rām. 5, 24, 37; 38. -- Pf. pass. kānta.
     1. Loved, Hiḍ. 4, 35.
     2. Amiable, graceful.
-- Comp. candra-, m. the moon-stone. ramā-, m. Viṣṇu. ravi-, m. the sun-stone. rādhā-, m. Viṣṇu. sūrya-, m. 1. the sunstone, Śāk. d. 40; a gem. 2. Hibiscus phoeniceus. -- Compar. kānta + tara, Most beautiful, Rām. 3, 17, 6. kāmita, n. Wish, MBh. 1, 2187. -Ptcple. of the fut. pass. kamanīya.
     1. To be loved, Kumāras. 1, 37.
     2. Beautiful, Bhartṛ. 1, 45. kāmya, see separately. -- Caus. To cause to desire, Rām. 3, 38, 20 (Par.); Ṛt. 6, 30 (Ātm.).
-- With the prep. ati ati, in ati-kānta, adj. Excessively loved, Bhartṛ. 2, 30.
-- With abhi abhi, To desire, MBh. 1, 3347.
-- With ni ni, To desire, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 21.
-- Cf. Lat carus = kam-ra, Beautiful, charming (Grammarians), amo (cf. katara), amoenus, etc.; [greek] (aff. [greek] = tvas) [greek], etc.; probably O.H.G. gaman, A.S. gamene.


[Page 158b]

kamaṭha kamaṭha, m.
     1. A tortoise, Pañc. ii. d. 199.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 2, 117.

kamaṇḍalu kamaṇḍalu, m. (and n). A water-pot used by ascetics and religious students, Man. 2, 64; Rām. 3, 52, 9.

kamana kam + ana, adj. Desirable, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 33.

kamala kam + ala,
I. n.
     1. A lotus, Nelumbium, Megh. 32.
     2. Water, Kir. 5, 25.
II. f. .
     1. A name of Lakṣmī, Bhāg. P. i. p. xcv.
     2. A proper name, Rājat. 4, 424.
-- Comp. kara-kamala, n. a lotus-like hand, Ṛt. 3, 23. vikasita-vadana-kamala, adj., f. , opening her lotus-like mouth, Pañc, 129, 10. vikasita-nayana-vadana-kamala, opening his lotus-like eyes and mouth, 192, 11. sa-, adj. abounding in lotus-flowers, Kir. 5, 25.

kamalāhās kamalāhās, a denomin. derived from kamala-ā-hāsa, Par. To smile like a lotus, Lass. 67, 15.

kamalinī kamalinī, i. e. kamala + in + ī, f. A group of lotus flowers, Megh. 90.

kamp kamp, i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 4, 1290).
     1. To move to and fro, Rām. 1, 14, 18.
     2. To tremble, Rām. 3, 53, 61. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. ā-kampita, n. Trembling a little, Ragh. 2, 13. Caus. To cause to tremble, Rām. 1, 74, 13; 3, 33, 38 (Ātm.). Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-kampita, Without being stirred, by themselves, MBh. 4, 1290. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-kampya, immoveable, Rām. 3, 53, 43.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To pity, with loc. and acc., MBh. 14, 29; Rām. 3, 37, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. anu- kampita, n. Compassion, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 22. Caus. To pity, Kumāras. 4, 39.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To pity, Ragh. 9, 14.
-- With abhi abhi, To tremble, MBh. 3, 15721 (? v. r.).
-- With ā ā, Caus. To cause to tremble, MBh. 1, 1165. ākampita, Excited, Ṛt. 6, 32.
-- With ud ud, To tremble, Kathās. 15, 2.
-- With pra pra, To tremble, Rām. 1, 65, 13. Caus. To cause to tremble, Rām. 3, 25, 26. Comp. ptcple of the fut. pass. duṣprakampya, i. e. dus-.
     1. Difficult to be made to tremble, Hariv. 12824.
     2. Difficult to be made to reel, MBh. 5, 718.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To cause to tremble, Rām. 5, 6, 16.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
     1. To cause to tremble, MBh. 4, 298.
-- With vi vi.
     1. To tremble, Bhag. 2, 31. --
     2. To retreat (with abl., from), MBh. 4, 109.
     3. To change, Rām. 2, 60, 17. vikampita, Trembling, Ṛt. 1, 3. Caus. To cause to tremble, Ragh. 11, 19.
-- With sam sam, To tremble, MBh. 4, 574. Caus. To cause to tremble, MBh. 1, 1167.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek].

kampa kamp + a, m. Trembling, Bhartṛ. 1, 50.
-- Comp. niṣkampa, i. e. nis-, adj., f. , unmoved, unmovable. kṣiti-, bhū- and bhūmi-, m. an earthquake, MBh. 7, 7867; Rām. 1, 41, 15.

kampana kamp + ana,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Causing to tremble, MBh. 13, 662.
II. m.
     1. A certain weapon, Rām. 6, 7, 24.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 2, 117.
     3. The name of a country, Rājat. 5, 446.
III. f. , The name of a river, MBh. 3, 8094.
IV. n. Trembling, MBh. 3, 13539.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. , accompanied by carthquakes, Chr. 36, 23. sva-, m. wind. hṛdaya-, adj. agitating the heart, causing it to throb (with indignation), Draup. 4, 22.

kambkamb, see karb.

kambala kambala,
I. m. and n.
     1. A woollen blanket, MBh. 3, 181,
     2. A woollen garment, Rājat. 5, 460.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1555.
-- Comp. pāṇḍu-, m. 1. a white woollen blanket. 2. a kind of stone.

kambu kambu, m. and n.
     1. A shell, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 20.
     2. A bracelet (made of shells, MBh. 2, 2067), MBh. 4, 54.

kamboja kamboja, m. pl. The name of a country and its inhabitants.

kara kara, i. e. A kṛ + a,
I. latter part of comp. adj. and subst., f. , Making, causing, producing; e. g. vaira-, Causing enmity, Man. 9, 227. a-yaśas-, Causing disgrace, Hiḍ. 3, 18. deha-, m. A father, MBh. 5, 3657.
II. m.
     1. The hand, Man. 5, 136.
     2. An elephant's trunk, Nal. 13, 12.
B. kṛ10 + a, m.
     1. A ray of light, Rām. 6, 11, 44.
     2. Hail.
     3. Royal revenue, Man. 7, 128; toll, Man. 7, 127.
-- Comp. agra-, m. 1. the tip of the extended hand. 2. the extremity of the hand and of a ray, Śiś. 9, 34. a-tuṣāra-kara, m. the sun, Śiś. 9, 7. kula-kara, m. ancestor, MBh. 1, 6562. citra-, m. a painter, Kathās. 5, 30. dina-, divasa-, and divā-, m. the sun, Bhartṛ. 2, 65. duṣkara, i. e. dus-, adj., f. , difficult Man. 7. 55; duṣkaraṃ yadi, scarcely, Rām. 2, 73, 7. padma-,
I. m. a lotuslike hand, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 26.
II. adj., f. , holding a lotus, Prab. 86, 3.
III. f. , a name of Śrī, Bhāg. P. 4, 20, 27. bhoga-, adj., f. , procuring food, Bhartṛ. 2, 17. śūlodyatakara, i. e. śūla-udyata- (vb. yam), adj. with a spear in his uplifted hand. sa-, adj. 1. bearing toll. 2. with rays. su-,
I. adj., f. . 1. casy, Man. 7, 55. 2. doing well
II. f. , a tractable cow.
III. n. charity, benevolence. a-su-, adj. to be shunned, Bhartṛ. 2, 61.

karaka karaka, m., i. e.
A. kṛ + aka, The waterpot of the student or ascetic, Man. 4, 66.
B. kṛ10 + aka, Hail, Megh. 55.

karakāsār karakāsār, a denominative derived from karaka-āsāra, Par. To rain like a shower of hail, Lass. 67, 16.

karaṅka karaṅka, m. The skull, Mālat. 79, 18.

karaja kara-ja (vb. jan), m. A finger nail, Man. 4, 70.

karañja karañja, m. The name of a plant, Pongamia glabra, Vent., MBh. 3, 14488 sqq.

karañjaka karañja + ka, m. = the last, Rām. 3, 79, 37.

karaṭa karaṭa, m.
     1. An elephant's temples, MBh. 3, 16039; Bhartṛ. 3, 73. karaṭā-mukha, with lengthened a, MBh. 3, 441, etc., perhaps on account of the metre.
     2. A crow, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 29.
     3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 370.
-- Comp. pra-bhinna-, m. an elephant in rut, or from whose temples the juice is exuding, Sund, 2, 20.

karaṭaka karaṭa + ka, m.
     1. A crow, Mṛcch. 104, 13 (Prākṛ.).
     2. A proper name, Pañc. 9, 19.

karaṇa karaṇa, i. e. kṛ + ana,
I. adj., f. ṇī, Making, causing, e. g. vaidhavya-, Causing widowhood, Rām. 6, 95, 27. saṃjīva-, Causing health, Rām. 6, 26, 5.
II. n.
     1. Making, MBh. 3, 15297; performing, Pañc. 40, 15.
     2. Action, Rām. 1, 11, 17.
     3. Instrument, Bhāṣāp. 57.
     4. An organ of sense, Ragh. 8, 38.
     5. The body, Kumāras. 4, 5.
     6. A document, Man. 8, 51.
     7. Musical time, Kumāras. 6, 40.
III. m. The son of a Vrātya Kṣatriya, Man. 10, 22.
-- Comp. a-, n. non-doing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 15. anta-, adj. causing destruction, Man. 9, 221. antaḥkaraṇa, i. e. antar-, n. the internal sense, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 24; the heart, Śāk. d. 21. a-hita-, n. a wicked action, Bhartṛ. 1, 87. trivṛt-, n. triplication, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 20. prahāra-, n. beating, Pañc. 245, 12. virūpa-, n. disfiguring, Rām. 1, 3, 19. śeṣa-, n. doing what is still to be done, Rām. 4, 17, 56.

karaṇḍa karaṇḍa, m. and n. (Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 392), A basket or covered box of wicker work, Bhartṛ. 2, 82.

karaṇḍaka karaṇḍa + ka, m. A box Śāk. 89, 15 (Prākṛ.).
-- Comp. puṣpa-, n. the name of a garden, Mṛcch. 148, 19. bhramara-, m. (?) a dark lantern, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 11. rakṣā-, n. an amulet, Śāk. 105, 15 (Prākṛ.).

karatoyā karatoyā, i. e. kara-toya, f. The name of a river, MBh. 2, 374.

karatoyinī karatoyinī, i. e. kara-toya + in + ī, f. The name of a river, MBh. 12, 4887.

karada kara-da (vb. ), adj.
     1. Paying taxes, MBh. 1, 7170.
     2. Tributary, 3, 15288.

karaṃdhama karaṃdhama, i. e. kara + m-dhmā + a, m. A proner name, MBh. 14, 78.

karapāla kara-pāla, karabāla karabāla, and karavāla karavāla (with b, v for p), m. A sword, MBh. 1, 1432.

karaprada kara-pra-da (vb. ), adj. Tributary, MBh. 3, 14774.

karabāla karabāla, see karapāla.

karabha kara-bha (vb. bhā), m.
     1. The metacarpus, the hand from the wrist to the root of the fingers, MBh. 3, 16138.
     2. An elephant's trunk, Ragh. 6, 83.
     3. A young elephant, Bhāg. P. 8, 2, 22.
     4. A young camel, Pañc. 229, 5.
     5. A camel, MBh. 2, 1200.

karabhaka karabha + ka, m. A proper name, Śāk. 29, 15.

karamarda karamarda, i. e. kara-mṛd + a,
I. m. A small acanthaceous tree, Carissa carandas, Lin., MBh. 1, 11571.
II. n. Its fruit, Suśr. 1, 210, 18.

karamba karamba, m. = karambha, q. cf.

karambita karambita, i. e. karamba + ita, adj. Mingled, Gīt. i. 27.

karambha karambha,
I. m.
     1. A cake of flour or meal mixed with curds, Man. 12, 76.
     2. Mixture, Bhāg. P. 3, 26. 45 (a mixed smell).
     3. A proper name, Rām. 4, 39, 35.
II. f. bhā, A proper name, MBh. 1, 3775.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]

karambhaka karambha + ka, m. A cake, Rājat. 5, 16.

kararuha kara-ruh + a, m. A finger nail, Megh. 94.

karavīra kara-vīra, m.
     1. A fragrant plant, Oleander or Nerium odorum, Rām. 3, 17, 10.
     2. The name of a magical weapon, Rām. 1, 30, 7.
     3. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1557.
     4. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 28.
     5. The name of a city, MBh. 13, 1730.

karasthālin karasthālin, i. e. kara-sthāla + in, m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1243.

karāyikā karāyikā, f. A small kind of crane, Pañc. 157, 3.

karāla karāla, adj., f. ,
     1. Gaping, Mṛcch. 47, 2.
     2. Formidable, Hiḍ. 2, 5; MBh. 2, 296.
II. m.
     1. A certain beast, Suśr. 1, 200, 8.
     2. The name of a locality, Rājat. 1, 97.
III. f. , A name of Durgā, Mālat. 75, 6.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Mild, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 28. daṃṣṭrā-, adj. Gaping with projecting teeth, Hiḍ. 2, 3. vi-, adj. Formidable.

karālatā karāla + tā, f. Formidableness, Pañc. 217, 23, °tāṃ gataḥ, It became formidable.

karin karin, i. e. kara + in,
I. m. An elephant, Kir. 5, 7.
II. f. iṇī, A female elephant, Bhartṛ. 3, 82.
-- Comp. dikkarin, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant of a quarter or point of the compass, one of the eight supporting the globe, Bhāg. P. 8, 10, 24. vana-, m. a wild elephant. sura-, m. an elephant of the gods, Kir. 5, 26.

karīra karīra,
I. m. and n. The shoot of a bamboo, Suśr. 1, 28, 6.
II. m. A leafless plant, Capparis aphylla, Roxb., Bhartṛ. 2, 89.

karīṣa karīṣa, i. e. kṛ10 + īṣa, m. and n.
     1. Dry dung, Rām. 2, 100, 7; 3, 3, 2.
     2. Dry cow-dung, Man. 8, 250.

karuṇa karuṇa,
I. adj., f. ṇā,
     1. Doleful, Vikr. 4, 1; Rām. 2, 63, 32.
     2. Lamentable, Rām. 3, 51, 25.
II. ṇam (acc. sing. n.), adverbially, Miserably, Rām. 1, 2, 14; Śiś. 9, 67.
III. m. Moving compassion, one of the rasas, or sentiments of a poetical production, Rām. 1, 4, 7.
IV. f. ṇā, Compassion, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 3.
-- Comp. a-karuṇa, adj., f. ṇā, cruel, Śiś. 9, 67; Bhāg. P. 9, 14, 37. niṣkaruṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. cruel, Pañc. iv. d. 16. sa-, adj. compassionate, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 12.

karuṇaveditā karuṇaveditā, i. e. karuṇa-vedin + tā, f. Benignity of heart, Man. 7, 211.


[Page 162a]

karuṇāya karuṇāya, a denom. derived from karuṇa by ya, Ātm., but in epic poetry also Par. To be in distress, MBh. 3, 336 (Par.).

karuṇāvant karuṇā + vant, adj., f. vatī, Distressed, Rām. 5, 33, 14.

karūṣa karūṣa, m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 124; Rām. 1, 26, 20.
-- Comp. niṣkarūṣa, i. e. nis- (kṛ10 + ūṣa), adj. free from dirt, Rām. 1, 27, 20 Gorr.

karūṣaka karūṣa + ka,
I. m. A proper name.
II. n. A certain fruit, MBh. 3, 10039.

kareṇu kareṇu (base kara),
I. m. f. A male or female elephant, MBh. 13, 4899; 1, 4477.
II. m. The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 171, 16.

kareṇuka kareṇu + ka,
I. n. The fruit of the plant kareṇu.
II. f. , A female elephant, Pañc. 43, 5.

karoṭa karoṭa,
I. m. A basin; probably also cymbals in ṭakkarāghātasaṭāṃkārakaroṭikāḥ Rājat, 5, 417.
II. m., and f. ṭā and ṭī, The skull, Rājat. 6, 157.

karka karka, m. A white horse, MBh. 13, 4921.

karkaṭa karkaṭa, a form of * karkarta, i. e. an old reduplicated form of kṛt + a,
I. m.
     1. A crab, Pañc. iv. d. 10.
     2. The sign of the zodiac, Cancer, Rām. 1, 19, 2.
     3. The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 253, 12.
II. f. ṭī, A female crab, MBh. 4, 272.
III. m., f. ṭī, The curved end of the beam of a balance, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
-- Cf. Lat. cancer; [greek].

karkaṭaka karkaṭa + ka,
I. m.
     1. A crab, Pañc. 1, 237.
     2. The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 527, 4.
     3. The name of a Nāga, Rām. 5, 78, 9.
II. f. , A female crab, Draup. 5, 9.
III. n. A poisonous bulbous plant, Suśr. 2, 252, 7.

karkaṭikā karkaṭikā, i. e. karkaṭa + ka, f. The name of a plant, probably a sort of cucumber, Pañc. 248, 2.

karkandhu karkandhu,
I. m., and f. dhū, The jujube, Zizyphus jujuba.
II. n. Its fruit, Yājñ. 1, 240; also the fem. dhū, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 32.
III. m. A proper name, Chr. 296, 6 = Rigv. i. 112, 6.

karkara karkara,
I. adj., f. , Hard, Mālat. 79, 18.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1561.
III. f. , A small water-jar, Bhartṛ. 1, 47.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. calculus, calx [greek].

karkaśa karkaśa, adj., f. śā.
     1. Hard, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 740.
     2. Firm, Bhartṛ. 2, 56.
     3. Cruel, Rām. 3, 36, 23.

karkaśatva karkaśa + tva, n.
     1. Hardness, Kumāras. 1, 36,
     2. Harshness, MBh. 13, 542.

karkoṭaka karkoṭaka,
I. m.
     1. The name of a Nāga or snake, Nal. 14, 4.
     2. A plant, Momordica mixta, Suśr. 1, 137, 15.
II. n. Its fruit, 2, 343, 1.

karjkarj, i. 1, Par. To pain or make uneasy.

karṇkarṇ, i. 10, Par. To pierce or bore.
-- Cf. ākarṇaya.

karṇa karṇa, m.
     1. The ear, Man. 8, 125; with , To listen, Śāk. 8, 21.
     2. A rudder, Rām. 6, 23, 30.
     3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2427.
-- Comp. When the latter part of a comp. adj. the f. ends in ṇā and ṇī. Aśva-, m. a timber tree, Vatica robusta, Rām. 1, 26, 15. utkarṇa, i. e. ud-, adj. with the ears erect, Ragh. (Calc. ed. 15, 11. kumbha-, m. 1. a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10350. 2. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 1, 3, 34. go-, m. 1. a kind of deer, Antelope picta, Rām. 2, 103, 41. 2. a kind of arrow, MBh. 8, 4668. 3. a span from the tip of the thumb to that of the little finger, MBh. 2, 2324. 4. the name of a holy place, Rām. 1, 42, 13. 5. a name of Śiva, Kathās. 22, 218. catuṣkarṇa, i. e. catur-, adj. heard only by four ears, Pañc, i. d. 112. tri-, adj., f. ṇī, having three ears, Rām. 5, 18, 24. dadhi-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 165, 9. lamba-, m. 1. a goat. 2. an elephant. 3. a Rākṣasa. vi-, adj. earless. śaṅku-,
I. adj., f. ṇā, having ears like a javelin, MBh. 1, 6662; ṇī, Rām. 5, 18, 24.
II. m. 1. an ass. 2. a proper name, Pañc. 87, 12. ṣaṭkarṇa, i. e. ṣaṣ-, adj. heard by six ears, Lass. 3, 10. stabdha- (vb. stambh), adj. having the ears erect. hastikarṇa, i. e. hastin-, m. 1. the castor oil tree. 2. the Butea frondosa. 3. a demigod. 4. the name of a district, Rājat. 5, 32.

karṇakubja karṇa-kubja, n. The name of a city, Lass. 8, 9.

karṇagrāhavant karṇagrāhavant, i. e. karṇa-grah + a + vant, adj., f. vatī, Having a helmsman, Rām. 2, 52, 5.

karṇadhāra karṇadhāra, i. e. karṇa-dhṛ + a, m. A helmsman, Rām. 2, 52, 75.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. , without a pilot, Hit. iii. d. 2.

karṇavant karṇa + vant, adj. f. vatī, Having ears, Rām. 2, 45, 15.

karṇaśrava karṇaśrava, i. e. karṇa-śru + a, adj. Heard by the ear, Man. 4, 102.

karṇākarṇi karṇākarṇi, i. e. karṇa-karṇa + i, adv. From ear to ear, Rām. 6, 21, 39.

karṇāṭa karṇāṭa,
I. m. pl. The name of a country and its inhabitants, MBh. 3, 16352.
II. f. ṭī, A proper name, Rājat. 4, 152.

karṇāṭaka karṇāṭa + ka = karṇāṭa, m. Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 8.

karṇikā karṇikā, i. e. karṇa + ka or ika, f.
     1. An ornament of the ear, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 1.
     2. The pericarp of the lotus, Rām. 3, 22, 25.
     3. The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 428.
-- Comp. padma-karṇika (perhaps to be corrected to °ṇikā), the pericarp of a lotus, i. e. a manner of arraying an army, MBh. 7, 2674.

karṇikāra karṇikāra,
I. m. The name of a plant, Pterospermum acerifolium, Rām. 3, 21, 15.
II. n. Its flower, Ṛt. 6, 6.

karṇin karṇin, i. e. karṇa + in, adj.
     1. Mischievously barbed, Man. 7, 90.
     2. In -ardhakuṇḍalakarṇin, MBh. 13, 886, where the aff. in belongs to -ardha-kuṇḍala-karṇa, not to karṇa alone: Wearing in his ear half an ear-ring.

karṇīratha karṇīratha (cf. ratha), m. A litter, Rājat. 5, 218.

karṇīsuta karṇīsuta (cf. su), m. A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 16.

karṇopakarṇikā karṇopakarṇikā, i. e. karṇa-upa-karṇa + ka, f. Gossip, Pañc. 36, 19.

kartkart, see kartr.

kartana kartana, i. e. kṛt + ana, n. Cutting, Yājñ. 2, 229.

kartavyatā kartavya + tā (vb. kṛ), f. Business, Man. 7, 61.

kartukāma kartukāma, i. e. kartum-kāma (vb. kṛ), adj. Desiring to do, Rām. 3, 49, 51.

kartumanas kartumanas, i. e. kartum -manas (vb. kṛ), adj. Intending to do, Pañc. 12, 19.

kartṛ kartṛ, i. e. kṛ + tṛ, m., f. trī, and n.
     1. An agent, a maker, Rām. 4, 24, 5; Man. 4, 172; 3, 160; 5, 105 (n.); Kathās. 25, 153 (f.).
     2. A founder, MBh. 13, 1662.
     3. Creator, Rām. 3, 69, 7.
     4. An author, Pañc. ii. d. 34.
-- Comp. ādi-, m. the first creator, Rām. 6, 102, 18. dina-, m. the sun, Hariv. 9367. miṣṭa-, m. a confectioner. rājya-, m. an officer of the government, Rām. 2, 67, 1. śarīra-, m. a father, Chr. 15, 28. su-varṇa-, m. a goldsmith. hema-, m. a kind of bird (?), Man. 12, 61.

kartṛka -kartṛ + ka, a substitute for kartṛ, when the latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. sa-, adj., f. , Accompanied by an agent, Bhāṣāp. 46.

kartṛtva kartṛ + tva, n. Being agent, MBh. 3, 1232.

karttari and karttari/ī (for karttrī, i. e. kṛt + tṛ + ī), f. Scissors, Suśr. 2, 13, 16.

kartrkartr, or kart kart, or katr katr, i. 10, Par. To loosen (akin to kṛt, a denominative).

karttrikā karttrikā, i. e. 1. kṛt + tṛ + ī + ka, f. A hunter's knife, Hit. 43, 19 v. r.
-- With karttṛ, cf. Lat. culter.

kardkard, i. 1, Par. To grumble, as the bowels.

kardama kardama,
I. m.
     1. Mud, Yājñ. 1, 197; Rām. 3, 78, 31 (rudhirakardama, Gore, Pañc. iii. d. 107).
     2. Dregs, MBh. 14, 2683.
     3. A certain plant, Suśr. 2, 100, 20.
     4. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1561; of a Prajāpati, 12, 2211.
II. adj. Soiled, Suśr. 2, 309, 5.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the name of a hell, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 7. yakṣa-, m. a sort of perfumed paste.


[Page 164b]

karpaṭa karpaṭa (this and some of the following words seem to be derived from a base karp = Lat. carpo), m. and n. Rags, Pañc. 236, 25.

karpaṇa karpaṇa (see the last), A spear, Daśak. 56, 17.

karpara karpara (see karpaṭa), n.
     1. A pot, Pañc. 218, 11.
     2. A potsherd, Pañc. 217, 22.
-- Comp. ghaṭa-, m. a broken jar, Ghaṭak. 22.

karpāsa karpāsa (see karpaṭa), m. and n. Cotton, Suśr. 2, 481, 13.

karpūr karpūr, a denominative derived from the next, Par. To smell like camphor, Lass. 67, 15.

karpūra karpūra, m. and n. Camphor, Pañc. 47, 7.

karbkarb, and kamb kamb, i. 1, Par. To go.

karbu karbu, adj. Of a spotted or variegated colour, Yājñ. 3, 166.

karbura karbu + ra, or karvura karvara (with b for v), adj., f. .
     1. Of a variegated colour, Suśr. 1, 40, 12.
     2. Grey, Kumāras. 4, 27.
-- Cf. probably [greek].

karmaka -karmaka, i. e. karman + ka, A substitute for karman when the latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. adbhuta-, adj. One who has done surprising works, MBh. 3, 8102.

karmakara karmakara, i. e. karman-kṛ + a, adj., f. , A hired labourer, a servant, Pañc. 10, 4; Kathās. 13, 94.
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. a domestic sorvant, Pañc. 30, 2.

karmakāra karmakāra, i. e. karman-kṛ + a, adj. A hired labourer, Pañc. 116, 20.


[Page 165a]

karmakṛt karmakṛt, i. e. karman-kṛ + t, m. A workman, Rājat. 5, 90.
-- Comp. krūra-, i. e. krūrakarman-, adj. doing cruel works, Man. 12, 58. sva-, m. an independent workman.

karmaja karmaja, i. e. karman-ja (vb. jan), adj. Proceeding from actions, Man. 12, 3.

karmaṭha karmaṭha (base karman, probably a dialect. form of karmastha), adj. Eager, Rājat. 5, 24.

karmatas karmatas, i. e. karman + tas, adv.
     1. Out of one's works (or with, etc. ?), Man. 12, 98.
     2. Concerning one's business, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 8.

karman karman, i. e. kṛ + maṇ, n.
     1. Action, Bhāṣāp. 5; Sāv. 2, 28.
     2. Work, Śāk. 22, 17.
     3. Business, Bhag. 18, 42 sqq.; Pañc. 7, 9.
     4. Religious action as sacrifice, etc., Chr. 296, 2 = Rigv. i. 112, 2.
     5. The actions of a former life as the cause of men's subsequent births and fate, Pañc. v. d. 77; cf. karmatas, and Pañc. 134, 9.
-- Comp. adbhuta-, adj. one who performs surprising deeds, Rām. 1, 21, 18. an-ārya-, adj. one who acts like one who is not an Ārya (like a Śūdra), Man. 10, 73. antya-, n. funeral rites, Man. 11, 197. indra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 6, 102, 16. kāla-, m. (?) death. Rām. 6, 72, 11. See ku-; Kṛta-, adj. one who has done his duty, Rām. 1, 66, 1. keśa-, n. dressing of the hair, MBh. 4, 78. krūra-,
I. n. 1. a cruel deed, Suśr. 1, 106, 1. 2. a hard work, Śāk. d. 37 v. r.
II. adj. 1. practising cruel deeds, Pañc. i. d. 74. 2. f. aṇī, cruel, Rām. 2, 75, 6. gṛha-, n. domestic business, Pañc. 121, 14. grāmya-, n. sensual pleasure, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 31. citra-, n. a picture, Katḥās. 6, 50. cūḍā-, n. the ceremony of tonsure, Man. 2, 35. caura-, n. roguery, Pañc. 96, 22. jāta-, n. the ceremony on the birth of a child, Man. 27. jāla-, n. fishery, MBh. 13, 2653. toya-, n. a religious ceremony performed with water, MBh. 1, 589. tri-, adj. one who performs the three duties of a Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 6455. dāra-, n. marriage, Man. 4, 5. durga-, n. defences, Rām. 5, 49, 14. duṣkarman, i. e. dus-,
I. n. a bad action, MBh. 5, 415.
II. adj. wicked, MBh. 5, 4478. duṣkṛta-, i. e. dus-kṛta-, m. a sinner, Man. 4, 248. nāma(n)-, n. the ceremony of giving a name to a child, Rām. 1, 19, 14. nau-, n. labour in boats, Man. 10, 34. puṇya-, adj. having done meritorious actions, Indr. 1, 22. putra-, n. a ceremony or sacrifice on the birth of a son, Chr. 55, 4. mūla-, n. a machination with (poisonous) roots, Man. 9, 290 yathā-, acc. adv. according to the work (allotted to them), Man. 1, 41. viśva-, m. 1. the sun. 2. a son of Brahman, the artist of the gods. 3. a saint. ṣaṭk°, i. e. ṣaṣ-, m. a Brāhmaṇa who performs the six acts proper for him. sa-, adj. 1. performing any act. 2. following the same business. sajja-, n. preparation. su-,
I. adj. 1. one who performs beautiful works, Rājat. 5, 115. 2. virtuous. 11. m. the artist of the gods. hīna-, adj. neglecting religious acts.

karmanāśā karmanāśā, i. e. karman-naś + a, f. The name of a river, the water of which destroys religious merit, Bhāṣāp. 161.

karmamaya karmamaya, i. e. karman + maya, adj., f. .
     1. Produced by action, MBh. 3, 129.
     2. Having the nature of action, MBh. 14, 1456.
     3. Active, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 21.

karmaraṅga karmaraṅga, m. A plant, Averrhoa carambola, Lin., Rām. 3, 17, 8.


[Page 166a]

karmavant karmavant, i. e. karman + vant, adj., f. vatī, Working, MBh. 3, 1263.

karmānta karmānta, i. e. karman-anta, m.
     1. Business, Rām. 5, 12, 39; Man. 8, 419 (public affairs).
     2. Cultivated land, Man. 7, 62.

karmāntara karmāntara, i. e. karman-antara, n. A pause in the performance of sacred actions, Rām. 1, 13, 21.

karmāntika karmāntika, i. e. karmānta + ika, m. A workman, Rām. 1, 12, 7.

karmāra karmāra (base karman), m. A blacksmith, Man. 4, 215.

karmin karmin, i. e. karman + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Attached to worldly action, Bhag. 6, 46.
     2. When latter part of a compound word, the aff. in generally belongs to the whole compound, not to karman alone, e. g. an-ārya-karmin is anāryakarman + in, adj. Doing the work of an Anārya, Man. 10, 73. pāpa-karmin is pāpakarman + in, m. A sinner, MBh. 18, 51. puṇyavāgbuddhikarmin, is puṇya-vāc-buddhi-karman + in, adj. Pure in word, mind, and action, MBh. 17, 96.

karvkarv, i. 1, Par. To be proud.
-- Cf. garv.

karvaṭa karvaṭa,
I. m. and n. A market town, Yājñ. 2, 167.
II. m. pl. The name of a country or people, MBh. 2, 1098.

karśana karśana, i. e. kṛś + ana,
I. adj. Causing to grow lean, Suśr. 1, 189, 1.
II. m. Fire, MBh. 13, 6307.

karṣa karṣa, i. e. kṛṣ + a,
I. m. Dragging, Yājñ. 2, 217.
II. m. and n. A certain weight, equal to 16 māṣas, about 280 troy grains, Suśr. 2, 175, 15.

karṣaka karṣaka, i. e. kṛṣ + aka, m. A cultivator, one who lives by tillage, Yājñ. 2, 265.

karṣaṇa karṣaṇa, i. e. kṛṣ + ana, n.
     1. Bringing, Śāk. 69, 15, v. r.
     2. Tormenting, Man. 7, 112.
     3. Bending (a bow), Ragh. 11, 46.
     4. Tillage, Man. 4, 5.
     5. Cultivated land, MBh. 3, 10082.
     6. At the end of a compound adj. Overpowering, e. g. śatru-, Overpowering his enemies, Rām. 4, 38, 51.

karṣin karṣin, i. e. kṛṣ + in,
I. adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Dragging, Mṛcch. 96, 6.
     2. Attracting, Ragh. 19, 11.
II. m. A cultivator, Kathās. 18, 41.

karṣū karṣū, i. e. kṛṣ + u, f. A furrow, an incision, Suśr. 2, 33, 17.

karhi ka + rhi (see kim), adv. At what time; with following cid, At any time, Nal. 24, 22; with a negation, Never, e. g. na karhi cid, Man. 2, 4. With following api, Sometimes, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 24.

kal † 1. kal, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To sound.
     2. To count.

kal 2. kal (akin to kṛ), 1. 10, in three forms, kalaya, kalāpaya, and kālaya, Par. (kālaya Ātm. Rām. 4, 18, 28): kalaya,
     1. To impel, Kathās. 18, 90; kālaya, to drive, MBh. 4, 1007, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 1. kalita, Incited by, Śiś. 9, 59; greedy of, Rām. 5, 83, 10. Comp. dhairya-, adj. steady, calm. -
     2. kālaya, To drive onwards, MBh. 1, 6690; to pursue, Rām. 4, 18, 28.
     3. kālaya, To provoke, Rām. 3, 41, 26.
     4. etc. kalaya, To bear, Gīt. 1, 16.
     5. To perform, Bhartṛ. 3, 20.
     6. To put in, to fasten, Gīt. 12, 26.
     7. To utter, Gīt. 11, 9.
     8. To endow, Śiś. 9, 59.
     9. To reckon, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
     10. To perceive, Śiś. 9, 83.
     11. To consider, Śiś. 9, 58.
     12. † To go: cf. ud.
-- With the prep. ā ā: kalaya,
     1. To shake, MBh. 1. 2853.
     2. To catch, Śiś. 9, 72.
     3. To fasten, Kathās. 20, 52; Śiś. 9, 45.
     4. To surrender, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 2.
     5. To regard, Prab. 5, 5.
     6. To perceive, Hit. 38, 10.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, kalaya, To enumerate one by one, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10.
-- With ud ud,
I. kalaya, To loosen, to deliver, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 26; utkalita,
     1. Opened, Pañc. 184, 18 (where kāl° must be changed to kal°).
     2. Joyful, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 34.
II. kalāpaya, To beg for dismission, Pañc. 244, 25.
-- With pari pari,
I. kālaya, To pursue, MBh. 15, 1060.
II. kalaya, To reckon, Śiś. 8, 9. To perceive, Naiṣ. 2, 54.
-- With pra pra, kālaya,
     1. To drive onwards, MBh. 1, 7178.
     2. To pursue, 3, 10778.
-- With sam sam, kālaya,
     1. To drive, Hariv. 1191.
     2. To put to flight, MBh. 4, 1981.
-- Cf. Lat. celer, cello, procella; [greek] [greek] O.H.G. halon, holon, holên.

kala kala,
I. adj., f. ,
     1. Dumb (ved.).
     2. Low, Brāhmaṇ. 3, 21; soft, Śāk. d. 85; Ṛt. 6, 29. kalam, adv. Softly, Rām. 1, 19, 10.
     3. Indistinct, confused, Megh. 31.
     4. Uttering a low sound, Vikr. d. 119.
II. m. A kind of Pitṛs or Manes, MBh. 2, 463.
III. Often in compound words after aśru and vāṣpa, adj. Indistinct on account of tears, Rām. 2, 106, 33; 2, 34, 53. vāṣpa-kala + m, adv. MBh. 3, 10839. vāṣpa-kalā, f. A torrent of tears, Bhāg. P. 3, 22, 55.
-- Comp. mada-, 1. adj. speaking like a drunken person. 2. m. an elephant in rut; see kalā.

kalakala kala-kala, m.
     1. A confused noise, Rām. 3, 34, 34.
     2. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10378.

kalaṅka kalaṅka (probably an anomalous compound, kala-aṅka), m.
     1. A spot, Rām. 6, 86, 42.
     2. The rust of iron, Ragh. 13, 15.
     3. Defamation, Pañc. 4, 6, 3.
-- Comp. hariṇa-, m. the moon.
-- Cf. kāla; [greek] Lat. cāligo.

kalaṅkaya kalaṅkaya, a denom. derived from the last, Par. To disgrace, Daśak. 124, 1. kalaṅkita,
     1. Painted, Bhartṛ. 1, 9.
     2. Disgraced, Kathās. 12, 24.

kalatra kalatra, n. A wife, Bhartṛ. 2, 58.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with his wife, Pañc. 46, 14.

kalatravant kalatra + vant, adj.
     1. Having a wife, Mṛcch. 67, 3.
     2. With his wives, Rājat. 5, 427.

kalatrin kalatrin, i. e. kalatra + in, adj. Having a wife. vasumatyā nṛpāḥ kalatriṇaḥ, Kings are wedded to the earth, i. e. the earth is the wife of kings, Ragh. 8, 82.

kaladhauta kala-dhauta,
I. n.
     1. Gold, Gīt. 8, 4.
     2. Silver, Śiś. 4, 41.
II. adj. Golden, Rām. 3, 60, 12.

kalana kalana (cf. kalaṅka),
I. n. A spot, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 2.
II. f. , Subjection, Ānandal. 29.
III. As latter part of a comp., Bhartṛ. 3, 72, causing, perhaps to be corrected to karaṇa.

kalabha kalabha (cf. karabha), m.
     1. A young elephant, Pañc. 159, 16.
     2. A young camel, Pañc. 229, 3.

kalama kalama, m. A kind of rice Rām. 5, 74, 11.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. calamus; O.H.G. halm; A. S. haelme.

kalaviṅka kalaviṅka, m. A sparrow, Man. 5, 12.

kalaśa kalaśa, or kalasa kalasa,
I. m. (and f. śī, and n.), A water-pot, a cup, Pañc. 252, 10; i. d. 225; designation of the ocean when churned, MBh. 1, 1149.
II. f. śī,
     1. A plant, Hemionitis cordifolia, Roxb., Suśr. 1, 139, 15.
     2. The name of a holy place, MBh. 3, 650.

kalaha kalaha, m. and n. Quarrel, MBh. 2, 1780.
-- Comp. vākkalaha, i. e. vāc-, m. a contest about words, Prab. 55, 12. śuṣka-, m. a quarrel about trifles, Pañc. 171, 25. sa-, adj. quarreling, Kir. 5, 13.

kalahaṃsa kala-haṃsa, m., f. , A kind of duck or goose, Rām. 2, 82, 9; Kir. 5, 13; Ragh. 8, 58.

kalahāya kalahāya, a denom. derived from kalaha by ya, To quarrel, Pañc. 207, 22 (Par.).

kalā kalā, i. e. kṛ10 + a, f.
     1. A small part, Man. 8, 36.
     2. A part, Man. 2, 86.
     3. The sixteenth part of the moon's disc, Hit. pr. d. 1.
     4. Interest on capital, Śiś. 9, 32 (at the same time, a sixteenth part of the moon's disc).
     5. A division of time, Man. 1, 64.
     6. One of the seven elements of the human body, as blood, etc., Suśr. 1, 326, 13.
     7. One of the sixty-four mechanical or elegant arts, Rām. 1, 9, 8; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 7; 9.
-- Comp. niṣkala, i. e. nis-, adj., f. , 1. undivided, MBh. 13, 1044. 2. maimed, infirm, MBh. 3, 13851. sa-kala, adj. f. , 1. whole, Vikr. d. 95. 2. all, Pañc. 53, 21; 55, 12.

kalāpa kalā-pa (vb. 2. ), m.
     1. A bundle, MBh. 3, 10772.
     2. A string, Kumāras. 1, 43 (of pearls).
     3. A band (of belts, laces, etc., worn by women round the waist). Ṛt. 3, 20; Bhartṛ. 1, 56.
     4. Totality, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 21; perfection, Pañc. v. d. 23.
     5. A quiver, MBh. 3, 11454.
     6. A peacock's tail, Pañc. ii. d. 85.

kalāpaka kalāpa + ka, m.
     1. A string, MBh. 3, 10055.
     2. A band, Śiś. 9, 45.


[Page 168b]

kalāpavant kalāpa + vant, adj., f. vatī, MBh. 1, 1957 in tatāyudha-, i. e. tata-āyudha- (vb. tan), the aff. vant belongs to the whole comp., Wearing a strung bow and a quiver.

kalāpaśas kalāpa + śas, adv. (Made) into bundles, MBh. 13, 4509.

kalāpin kalāpin, i. e. kalāpa + in,
I. adj.
     1. Wearing a quiver, MBh. 4, 141 (the aff. in belongs to the whole comp.).
     2. With its tail spread out, MBh. 3, 11585 (a peacock).
II. m.
     1. A peacock, Pañc. ii. d. 85.
     2. A proper name.

kalābhṛt kalā-bhṛ + t, m. An artist, Man. 2, 134.

kalāya kalāya, m.
     1. Peas, MBh. 13, 5469.
     2. An unknown plant, Śiś. 13, 21.

kalāvant kalā + vant,
I. m. The moon, Kumāras. 5, 71.
II. f. vatī, A proper name, Kathās. 9, 38.

kali kali, i. e. kṛ10 + i, m.
     1. A die (ved.).
     2. The game at dice personified, Nal. 6, 14.
     3. The fourth age of the world, Man. 9, 302.
     4. Quarrel, MBh. 3, 12282; Hit. iii. d. 47.
     5. A very wicked king, MBh. 12, 361; 363.
     6. The name of an inferior deity, MBh. 1, 2552.
     7. A proper name, Chr. 297, 15 = Rigv. i. 112, 15.

kalikā kalikā, i. e. kalā + ka, f.
     1. The sixteenth part of the moon's disc, Bhartṛ. 3, 1.
     2. A bud, Ṛt. 6, 17.

kaliṅga kaliṅga, m. pl. The name of a people and their country, Rām. 2, 71, 16.

kalinda kalinda,
I. m. The name of a mountain, on which the Yamunā rises, Gīt. 3, 2; Rām. 2, 71, 6.
II. f. kalindī, Rām. 2, 55, 4; 12; 13; it must be corrected to kāl°.


[Page 169a]

kalila kalila (vb. kṛ10)
I. adj., f. , Filled, MBh. 1, 3717.
II. n. Confusion, Bhag. 2, 52.

kaluṣa kaluṣa (cf. kalaṅka and kalmaṣa),
I. adj., f. ṣā.
     1. Turbid, Vikr. d. 8.
     2. Impure, Man. 10, 57.
     3. Choked, Śāk. d. 81.
     4. Unable, Ragh. 5, 64.
II. n.
     1. Dirt, Ṛt. 3, 22.
     2. Impurity, Rām. 2, 97, 27.

kaluṣāya kaluṣāya, a denom. derived from the last by ya, Ātm. To become turbid.

kalevara kalevara, n. The body, Bhag. 8, 5.
-- Comp. duṣka°, i. e. dus-, n. the vile body, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 13.

kalka kalka, m. (and n.)
     1. Sediment, Yājñ. 1, 276.
     2. Paste, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13.
     3. Foulness, MBh. 1, 268.
-- Comp. tila-, m. a paste of ground sesame, Mārk. P. 35, 10.

kalkaka -kalka + ka, a substitute for the last, when the latter part of comp. adj., a- adj. Candid, MBh. 3, 4053.

kalkana kalkana (akin to kalka), n. Fraud, Bhāg. P. 1, 14, 4.

kalki kalki (MBh. 3, 13111), and kalkin kalkin (MBh. 3, 13101), m. A name of Viṣṇu in his tenth or future avatāra.

kalpa kalpa, i. e. kḷp + a,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Able, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 7; with infin., 4, 13, 42.
     2. Being a match for, able to protect (with gen.), Bhāg. P. 8, 23, 22.
II. m.
     1. A sacred precept, Man. 5, 74.
     2. A rule, Man. 3, 147.
     3. Performance, MBh. 13, 4728; usage, Daśak in Chr. 189, 17; an act, Śāk. 99, 15.
     4. Manner, Man. 1, 112.
     5. The rules concerning rites, one of the six Vedāngas, Man. 2, 140.
     6. A designation of Viṣṇu as containing all the sacred precepts, MBh. 13, 953; of Śiva, 12, 10368.
     7. A day of Brahman, a period of 1000 yugas, the duration of the world, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 23.
     8. Toxicology, Suśr. 1, 8, 5.
III. Comp. when the latter part of a comp. adj., f. , almost like, Rām. 1, 5, 21; 3, 52, 46. a-, adj. unable, with loc., Bhāg. P. 7, 12, 23; with infin., 4, 3, 21. purā-, m. 1. a former creation, Man. 9, 227. 2. a tale of past ages. pūrva-, m. time of old, MBh. 9, 2732. prathama-, m. a principal rule, Man. 11, 30. prasanna- (vb. sad), adj. almost quiet, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 6. yathā-kalpa + m, adv. according to rule, Rām. 1, 11, 14.

kalpaka kalpa + ka, m. Rite, MBh. 14, 1571.

kalpana kalpana, i. e. kḷp + ana,
I. n.
     1. Determination, Prab. 111, 8.
     2. Caparisoning or decorating an elephant, Daśak. 53, 13.
     3. Ornament, MBh. 13, 2784.
II. f. .
     1. A rule, Man. 9, 116.
     2. Performance, Mṛcch. 47, 17.
     3. Making, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 42; 4, 18, 32.
     4. Imagination.
-- Comp. a-satkalpanā, i. e. a-sant- (vb. as), f. deceit, Śāk. 66, 3.

kalpalatikā kalpalatikā, i. e. kalpa-latā + ka, f. A creeper yielding all wishes, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.

kalmaṣa kalmaṣa (cf. kaluṣa), m. and n.
     1. Dirt, sediment, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 43.
     2. A spot, Rām. 2, 36, 27; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 9.
     3. Guilt, Man. 12, 104; sin, 12, 22.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sinless, Lass. 52, 7. niṣkalmaṣa, i. e. nis-, adj., f. ṣā, spotless, sinless, Pañc. iii. d. 212. vi-, adj., f. ṣā, sinless, Rām. 2, 29, 16. vi-gata-, adj. 1. Unsoiled. 2. Pure. vīta-, i. e. vi-ita, adj. free from sin or soil.

kalmāṣa kalmāṣa (cf. the last),
I. adj., f. ṣī, Of a mixed or variegated colour, spotted, MBh. 2, 1043; Rām. 1, 52, 20.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1552.
III. f. ṣī,
     1. A cow of variegated colour, Rām. 5, 13, 16.
     2. The name of a river, MBh. 2, 2575.

kalmāṣapāda kalmāṣa-pāda, m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 39.

kalya kalya (i. e. kṛ + ya, cf. kalyāṇa, of which the lingual proves that the original form was karyāṇa, cf. also [greek])
I. adj., f. .
     1. Healthy, MBh. 2, 1974.
     2. Ready, MBh. 1, 865.
II. n. Dawn, MBh. 1, 6304.
III. kalya + m, adv. At break of day, MBh. 1, 6304. kalyam-kalyam, Every morning, Rām. 4, 44, 112.
-- Comp. ati-kalyam, adv. too early in the morning, Man. 4, 140.

kalyapāla kalyapāla, see kalpa-pāla.

kalyavarta kalyavarta, m.
     1. kalya-vṛt + a, Breakfast.
     2. A trifle, Mṛcch. 34, 10.

kalyāṇa kalyāṇa (cf. kalya),
I. adj., f. (, and) ṇī.
     1. Prosperous, Nal. 12, 92.
     2. Blessed, Man. 8, 91; Nal. 8, 10.
II. n.
     1. Prosperity, welfare, Man. 3, 60.
     2. A virtuous action, Rām. 2, 54, 29.
     3. An entertainment, Man. 8, 392.

kalyāṇaka kalyāṇa + ka, adj., f. ṇikā.
     1. Prosperous, Rām. 6, 23, 7.
     2. Useful, excellent, Suśr. 2, 285, 3.

kalyāṇin kalyāṇin, i. e. kalyāṇa + in, adj. f. , Blessed, Kathās. 20.

kallkall, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To sound indistinctly.
     2. To be mute.

kallola kallola, i. e. kad-lola, m. A billow, Bhartṛ. 3, 37.

kallolinī kallolinī, i. e. kallola + in + ī, f. A river, Prab. 73, 1.

kalhaṇa kalhaṇa, m. The name of the author of the Rājatarangiṇ.


[Page 170b]

kavkav, see kab.

kava kava-, i. e. ka-va (cf. kim and kva). Former part of comp. words, denoting inferiority, cf. kavoṣṇa.

kavaka kavaka, n. A mushroom, Man. 5, 3.

kavaca kavaca, m. and n. Mail, Rām. 3, 50, 3.
-- Comp. nārī-, adj. having wives as a coat of mail, protected by wives, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 40. nivāta-, (wearing an impenetrable coat of mail), m. a class of demons, Arj. 5, 10. sa-, adj. clad in armour, mailed.

kavacin kavacin, i. e. kavaca + in,
I. adj. Mailed, Rām. 3, 56, 30.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2738.

kavandha kavandha, see kabandha.

kavara kavara, m., f. , and n. A braid of hair, Amar. 59.

kavarībhṛt kavarī-bhṛ + t, in nava-candrikā-kusuma-tamaḥ-hav°, adj. Wearing darkness (i. e. black) like a braid of hair, adorned with the young moon as with fresh flowers, Śiś. 9, 28.

kavala kavala (cf. kavi, iii.), m.
     1. A mouthful, Bhartṛ. 2, 22; a morsel, Rām. 2, 41, 9.
     2. Water for rinsing the mouth, Suśr. 1, 39, 3.

kavalita kavalita, i. e. kavala + ita, adj. Devoured, Pañc. 213, 6.

kavāṭa kavāṭa, ṭī = kapāṭa, tī, q. cf., Rām. 2, 71, 34 (and at the end of a comp. adj. kavāṭaka, Kathās. 19, 24).

kavi kavi, i. e. kū + i,
I. adj. Wise (ved.).
II. m.
     1. A wise man, Man. 7, 49.
     2. A poet, Rājat. 5, 203.
     3. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4123.
III. f. The bit of a bridle, Rām. 1, 53, 18 (cf. kavala).
-- Comp. su-, m. an excellent poet, Rājat. 5, 204.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek], i. e. [greek], and .

kavitā kavi + tā, f. Poetry, Rām. Pr. 1.
-- Comp. su-, f. excellent poetical talent, Bhartṛ. 2, 18.

kavitva kavi + tva, n. Poetic art, Lass. 5, 18; pl. Daśak. 196, 5.

kavoṣṇa kavoṣṇa, i. e. kava-uṣṇa, adj. Slightly warm, Ragh. 1, 67.

kavya kavya, i. e. kavi + ya, n. An oblation to deceased ancestors (the wise men of old), Man. 1, 95.

kaśkaś, i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. kaṃs, kas, chaṣ and śaś.

kaśa kaśa, m., and f. ā, A whip, MBh. 3, 13268; 13272; also kaṣā kaṣa, Rām. 3, 30, 23.

kaśipu kaśipu, m. and n. A cushion, Bhāg. P. 2, 2, 4.
-- Comp. hiraṇya-, m. a Daitya, or demon, slain by Viṣṇu.

kaśeru kaśeru; also kaseru kaseru, m. and f. () and n. A kind of grass, Suśr. 1, 377, 18; 2, 223, 11.

kaśeruka kaśeru + ka; also kaseruka kaseruka, m., and f. () and n. A kind of grass, Suśr. 1, 156, 21.

kaśojū kaśojū, i. e. kaśas-jū, adj. Hastening to the water (passing a river?), Chr. 297, 14 = Rigv. i. 112, 14.

kaśmala kaśmala,
I. m. and n.
     1. Fainting, Chr. 31, 15; 35, 4.
     2. Pusillanimity, MBh. 1, 2060.
     3. Weakness, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 15.
II. adj., f. , Dirty, Lass. 75, 11.

kaśmīra kaśmīra, m. The name of a country, Cashmere, Rājat. 1, 27.

kaśyapa kaśyapa, m. The name of a Muni, or sage, Man. 9, 129.
-- Comp. bhū-, m. a name of Vasudeva.


[Page 171b]

kaṣ kaṣ (probably a dialectieal form of karṣ, vb. kṛṣ).
     1. i. 1, Par., Ātm. To scratch, to itch, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 13 (kaṣāṇa, anomalous, or ii. 2).
     2. i. 1, Par. To injure, to destroy, Prab. 90, 3.
-- Cf. chaṣ, vrūs, and śaś.

kaṣa kaṣ + a, m. The touch-stone, Mṛcch. 48, 12.

kaṣaṇa kaṣaṇa, i. e. kaṣ + ana, n. Rubbing, Kir. 5, 47.

kaṣā kaṣā, see kaśa.

kaṣāya kaṣāya (probably vb. kṛṣ),
I. adj., f. .
     1. Being of an astringent taste, MBh. 14, 1411.
     2. Fragrant, Megh. 32.
     3. Red, subst. m. and n., red colour, Yājñ. 1, 272; MBh. 14, 1263; of a colour composed of red and yellow, Mṛcch. 113, 3.
II. m. and n.
     1. An astringent juice, Man. 11, 153.
     2. A decoction, Suśr. 2, 175, 9.
     3. Ointment, MBh. 13, 5970.
     4. Dirt, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 45; impurity, 4, 22, 20.
     5. Stupor, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 1.
-- Comp. a-niṣkaṣāya, i. e. a-nis-, adj. full of impure passions, MBh. 12, 568.

kaṣāyita kaṣāyita, i. e. kaṣāya + ita, adj. Coloured. Prab. 102, 9.

kaṣṭa kaṣṭa, i. e. kaṣ + ta,
I. adj.
     1. Bad, Rām. 3, 51, 23; comparat. worse, Man. 7, 53.
     2. Miserable, Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
     3. Heavy, Yājñ. 3, 29.
     4. Severe, Man. 12, 78.
     5. Dangerous, Man. 7, 186; 210.
     6. Pernicious, Man. 7, 50.
II. n.
     1. A blameable action, Rām. 1, 2, 32.
     2. Misfortune, Hit. 72, 15.
     3. Misery, Pañc. 123, 22. Acc. kaṣṭam, adv. Woe! Rām. 3, 79, 46.
-- Comp. adhi-, n. excessive misery, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 12.

kas kas (or kaś kaś), i. 1, Par. To go, Nal. 2, 2.
-- With the prep. nis nis, Caus. To turn out, Pañc. 127, 16 (with ś instead of s); 224, 5.
-- Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. danta-niṣkāśita, Hit. 91, 16, showing his teeth (perhaps from kāś, q. cf.).
-- With pra pra, Caus. To cause to open, Ghaṭ. 19.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To burst, Suśr. 1, 247, 12.
     2. To open as a flower, Mālat. 15, 3.
     3. To rejoice, Bhartṛ. 2, 71. Caus. To cause to blow, Bhartṛ. 2, 65 (ś for s).
-- With anuvi anu-vi, To blossom, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 17.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To blow, Śiś. 11, 63.
-- Cf. kaṃs.

kaseru kaseru, and kaseruka kaseruka, see kaśeru and kaśeruka.

kastūrikā kastūrikā, and kastūrī kastūrī, f. Musk, Pañc. 47, 8; Śṛṅgārat. 7.

kasmāt kasmāt (abl. sing. n. of kim), adv. Why, on what account, Rām. 1, 9, 26.
-- Comp. a-, adv. 1. without a cause, Hit. i. d. 102. 2. instantly, Hit. 18, 2. 3. Suddenly, Sāv. 6, 53.

kahlāra kahlāra, n. The white esculent water-lily, Ṛt. 3, 15.

kā- (see kim), former part of comp. words, Bad.
-- Cf. e. g. kāpatha, kāpuruṣa, koṣṇa.

kāṃskāṃs = kāś, i. 1, Ātm.

kāṃsya kāṃsya, i. e. kaṃsa + ya,
I. adj. Made of brass, Man. 4, 65.
II. n.
     1. Brass, Man. 5, 114.
     2. A drinking vessel, MBh. 2, 1751.

kāka kāka (onomatop.),
I. m., A crow, Man. 7, 21.
II. f. .
     1. A female crow, Pañc. 52, 23.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 3, 14396.
-- Comp. bhū-, m. a small kind of heron.

kākatālīya kākatālīya, i. e. kāka-tāla + īya, adj. literally, Resembling the crow and the palmyra tree, an unknown fable, and denoting,
     1. Inconsiderate, Rām. 3, 45, 17. °yam, adv. By accident, MBh. 12, 6596.

kākatālīyavat kākatālīya + vat, adv. By accident, Hit. Pr. 34.

kākaruka kākaruka (perhaps kāka-ru + ka), and kākarūka kākarūka, adj., f. , Timid, Pañc. 9, 15.

kākali and kākalī kākali/ī (cf. kala), f.
     1. A soft sound, Ṛt. 1, 8; Bhartṛ. 1, 35.
     2. kākalī, A dog-whistle, used for trying whether one be asleep or awake, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10.

kākāṇḍaka kākāṇḍaka, i. e. kāka-aṇḍa + ka, The name of an unknown plant, MBh. 3, 12880.

kākiṇī kākiṇī, and kākinī kākinī (perhaps kāka + in + ī), f. A small coin, a quarter of a Paṇa, Pañc. ii. d. 70.

kāku kāku, f. Change of voice in fear, grief, etc.; Vikr. d. 42, asmākam ...pratidinam iyam...sevākākupariṇatir abhūt, My lot is to be obliged by my office to use every day another voice.

kākutstha kākutstha, i. e. kakutstha + a, patron. A descendant of Kakutstha, Rām. 1, 23, 3.

kākola kākola (cf. kāka),
I. m. A raven, Man. 5, 14.
II. n. A division of the infernal regions, or hell, Yājñ. 3, 223.

kākolūkīya kākolūkīya, i. e. kāka-ulūka + īya, n. The war of the crows and owls, Pañc. 148, 1.

kākṣīvata kākṣīvata, i. e. kakṣīvant + a, patron., f. , A descendant of Kakṣīvant, MBh. 1, 4695.


[Page 173a]

kākṣīvant kākṣīvant = kakṣīvant, MBh. 1, 224.

kāṅkṣ kāṅkṣ (an old desider. of kam, *kaṅkaṃs, by intermediate kaṅkas), i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 13, 769).
     1. To wish, Bhag. 12, 17.
     2. To desire, Rām. 4, 17, 18.
     3. To wait for, MBh. 3, 414.
     4. To attend to (with the dat.), Rām. 2, 25, 43. kāṅkṣita, n. Desire, Rām. 5, 29, 9.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To desire, MBh. 2, 2135 (Ātm.).
-- With abhi abhi, To desire, Rām. 2, 49, 15. Caus. To desire, MBh. 3, 12457.
-- With ā ā,
     1. To desire, MBh. 1, 4286.
     2. To strive for, Yājñ. 1, 153.
     3. To seek (with the gen.), Man. 2, 162.
     4. To turn towards, Man. 3, 258.
     5. To want, Man. 10, 121.
     6. To expect, Rām. 2, 5. 19.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To expect, MBh. 12, 4870 (Ātm.); to wait for, 4, 734 (Ātm.).
-- With samā sam-ā, To desire, MBh. 4, 1664.
-- With pra pra, To desire, Suśr. 1, 52, 6.
-- With prati prati, To long for, Rām. 2, 112, 12 (Ātm.).
-- With vi vi, To intend, Hariv. 13136.
-- Cf. perhaps Goth. huhru; A. S. hungor.

kāṅkṣā kāṅkṣ + ā, f. Desire, Nal. 16, 1.

kāṅkṣitā kāṅkṣitā, i. e. kāṅkṣin + tā, f. Desire, Rām. 2, 34, 28.

kāṅkṣin kāṅkṣ + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Desiring (with acc.), Rām. 2, 110, 20.
     2. Expecting, Rām. 5, 33, 27.

kāca kāca, m.
     1. Glass, Pañc. i. d. 87.
     2. A disease of the eyes, Suśr. 2, 305, 4 sqq.


[Page 173b]

kāñckāñc, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To shine.
     2. To bind.
-- Cf. kack, kañc.

kāñcana kāñcana,
I. n.
     1. Gold. Man. 2, 239.
     2. Wealth, Bhartṛ. 2, 33.
II. adj., f. , Golden, Man. 5, 112; Rām. 3, 52, 21.
III. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 15, 3.

kāñcanamaya kāñcana + maya, adj., f. , Golden, Pañc. 236, 5.

kāñcanavarman kāñcana-varman, m. A substitute for the proper name Hiranyavarman, Chr. 53, 21.

kāñcanīya kāñcanīya, i. e. kāñcana + īya, adj., f. , Golden, MBh. 13, 5039.

kāñci kāñci, m. pl.
     1. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 6684.
     2. see kāñcī.

kāñcī kāñcī, f. A woman's zone or girdle, usually adorned by small bells, Rām. 5, 10, 12.
-- Comp. sva-kara-avalambana-vi-mukta-galat-kala-kāñci, adv. so that her girdle fell down with a sound when loosened by his taking hold of it with his hand, Śiś. 9, 82.

kāñjika kāñjika, n. Sour gruel, Suśr. 1, 34, 4.

kāṭhinya kāṭhinya, i. e. kaṭhina + ya, n.
     1. Hardness, Śāk. d. 58.
     2. Firmness, Rājat. 5, 440.

kāṇa kāṇa (probably a syncope of eka-akshan + a by intermediate kākṣṇa; cf. Lat. cocles, i. e. *coclo + vit, see śaṣpa), adj., f. ṇā.
     1. One-eyed, monoculous, Man. 3, 155.
     2. Perforated, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
     3. Blind, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 20; Hit. Pr. d. 11; Bhartṛ. 3, 5 (used of a worn-out coin).

kāṇelīmātṛ kāṇelī-mātṛ, m. An abusive word; according to glosses: A son of an unmarried woman, Mṛcch. 14, 5.

kāṇḍa kāṇḍa, m. and n.
     1. The part of a plant from one joint to another (ved.).
     2. A slip, Man. 1, 46.
     3. A stalk, Rām. 2, 91, 15.
     4. A switch, Rām. 2, 89, 19 (97, 24 Gorr.).
     5. An arrow, Hit. 85, 5.
     6. The section of a book, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 9; Rām. (title of the first, of the second book, etc.); e. g. āraṇyaka-, The section comprising the sojourn in the forest (title of the third book).
     7. A bone, Suśr. 2, 31, 5.
     8. A multitude, Mālav. d. 43; Rām. 1, 30, 15 (corr. kāṇḍa for kaṇḍa).
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. ḍā. 1. unjust, Rājat. 4, 655. 2. sudden, Hit. iv. d. 82; loc. ḍe, suddenly, Śāk. d. 45. jaṅghā-, a stalk-like leg, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 19. danta-, a stemlike tusk, 188, 18.

kātara kātara, i. e. katara + a (properly, irresolute), adj., f. , Timid, Rām. 4, 9, 103; disheartened, Śāk. 56, 13.
-- Comp. a-, adj. resolute, courageous, Rām. 3, 19, 27. sa-, adj. cowardly, Nal. 13, 18.

kātaratā kātara + tā, f., and kātaratva kātara + tva, n. Fear, Śāk. d. 59; Pañc. 216, 11.

kātarya kātarya, i. e. kātara + ya, n. Fear, Rām. 4, 9, 100; apprehension (care), Ragh. 17, 47.

kātyāyana kātyāyana, i. e. kati, or kātya + āyana,
I. patron., f. , A descendant of kati or kātya, used as proper name, Rām. 2, 67, 2.
II. f. , A name of Durgā, Dev. 8, 28.

kādamba kādamba,
I. m. A kind of goose, Rām. 3, 78, 27.
II. i. e. kadamba + a, n. The flower of the Nauclea cadamba, Roxb., Ragh. 13, 27.
-- Cf. perhaps, Lat. columba; [greek] O.H.G. tūba; A.S. dūna.


[Page 174b]

kādambarī kādambarī (for kādamba-vāri), f.
     1. The rain-water which collects in the hollow of the tree Nauclea cadamba when the flowers are in perfection, and which is supposed to be impregnated with their honey, Hariv. 5417.
     2. A spirituous liquor, Śāk. 76, 6 (Prākṛ.).
     3. A proper name, Sāh. D. 79, 18.

kādraveya kādraveya, i. e. kadrū + eya, metron. m. A serpent, MBh. 1, 2549.

kānaka kānaka, i. e. kanaka + a, adj. Golden, Suśr. 1, 99, 5.

kānana kānana, n.
     1. A forest, Hiḍ. 1, 42.
     2. A grove, Rām. 3, 68, 12.
-- Comp. krīḍā-, n. a grove, Bhartṛ. 3, 15. maṇi-, n. 1. a wood abounding in jewels. 2. the throat.

kānīna kānīna, i. e. kanīna (ved. young) + a (cf. kanyā), adj., f. .
     1. A son, a daughter, of an unmarried woman, Man. 9, 172.
     2. Serviceable for the pupil of the eye, Suśr. 2, 353, 13.

kāntaka kānta + ka (see kam), m. A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 13.

kāntatva kānta + tva (vb. kam), n. Charm, grace, MBh. 3, 14437.

kāntāya kāntāya, a denominative derived from kānta (vb. kam) by ya, Ātm. To play the lover, Bhartṛ. 1, 50.

kāntāra kāntāra, m. and n.
     1. A large forest, Rām. 2, 28, 6.
     2. Wilderness, Rām. 4, 44, 27.
     3. A difficult road, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 10.

kāntāraka kāntāra + ka, m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1117.

kānti kānti, i. e. kam + ti, f. Beauty, Indr. 5, 7.
-- Comp. sūrya-, f. 1. sunshine. 2. the flower of the sesamum.


[Page 175a]

kāntimattā kāntimattā, i. e. kāntimant + tā, f. Beauty, Kumāras. 4, 5.

kāntimant kānti + mant, adj., f. matī, Beautiful, Rām. 4, 44, 103.

kāṃdiś kāṃdiś, i. e. kām (acc. sing. f. of kim) -diś (based on an acc. kāṃ diśam, literally 'to what quarter'), adj. Fugitive, MBh. 12, 6320.

kāṃdiśīka kāṃdiś + īka, adj. Fugitive, Śukas. 62.

kānyakubja kānyakubja, i. e. kanyakubja + a, n. The name of a city, the modern Canouj, Pañc. 244, 22.

kāpatha kā-patha, m. A bad road, Rām. 2, 108, 7.

kāpāla kāpāla, i. e. kapāla + a, adj. Made of skulls, Rām. 1, 56, 12.

kāpālika kāpālika, i. e. kapāla + ika,
     1. m. A follower of a certain Śaiva sect, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
II. adj. Practised by a Kāpalika, Prab. 57, 12.
-- Cf. kapālika 1.

kāpālin kāpālin, m.
     1. = kapālin III. MBh. 13, 1217 (perhaps with lengthened a on account of the metre).
     2. A proper name, Hariv. 9196.

kāpila kāpila, i. e. kapila + a, adj. Referring or peculiar to Kapila, Rām. 1, 41, 3; MBh. 12, 12218.

kāpileya kāpileya, i. e. kapila + eya, m. A descendant of Kapila, MBh. 12, 7886.

kāpiśāyana kāpiśāyana, n. A spirituous liquor, Śiś. 10, 4.

kāpuruṣa kā-puruṣa,
I. m.
     1. A contemptible man, Pañc. i. d. 21.
     2. A coward Rām. 6, 89, 5.
II. adj. Cowardly, Rām. 6, 88, 13.

kāpeya kāpeya, i. e. kapi + eya, adj., f. , Peculiar to monkeys, Rām. 6, 111, 19.

kāpota kāpota, i. e. kapota + a,
I. adj., f. , peculiar to pigeons, MBh. 3, 15408.
II. f. , The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 173, 12.

kāma kāma, i. e. kam + a,
I. m.
     1. Wish, Rām. 2, 90, 23.
     2. Desire, Indr. 5, 61.
     3. Love, Man. 2, 94; 214.
     4. Intention, Man. 9, 248.
     5. A desired object, Man. 9, 304.
     6. The god of love, Indr. 5, 49.
II. acc. kāmam, adv.
     1. At one's pleasure, Man. 2, 189.
     2. Willingly, MBh. 3, 298; Ragh. 12, 75.
     3. With following na, Rather than, Hit. i. d. 125; Man. 9, 89.
     4. Indeed, Śak. 26, 16.
     5. Only, Rām. 5, 94; 21.
III. When the latter part of a comp. adj., f. .
     1. Deairing, Man. 2, 37.
     2. Loving, Rām. 3, 55, 29.
     3. An infin. ending in tum drops its final before it; cf. kartukāma.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. , exempt from desire, Man. 2, 4.
     2. unwilling, without one's consent, Man. 8, 364. artha-,
I. m. du. wealth and pleasure, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 24.
II. adj. desiring wealth, Nal. 17, 47. niṣkāma, i. e. nis-, adj. disinterested, Man. 12, 89. puṃs-, adj., f. , wishing for a lover or husband, Hiḍ. 3, 15. priya-, adj. benevolent, Brāhman. 2, 23. bandhu-, adj. one who loves his kinsmen, Prāhmaṇ. 1, 23. yathā-kāma + m, adv. at pleasure. vīta-, i. e. vi-ita-, adj. free from desire. sa-,
I. adj. 1. one who has attained his desire, Rām. 3, 52, 52. 2. being in love, Ṛt. 6, 2.
II. -mam, adv. 1. with pleasure, Pañc. 44, 9. 2. indeed, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 4 (for aught I care). svapna-, adj. wishing to sleep. hita-, adj., wishing well to, friendly to, Pañc. i. d. 360.

kāmakāra kāma-kāra, m. Free will, Rām. 3, 66, 6.


[Page 176a]

kāmakāratas kāmakāra + tas, adv. Voluntarily, Man. 11, 41.

kāmaga kāma-ga (vb. gam),
I. adj., f. ,
     1. Coming by one's own free will, Nal. 18, 23.
     2. Going as one lists, Rām. 3, 48, 5.
II. f. , A lascivious woman, Yājñ. 3, 6.

kāmagama kāma-gam + a, adj., f. , Going as one lists, Rām. 5, 13, 5.
-- Comp. sarva-, yielding every desired object, MBh. 13, 357.

kāmacara kāma-car + a, adj. One who comes by his own free will. MBh. 4, 222.

kāmacaratva kāmacara + tva, n. Roving at will, Kathās. 18, 206.

kāmacāra kāmacāra, i. e. kāma-car + a,
I. adj. Going as one lists, MBh. 13, 4175.
II. m. Free will, intention, Yājñ. 2, 162.

kāmacāratas kāmacāra + tas, adv. Through sensual indulgence, Man. 2, 220.

kāmaja kāma-ja (vb. jan), adj. Produced from love of pleasure, Man. 7, 46; 9, 107.

kāmaṭha kāmaṭha, i. e. kamaṭha + a, adj. Belonging or proper to the tortoise, Rām. 1, 45, 30.

kāmatas kāma + tas, adv.
     1. By inclination, Man. 3, 12.
     2. At one's pleasure, 5, 90.
     3. Intentionally, 4, 207.
-- Comp. a-, adv. 1. unwillingly, Man. 2, 181. 2. unintentionally, 9, 242.

kāmatva kāma-tva, n. Love of pleasure, Lass. 40, 5.

kāmadugha kāmadugha, i. e. kāma-duh + a, adj., f. ghā, Yielding every wish, MBh. 13, 3165.


[Page 176b]

kāmaduh kāma-duh, adj., nom. sing. -dhuk, Yielding every wish, MBh. 13, 2700.

kāmaduha kāma-duh + a, adj., f. , Yielding every wish, MBh. 3, 12725.

kāmandaki kāmandaki, patron. (kamandaka + i). A proper name, Pañc. 122, 1.

kāmamaya kāma + maya, adj., f. , Meeting all wishes, Rām. 4, 33, 6.

kāmayā kāma + yā, adv. (either the ved. instr. sing. of kāma, or that of a lost noun kāmā), For my sake, MBh. 2, 728.

kāmarasika kāmarasika, i. e. kāma-rasa + ika, adj. Libidinous, Bhartṛ. 3, 51.

kāmarūpadhara kāmarūpadhara, i. e. kāma-rūpa-dhṛ + a, adj., f. , Changing one's shape as one lists, Rām. 1, 9, 27.

kāmarūpin kāmarūpin, i. e. kāma rūpa + in, adj., f. iṇī, Changing one's shape as one lists, MBh. 3, 367.

kāmala kāmala,
I. (m. and) f. , A disease of the bile, Suśr. 1, 193, 15.
II. f. , A proper name, Hariv. 1453.

kāmalin kāmalin, i. e. kāmala + in, adj., f. , Jaundiced, Suśr. 2, 469, 3.

kāmavant kāma + vant, adj., f. vatī, Loving, MBh. 1, 3869.

kāmasū kāma-ū, adj. Granting desires, Ragh. 5, 33.

kāmātmatā kāmātmatā, i. e. kāmātman + tā, f. Sensuality, Man. 2, 2.

kāmātman kāmātman, i. e. kāma-ātman, adj. Voluptuous, Man. 7, 27.

kāmika kāmika, i. e. kāma + ika,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Wished, wish, MBh. 13, 6025.
     2. Wishing, 1969.
     3. In sarvakāmika the aff. ika belongs to the comp. sarva-kāma, Attaining all one's desires, MBh. 3, 13860.

kāmitā kāmitā, i. e. kāmin + tā, f. Love, Hit. i. d. 104.

kāmin kāmin, i. e. kama + in,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Desiring, MBh. 13, 7060.
     2. Having sexual intercourse, MBh. 1, 4185.
II. m. A lover, MBh. 4, 978.
III. f. , A beloved one, Man. 8, 112.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not in love, Pañc. i. d. 180. kāma-, adj. fostering wishes, Bhag. 2, 70. sarva-, i. e. sarvakāma + in, adj. abounding in all pleasures, Sund. 1, 31 (v. r.).

kāmuka kāmuka, i. e. kam + uka,
I. adj., f. and , Desirous, Rām. 2, 74, 7.
II. m. A lover, Rām. 5, 16, 42.
-- Comp. vañcitāneka-, i. e. vañcita-an-eka-, adj., f. , one who has deceived many lovers, Kathās. 12, 190.

kāmukatva kāmuka + tva, n. Lasciviousness, Megh. 25.

kāmpilya kāmpilya, i. e. kāmpila (the name of a country) + ya,
I. adj., f. , Belonging to Kāmpila, Kathās. 25, 53; with pura or purī, or without a subst., ntr. Its capital, MBh. 1, 5512; Rām. 1, 34, 46; Chr. 52, 14.
II. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 32.

kāmboja kāmboja, i. e. kamboja + a,
I. adj. Originating from Kamboja, Rām. 5, 12, 36.
II. m. The king of Kamboja, MBh. 1, 6995.
III. m. pl. The name of the people and of the country of Kamboja, MBh. 1, 2668.

kāmya kāmya, i. e.
I. the ptcple. of the fut. pass. of kam.
     1. Amiable, Ragh. 6, 30.
     2. Agreeable, Rām. 5, 43, 13.
     3. Precious, Rām. 2, 25, 9.
II. kāma + ya, adj. Connected with a wish, interested, Man. 12, 89.
III. f. , The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 4820.
IV. f. , Desire, Man. 5, 27.
-- Comp. itaretarakāmyā, i. e. itara-itara-, f.; instr. sing. according to their several fancies, Man. 3, 35. tvaddhitakāmyā, i. e. tvad-hita-, f. desire of benefitting thee, Chr. 15, 2. badha-kāmyā, f. intention to hurt, Man. 4, 165. sarva-kāmya, adj. deserving to be wished for by every one, Sund. 4, 7. hita-, f. , concern for another's welfare.

kāmyaka kāmya + ka, n. The name of a forest, MBh. 3, 218.

kāmyatā kāmya + tā f. Beauty, MBh. 13, 1032.

kāya kāya,
I. (base ka, a name of the god Prajāpati).
     1. m. A nuptial form called Prājāpatya, Man. 3, 38.
     2. n. The root of the little finger, Man. 2, 59.
II. i. e. ci + a, m. The body, Bhag. 5, 11.
-- Comp. ati-,
I. adj. gigantic, Rām. 5, 56, 124.
II. m. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 6, 51, 3 sqq. pūrva-, m. the fore-part of the body, Śāk. d. 7. yaśaḥ-kāya, m. a body consisting of glory, i. e. glory, Bhartṛ. 2, 21. svarṇa-, m. Garuḍa.

kāyastha kāya-stha (vb. sthā), m. A mixed tribe or caste, the writer caste; a writer, Rājat. 5, 174; 264; 438.

kāyika kāyika, i. e. kāya + ika, adj., f. (Man. 8, 153) and .
     1. Corporeal, bodily Man. 12, 8; Suśr. 1, 12, 2.
     2. (viz. vṛddhi, Immoderate profits) from a pledge to be used by way of interest, Man. 8, 153.

kāra 1. kāra, i. e. kṛ + a,
I. adj., f. . Latter part of a comp. adj. Making, a maker of, e. g. andha-kāra, māla-kāra, ratha-kāra. danta-, m. An artist in ivory, Rām. 2, 83, 14. dyūta- (vb. div.) m. A gamester, Pañc. i. d. 431. parva(n)-, adj. Working at festivals. bhasma(n)-, m. A washerman. su-varṇa-, svarṇa-, and hema-, m. A goldsmith.
II. m. Latter part of comp. substantives, Making. action. Cf. e. g. kāma-kāra, puruṣa-kāra; especially used after letters to form their name, e. g. a-kāra, the letter a; u-kāra, the letter u; ma-kāra, the letter ma(m), Man. 2, 76.

kāra 2. kāra, i. e. kara + a, adj. Produced by hail, Suśr. 1, 170, 1.

kāraka kāraka, i. e. kṛ + aka,
I. adj., f. rikā, Making. Latter part of nominal comps., e. g. kṣema-, adj. Causing security, Pañc. v. d. 89. gṛka-, m. A carpenter, Yājñ. 3, 146. priya-, adj. Causing love, Man. 7, 204; guru-vacana-, adj. Performing the order of one's teacher; maṅgala-, adj. Giving joy, MBh. 2, 1925; śilpa-, adj. Versed in an art, Mālav. 65, 15.
II. m. An agent; doing, Yājñ. 2, 233; causing, 3, 150; an author, MBh. 13, 247. siṃha-, m. A maker of lions, Pañc. v. d. 31.
III. f. rikā, A metrical explanation, a memorial verse, MBh. 2, 453.

kāraṇa kāraṇa, i. e. kṛ, Caus., + ana.
I. m.
     1. Motive, Pañc. iii. d. 99.
     2. Cause, Suśr. 1, 310, 4; Kathās. 3, 31 (with the loc.).
     3. Primary cause, Man. 5, 152; Bhartṛ. 2, 82.
     4. An element, Yājñ. 3, 148.
     5. Basis, Man. 11, 84.
     6. Argument, Nal. 16, 27; proof, Man. 8, 200.
     7. An instrument, a means, Rām. 1, 65, 10 (cf. Gorr. 1, 67, 4, who reads upāyaiḥ).
     8. An organ of sense, Ragh. 16, 22.
     9. Abl. kāraṇāt, and loc. ṇe, On account of, Rām. 5, 56, 136; 5, 28, 9. Instr. ṇena, By some reason, Cāṇ. 23. yena kāraṇena, Because, Pañc. 175, 10. kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇam, From what motive, MBh. 1, 3600.
II. f. ṇā, Torture, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 16.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unreasonable, Pañc. 246, 6. 2. a-kāraṇam and a-kāraṇena, without cause, Vikr. d. 54; Yājñ. 2, 234. anna-kāraṇam, on account of (supplying) food, Man. 5, 94. kārya-, n. aim and motive, Pañc. i. d. 462. niṣkāraṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. not proceeding from any cause, Bhāg. P. 8, 3, 15. 2. disinterested, Pañc. ed. oru. 41, 19. 3. Acc. ṇam, and abl. ṇāt, adv. without a special motive, MBh. 12, 4993; Rām. 6, 10, 23. yatkāraṇam, and ṇāt, i. e. yad-, adv. because, Pañc. 30, 21; 135, 16.

kāraṇatas kāraṇa + tas, adv. By some reason, Ragh. 10, 19. kārya-, adv. From the relation of cause and effect, Hit. i. d. 33.

kāraṇatā kāraṇa + tā, f., and kāraṇatva kāraṇa + tva, n. Causality, Kumāras. 2, 6; Bhāṣāp. 14. Being the cause, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 26.

kāraṇika kāraṇika, i. e. karaṇa + ika, m. A judge, Pañc. 237, 20.

kāraṇḍava kāraṇḍava, m. A sort of duck, Rām. 2, 27, 18.

kāraṃdhama kāraṃdhama, i. e. karaṃdhama + a, patron.
I. m. MBh. 14, 63.
II. n. The name of a holy place, MBh. 1, 7843.

kārayitṛ kārayitṛ, i. e. kṛ, Caus., + tṛ, m. Giving the power of acting, MBh. 3, 7000; Man. 12, 12.

kārā kārā, f. A gaol, Daśak. in Chr, 198, 9.

kārāvara kārāvara, m. The name of a mixed caste, viz. of the offspring of a Niṣāda by a Vaidehī woman, Man. 10, 36.

kārin kārin, i. e. kri + in, adj., f. iṇī, An agent, Rām. 2, 78, 8; MBh. 13, 4804; acting, Man. 7, 26. -- It is generally the latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. a-kārya-, adj.
     1. One who does a wrong action, Man. 11, 239.
     2. One who does not what ought to be done, i. e. who neglects his duty, Man, 5, 107. a-kliṣṭa-, adj. Indefatigable, Rām. 3, 31, 1. āpta-, adj. Acting properly, Man. 9, 12 (in a trustworthy manner). keśa-, m. f. iṇī, A hair-dresser, MBh. 4, 412. kṣipra-, adj. Clever, Rām. 3, 36, 10. gṛha-, m. A kind of wasp. Man. 12, 66. tatkarmakārin, i. e. tad-karman-, adj. Doing the same, Man. 9, 261. dṛḍha-, adj. Persevering in good actions, Man. 4, 246. vighna-, adj.
     1. Obstructing.
     2. Fearful.

kārīṣa kārīṣa, i. e. karīṣa + a,
I. adj. Sprung up from dung, Suśr. 1, 224, 11.
II. n. A great quantity of dung, Hariv. 4355.

kāru kāru, i. e. kṛ + u, adj. and s., f. , Working, an artisan, Man. 8, 360.

kāruka kāru + ka, m., and f. , An artisan, Man. 4, 219.

kāruṇika kāruṇika, i. e. karuṇa + ika, adj. Compassionate, MBh. 4, 1500.

kāruṇikatā kāruṇika + tā, f. Compassion, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 24.

kāruṇya kāruṇya, i. e. karuṇa + ya, n. Compassion, Pañc. ii. d. 25.

kāruṣa kāruṣa, m. The offspring of a Vrātya, or an outcast of the Vaiśya tribe, Man. 10, 23.

kārūṣa kārūṣa, m.
     1. The name of a country, MBh. 2, 1864.
     2. pl. Its people, Bhāg. P. 9, 2, 16.
     3. Its king, Hariv. 4954.

kārūṣaka kārūṣa-ka, adj. Belonging to the Kārūṣas, MBh. 1, 2700.

kārkaśya kārkaśya, i. e. karkaśa + ya, n.
     1. Hardness, Pañc. i. d. 205.
     2. Harshness, Amar. 24.
     3. Rough labour, MBh. 13, 5551.

kārtayuga kārtayuga-, i. e. kṛta-yuga + a, adj. Belonging to the age called Kṛta, MBh. 1, 3600.

kārtavīrya kārtavīrya, i. e. kṛta-vīrya + a, patron. m. A name of the Arjuna killed by Paraśurāma, MBh. 3, 141.

kārtasvara kārtasvara, i. e. kṛta-svara + a, n. Gold, MBh. 13, 4196.

kārtāntika kārtāntika, i. e. kṛta-anta + ika, m. An astrologer, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 13; 197, 12.

kārttika kārttika, i. e. kṛttikā + a,
I. m. The name of a month (OctoberNovember), MBh. 2, 918.
II. f. , The day of this month on which the moon is full, MBh. 3, 4073.

kārttikeya kārttikeya, i. e. kṛttikā + eya, m. The god of war, Rām. 1, 37, 20.

kārtsna kārtsna, i. e. kṛtsna + a, n. Totality, Suśr. 1, 94, 11.

kārtsnya kārtsnya, i. e. kṛtsna + ya, n. Totality; instr. yena, Comprehensively, Man. 3, 183.

kārdama kārdama, i. e. kardama + a, adj.
     1. Muddy, Rām. 5, 27, 16.
     2. Belonging to the Prajāpati Kardama, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 6.

kārpaṭika kārpaṭika, i. e. karpaṭa + ika, m. A pilgrim, Skandap. Kācīk 12, 14; 30, 66.

kārpaṇya kārpaṇya, i. e. kṛpaṇa + ya, n.
     1. Misery, Bhag. 2, 7; Rām. 5, 19, 17.
     2. Compassion, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 10.

kārpāsa kārpāsa, i. e. karpāsa + a,
I. adj., f. , Made of cotton, Man. 2, 44.
II. m. and n.
     1. Cotton, Man. 8, 326.
     2. Cotton cloth, Suśr. 1, 25, 3.

kārpāsika kārpāsika, i. e. karpāsa + ika, adj. Made of cotton, Rām. 5, 49, 5.

kārmika kārmika, i. e. karman + ika, n. A figured web, Yājñ. 2, 180.

kārmuka kārmuka, i. e. kṛmuka (the name of a tree, ved.) + a, n. A bow, Man. 11, 138.
-- Comp. bhīma-, adj., f. , having formidable bows, MBh. 4, 1241.

kārmukāya karmukāya, a denomin. derived from the last by ya, Ātm. To become a bow, Śṛṅgārat. 13.

kārmukin kārmukin, i. e. kārmuka + in, adj. Wearing a bow, Rām. 3, 55, 12.

kārya kārya,
I. ptcple. of the fut. pass. of 1. kṛ, cf. kṛ.
     1. What ought to be made, to be done, etc., Man. 3, 248; superl. kāryatama, That which must be done first, Rām. 5, 77, 16.
     2. With an instr. To be used; use, Pañc. i. d. 81 (tṛṇena kāryaṃ bhavatīśvarāṇām, kings use a blade of grass); with na, No use, Rām. 1, 30, 5 (we do not care for possessing the earth); 2, 21, 60 (I am indifferent to life and joy).
II. n.
     1. Intention, Rām. 1, 18, 15.
     2. Duty, Man. 3, 80.
     3. Service, Man. 10, 47.
     4. Business, Man. 9, 299; affairs, 7, 59.
     5. A law-suit, 8, 43.
     6. Effect, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 22.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. not to be done.
II. n. a wrong action. agni-, n. the management of the sacrificial fire, Man. 2, 69. udaka-, n. 1. ablution, MBh. 1, 791. 2. obsequies, Rām. 3, 72, 38. eka-,
I. n. the same work, MBh. 2, 791.
II. adj. having the same intention, Pañc. 182, 5. kṛta-, adj. 1. having accomplished a business, Yājñ. 2, 189. 2. satisfied. Rām. 6, 97, 21; 2, 99, 11. 3. not wanting (with instr.), MBh. 13, 3862. gṛka-, n. the affairs of the house, Man. 5, 150. carmakārya, i. e. carman-, n. leather work, Man. 10, 49. deva-, n. an oblation to the deities, Man. 3, 203. dharma-, n. a sacred duty, Man. 9, 76. pitṛ-, n. an oblation to the Pitṛs or Manes, Man. 3, 203. putra-, n. a ceremony or sacrifice on the birth of a son, Chr. 50, 16. mitra-, n. duty, service, of a friend, Rām. 6, 107, 12. samūha-, n. the affairs of a community, Yājñ. 2, 189.

kāryatva kārya + tva, n. Condition of being an effect, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 26.

kāryavattā kāryavattā, i. e. kāryavant + tā, f. Business, Rām. 5, 46, 17.

kāryavant kārya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Occupied, Man. 9, 74.

kāryārtha kāryārtha, i. e. kārya-artha, m. An important matter, Man. 7, 167. Acc. °tham, adv.
     1. For a special end, Man. 7, 164.
     2. On account of judicial proof, 8, 110.
     3. For the purpose of work, 10, 55.

kāryārthin kāryārthin, i. e. kārya-arthin, adj. Demanding justice, Mṛcch. 138, 9.

kāryika kāryika, i. e. kārya + ika, adj. Demanding justice, Man. 7, 124.

kāryin kāryin, i. e. kārya + in, adj. Demanding justice, Man. 8, 2.

kārśya kārśya, i. e. kṛśa + ya, n.
     1. Meagerness, Megh. 30.
     2. Smallness, Ragh. 5, 21.

kārṣaka kārṣaka, i. e. kṛṣi + aka, m. A husbandman, Rājat. 5, 169.

kārṣāpaṇa kārṣāpaṇa, i. e. karṣa-āpana + a, m. and n. A coin, Man. 8, 136.


[Page 181a]

kārṣika kārṣika, i. e. karṣa + ika, adj. Being of the weight of a karṣa, Man. 8, 136.

kārṣṇa kārṣṇa, i. e. kṛṣṇa + a, adj. f. ṇī.
     1. Made of the hide of the black antelope, Man. 2, 41.
     2. Composed by Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 1, 261.

kārṣṇāyasa kārṣṇāyasa, i. e. kṛṣṇāyas, or °yasa + a,
I. adj., f. , Of iron, Man. 11, 133.
II. n. Iron, Man. 10, 52.

kārṣṇi kārṣṇi, i. e. kṛṣṇa + i, patron., m. Offspring of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 1, 4812.

kārṣṇya kārṣṇya, i. e. kriṣṇa + ya, n.
     1. Blackness, MBh. 1, 4236.
     2. Darkness, Rājat. 5, 94 (in a comp. adj. vyakta-, vb. añj with vi, Dark).

kālkāl, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from the next), Par. To count time.

kāla 1. kāla, m.
     1. Due season, Man. 2, 80; instr. kālena, In due season, Man. 9, 246.
     2. Time, Man, 1, 24; 7, 183; instr. kālena, and abl. kālāt, In the long run, Pañc. 32, 24; Man. 8, 251; gen. dīrghasya kālasya, After a long time, Nal. 18, 1; kasya cit kālasya, After some time, Śāk. 110, 15.
     3. Mealtime; there are two meal-times a day, therefore, ṣaṣṭha kāla, The sixth meal-time = the evening of the third day, MBh. 13, 5175; Rām. 3, 31, 47.
     4. A period, Rājat. 5, 73.
     5. Death, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 2.
     6. Time personified, fate, MBh. 13, 56; Rām. 6, 70, 35; endowed with the attributes of Yama, the regent of the dead, Rām. 1, 21, 13; 3, 35, 43, etc.
-- Comp. a-, m. unseasonableness, Sund. 2, 31; loc. le, unseasonably, Man. 3, 105. ādi-, m. beginning of time, Rām. 3, 20, 6. ṛtu-, m. 1. seasonable time, MBh. 3, 14763. 2. time approved for sexual intercourse, Man. 3, 45. eka-kāla + m, adv. once, Man. 6, 55. kārya-, m. time of action, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1809. kṛta-,
I. m. appointed time, Yājñ. 2, 184.
II. adj. having waited a certain time, MBh. 2, 1875. caturtha-kāla + m, adv. at the fourth meal-time, i. e. on the evening of every second day, Man. 11, 109. tad-kāla + m, adv. instantly, Pañc. 192, 6. tāvatkāla + m, i. e. tāvant-, adv. such a long time, MBh. 3, 16889. tri-, n. 1. past, future, and present time, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 8. 2. morning, noon, and evening, MBh. 13, 6607. duṣkāla, i. e. dus-, m. the formidable, all-destroying, time, Rām. 2, 33, 21; a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10418. nitya-kāla + m, adv. continually, Man. 2, 58. purva(n)-, m. the periodic change of the moon. prāpta-kāla + m (vb. āp with pra), adv. in due season, Pañc. 16, 6. a-prāpta-kāla + m, adv. Out of due season, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 173. yathā-kāla + m, adv. At the proper time, Man. 2, 39. sa-kāla + m, adv. Betimes, early in the morning. sūrya-, m. day.

kāla 2. kāla (cf. kalaṅka),
I. adj., f. , Dark blue, black, Rām. 6, 67, 2; MBh. 16, 57.
II. m.
     1. A black and poisonous snake, Coluber naga, Lass. 16, 13.
     2. The black in the eye, Suśr. 2, 336, 20.
     3. A name of Rudra, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 12.
     4. A proper name, Hariv. 189.
     5. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 21.
III. f. .
     1. The name of several plants, Suśr. 1, 131, 19, etc.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520.
     3. The name of a female demon, Hariv. 11552.
IV. f. .
     1. A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 195.
     2. A surname of Satyāvatī, Chr. 6, 1.
-- Comp. bhadra-kālī, f. 1. a name of Durgā. 2. a fragrant grass, Cyperus. mahā-,
I. m. a name of Śiva.
II. f. , Durgā.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., under kalaṅka.


[Page 182a]

kālaka kāla + ka,
I. m.
     1. The black in the eye, Suśr. 2, 304, 2.
     2. A sort of grain, Suśr. 1, 73, 5.
     3. The name of a Rākṣasa, or demon, Rām. 3, 29, 30; of an Asura, Hariv. 2286.
II. f. , The name of a female demon, MBh. 3, 12203.
-- Comp. tila-, m. a mole, a dark spot on the body, Suśr. 1, 31, 18.

kālakañja kālakañja, m. The name of a Dānava tribe, MBh. 3, 12198.

kālakūṭa kāla-kūṭa,
I. m. and n. A kind of poison, MBh. 3, 540.
II. m. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 4637.

kālajña kāla-jña (vb. jñā), adj. Knowing the proper season, Man. 7, 217.

kālañjara kālañjara, m. The name of a range of mountains, MBh. 3, 8198.

kālatas kāla + tas, adv. In the long run, Kathās. 6, 101.

kālatā kāla + tā, f. Seasonableness, Ghaṭ. 19.

kālapāśika kālapāśika, i. e. kāla-pāśa + ika, m. A hangman, Mudrār. 21, 1.

kālamāla kālamāla, i. e. kāla-mālā, m. A vegetable, Ocimum sanctum, Suśr. 1, 138, 16.

kālayāpa kālayāpa, i. e. kāla-yā, Caus., + a, m. Procrastination, Hit. iii. d. 90.

kālavant kāla + vant, adj., f. vatī, Long, Rām. 6, 22, 17.

kālānusārivā kālānusārivā, i. e. kāla-anusārin + vā (fem. of va, i. e. mutilated vant), f. Benzoin, Suśr. 2, 94, 21.

kālānusārya kālānusārya, i. e. kāla-anusāra + ya, n. m. and f. , Benzoin, Suśr. 2, 275, 16.


[Page 182b]

kālāpa kālāpa, i. e.
     1. kalāpa + a, m. Hair, Śāntiś. 1, 27.
     2. kalāpin + a, m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 113.

kālāpaka kālāpa + ka, n. The name of a grammar, Kathās. 7, 13.

kālāyasa kālāyasa, i. e. kāla-ayas + a, n. Iron, Rām. 5, 37, 38.

kālāyasamaya kālāyasa + maya, adj., f. , Of iron Rām. 5, 49, 32.

kālika 1. kālika, i. e. 1. kāla + ika, adj.
     1. f. , Referring to time, Bhāṣāp. 120.
     2. Seasonable, MBh. 3, 868.
     3. f. , Long, Rām. 2, 41, 12.
-- Comp. a-kālika + m, adv. without delay, MBh. 4, 908. aṣṭama-, adj. one who eats only on the evening of every fourth day, Man. 6, 19 (cf. 1. kāla,
     3.). eka-kālika + m, adv. eating once a day, Man. 11, 123. caturtha-, adj. one who eats only on the evening of every second day, Man. 6, 19 (cf. 1. kāla,
     3.). niṣkālika, i. e. nis-kāla + ika, adj. one whose lifetime is elapsed (or °kam, adv., without delay), MBh. 8, 3628. māsa- adj., monthly, MBh. 2, 2080.

kālikā 2. kālikā, i. e. 2. kāla + ka, f.
     1. A multitude of clouds, Ragh. 11, 15.
     2. The liver, Mit. 1, 31.
     3. A blood-vessel in the ear, Suśr. 1, 55, 1.
     4. The name of several plants, Suśr. 2, 499, 2.
     5. A name of Durgā, MBh. 2, 457.
     6. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 8134.

kāliṅga kāliṅga, i. e. kaliṅga + a,
I. m.
     1. A prince of the Kaliṅgas, Ragh. 4, 40.
     2. pl. = Kaliṅga, a people, MBh. 8, 2066.
II. f. , A princess of the Kaliṅgas, MBh. 1, 3775.

kāliṅgaka kāliṅga + ka, m. A prince of the Kaliṅgas, MBh. 2, 1270.

kāliñjara kāliñjara, m. The name of a mountain, Kathās. 22, 161 (cf. kālañjara).

kālidāsa kālidāsa, i. e. kali-dāsa (with i shortened), m. A proper name, Śāk. 3, 12.

kālinda kālinda, i. e. kalinda + a,
I. n. A water melon, Suśr. 1, 156, 21.
II. f. .
     1. A proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 33.
     2. The Yamunā, Pañc. 25, 3.
-- Comp. yama-kālindī, f. The wife of the sun.

kāliman kāliman, i. e. 2. kāla + iman, m. Blackness, Śiś. 4, 57.

kāliya kāliya, i. e. 2. kāla + iya, m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1551.

kālīna -kālīna, i. e. 1. kāla + īna, latter part of compound words derived from nouns ending in kāla, adj. Referring to the time of, e. g. utpattikālīna, i. e. utpatti-kāla + īna, adj. At the time of production, Bhāṣāp. 77. samāna-, adj. Occurring or produced at the same period.

kālīya kālīya, i. e. 2. kāla + īya, n. A dark kind of sandal, Suśr. 2, 120, 15.

kālīyaka kālīya + ka,
I. n. A dark kind of sandal, Rām. 6, 96, 3.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1555.

kāluṣya kāluṣya, i. e. kaluṣa + ya, n.
     1. Foulness, Kathās. 19, 95.
     2. Unfairness, Rājat. 5, 63.

kāleya kāleya, i. e. 2. kāla + eya,
I. n. A dark kind of sandal, Kumāras. 7, 9.
II. m. The name of a tribe of Daityas, MBh. 3, 8719; 8769.

kāleyaka kāleya + ka,
I. n. A yellow fragrant wood, Suśr. 1, 146, 3.
II. m.
     1. One of the interior parts of the body not yet identified, Suśr. 1, 208, 3.
     2. A kind of jaundice, Suśr. 2, 469. 4.


[Page 183b]

kālya kālya, i. e. kalya + a, n. Dawn, Rām. 2, 34, 34.

kāverī kāverī, f. The name of a river, MBh. 2, 372.

kāvya kāvya, i. e. kavi + ya,
I. adj., f. , Coming from old sages, MBh. 2, 2097.
II. m.
     1. A class of Pitṛs or Manes, Man. 3, 199.
     2. patron. Surname of Uśanas, MBh. 1, 3188.
III. m. A bard, MBh. 2, 453.
IV. n. A poem, Rām. 1, 2, 38.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. a classical poem, Chr. 170.

kāś kāś, i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.), † i. 4, Ātm.
     1. To be visible, Rām. 3, 29, 8.
     2. To shine MBh. 1, 7008. kāśita, Resplendent, Rām. 6, 26, 48.
-- With the prepos. ud ud, To shine, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 2.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, Caus. To reveal, MBh. 14, 1283.
-- With nis nis, cf. kas.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To be visible, MBh. 3, 9990.
     2. To appear, Rām. 6, 20, 10.
     3. To shine, MBh. 3, 13750. Caus.
     1. To show, Śāk. 12, 11; Rām. 4, 42, 14.
     2. To illumine, MBh. 4, 232.
     3. To make known, Lass. 3, 9.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To shine, Rām. 5, 73, 6.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
     1. To appear, MBh. 3, 13982.
     2. To shine, Rām. 5, 5, 23. Caus. To discover, MBh. 1, 87.
-- With vi vi, To appear, Rām. 5, 40, 10. Caus. To illumine, MBh. 1, 7856.
-- With sam sam, To appear, Rām. 2, 65, 14.

kāśa kāś + a, m. and n. A species of grass, Saccharum spontaneum, Rām. 2, 28, 22. When the latter part of a comp. adj., f. śā, e. g. kusumita-nava-, adj., f. śā, Covered with fresh blossoming Kāśa, Ṛt. 3, 28. Cf. kāsa.


[Page 184a]

kāśamaya kāśa + maya, adj., f. , Made of Kāśa-grass, Bhāg. P. 3, 22, 31.

kāśi kāśi,
I. m.
     1. A proper name, Hariv. 1734.
     2. The king of Kāśi, Chr. 19, 6.
     3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 13, 1949.
II. f. śi and śī.
     1. The name of Benares, Rām. 1, 12, 22.
     2. śī, A proper name, Hariv. 9204.

kāśin -kāś + in, adj., f. , latter part of comp. adj. Shining like, e. g. matta-, Like one delighted, charming, Rām. 5, 18, 37.
     2. Shining on account of, e. g. jaya- and jita-, On account of victory, victorious, proud on account of triumphs, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 15; Chr. 16, 12.
-- Cf. kāsin.

kāśiṣṇu kāś + iṣṇu, adj. Resplendent, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 6.

kāśeya kāśeya, i. e. kāśi + eya,
I. m. A son of Kāśi, Hariv. 1734.
II. f. , A daughter of Kāśi, MBh. 1, 3785.

kāśmarī kāśmarī, i. e. kāś + man + ī, f. A plant, Gmelina arborea, Rām. 2, 94, 9.

kāśmarya kāśmarya, i. e. kāś + man + ya, m. A plant, Gmelina arborea, MBh. 13, 2773.

kāśmīra kāśmīra, i. e. kaśmīra + a,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Trained in Cashmere, MBh. 4, 254 (a horse).
     2. An inhabitant of Cashmere, MBh. 3, 5032.
II. m.
     1. A king of Cashmere, Mudrār. 18, 17.
     2. Cashmere, Rām. 4, 43, 32.
III. n. Saffron, Bhartṛ. 1, 48.

kāśmīraka kāśmīra + ka, adj. Belonging to Cashmere, MBh. 2, 1025 (the inhabitants); 2, 1271 (the king).

kāśmīrika kāśmīrika, i. e. ka/āśmira + ika, adj. Referring to Cashmere, Chr. 245, l. 2.


[Page 184b]

kāśya kāśya, i. e. kāśi + ya, adj., and f. .
     1. Belonging to the Kāśis; a king of the Kāśis, MBh. 1, 4128.
     2. f. A daughter of the king of the Kāśis, MBh. 1, 3829.

kāśyapa kāśyapa, i. e. kaśyapa + a, f. .
I. adj. Belonging to Kaśyapa, MBh. 13, 7237.
II. patron. m. A descendant of Kaśyapa, Rām. 1, 9, 28.

kāśyapeya kāśyapeya, i. e. kaśyapa + eya, patron. m. A name of the Ādityas, MBh. 13, 7094; of the sun, 1, 1247.

kāṣāya kāṣāya, i. e. kaṣāya + a, adj., f. .
     1. Red, Sāv. 3, 18.
     2. s. A red cloth, Rām. 3, 52, 9.

kāṣṭha kāṣṭha,
I. n. A piece of wood, Man. 8, 372.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 415. kāṣṭhā, q. v.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, n. a wooden staff, Śāk. 21, 1. danta-, n. a small piece of wood for cleaning the teeth, MBh. 13, 4998.

kāṣṭhakūṭa kāṣṭhakūṭa, m. A kind of bird, probably = kāṣṭha-kuṭṭa, Pañc. 80, 12.

kāṣṭhabhārika kāṣṭhabhārika, i. e. kāṣṭha-bhāra + ika, m. One who carries wood, Kathās. 6, 42.

kāṣṭhamaya kāṣṭha + maya, adj., f. . Made of wood, Man. 2, 157.

kāṣṭhaloṣṭamaya kāṣṭha-loṣṭa-maya, adj., f. , Made of wood or clay, Man. 8, 289.

kāṣṭhā kāṣṭhā, f.
     1. Aim, MBh. 3, 10424; limit, boundary, Kumāras. 5, 28.
     2. Place, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 12.
     3. A quarter or point of the compass, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 1.
     4. A lunar station, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 31.
     5. A measure of time, MBh. 1, 1292.
     6. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 25.


[Page 185a]

kāṣṭhika kāṣṭhika, i. e. kāṣṭha + ika,
I. m. One who carries wood, Kathās. 6, 43.
II. f. , A small piece of wood, Pañc. 194, 12.

kās kās, i. 1, Ātm. To cough, Suśr. 1, 38, 10.
-- Cf. O.H.G. huosta; A. S. hvosta.

kāsa kās + a, m. Cough, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 17; with ś instead of s, Śāntiś. 2, 27.

kāsamarda kāsamarda, i. e. kāsa-mṛd + a, and kāsamardaka kāsamarda + ka, m. A plant, Cassia sophora, Suśr. 1, 138, 17.

kāsavant kāsa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Subject to cough, Suśr. 2, 506, 4.

kāsāra kāsāra, m. A pond, Bhartṛ. 1, 39.

kāsin kāsin, i. e. kāsa + in, adj., f. , Subject to cough, Suśr. 1, 116, 9; with ś instead of s, Pañc. v. d. 41.

kāsīsa kāsīsa, n. Green vitriol, Suśr. 1, 132, 17.

kāhala kāhala, m. A large drum, Pañc. 20, 8. f. A musical instrument, probably a large drum, Rājat. 5, 464.

kāhali kāhali, i. e. kāhala + i, m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1179.

ki ki, ii. 3, Par. To know, ved., cf. ci; the original form was ski, Lat. scio.

kiṃvadantī kiṃvadantī, i. e. kim-vadantī (participle pres. f. of vad), f. Report, Hit. 39, 7.

kiṃśuka kiṃśuka, i. e. kim-śuka,
I. m. A tree bearing beautiful red blossoms, Butea frondosa, Man. 8, 246.
II. n. Its blossom, Suśr. 1, 224, 1.

kiṃkara kiṃkara, i. e. kim-kṛ + a,
I. m. and f. , A servant, Rām. 1, 18, 13; MBh. 4, 634.
II. m.
     1. A tribe of demons, Rām. 1, 3, 30.
     2. The name of a people, Rām. 4, 44, 13.

kiṃkaratva kiṃkara + tva, n. The condition of a slave, Pañc. iv. d. 8.

kiṃkartavyatā kiṃkartavyatā, i. e. kim-kartavya + tā, and kiṃkāryatā kiṃkāryatā, i. e. kim-kārya + tā (vb. kṛ), f. Condition of one who does not know what to do, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 9; Kathās. 10, 101.

kiṅkiṇī kiṅkiṇī (onomatop.) f., and kiṅkiṇīka kiṅkiṇī + ka, m. and n. A small bell, Rām. 3, 28, 32.

kiṅkiṇīkin kiṅkiṇīkin, i. e. kiṅkiṇīka + in, adj., f. , Adorned with small bells, Indr. 5, 12.

kiñjalka kiñjalka, m. A filament, especially of the lotus, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 43; 2, 2, 9; MBh. 3, 12880.

kiñjalkin kiñjalkin, i. e. kiñjalka + in, adj., f. , Consisting of filaments, Dev. 5, 51.

kiṭkiṭ, i. 1, Par.
     1. To go
     2. To fear.
     3. To alarm.

kiṭakiṭāya kiṭakiṭāya (onomatop.), Ātm. To mash, Suśr. 2, 195, 3.
-- Cf. katakatāpa.

kiṭṭa kiṭṭa, n. Excretion, dirt, Suśr. 1, 328, 14; with lauham, Rust of iron, Suśr. 2, 469, 10.

kiṇa kiṇa, m. A sear or callosity, Śāk. d. 13.

kiṇavant kiṇa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Callous, MBh. 4, 633.

kiṇva kiṇva, n. Ferment, a material used to produce fermentation in the manufacture of spirits from sugar, etc., Man. 8, 326.

kit kit (akin to ki), ii. 3, Par. To perceive, to know (ved.). Frequent. cekit, To see, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 48. Desider. cikitsa.
     1. To cure, Bhartṛ. 1, 83; to administer remedies, Pañc. 183, 22 (read cikitsyamāno). cikitsita, n. Physic, Man. 10, 47. cikitsya, Curable, MBh. 12, 418. Comp. a-, adj. incurable, Yājñ. 2, 140. -
     2. † To chastise.
     3. † To remove.
     4. † To destroy.
     5. † To coerce. -- Caus. of the desider. cikitsaya, To cure, Mālav. 47, 11. -- Caus. or i. 10, Par. ketaya.
     1. To invite, MBh. 13, 1596; Man. 3, 190.
     2. † To dwell.
     3. † To desire.
-- With the prepos. vi vi, desider. To doubt, MBh. 5, 2701. vicikitsita, Uncertain, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 10.
-- Cf. saṃket.

kitava kitava (akin to kit), m.
     1. A gamester, Man. 3, 151.
     2. A cheat, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 3; a rogue, Megh. 110.
     3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1832.
-- Comp. dhūrta-, m. a professed gambler, Yājñ. 2, 199.

kiṃnara kiṃnara, i. e. kim-nara, m. and f. , A class of demigods attached to the service of Kuvera, Man. 1, 39.
     2. A proper name, Rājat. 1, 197.

kim kim, except for the nom. and acc. sing. ntr., the base of the msc. and n. and most derivatives is ka, of the fem. ,
I. interrog. pron., sbst., and adj. Who, what, which, Man. 8, 414; 9, 170; 8, 161.
-- With gen. Who, what in proportion to, Kumāras. 3, 10: ke mama dhanvino nye, What may the other archers be able to do against me?
-- With instr. Away with, e. g. kiṃ vilambena, Do not tarry, Rām. 3, 35, 35. kiṃ bahunā, In short, Pañc. 5, 3. kim anena, No question, Śāk. 91, 7.
-- With instr. and gen. kiṃ te jñātair mahādhanurdharaiḥ, What have you to do with knowing the great arcers? Draup. 7, 4. -- Instead of the instr. may be used also the absolutive, kiṃ te sūryam nipātya, What matters it to you to bring down the sun? MBh. 13, 4628. -- Joined with the demonstr. pron. idam, e. g. ko yam, Who there? Hit. 18, 11. -- Doubled, e. g. kiṃkiṃ na karoti, What, what does he not? Pañc. i. d. 338. -- It joins two questions in one sentence, e. g. kā vām kaṃ varam icchati, Who of you chooses the one and who the other boon? Rām. 1, 39, 12.
II. Indefin. pron.
     1. Some, Bhag. 2, 21; generally followed by, a., ca, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 11; preceded by the relat. pron. yad, Whoever, whatever, Man. 12, 95.
b. ca na, Anybody, Nal. 17, 44 (40); anything, Man. 8, 76; some, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 4; doubled, kāṃścana-kāṃścana, Several, Rām. 2, 96, 34; preceded by the relat. pron. yad, Whatever, Nal. 4, 2.
c. cid, Anybody, Man. 8, 212; any, 8, 232; whoever, Sāh. D. 7, 12 somebody, Nal. 14, 2. kaṃ cit kālam, Some time, Rām. 3, 21, 31. kaś cid -kaś cid, Some one -- another, Rām. 1, 4, 18; preceded by the relat. pron. yad, a. Whatever, Man. 2, 7. [greek] Some trifle, Man. 9, 115.
d. api, see api.
     2. Any, Yajñ. 3, 133.
     3. Joined with na, Nobody, Bhartṛ. 3, 99.
-- With ca na or na -- ca na, Nothing, nobody, Nal. 15, 16; Man. 4, 134. mā kiṃ ca na, Not at all, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 39. na hi kiṃ ca na, Never, MBh. 1, 6132.
-- With na -- cid, Nobody, nothing, Nal. 3, 24; not any, Man. 1, 81.
-- With na -- api, Nobody, Bhartṛ. 3, 99; not the least, Pañc. 157, 6.
III. kim (acc. sing. ntr.) adv.
     1. Why, Nal. 11, 3.
     2. A particle of interrog., e. g. sāmyam icchasi kim, Are you really desirous of readmission to equality? Man. 11, 195.
-- With following u, kim u, How much more? Man. 7, 55.
-- With following ca, Further, Kathās. 2, 1; Pañc. 226, 11; Hit. 4, 18; go on, Śāk. 89, 17.
-- With following tu, But, MBh. 1, 1916.
-- With following nu,
     1. It lays a stress on the interrogation, Draup. 5, 13.
     2. How much less? Bhag. 1, 35.
-- With following punar, How much less? Ram. 1, 22, 21. -- A following increases the doubt, Śāk. 105, 7; Pañc. 44, 21. -- In disjunctive questions we find, kim -kiṃ vā, Śṛṅgārat. 7. kim -- kiṃ vā -kiṃ vā, Pañc. 34, 15 (tat kim... śastreṇa mārayāmi, kiṃ vā viṣam pra yacchāmi, kiṃ vā paśudharmeṇa vyāpādayāmi, Shall I kill him with a knife, or shall I give him poison, or shall I kill him like a beast?). kim -kim -- vā -- atha, Mṛcch. 171, 14. kim -- uta, Mṛcch. 147, 22. kim -- uta vā, Pañc. 68, 14. kim -- uta -- uta, Bhartṛ. 3, 77. kim -- uta -- atha vā, Kathās. 17, 112. kim -- uta -- āho svid, Śāk. 106. kim -- atha vā -- uta, Rām. 5, 51, 7. kim is sometimes the former part of a compound word, e. g. kiṃrūpa, adj. How ṣaped? Pañc. 258, 13. kiṃcid is also the latter part of compound words, e. g. kiṃcijjña, adj. Knowing a little, Bhartr. 2, 8. a-kiṃcid, Nothing at all, MBh. 13, 2334.
IV. kena, instr. How so? Rām. 6, 12, 4.
-- Cf. kasmāt separately.
-- Cf. [greek] e. g. [greek] etc.; Lat. quis, qui, etc.; Goth. hvas; A.S. [greek]

kimicchaka kimicchaka, i. e. kim-icchā + ka, adj. Desirable, MBh. 13, 2111.

kimīya kim + īya, adj. To whom belonging, Daśak. 195, 10.

kiyant kiyant, i. e. kim + vant (y for original v), adj., f. yatī, acc. sing. n. yat, also adv.
     1. How great, MBh. 14, 766.
     2. How long, Rām. 2, 92, 8.
     3. How much, Kathās. 2, 17.
     4. Of what value, Kathās. 3, 49; Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 22.
     5. How little, Pañc. i. d. 46.
     6. Some, Pañc. 246, 13.
     7. A little, Pañc. 229, 20; with following api, However small, Pañc. 221, 21.

kira kira, i. e. kṛ10 + a, m. A hog.
-- Comp. mṛtkirā, i. e. mṛd-, f. , an earth worm.

kiraṇa kiraṇa, i. e. kṛ10 + ana, m. A ray of light, Pañc. 223, 3; Daśak. in Chr. 199, 1.
-- Comp. tuṣāra-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 27.

kirāta kirāta, m., f. , The name of a people, MBh, 2, 584; Ragh. 16, 57.

kirātārjunīya kirātārjunīya, i. e. kirāta-arjuna + īya, n. The title of a poem describing the combat of Arjuna with Śiva in the shape of a Kirāta, Chr. 170.

kirīṭa kirīṭa, m. and n. A diadem. Arj. 5, 13.

kirīṭin kirīṭin, i. e. kirīṭa + in, adj., f. , Adorned by a diadem (a name of Arjuna), Bhag. 11, 17.

kilkil, i. 6, Par.
     1. To be white.
     2. To play. i. 10, Par. kelaya, To throw (v.r.).

kila kila, adv. Indeed, Chr. 14, 18; Pañc. 167, 1.

kilakila kilakila, (cf.
     2.) m.
     1. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10365.
     2. , onomatop. A cry expressing joy, Rām. 6, 26, 47.

kilāṭa kilāṭa, m. and f. ṭī, A kind of coagulated milk, Suśr. 1, 179, 17.

kilviṣa kilviṣa, n.
     1. Fault, Man. 8, 235.
     2. Crime, 8, 296.
     3. Sin, Bhag. 3, 13.
     4. Injury, MBh. 1, 882.
-- Comp. caura-, n. an offence equal to larceny, Man. 8, 198. rāma-, n. an offence against Rāma, Rām. 3, 46, 19.


[Page 188a]

kilviṣin kilviṣin, i. e. kilviṣa + in, adj., f. iṇī.
     1. Guilty, Man. 8, 13.
     2. A sinner, 8, 141.

kiśalaya kiśalaya, see kisalaya.

kiśora kiśora, m. and f. .
     1. A solt, Rām. 2, 40, 39; 5, 26, 21.
     2. A youth Bhāg. P. 4, 12, 20; 24, 11.
     3. m. The name of a Dānava, Hariv. 2439.

kiṣkkiṣk, i. 10, Ātm. To kill, to injure.

kiṣkindha kiṣkindha, m. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 8, 37; MBh. 2, 1122.

kiṣkindhyā kiṣkindhyā, f., = kiṣkindha, Rām. 6, 82, 88.

kiṣku kiṣku, m. and f.
     1. The forearm, Rām. 5, 32, 11.
     2. A span, as measure, MBh. 3, 10454.

kisalaya kisalaya, also kiśalaya, n. A young shoot, Rām. 4, 50, 28; Megh. 11 (with ś).
-- Comp. kara-, n. a finger, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 17 (with ś).

kisalayita kisalayita, i. e. kisalaya + tta, adj. Having young shoots, Bhartṛ. 1, 6.

kīkaṭa kīkaṭa, m.
     1. pl. The name of a people, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 24.
     2. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 10.

kīkasa kīkasa, n. A bone, Lass. 95, 13.

kīcaka kīcaka, m.
     1. A kind of bamboo, Arundo karka, Roxb., Rām. 4, 44, 76.
     2. A hollow bamboo, Ragh. 2, 12.
     3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 6085.

kīṭkīṭ, i. 10, Par. To tinge (or bind).

kīṭa kīṭa, m. (and f. ṭī and n.) A worm, Man. 1, 40. An insect, Man. 2, 201.
-- Comp. keśa-, m. a louse, Man. 4, 207. pakṣikīṭa, i. e. pakṣin-, m. an insect-like bird, a paltry bird, Pañc. 75, 19. yama-, m. an earthworm. śūra-, m. an inferior warrior, Mahāvīrac. 109, 10.

kīṭaja kīṭa-ja (vb. jan), n. Silk, Man. 11, 168.

kīdṛś kīdṛś, i. e. kim-dṛś, adj. Who or what like, of what kind? Pañc. 63, 10.
-- Cf. Lat. qualis, and the next.

kīdṛśa kīdṛśa, i. e. kim-dṛś + a, adj., f. śī, Who or what like, of what kind? Pañc. 130, 10.
-- Cf. [greek]

kīnāśa kīnāśa,
I. m.
     1. The chief servant in husbandry, Man. 9, 150.
     2. A poor labourer, or in general a poor man, MBh. 13, 3743.
II. adj., f. śā, Covetous, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 11.

kīra kīra, m.
     1. A parrot, Lass. 19, 14.
-- Comp. vākkīra, i. e. vāc-, m. a wife's brother.

kīrtana kīrtana, i. e. kṛt + ana, n., and f. , Mention, report, Pañc. 163, 21; Dev. 12, 21.

kīrtanya kīrtanya, a contraction of kirtanīya, ptcple. of the fut. pass. of kṛ10t, adj. Memorable, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 18.

kīrti kīrti, i. e. kṛ10 + ti, f.
     1. Renown, Man. 2, 9. Personified, MBh. 1, 2578.
-- Comp. divā-, m. a man of a low or impure caste, a Caṇḍāla, Man. 5, 85. duṣkīrti, i. e. dus-, adj. infamous, Bhāg. P. 8, 19, 43.

kīrtimant kīrti + mant,
I. adj., f. matī, Renowned, Rām. 1, 2, 45.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4356.

kīrtimaya kīrti + maya, adj., f. , Made (wreathed) of glory, Bhāg. P. 4, 15, 15.

kīlkīl, i. 10, Par. To bind.


[Page 189a]

kīla kīla, m.
     1. A stake, MBh. 3, 650.
     2. A pin, Pañc. 44, 14.
     3. A wedge, Pañc. i. d. 26.
     4. A pillar Rājat. 5, 107.
-- Comp. indra-, m. the name of a mountain, Rām. 2, 80, 18. guda-, m. hemorrhoids, Suśr. 1, 198, 13. rata- (vb. ram), m. a dog.

kīlaka kīla + ka, m. A wedge, Pañc. 10, 7.

kīlāla kīlāla, i. e. kim-lal + a, m.
     1. A sweet drink (ved.).
     2. Blood, Prab. 54, 3.

kīlālaja kīlāla-ja (vb. jan.), n. Flesh, MBh. 3, 15341.

kīlālapa kīlāla-pa (vb. 1. ), adj. Drinking blood, MBh. 3, 13241.

kīlita kīlita, i. e. kīla + ita, adj., f. , Bolted, Gīt. 12, 13.

kīśa kīśa, m. A monkey, Pañc. 94, 15.

ku 1. ku-, a contraction of ka + va, from kim. Former part of compound words, implying,
I. Inferiority, wickedness, e. g. ku-karman,
     1. n. A wicked action, Pañc. v. d. 64.
     2. adj. Doing wicked actions, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 22. ku-kṛtya, n. A shameful action, Pañc. 237, 21. ku-go, m. An infirm bull, Rām. 6, 112, 6. ku-jananī, f. A bad mother, Rām. 6, 82, 118. ku-janman, adj. Having a bad origin, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 22. ku-tanaya, m. A son who has not turned out well, Pañc. i. d. 85. ku-tapasvin, m. A bad ascetic, Pañc. 126, 1. ku-tarka, m. A false doctrine, Rājat. 5, 378. ku-dṛṣṭa, adj. Imperfectly seen, Pañc. v. d. 1. ku-dṛṣṭi, f. A false system, Man. 12. 95. ku-dhī, adj. sbst. A fool, Pañc. i. d. 38. ku-nadikā, f. An insignificant rivulet, Pañc, i. d. 31. ku-patha, m.
     1. An erroneous way, Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 14.
     2. A proper name, Hariv. 203. ku-parīkṣaka, m. A bad estimator, Bhartṛ. 2, 12. ku-parīkṣita, adj. Imperfectly examined, Pañc. v. d. 1. ku-putra, m. A contemptible son, Man. 9, 161. ku-puruṣa, m.
     1. A contemptible man, MBh. 13, 108.
     2. A coward, 5, 5493. ku-plava, m. A frail boat, Man. 9, 161. ku-buddhi, adj.
     1. Foolish, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 17.
     2. Mischievous, Pañc. i. d. 444. ku-bhṛtya, m. A bad servant, Pañc. 83, 43. ku-mati,
A. f.
     1. Perversity, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 7.
     2. Error, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 36.
B. adj. Foolish, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 17. ku-mantra, m. An evil advice, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 13. ku-mantrin, m. A bad counsellor, Rājat. 5, 455. ku-mārga, m. An erroneous way, Pañc. 122, 24. ku-mitra, n. A false friend, Pañc. iii. d. 61. ku-medhas, adj. Mischievous, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 33. ku-rājan, m. A contemptible king, Pañc. v. d. 64. ku-rūpa, adj. Ugly, Pañc. v. d. 17. ku-varṣa, m. A heavy shower, Rām. 6, 89, 15. ku-vākya, n. Injurious speech, Pañc. v. d. 64. ku-vivāha, m. A culpable marriage, Man. 3, 63. ku-saciva, m. A bad counsellor, Rājat. 5, 439. ku-sṛti, adj. Walking in error; a sinner, Bhāg. P. 8, 23, 7.
II. Surprise: How, cf. e. g. kumāra; how muc? cf. e. g. kumuda.

ku 2. ku, see .

ku 3. ku, f. The earth, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 42.

kuṃśkuṃś, or kuṃs kuṃs, i. 1 and 10, Par. To shine or speak.

kukkuk, i. 1, Ātm. To take.

kukundara kukundara, see kakundara.

kukura kukura,
     1. see kurkura.
     2. m. The name of a prince, MBh. 13, 7679.
     3. pl. The name of a people, Rām. 4, 41, 14.

kukkuṭa kukkuṭa, onomatop. (cf. Lat. cucurire),
I. m. A cock, Man. 3, 239 (a dog, Cāṇ. 98, in Monatsber. der Berliner Ak. Hist. Phil. 1864, p. 413, read kukkura).
II. f. ṭī, The silk cotton tree, Bombax heptaphyllon, Suśr. 2, 387, 1.
-- Comp. grāma-, m. a town-cock, Man. 5, 12. jala-, m. a kind of waterbird, Rām. 4, 13, 8. vana-, m. wild fowl.

kukkuṭaka kukkuṭa + ka, m. A man of a mixed caste, one sprung from a Śūdra by a Niṣādī woman, Man. 10, 18.

kukkuṭāṇḍaka kukkuṭāṇḍaka, i. e. kukkuṭa-aṇḍa + ka, A kind of rice, Suśr. 1, 196, 2.

kukkubha kukkubha, i. e. kukku (onomatop.) -bha (vb. bhā), m. A wild cock, Phasianus gallus, MBh. 13, 2835.

kukkura kukkura.
     1. see kurkura.
     2. m. The name of a muni, or sage, MBh. 2, 113.
     3. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1872.

kukṣi kukṣi (vb. kuc), m.
     1. The belly, Rām. 1, 70, 34.
     2. Cavity, Pañc. i. d. 281.
     3. A cavern, Ragh. 2, 38.
     4. A bay, MBh. 3, 793.
     5. A proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 21.

kuṅkuma kuṅkuma, n. Saffron, Crocus sativus, Bhartṛ. 1, 9.

kuc kuc, see kuñc.

kuca kuca, i. e. kuc + a, m. The emale breast, Rām. 2, 29, 22.

kujkuj, i. 1, Par.
     1. To steal or rob.
     2. To be crooked (cf. kuñc).

kuja kuja, i. e. 3. ku-ja (vb. jan), m. The planet Mars, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 34.

kuñc I. kuñc, i. 1, and kuc kuc, i. 6, Par.
     1. To straiten, to make narrow, Ṛt. 4, 16.
     2. To bend, Rām. 5, 55, 27; Pañc. 50, 10.
     3. To crisp, MBh. 1, 2170.

kuc II. † kuc, i. 1, Par.
     1. To sound high.
     2. To go.
     3. To polish.
     4. To be crooked.
     5. To draw furrows.
     6. To resist.
-- With the prepos. ā ā, ākuñcita,
     1. Compressed, Rām. 3, 31, 21.
     2. Contracted, Bhartṛ. 1, 3.
     3. Crisped, MBh. 13, 882.
-- With vi vi, vikuñcita,
     1. Frowning, MBh. 1, 4112.
     2. Crisped, Ṛt. 3, 19. Caus. kuñcaya, To turn backwards (?), Rām. 5, 5, 18.
-- With sam sam, kuc.
     1. To contract one's self, Pañc. 3, 40.
     2. To close, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 3.
saṃkucita,
     1. Contracted, Bhartṛ. 3, 74.
     2. Shut, Rām. 4, 30, 20. Comp. a-saṃkucita, adj. not wrinkled, Suśr. 1, 66, 6.
-- Caus. kocaya,
     1. To contract, MBh. 1, 2843.
     2. To diminish, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
-- Cf. Lat. quic in conquinisco, conquexi, cūlus for cuc + lus; [greek]; Goth. hauh; N.H.G. hucke in huckeback, etc.

kuñcana kuñc + ana, n. Shrinking, Suśr. 1, 251, 16.

kuñcikā kuñcikā, i. e. kuñc + aka, f. A key, Bhartṛ. 1, 62.

kuñjkuñj, i. 1, Par. To make any inarticulate sound.
-- Cf. kūj.

kuñja kuñja, m.
     1. A place overgrown with creeping plants, a bower, Megh. 19.
     2. A cavern, Rām. 4, 26, 6; Ragh. 9, 64.

kuñjara kuñjara (probably akin to the preceding), m.
     1. An elephant, Pañc. i. d. 177.
     2. Preeminent, Rām. 5, 2, 13; in this meaning it is generally the latter part of a compound, e. g. kapi-, m. A most excellent monkey (literally, an elephant among monkeys), Rām. 5, 3, 17.
     3. The name of a Nāga, or serpent, MBh. 1, 1560.
     4. The name of a prince, 3, 15597.
     5. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 41, 50.

kuṭ 1. kuṭ, i. 6, Par. To bend.

kuṭ 2. kuṭ (akin to kṛt, based on kart), i. 4, Par. To burst, Lass. 95, 15. † i. 10, koṭaya, To cut.
-- With the prepos. ava ava, To diminish, Suśr. 2, 175, 20.
-- With pra pra, To divide, MBh. 1, 2842.

kuṭaja kuṭa-ja (vb. jan), m. A medicinal plant, Wrightia antidysenterica, Megh. 4.

kuṭika kuṭ + ika,
I. adj. Crooked, MBh. 3, 13454.
II. f. , The name of a river, Rām. 2, 71, 15 (Gorr. 2, 73, 13, reads kuṭilā).

kuṭikoṣṭikā kuṭikoṣṭikā, f. The name of a river Rām. 2, 71, 10.

kuṭila kuṭ + ila,
I. adj., f. ,
     1. Crooked, Rām. 1, 44, 25.
     2. Crisped, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 14.
     3. Frowning, Rām. 5, 89, 2.
     4. Deceitful, Pañc. i. d. 73; cf. a-kuṭila, adj. Candid, Pañc. i. d. 142.
II. f. , The name of a river, Rām. 2, 73, 13, Gorr. (cf. kuṭika); 4, 40, 20.

kuṭilaka kuṭila + ka,
I. adj. Crisped, Pañc. i. d. 225.
II. f. kuṭilikā, A kind of motion on the stage, Vikr. 62, 17.

kuṭī kuṭ + ī, f.
     1. A hut, Man. 11, 72.
     2. A vessel serving for fumigation, Suśr. 2, 33, 18.
-- Comp. aśva-, f. a stable, Pañc. 254, 22. parṇa-, f. a hut made of leaves, Rām. 2, 92, 12. bhramatkuṭī, i. e. bhramant-, f. a sort of umbrella.

kuṭīcaka kuṭī-cak + a, m. A class of religious mendicants, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 43.


[Page 191b]

kuṭīra kuṭī + ra, n.
     1. A hut, Gīt. 1, 27.
     2. Sexual intercourse, Bhartṛ. 3, 66.

kuṭīraka kuṭīra + ka, n. A hut, Amar. 48.
-- Comp. tṛṇa-, a hut made of grass, Pañc. 34, 9.

kuṭumbkuṭumb, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from the next), Ātm. To support a family.

kuṭumba kuṭumba, n.
     1. Household, Śāk. d. 95.
     2. Family, Man. 11, 22.
     3. Family goods, Man. 9, 199.
-- Comp. vijaya-ratha-kuṭumba, adj. taking care of Vijaya's chariot as a father would a household, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 39.

kuṭumbaka kuṭumba + ka, n. Family, Hit. i. d. 64.

kuṭumbika kuṭumbika, i. e. kuṭumba + ika, adj. Taking care of one's family, MBh. 13, 4401.

kuṭumbin kuṭumbin, i. e. kuṭumba + in, m.
     1. A householder, Man. 3, 80; f. inī, The wife of a householder, MBh. 3, 13660.
     2. A kinsman, Pañc. 96, 4.
     3. A cultivator of the soil, Rājat. 5, 468.
-- Comp. ratha-, m. a charioteer, Rām. 6, 89, 19.

kuṭṭ kuṭṭ (a form of kṛt, based on kart),
I. i. 10, Par.
     1. † To cut.
     2. To cut in a defective manner, Suśr. 1, 361, 19.
     3. † To censure.
     4. To multiply.
II. † i. 10, Ātm., v. r. of kūṭ.
-- With the prepos. vi vi, Par. To cut off, MBh. 13, 3305.

kuṭṭa kuṭṭ + a, adj., f. ṭī,
     1. Latter part of compound words, e. g. aśmakuṭṭa, i. e. aśman-, adj. Breaking with a stone, Man. 6, 17.
     2. A multiplier.
-- Comp. kāṣṭha-, m. the woodpecker, Picus Bengalensis, Pañc. 157, 4. tāmra-, m. a coppersmith, Rām. 2, 90, 25 Gorr. (thus to be read instead of -kuṭa).

kuṭṭaka kuṭṭa + ka,
     1. adj. = kuṭṭa 1. Yājñ. 3, 49.
     2. = kuṭṭa 2.

kuṭṭanī kuṭṭanī, and kuṭṭinī kuṭṭinī, f. A procuress or bawd, Hit. i. d. 9; Prab. 14, 4.

kuṭṭima kuṭṭima (cf. kuṭṭ),
I. adj., f. , Plastered with small stones, Rām. 2, 80, 13.
II. m. and n. A floor or ground smoothed and plastered, MBh. 14, 2522; 1, 6964; Mālav. 21, d. 27.
-- Comp. vastra-, n. 1. an umbrella. 2. a tent.

kuṭmala kuṭ + mala, m. and n.
     1. An opening bud, Mṛcch. 10, 10.
     2. Opening, Rām. 4, 38, 40.

kuṭhāra kuṭhāra, m. (and f. ),
I. An axe, Rām. 2, 35, 41.
II. m. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 2156.

kuṭhārika kuṭhārika, i. e. kuṭhāra + ika,
I. m. A wood-cutter, Rājat. 5, 310.
II. f. , A small axe, Bhartṛ. 3, 23. A lancet, Suśr. 1, 26, 13.

kuḍkuḍ, i. 6, Par.
     1. To act as a child.
     2. To eat.
     3. To heap.
     4. To dive(?).

kuḍava kuḍava, m. A measure of grain, etc., described as a vessel four fingers wide and as many deep, containing twelve handfuls; the fourth part of a Prastha, MBh. 14, 2722.

kuḍmala kuḍmala (cf. kuṭmala),
I. m. An opening bud, Ṛt. 2, 25.
II. adj. Opening, MBh. 4, 393.
III. n. A kind of hell, Man. 4, 89.

kuḍmalita kuḍmalita, i. e. kuḍmala + ita, adj. Covered with opening buds, Amar. 70.


[Page 192b]

kuḍya kuḍya, n. A wall, Yājñ. 2, 223.

kuṇkuṇ, i, 6, Par.
     1. To sound.
     2. To cherish; to support (or to pain). i. 10, Par. kuṇaya,
     1. To address.
     2. To converse with.
     3. To invite.
-- Cf. kvaṇ.

kuṇapa kuṇapa,
I. m. and n.
     1. A dead body, carrion, Man. 12, 71.
II. m.
     2. A spear, MBh. 14, 142.

kuṇi kuṇi (probably a form of kuṣ + ni, cf. kūṇ), m.
     1. A cripple with a crooked or withered arm, MBh. 3, 1270.
     2. The name of a prince, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 13.

kuṇṭkuṇṭ, i. 1, Par. To maim (? v. r.).

kuṇṭh kuṇṭh, i. 1, Par.
     1. † To be maimed.
     2. † To be lazy. † i. 10, Par. To cover (? v. r.). kuṇṭhita,
     1. Blunt, Kumāras. 2, 20.
     2. Powerless, Rājat. 5, 138.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sharp, Ragh. 1, 19.
-- With the prep. vi vi, vikuṇṭhita, Blunted, Ragh. 5, 44.

kuṇṭha kuṇṭh + a, adj. Blunt, Rām. 3, 32, 16.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sharp, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 31.

kuṇṭhaka kuṇṭha + ka, m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 370.

kuṇḍkuṇḍ, i. 1, Par. To maim (?). i. 1, Ātm. To heat. i. 10, Par. To preserve.

kuṇḍa kuṇḍa,
I. m., f. ḍī, and n. A pitcher, a jar, a water pot, MBh. 3, 14311.
II. m. and n. A basin of water, MBh. 13, 4816; Rām. 4, 26, 4.
III. n.
     1. A hole in the ground for receiving and preserving consecrated fire, MBh. 3, 8216.
     2. A vessel for holding coals, Rām. 5, 10, 16.
IV. m.
     1. A son of anadulteress born before the death of the husband, Man. 3, 156; 174.
     2. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 4828.
     3. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10358.
-- Comp. amṛta-, n. the vessel containing the amṛta, or beverage of immortality. homa-, n. a hole in the ground for receiving the fire for an oblation.

kuṇḍaka kuṇḍa + ka,
     1. A jar, Kathās. 4, 47.
     2. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 6983.

kuṇḍala kuṇḍala.
I. m. and n.
     1. A ring, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 3.
     2. An ear-ring, Bhartṛ. 2, 63.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 2154.
III. f. , A proper name, Mārk. P. 21, 34. -- When the latter part of a comp. adj., the f. is , e. g. śaila-, adj., f. , Surrounded by mountains, MBh. 3, 10943. sa-, adj. With earrings.

kuṇḍalin kuṇḍalin, i. e. kuṇḍala + in, adj., f. , Having earrings, MBh. 1, 7005.

kuṇḍāśin kuṇḍāśin, i. e. kuṇḍa-āśin,
I. adj. One who eats food offered by the son of an adulteress, Man. 3, 158.
II. m.
     1. The name of a Nāga or serpent.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 4553.

kuṇḍin kuṇḍin, i. e. kuṇḍa + in,
I. adj., f. , Carrying a water pot, MBh. 3, 16016.
II. m. A horse, MBh. 2, 2061(?).

kuṇḍina kuṇḍina,
I. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3747.
II. n. The name of a city, Nal. 21, 2.

kutapa ku-tap + a, m. and n.
     1. A blanket made of the hair of the mountain goat, Man. 3, 234.
     2. The eighth portion of the day, about noon, MBh. 13, 6040.


[Page 193b]

kutas kutas, i. e. ka + va + tas (cf. kim and ku), adv.
     1. = Abl. of kim, Lass. 13, 14.
     2. From what place, Hiḍ. 2, 24.
     3. Whence, Rām. 1, 14, 36.
     4. Whither, Bhāg. P. 8, 19, 34.
     5. Why, Rām. 3, 1, 12.
     6. How, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 28.
     7. How much less? Indr. 1, 17.
     8. With following api, From some, Pañc. 229, 1; from somewhere.
     9. With na and following cana, From no quarter whatever, Man. 6, 40.
     10. With following cid, From any, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 7; from anywhere, Pañc. 239, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adv. from no quarter, Pañc. 68, 25.

kutuka kutuka, n. Desire, Gīt. i. 42.

kutūhala kutūhala, n.
     1. Eagerness, Nal. 1, 16; abl. Eagerly.
     2. Curiosity, Nal. 13, 48.
     3. Desire, Lass. 67, 12.
     4. A surprising object, Pañc. 124, 9.

kutūhalavant kutūhala + vant, adj., f. vatī, Anxious, eager, Mālav. 51, 7.

kutūhalin kutūhalin, i. e. kutūhala + in, adj., f. .
     1. Eager, Ragh. 15, 65.
     2. Inquisitive, Man. 4, 63.

kutra kutra, i. e. ka + va + tra (cf. kim and ku), adv.
     1. Where, Rām. 5, 34, 21.
     2. Whither, Lass. 25, 5.
     3. kutra -- kva are used to denote a great difference, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 25.
     4. With following api, Somewhere, Mārk. P. 8, 120.
     5. With following cid,
a. In some, Pañc. 256, 6.
b. Somewhere, Rām. 5, 1, 5. With preceding na, Nowhere, MBh. 3, 10359; Pañc. 36, 22.
c. kutra cid -- kutra cid, In some cases -- in others, Man. 9, 34.
     6. With preceding yatra and following ca, In whomsoever even, Bhāg. P. 8, 8, 22.
-- Cf. Goth. hvathro and hvar; Engl. whither; Lat. cur.

kutratya kutra + tya, adj. Where dwelling, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 17.

kuts kuts, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from kutas), in epic poetry also i. 1, MBh. 2, 2298, Par.
     1. To blame, MBh. 2, 2121.
     2. To contemn, Man. 2, 54. kutsita, Contemptible, MBh. 13, 2222. kutsya, Blameable, Bhartṛ. 2, 12 (thus to be read).
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To blame. Rām. 2, 75, 2.

kutsa kutsa, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, Chr. 296.

kutsana kuts + ana, n. Contempt, Man. 4, 163.

kutsā kuts + ā, f. Blaming, MBh. 13, 6589; Blame, 2, 2235.

kuth kuth, i. 4, Par. To stink. kuthita, Fetid, Suśr. 2, 115, 3. -- Causal, kothaya, To cause to putrefy, Suśr. 1, 344, 4.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To begin stinking, to turn putrid, prakuthita, Suśr. 1, 344, 5.

kutha kutha,
I. m., and f. thā, and n. A painted woollen blanket, MBh. 2, 1894.
II. m. A kind of grass, Poa cynosuroides, Rām. 2, 30, 14 (but Gorr. reads kuśa, 2, 30, 16).

kudkud, i. 10, Par. To speak falsely, to lie (v.r.).

kuddāla kuddāla, m. and n. A kind of spade or hoe, MBh. 3, 8871.

kunakha ku-nakha, m. A disorder of the finger nails (cf. the next), Suśr. 1, 292. 9.

kunakhin kunakhin, i. e. kunakha + in, adj., f. , One who has whitlows on his nails, Man. 3, 153.

kunta kunta, m. A lance, Rām. 3, 28, 24.

kuntala kuntala, m.
     1. Hair, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 30.
     2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 347.


[Page 194b]

kunti kunti, m.
I. m.
     1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 590.
     2. The king of the Kuntis, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 30.
     3. A proper name, Mārk. P. 2, 2.
II. f. , One of Pānḍu's wives, MBh. 1, 3811.

kunthkunth, i. 1, Par.
     1. To hurt.
     2. To afflict. ii. 9, kuthnā, nī,
     1. To embrace.
     2. To afflict.

kunda kunda,
I. m. and n. A kind of jasmine, Jasminum multiflorum, or pubescens, Megh. 48.
II. m.
     1. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 7036.
     2. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 10.

kundrkundr, i. 10, Par. To speak falsely, to lie.
-- Cf. kud.

kup 1. kup, i. 4, Par. Ātm.
     1. To become excited, Suśr. 2, 184, 11.
     2. To be angry, Man. 3, 229. With dat. gen. and acc., Of the person with whom one is angry, Pañc. 23, 22; Rām. 4, 19, 24; 1, 49, 7. kupita, Enraged, Man. 9, 313. With upari and gen. (enraged against us), Pañc. 73, 15. a-kupya, adj. Not liable to become angry, MBh. 15, 821. Caus. kopaya,
     1. To excite, Suśr. 2, 204, 3.
     2. To provoke, MBh. 2, 2140. Ātm. To provoke against one's own self, MBh. 2, 2187. Anomalous kopayīta for kopayeta, kopiṣṭhās for cūkupathās, kopayāna for kopayamāna, MBh. 1, 5790; 2, 2188; 3, 1956.
     3. To be angry, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 11.
-- With the prep. pari pari,
     1. To be much excited, MBh. 1, 1186.
     2. To be very angry, MBh. 13, 2101. -Caus.
     1. To excite violently, MBh. 14, 469.
     2. To provoke violently, MBh. 13, 7403.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To become agitated, Suśr. 2, 396, 4; MBh. 13, 14508. prakupita, Very angry, Pañc. 163, 5. nātiprakupita, Rather indifferent, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 11. Anomalous prakupta, Vikr. d. 130. -- Caus.
     1. To excite, MBh. 14, 465.
     2. To provoke, Man. 9, 313.
-- With sam sam, To become angry, MBh. 3, 1093. -- Caus. To provoke, MBh. 4, 1845.
-- Cf. Lat. cupio = kupyāmi.

kup † 2. kup, i. 10, Par. To speak or shine.

kupya kup + ya,
I. n. (and kupyaka -kupya + ka as latter part of a comp.), Any metal except gold and silver, Man. 7, 96.
II. m. A proper name, Rājat. 6, 264.

kubja kubja, i. e. kubh-ja (vb. jan, cf. kumbha), adj., f. .
     1. Hump-backed, Pañc. 261, 12.
     2. Crooked, Pañc. ii. d. 74.

kubjaka kubja + ka,
I. adj. Humpbacked, Pañc. v. d. 77.
II. m. An aquatic plant, Trapa bispinosa, Man. 8, 247.

kumārkumār, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from the next), Par. To play as a child.

kumāra kumāra, i. e. ku-mṛ + a (vb. mṛ in its original signification, To be weak),
I. m.
     1. A child (ved.).
     2. A boy, Man. 7, 152.
     3. A youth, Ragh. 3, 40.
     4. When compounded, often: Young, as latter part, Śāk. 27, 15; Ragh. 3, 40; as former part, Man. 3, 159, From early youth.
     5. A young prince, Ragh. 12, 41.
     6. A name of Skanda, the god of war, Suśr. 2, 394, 10.
     7. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1870.
II. f. .
     1. A girl, Man. 3, 54.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3796.
     3. The name of a river, MBh. 6, 343.
-- Comp. rājakumāra, i. e. rājan-, m. a prince, Lass. 7, 2. sanatk°, i. e. sanad-, m. one of the four sons of Brahman, and eldest of the progenitors of mankind. su-,
I. adj. 1. soft, smooth. 2. youthful. 3. delicate.
II. m., and f. , names of several plants.

kumāraka kumāra + ka,
I. m.
     1. A boy, Śāk. 50, 1.
     2. A youth, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 24.
     3. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 2154.
II. f. rikā, A girl, Pañc. 184, 4.

kumāratva kumāra + tva, n. Youth, Ragh. 17, 30.

kumārasū kumāra-sū, m. A name of Agni, MBh. 2, 1148.

kumālkumāl = kumār (v. r.).

kumud ku-mud, n. The esculent white water-lily, Nymphaea esculenta, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 38.

kumuda ku-mud + a,
I. m. and n. The white esculent water-lily, Nymphaea esculenta, Pañc. 50, 10.
II. m. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 1560; of a celestial being, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 39; of a monkey, Rām. 4, 39, 37; of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 12; of a man, Rājat. 5, 422.

kumudinī kumudinī, i. e. kumuda + in + ī, f. A group of lotus flowers, Pañc. i. d. 152.

kumudvant kumud + vant,
I. adj., f. vatī, Abounding in lotusses, Ragh. 4, 19.
II. f. vatī,
     1. A group of lotus flowers, Śāk. d. 65.
     2. A plant, Menyanthes indica, Suśr. 2, 251, 18.
     3. A proper name, Ragh. 16, 85.

kumpkump, i. 10, Par., v. r. of kumb, i. 10.

kumbkumb, i. 1, and i. 10 (cf. the last and the next), To cover.

kumbhkumbh, i. 10, Par., v. r. of kumb.
-- Cf. the last and the next.

kumbha kumbh + a (the vb. kumbh, kubh, from which this noun is derived, is lost in the corresponding signification, but cf. kubja [greek]; Engl. hump; O.H.G. hofar; Lat. cubitus, the elbow, lying, etc., cubare, concumbere, etc.; and at the end of this article. From these and other instances, we may infer that the original signification of the vb. kubh was 'to be crooked'),
I. m., and f. bhī.
     1. A pot, Man. 11, 186; MBh. 18, 84.
     2. A measure of grain, equal to twenty droṇas, Man. 8, 320; 4, 7.
II. m.
     1. dual, The two frontal globes of an elephant, which swell in the rutting season, Pañc. i. d. 351.
     2. The paramour of a harlot, Śṛṅgārat. 9.
     3. The name of a Dānava, MBh. 1, 2527; of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 79, 15.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a fire pot, MBh. 13, 5490 (he will get [in hell] a fire pot, in order to be burnt therein; cf. kumbhī-pāka). āma-, m. an unburnt earthen pot, Pañc. iii. d. 13. udakumbha, i. e. udan-, m. a water pot, Man. 2, 182. kuca-, m. a bosom like the frontal globes of an elephant, Śṛṅgārat. 9 (v. r.). tapta-, m. the name of a hell, Mārk. P. 12, 34. bhadra-, m. a golden jar filled with water from a holy place. vāta-, m. the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal globes. śata-,
I. m. the name of a mountain.
II. n. gold. -- When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. is bhā, e. g. vāri-pūrita-kumbha, adj., f. bhā, Bearing jars filled with water, Kathās. 18, 339.
-- Cf. [greek] a vessel, [greek] etc.; Goth. hups; O.H.G. huf; A.S. hipe; O.H.G. hufila, 'a cheek,' hūfo and hauf, a multitude, heap; cf. supra.

kumbhaka kumbha + ka,
I. m. A religious exercise, closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 18.
II. f. bhikā, A small pot, Kathās. 6, 41.


[Page 196b]

kumbhakāra kumbha-kāra, m. A potter, Pañc. 217, 20.

kumbhakārikā kumbhakārikā, i. e. kumbha-kāraka, f. The wife of a potter, Kathās. 21, 134.

kumbhila kumbhila (akin to kumbha), m. A thief, Śāk. 13, 2 (Prākṛ.).

kumbhīra kumbhīra (akin to kumbha), m. A crocodile, MBh. 13, 5457.

kurkur, i. 6, Par. To sound.

kuraṅga kuraṅga,
I. m. An antelope, Pañc. 114, 18.
II. f. , A female antelope, Gīt. 9, 11.
III. m. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.

kuraṅgāya kuraṅgāya, a denominative derived from the last by ya, Ātm. To turn an antelope.

kurara kurara (onomatop.),
I. m. An osprey, Rām. 3, 15, 6.
II. f. , A female osprey, MBh. 1, 908.
III. m. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.

kurava kurava, m. The name of a plant; see the next.

kuravaka kurava + ka,
I. m.
     1. A crimson species of amaranth.
     2. A purple sort of Barleria, Ṛt. 6, 18.
II. n. The flower of these plants, Ṛt. 6, 31.

kuru kuru, m.
     1. pl. The name of a people, Man. 8, 92.
     2. The progenitor of the Kurus, MBh. 1, 4346.

kuruvaka kuruvaka = kuravaka, Rām. 3, 79, 36.

kuruvinda kuruvinda, m.
     1. The name of several plants, a kind of barley, Suśr. 1, 197, 1.
     2. A ruby, Śiś. 9, 8.

kurkuṭa kurkuṭa, m. Rubbish (?), Pañc. iii. d. 118.


[Page 197a]

kurkura kurkura (onomatop.), also kukkura kukkura and kukura kukura, m. A dog, Pañc. ii. d. 97; Hit. 50, 3. kukura, also, The proper name of a prince, MBh. 13, 7679; and a people, Rām. 4, 41, 14.

kurd kurd, i. 1, kūrda, Par. and Ātm.
     1. To hop, Hariv. 8398.
     2. † To play. -- Caus. of the frequent. cokūrdaya, To invite to hop, Hariv. 8403 (cukūrdayadbhiḥ, read cokūrd°).
-- With the prep. ati ati, To hop briskly, Hariv. 8404.
-- With ud ud, To jump aloft, Pañc. 124, 7.
-- With pra pra, To jump on, Pañc. 118, 15.

kurpāsaka kurpāsa + ka, m. A bodice, Ṛt. 4, 16.

kulkul, i. 1, Par.
     1. To accumulate.
     2. To be of kin.

kula kula, n.
     1. A herd, Rām. 4, 40, 24; a flock, Ṛt. 1, 23; Pañc. 82, 20.
     2. A multitude, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 33.
     3. A caste. Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 43.
     4. Family, Man. 2, 34.
     5. A house, Man. 7, 82.
     6. A grange, holding as much land as can be tilled by two ploughs, each drawn by six bulls, Man. 7, 119.
     7. Noble lineage, Man. 7, 54.
     8. An inspector of causes, Man. 8, 169 (? Kall.).
-- Comp. anurūpa-, adj., f. , being of a suitable family, Rām. 3, 35, 67. uccaiḥkula, i. e. uccais-, n. high rank, Śāk. d. 92. utkula-, i. e. ud-, adj., f. , degenerate, Śāk. d. 123. go-, n. 1. a herd of kine, Rām. 1, 9, 60. 2. the name of a temple, Rājat. 5, 23. daṇḍa-deva-, n. a temple of the god of punishment, perhaps Yama, or a court of justice, Pañc. 128, 25. duṣkula, i. e. dus-,
I. n. a base family, Man. 2, 238.
II. adj. sprung from a base family, Bhartṛ. 1, 89. deva-, n. a temple, Mṛcch. 30, 15. niṣkula, i. e. nis-, adj., f. , having no kindred, Man. 8, 28; with kṛ, to exterminate one's family, Rām. 4, 26, 14. nīcka-, n. a low family, Mṛcch. 83, 8. rājakula, i. e. rājan-,
I. n. 1. the court of a king, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 18. 2. a court of justice, Pañc. 96, 20. 3. a royal race.
II. m. a prince. vāgdevī-, i. e. vāc-devī-, n. science, Rājat. 5, 158. sa-, adj. 1. having a family. 2. belonging to a family.

kulaka kula + ka, n. A multitude, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11.

kulaja kula-ja (vb. jan), adj. m. A person of high birth, Man. 8, 179.
-- Comp. a-, adj. a person of base birth, Pañc. i. d. 466.

kulaṭā kulaṭā, f. An unchaste woman, Pañc. 37, 11.

kulatas kula + tas, adv. According to one's rank, Chr. 52, 10.

kulattha kulattha, probably kula-stha (vb. sthā), m.
     1. A kind of vetc, Dolichos uniflorus, MBh. 13, 5468.
     2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 373.

kulaṃdhara kulaṃdhara, i. e. kula + m-dhṛ + a, adj. Preserving a family, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 15.

kulapālikā kulapālikā, i. e. kula-pāla + ka, f. A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 24.

kulaṃpuna kulaṃpuna, i. e. kula + m-pū + na (or rather mutilated -punant, ptcple. pres. of ),
I. m. The name of a Tīrtha, MBh. 3, 6074.
II. f. , The name of a river, 13, 7646.

kulaṃbhara kulaṃbhara, i. e. kula + m-bhṛ + a, adj. Nourishing a family. MBh. 13, 4427.


[Page 198a]

kulavant kula + vant, adj., f. vatī, Belonging to a high family, Kathās. 21, 103.

kulāya kulāya, n. and m. A nest, Pañc. 94, 16.

kulāla kulāla, m. A potter, Pañc. 218, 11.

kulika kulika, i. e. kula + ika, m.
     1. A kinsman, Yājñ. 2, 233.
     2. The name of a king of the Nāgas or serpents, MBh. 1, 2549.

kuliṅga kuliṅga,
I. m.
     1. A kind of mouse, Suśr. 2, 278, 3.
     2. The forktailed shrike, Suśr. 1, 201, 18.
     3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2239.
II. f. , The name of a city, Rām. 2, 68, 16.

kulinda kulinda, m.
     1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 590.
     2. Its prince, MBh. 3, 12350.

kuliśa ku-liś + a (perhaps rather kliś + a), m. and n.
     1. An axe, MBh. 3, 810.
     2. The thunderbolt of Indra, Bhartṛ. 2, 29.
-- Comp. nakha-, thunderbolt-like nails, Pañc. 16, 4.

kulīna kulīna, i. e. kula + īna, adj., f. .
     1. Being of a good family, Man. 7, 210.
     2. Of noble breed, Rām. 5, 12, 31.
     3. Latter part of a comp. adj. Belonging to a race or family of; the aff. īna belongs to the whole comp., e. g. tad-, adj. Belonging to the same (i. e. his) race, Chr. 25, 53. mahārāja-, adj., f. , Belonging to a race of great kings, Rām. 2, 88, 3. a-, adj. Sprung from a low family, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 404. duṣkulīna, i. e. dus-kula + īna, adj. Sprung from a low family, Rām. 3, 23, 15. satkulīna, i. e. sant-kula + īna (vb. as), adj. Well born, nobly descended.

kulīnatva kulīna + tva, n. Noble birth, Bhartṛ. 1, 61.


[Page 198b]

kulīra kulīra, probably borrowed from [greek], m. (and n.), A crab, Pañc. 265, 9; the sign of the zodiac, Cancer, Rām. 1, 19, 8.

kulīraka kulīra + ka, m. A little crab, Pañc. 50, 11.

kuleya -kuleya, i. e. kula + eya, in tatkuleya, i. e. tad-kula + eya, adj. Belonging to his family, MBh. 1, 6804.

kulmāṣa kulmāṣa,
I. m. Sour gruel, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 12.
II. f. ṣī, The name of a river.

kulya kulya, i. e. kula + ya, adj., f. , Referring or belonging to a family, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 12; Bhartṛ. 3, 24.
-- Comp. sa-, m. 1. A distant kinsman, Man. 9, 187. 2. A kinsman in general.

kulyā kulyā, f.
     1. A rivulet, a canal, MBh. 3, 10408.
     2. The name of a river, MBh. 13, 1742.
-- Comp. ṛṣi-, f. 1. a holy river, MBh. 2, 1041. 2. the name of a river, MBh. 3, 8026. 3. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 5. deva-, f. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 5.

kulyāya kulyāya, a denomin. derived from the last by ya, Ātm. To become a rivulet, Bhartṛ. 2, 78.

kuvala kuvala, n. A water lily; see kuvaleśaya.

kuvalaya kuvalaya,
I. n. A water lily, Megh. 34.
II. m. and n. The terrestrial globe (i. e. 3. ku-valaya), Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 5; 7.

kuvalayita kuvalayita, i. e. kuvalaya + ita, adj. Adorned with water lilies, Ragh. 11, 93.

kuvalayeśatā kuvalayeśatā, i. e. kuvalaya-īśa + tā, f. Dominion over the terrestrial globe, Rājat. 4, 372.

kuvaleśaya kuvaleśaya, i. e. kuvala + i-śī + a, m. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 7012.

kuvinda kuvinda, m. A weaver.

kuvera kuvera, probably for kuvārya, i. e. ku-vṛ + ya, m. The god of wealth, Man. 7, 42.

kuśkuś, v. r.; see kus.

kuśa kuśa,
I. m. and n. The sacrificial grass, Poa cynosuroides, Man. 2, 43.
II. m.
     1. A proper name, Rām. 1, 34, 1.
     2. One of the great dvīpas or divisions of the universe, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 32.

kuśala kuśala (perhaps for ku-śara, and akin to śaraṇa),
I. adj., f. .
     1. Happy, Bhag. 18, 10.
     2. Healthy, Rām. 2, 70, 12.
     3. Expert, Pañc. v. d. 33; skilful, Nal. 19, 19; 20; with loc., Man. 7, 190; gen., Yājñ. 2, 181; infin., MBh. 1, 53.
II. lam, adv. Well, Bhāg. P. 1, 14, 29; mildly, Man. 6, 48.
III. m. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 359.
IV. n.
     1. Well-being, Rām. 1, 52, 5.
     2. Happiness, Pañc. 192, 23; prosperity (of devotion), Man. 2, 127.
     3. Salutation, Rām. 1, 73, 8. -- Instr. lena, adverbially, Cheerfully, Rām. 2, 34, 22.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unlucky, Bhag. 18, 21; Rām. 2, 64, 44. vaitāna-, adj. Knowing the sacred ordinances, Man. 11, 37. śastra-, adj. expert in arms. samudra-yāna-, adj. well acquainted with sea-voyages and journeys by land, Man. 8, 157. sarvārtha-, i. e. sarva-artha-, adj. expert in all affairs, Nal. 8, 4. svādhīna-, i. e. sva-adhīna-, adj. having prosperity in one's own power, Śāk. 64, 23.

kuśalatā kuśala + tā, f. Cleverness, Man. 12, 73.

kuśalin kuśalin, i. e. kuśala + in, adj., f. .
     1. Prosperous, Nal. 2, 16.
     2. Safe and sound, Rām. 3, 69, 14.


[Page 199b]

kuśavant kuśa + vant,
I. adj., f. vatī, Abounding in Kuśa grass, MBh. 3, 10533.
II. f. vatī, The name of a city, MBh. 3, 11792.

kuśāmba kuśāmba, m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2363.

kuśika kuśika, m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 23, 11. pl. His descendants, MBh. 1, 3723.

kuśin kuśin, i. e. kuśa + in, adj., f. , Holding Kuśa grass, MBh. 13, 973.

kuśīda kuśīda; see kusīda.

kuśīlava ku-śīla + va (va is mutilated vant),
     1. m. An actor, Man. 3, 155.
     2. du. kuśa and lava, the sons of Rāma, Rām. 1, 4, 2.

kuśūla kuśūla, m. A granary, Hit. 66, 19; Man. 4, 7.

kuśeśaya kuśeśaya, i. e. kuśa + i-śī + a,
I. adj. Dwelling in Kuśa grass (viz. fire), MBh. 13, 1698.
II. n. A water lily, Ragh. 18, 3.

kuṣ kuṣ (akin to kṛṣ, and based on karṣ), ii. 9, kuṣṇā, ṇī, Par. (also i. 6, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 10),
     1. To tear, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 10.
     2. † To draw out.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To pull, Suśr. 2, 145, 2.
-- With nis nis, To tear out (i. 6), Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 19; niṣkuṣita, Torn out, Ragh. 7, 47.

kuṣṭha kuṣṭha, m. and n.
     1. A plant, Costus speciosus, Rām. 2, 94, 23.
     2. i. e. kuṣ + tha, Leprosy, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.

kuṣṭhita kuṣṭhita, i. e. kuṣṭha + ita, adj., f. , and kuṣṭhin kuṣthin, i. e. kuṣṭha + in, adj., f. , Subject to leprosy, Suśr. 1, 270, 21; Man. 3, 7.

kuskus, also kuś kuś, i. 4, Par. To embrace.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek], ep. fut. [greek], etc. -- O.H.G. cus, kussian; A.S. coss, cyssan, belong rather to juṣ.

kusīda kusīda, probably ku-sad + a (from the base of the pres. sīda), n. Usury, Pañc. i. d. 12; with ś for s: kuśīda, Man. 8, 410.

kusuma ku-suma, probably, ku-smi + a, n. A flower, Man. 11, 70.
-- Comp. a-, adj. flowerless, Kir. 5, 10.

kusumamaya kusuma + maya, adj., f. , Consisting of flowers, Prab. 7, 14.

kusumaśaratva kusuma-śara + tva, n. Having flowers instead of arrows, Śāk. d. 54.

kusumita kusumita, i. e. kusuma + ita, adj., f. , Blossoming, Rām. 2, 96, 15.

kusumbha kusumbha, probably s for ś and ku-śumbh + a,
I. m. and n. Safflower, Carthamus tinctorius, Śiś. 9, 14.
II. m.
     1. A student's water-pot.
     2. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.

kusumbhavant kusumbha + vant, adj. Bearing a water-pot, Man. 6, 52.

kusmkusm, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from ku-smaya), Ātm.
     1. To smile.
     2. To see mentally, to imagine.

kuh kuh, i. 10, Ātm. To surprise, to deceive (cf. the next).

kuhaka kuh + aka (kuh probably = [greek]),
I. adj., f. , and sbst. Deceiving, a cheat, MBh. 3, 14718; a juggler, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 21.
II. m.
     1. A kind of frog, Suśr. 2, 290, 6.
     2. The name of a king of the Nāgas or serpents, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 29.
III. n. and f. , Juggling, Hit. iv. d. 101; MBh. 5, 5461.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is no deceiver. Suśr. 2, 290, 6.

kuhara kuh + ara (cf. the last).
I. n.
     1. A cavern, Bhartṛ. 3, 29.
     2. A cavity, Prab. 3, 15.
     3. The interior, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 33.
     4. Coition, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 22.
II. m. The name of a serpent, MBh. 1, 2701.

kuhu kuhu, The cry of the cuckoo, MBh. 15, 724.

kuhukuhāya kuhukuhāya (onomatop.?), Ātm. To show surprise, MBh. 3, 14129.

kuhū kuhū,
     1. kuh + ū (cf. kuhaka), f. The new moon; probably that part of the day of the new moon when the moon is completely waned, MBh. 3, 14129.
     2. The name of a river, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 10.
     3. The cry of the cuckoo, Gīt. 1, 47.

, and ku ku, ii. 2, Par., i. 1 and 6, Ātm., and as v. r. of knū, ii. 9, Par. Ātm. To cry. Frequent. kokūya, cf. [greek]; cf. ākūta.

kūj kūj (onomatop., from the cry of the cuckoo, cf. [greek] O.H.G. gauc; A.S. gaec), i. 1, Par. (Ātm. see ni), To make any inarticulate sound:
     1. To cry, as a bird, MBh. 3, 9926. To coo, Rām. 2, 52, 2.
     2. To buzz, Ṛt. 6, 34, v. r.
     3. To rustle, Ragh. 2, 12.
     4. To moan, Rām. 3, 32, 33.
     5. To fill with one of these sounds, Rām. 3, 78, 27. kūjita, n.
     1. Inarticulate sound, Ragh. 9, 26.
     2. Chirping, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 12.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To rival in chirping, Rām. 3, 79, 24; in singing, 2, 96, 13; in moaning, MBh. 3, 14144.
-- With abhi abhi, To buzz, Rām. 3, 79, 6.
-- With ā ā, To sing, as a bird, Suśr. 2, 503, 13.
-- With ud ud, To utter a monotonous sound, Kathās. 10, 130.
-- With upa upa, To fill with a sound, MBh. 3, 5212.
-- With ni ni,
     1. To chirp, Rām. 3, 7, 4.
     2. To fill with chirping, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 20.
-- With nis nis, To utter inarticulate sounds, Rām. 2, 95, 11.
-- With pari pari, To buzz round about, Sāh. D. 55, 20.
-- With prati prati, To answer by an inarticulate sound, Rām. 2, 56, 9.
-- With vi vi, To cry, Rām. 3, 76, 7.

kūja kūj + a, m. Croaking of the bowels, Suśr. 2, 514, 1.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not murmuring, MBh. 1, 4116. niṣkūja, i. e. nis-, adj. silent, Rām. 2, 59, 10.

kūjana kūj + ana, n. Croaking of the bowels, Suśr. 2, 402, 12.

kūjin kūjin, i. e. kūja + in, adj., f. , Subject to croaking of the bowels, Suśr. 2, 428, 13.

kūṭkūṭ, i. 10, Par.
     1. To burn.
     2. To sorrow.
     3. To advise. -- i. 10, Ātm.
     1. To be foul.
     2. To avoid giving.
     3. To despond.

kūṭa kūṭa,
I. m. and n.
     1. The head, MBh. 16, 110.
     2. Top, Rām. 6, 95, 24.
     3. The peak or summit of a mountain, MBh. 1, 1172.
     4. Chief, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 19.
     5. A multitude, a heap, Rām. 1, 13, 15
     6. A hammer, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 6.
     7. A trap, Rām. 4, 17, 6.
     8. An enigma; vācaḥ kūṭa, enigmatic speech, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 29.
II. adj.
     1. Untrue, false, Yājñ. 1, 80; 2, 241 (viz. coin).
     2. Insidious, Man. 7, 90 (concealed in wood, Kull.; cf. kūṭa-khaḍga).
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. open, honest, Yājñ. 1, 323. 2. genuine (viz. coin), 2, 241. akṣa-, n. a trap by means of dice, MBh. 3, 1266. akṣi-, n. the prominence over the eye, Yājñ. 3, 96. āmra-, m., gṛdhra-, Citra-, m. names of mountains, Megh. 17; Hit. 18, 6; Rām. 1, 1, 30. tri-,
I. adj. having three elevations, MBh. 12, 6170.
II. m. the name of several mountains, MBh. 2, 1484. niṣkūṭa, i. e. nis-, adj. devoid of fraud, free from danger, Rām. 2, 84, 16 brahmakūṭa, i. e. brahman-, adj. pretending falsely to be a Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 4526. ratna-, m. a mountain in the Dekhan. vamrī-, n. an ant-hill. haṃsa-, m. the hump on the Indian ox. hima-, m. winter, hemakūṭa, i. e. heman, m. a range of mountains.

kūṭaka kūṭa + ka,
I. adj. False, Yājñ. 2, 241.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 16.

kūṭakāraka kūṭa-kāraka, m. A false witness, Man. 3, 158.

kūṭakṛt kūṭa-kṛ + t, m. A forger. Yājñ. 2, 70.

kūṭaja kūṭa-ja = kuṭaja, Rām. 4, 29, 10.

kūṭaśas kūṭa + śas, adv. By heaps, Arj. 9, 5.

kūṭastha kūṭa-stha (vb. sthā), adj.
     1. Having attained the summit Bhag. 6, 8; chief, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 49.
     2. Universally, and perpetually the same, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 17.
-- Comp. strī-ratna-kūṭa-stha, adj. surrounded by a multitude of most beautiful women, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 36.

kūḍkūḍ, i. 6, Par.
     1. To eat.
     2. To become firm
-- Cf. 2. kūl.

kūṇ kūṇ (derived from kuṣṇā, the base of the present of kuṣ), i. 10, Par., Ātm. To contract; kūṇita, Suśr. 1, 362. 1.

kūpkūp, i. 10, Par. To be weak.

kūpa kūpa, m.
     1. A pit, MBh. 1, 716.
     2. A well, Man. 4, 202.
-- Comp. ludba-, m. a pit-fall, a pit the opening of which is overgrown, Kathās. 4, 120. romakūpa, i. e. roman-, m. a pore of the skin.

kūpakāra kūpa-kāra, m. A welldigger, Rām. 2, 80, 3.

kūrca kūrca, m. and n.
     1. A bunch of grass, Hariv. 7816; cf. Kathās. 24, 96.
     2. Designation of some puffed up parts of the human body, e. g. the palms and balls of the foot, Suśr. 1, 338, 13.

kūrcaka kūrca + ka, m. A brush, Suśr. 1, 101, 17.

kūrcakin kūrcakin, i. e. kūrcaka + in, adj., f. , Puffy, Suśr. 1, 260, 9.

kūrdana kūrdana, i. e. kurd + ana, n. Leaping, Pañc. 122, 5.

kūrpara kūrpara, m. The elbow, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 2.

kūrpāsaka kūrpāsa + ka, m. A bodice, Ṛt. 5, 8, v. l.
-- Cf. kurpāsaka.

kūrma kūrma, m.
     1. A tortoise, Rām. 4, 16, 32.
     2. One of the five vital airs of the body, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 15.
     3. The name of a king of the Nāgas or serpents, MBh. 1, 2549.

kūl † 1. kūl, i. 1, Par. To hinder.

kūl 2. kūl (kūḍ), i. 10, Par. To singe, Suśr. 2, 435, 20.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To singe, Suśr. 2, 350, 18.

kūla kūla, n.
     1. A slope (ved.).
     2. A bank, Man. 6, 78.
-- Comp. dakṣiṇa-, adj., f. , the bank of which is turned toward the south, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 17. prākkūla, i. e. prāñc-, adj., f. , turned toward the east, Man. 2, 75.

kūlaṃkaṣa kūlaṃkaṣa, i. e. kūla + m kaṣ + a, adj. Rapid, Śāk. d. 117.


[Page 202b]

kūlamudruja kūla + m-ud-ruj + a, adj. Hollowing out a bank, Ragh. 4, 22.

kūlinī kūlinī, i. e. kūla + in + ī, f. A river, Rājat. 5, 68.

kūvara kūvara, m. and n. The pole of a carriage, MBh. 3, 14601.

kūṣmāṇḍa kūṣmāṇḍa,
I. m. A kind of imp, Yājñ. 1, 284.
II. m., and f. ḍī, The name of certain holy texts, Man. 8, 106; Yājñ. 3, 304.

kṛ 1. kṛ (originally skṛ; cf. ava-, upa-, pari-, sam-, abhi-sam-, upa-sam-, prati-sam-, and kośaskṛt), ii. 8, Par., Ātm., karomi (in epic poetry also kurmi, MBh. 3, 10943); ved. ii. 5, kṛṇomi; ii. 2, e. g. karṣi; i. 1, karasi.
     1. To make, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 88, 3 (kṛṇavante, ved. conjunct.); Pañc. i. d. 436; Man. 2, 154; Rām. 1, 1, 59.
     2. To do, Rām. 1, 9, 10.
     3. To perform, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 88, 4 (kṛṇvantaḥ); Man. 1, 55 (one's natural functions); Rām. 3, 53, 11 (an order); 1, 2, 2 (to show respect); Pañc. 82, 14 (to show pride).
     4. To tell, Rām. 1, 2, 34.
     5. To compose, Rām. 1, 3, 38.
     6. To appoint, Man. 7, 78; 9, 127.
     7. To sacrifice, Man. 3, 210.
     8. To act for or against a person; with the gen. of the person, MBh. 3, 2160; with the loc., Rām. 2, 64, 61.
     9. To assume, Man. 7, 10.
     10. To prepare, MBh. 13, 2794; to cook, Man. 9, 219.
     11. To cultivate, Yājñ. 2, 158; to till, Man. 10, 114.
     12. With nouns designing sounds, speech, To utter, MBh. 3, 11718.
     13. With nouns designing time, To pass, MBh. 15, 6; to wait, 1. 2294; with ciram, To delay, Hiḍ. 4, 13.
     14. With nouns denoting mind, To give one's heart to, Man. 12, 118; to resolve, Chr. 11, 11; Rām. 1, 9, 55.
     15. With astrāṇi, To practise, MBh. 3, 11824; with udakam or salilam, To make the oblation of water to a deceased one, Man. 5. 188; Rām. 1, 44, 49; with kanyām, To contaminate, Man. 8, 367; with kāryam, To put up with, Pañc. iv. 28; with daṇḍam, To inflict a punishment, Lass. 14, 14; with dārān, To give a wife in marriage, Rām. 1, 77, 26; with nāma, To give a name, Man. 5, 70; with paścāt, To surpass, Ragh. 17, 18; with punar, To undo, Man. 8, 154; with bhaṅgam, To break, Pañc. 8, 17; with bhiyam, To fear, Rām. 1, 22, 14 Gorr.; with vasuṃdharām, To wander over, Rām. 4, 46, 14; with vahis, To exclude, Man. 2, 103; to expel; with vinā, To deprive, Nal. 13, 25; with śramam, To apply diligence, Man. 2, 168; with sneham, To think of the love, Rām. 1, 21, 14.
     16. With the instr., To do with, kiṃ kariṣyati saṃsargaiḥ, Of what use will be conjunction, Cāṇ. 106, in Monatsb. d. Berl. Ak. d. Wiss., 1864, 413; To use, Man. 10, 91; with manasā, To mind, MBh. 1, 7051; with hṛdayena, To love, Mṛcch. 73, 7.
     17. To be of use, with gen., Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2436.
     18. With the loc., To put on, MBh. 1, 1883; with manasi; To mind, Rām. 2, 64, 8; with hṛdaye, To mind, Cāṇ. 92, in Monatsber. d. Berl. Ak. d. Wiss. 1864, 413; with hṛdi, To remember, Rājat. 5, 313; with vaśe, To subdue, Man. 2, 100.
     19. With the infin., To begin, Rām. 2, 6, 10. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. kṛta,
I. very often as former part of comp. words, and as n.
     1. Well done, MBh. 1, 1615.
     2. Well, Rām. 3, 3, 16.
     3. Away with, with instr., or saha and instr., Mṛcch. 108, 5.
II. n.
     1. Doing, Man. 7, 197.
     2. A benefit, Pañc. i. d. 427.
     3. The name of one of the dice, MBh. 4, 1578.
     4. The name of the first age of the world, Man. 1, 69.
III. m. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4356.
IV. Instr. kṛtena, and loc. kṛte, On account of, Rām. 1, 76, 6; 1, 45, 45.
-- Comp. akṛta see separately. duṣkṛta, i. e. dus-,
I. adj. 1. wicked. Man. 11, 229. 2. unreasonable, MBh. 2, 1400.
II. n. sin, Man. 3, 191. brahmāñjalikṛta, i. e. brahman-añjali-kṛta, adj., an anomalous comp., having made scriptural homage, Man. 2, 70. viśva-, adj. made by Viśvakarman (?), Chr. 38, 12. saha-, adj. assisted, Bhāṣāp. 65. su-,
I. adj. 1. done well. 2. treated with kindness. 3. virtuous, pious. 4. fortunate. II. n. 1. a virtuous act, Man. 3, 37. 2. kindness. 3. virtue. 4. fortune. svayam-, adj. 1. self-formed. 2. Done by, to, or for one's self. hāhā-, adj. filled with the uproar of a battle, Chr. 32, 25. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass., kartavya, n. A work, Rām. 1, 34, 32. Comp. tad-, n. suitable action, Rājat. 6, 269. kārya and kṛtya see separately. -- Causal, kāraya,
     1. To cause to be performed, Man. 2, 30; to cause to be cultivated, Yājñ. 2, 158; to cause to be put, Man. 8, 251; to cause to be treated, Rām. 2, 58, 16.
     2. To order to make, Man. 7, 16; to order to prepare, Pañc. 129, 9; to order to practise, Man. 8, 410.
     3. To make, Hit. d. 71. kārita, Caused, Man. 4, 118. kāritā vṛddhiḥ, An exacted interest, caused by risk, Man. 8, 153. kārayitavya,
     1. To be caused to perform, Rām. 2, 14, 16.
     2. To be procured, Pañc. 24, 21. -- Desiderative, cikīrṣa (in epic poetry Ātm., Nal. 3, 14),
     1. To desire to do, Rām. 2, 35, 11; to desire to perform, Man. 11, 192.
     2. To desire to establish, Rājat. 5, 461. cikīrṣita,
     1. Desired to be performed, Man. 4, 254.
     2. n. Intention, Man. 7, 202. -- kṛ, combined and compounded: With the adv. agnisāt agni + sāt, To burn, Rājat. 5, 226.
-- With aṅga, which becomes aṅgī aṅgī,
     1. To put up with, Pañc. i. d. 192; to submit, Rājat. 5, 177.
     2. To subdue, Amar. 52.
     3. To take to heart, Pañc. 236, 4.
     4. To promise, Bhartṛ. 2, 69.
-- With the prepos. ati ati, ati- kṛta, Excessive, MBh. 3, 10064; n. Excess, Rām. 5, 25, 21.
-- With the noun adhara, which becomes adharī adharī, To overcome, Śāk. d. 16, v. r.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi,
     1. To put at the head, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 37.
     2. To appoint, Yājñ. 2, 30.
     3. Pass. To get entitled, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 16.
     4. With loc., To be at the head, to inspect, MBh. 4, 241. adhikṛta, Best, Pañc. iii. d. 67. Comp. dharma-, m. a judge, Pañc. 41, 16. -- Absolutive, adhikṛtya, Referring to, Śāk. 4, 5.
-- With anu anu,
     1. To do afterward, Amar. 50.
     2. To back, Pañc. iii. d. 270.
     3. To imitate, Man. 2, 199.
     4. To repay, with the acc., Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 20.
     5. To bring in harmony, Bhāg. P. 7, 7, 36. Caus. To cause to imitate, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 17.
-- With apa apa,
     1. To remove, MBh. 3, 10492.
     2. To injure, Rām. 4, 16, 19; with the gen. of the person, Rām. 2, 38, 5; with the acc., MBh. 3, 14835. apakṛta, n. Injury, Pañc. i. d. 317.
-- With abhi abhi, To make (nivāsam, to settle), Sund. 2, 26. Desider. raṇam, To desire to fight, MBh. 4, 1660.
-- With the noun abhyantara, which becomes abhyantarī abhyantarī,
     1. To initiate, Rām. 6, 40, 14.
     2. To make intimate, Pañc. i. d. 290.
-- With alam alam, To adorn, Rām. 1, 73, 19.
-- With abhyalam abhi-alam, To adorn, Rām. 3, 53, 36.
-- With upālam upa-alam, To adorn, Pañc. 159, 19.
-- With samalam sam-alam,
     1. To adorn, MBh, 1, 4941.
     2. To violate, with gen., Man. 8, 16.
-- With svalam su-alam, To adorn beautifully, Chr. 60, 35.
-- With the prep. ava ava, the initial is kept in niravaskṛta, i. e. nis-, Pure, MBh. 12, 13201.
-- With the prep. ā ā, Caus.
     1. To ask, Rām. 2, 13, 2.
     2. To call, Pañc. 24, 13; ākāraṇīya, To be called.
     3. To produce, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 6. Desider. To desire to perform, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 24.
-- With the prepositions apā apa-ā, To remove, MBh. 1, 5680. ṛṇam, To pay, Man. 6, 35.
-- With upā upa-ā,
     1. To bring near, MBh. 3, 3098.
     2. To deliver, Nal. 25, 16.
     3. To grant, MBh. 3, 15965.
     4. To gain, MBh. 3, 10278.
     5. To describe, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 35.
     6. To perform a preparation for a sacred work, Man. 4, 95. an-upākṛta, adj. Not hallowed by holy texts, Man. 5, 7.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To satisfy(?), MBh. 1, 7765.
-- With nirā nis-ā,
     1. To remove, Rām. 5, 13, 31.
     2. To disown, Chr. 8, 27; MBh. 13, 4753.
     3. To disapprove, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 17.
     4. To undo, MBh. 1, 7666.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To explain, Rām. 5, 56, 5. a-vyākṛta, adj. Undivided, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 37.
-- With the noun ākula, which becomes ākulī ākulī, To trouble, Pañc. v. d. 25; Rām. 4, 41, 29.
-- With the adv. ātmasāt ātmasāt, i. e. ātman + sāt,
     1. To put in one's self, Yājñ. 3, 54; cf. Man. 6, 25.
     2. To subdue, Bhartṛ. 3, 34.
-- With the adv. āvis āvis, To make manifest, Sāh. D. 15, 20; to show, 60, 17. āviṣkṛta, Publicly known, Man. 11, 226. an-āviṣkṛta, adj. Not public, ib.
-- With the noun āharaṇa, which becomes āharaṇī āharaṇī, To make a present, Ragh. 7, 29.
-- With the noun unmanas, which becomes unmanī unmanī, To agitate, Prab. 62, 3.
-- With the prep. upa upa,
     1. To confer, Man. 2, 149.
     2. To offer, Man. 2, 245.
     3. To serve, Pañc. i. d. 95; with the gen. of the person, Pañc. i. d. 398.
     4. To confer a benefit, Man. 8, 394; with the gen. of the person, Rām. 4, 38, 47.
     5. To honour, Rājat. 5, 311.
     6. To set out on, with the dat., Rām. 1, 37, 5 Schl. (Gorr. v. r.). The initial is kept in upaskṛta,
     1. Possessed of, having, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 28.
     2. Prepared, MBh. 1, 778.
     3. Adorned, Bhartṛ. 2, 12.
     4. Benefitted, MBh. 13, 5893. Comp. an-upaskṛta, adj. 1. uncultivated, MBh. 13, 3335. 2. not ornamented, Man. 5, 112. 3. untainted, Man. 3, 257. 4. blameless, Man. 7, 98. nirupaskṛta, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. unaccomplished, MBh. 12, 9768. 2. plain, 12, 9079.
-- With the prepositions pratyupa prati-upa, To repay, Pañc. i. d. 95 v. r.
-- With the noun upahāra, which becomes upahārī upahārī, To offer, with gen., Kathās. 10, 141.
-- With the noun uras, which becomes urī urī, To promise, to offer, Ragh. 15, 70.
-- With the noun uṣna, which becomes uṣṇī uṣṇī, To warm, Mṛcch. 50, 1.
-- With ūrī ūrī, To grant, Hit. iii. d. 96.
-- With the numeral eka, which becomes ekī ekī, To join, Rām. 5, 13, 58.
-- With the noun auṣadha, which becomes auṣadhī auṣadhī, To change into a medicine, Mṛcch. 121, 13.
-- With the noun kad-arth + a, which becomes kadarthī kadarthī, To contemn, MBh. 3, 11381.
-- With the noun kapila, which becomes kapilī kapilī, To make tawny, MBh. 3, 16351.
-- With the noun karada, which becomes karadī karadī, To make tributary, MBh. 1, 4462.
-- With the noun kara, which becomes karī karī, To offer as tribute, Kathās. 19, 114.
-- With the noun kaluṣa, which becomes kaluṣī kaluṣī, To trouble, Rām. 3, 22, 14; 5, 57, 5.
-- With the noun kaṣāya, which becomes kaṣāyī kaṣāyī, To redden, Rām. 6, 33, 17.
-- With kāt kāt, an old abl. sing. of kim, To contemn, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11.
-- With the noun kuṇḍala, which becomes kuṇḍalī kuṇḍalī in kuṇḍalīkṛta, adj.
     1. Ring-streaked, Nal. 14, 3.
     2. Moving circularly, Suśr. 2, 523, 16.
-- With the comp. kṛta-artha, which becomes kṛtārthī kṛtārthī, To satisfy, Lass. 83, 13.
-- With the noun kṛśa, becoming kṛśī kṛśī, To make poor, Mṛcch. 19, 13.
-- With the noun koṣṭhaka, which becomes koṣṭhakī koṣṭhakī, To surround, MBh. 14, 2230.
-- With the noun khaṇḍa, which becomes khaṇḍī khaṇḍī, To cut to pieces, Pañc. 262, 16.
-- With the noun khala, which becomes khalī khalī, To abuse, Mṛcch. 33, 24.
-- With the noun khila, becoming khilī khilī,
     1. To lay waste, Ragh. 11, 14.
     2. To deprive of any strength, Mārk. P. 9, 8.
-- With gaṇḍūṣa, becoming gaṇḍūṣī gaṇḍūṣī, to use as water for rinsing the mouth, Bhāg. P. 9, 15, 3.
-- With goṣpada, becoming goṣpadī goṣpadī, To change into a pool, Rām. 5, 31, 62.
-- With grāsa, becoming grāsī grāsī, To devour, Kathās. 9, 57.
-- With cakra, becoming cakrī cakrī, To make circular, Kumāras. 3, 70.
-- With caṇḍa, becoming caṇḍī caṇḍī, To provoke, Mālav. 44, 5.
-- With camat camat, Caus. To cause to be surprised, Kathās. 25, 225.
-- With citta, becoming cittī cittī, To make something the object of thinking, Bhāg. P. 4, 1, 28.
-- With citra, becoming citrī citrī, To change into a picture, Śāk. d. 148.
-- With cihna, becoming cihnī cihnī, To mark, MBh. 13, 826.
-- With cūrṇa, becoming cūrṇī cūrṇī, To crush, Rām. 5, 54, 7.
-- With jaṭila, becoming jaṭilī jaṭilī, To interweave, Pañc. 223, 2.
-- With jaṭhara, becoming jaṭharī jaṭharī, To shut in one's self, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 20.
-- With jaḍa, becoming jaḍī jaḍī,
     1. To stiffen, Rām. 6, 6, 1.
     2. To benumb, Rām. 5, 33, 5.
     3. To make stupid, Bhāg. P. 6, 3, 25.
-- With jarjara, becoming jarjarī jarjarī, To beat to pieces, Rām. 6, 83, 54.
-- With tanu, becoming tanū tanū, To diminish, to abandon, Ragh. 6, 80.
-- With tāmra, becoming tāmrī tāmrī, To redden, MBh. 7, 8458.
-- With the adv. tiras tiras,
     1. To remove, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 18.
     2. To cover, Man. 4, 49.
     3. To surpass, Pañc. 118, 13.
     4. To conquer, Hit. iii. d. 8.
     5. To contemn, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 48. a-tiraskrita, adj. Greatest, Pañc. 7, 10.
-- With the noun tīrtha, which becomes tīrthī tīrthī, To hallow, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 9.
-- With tuccha, becoming tucchī tucchī, To despise, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 25.
-- With tṛṇa, becoming tṛṇī tṛṇī, To value like a grass-blade, MBh. 1, 7062.
-- With the pron. tvam tvam (see yuṣmad), To thou somebody, as an insult, Yājñ. 3, 292.
-- With the noun dakṣiṇa, which becomes dakṣiṇī dakṣiṇī, To walk around somebody keeping the right side towards him, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 41.
-- With dāsa, becoming dāsī dāsī, To enslave somebody, Kathās. 22, 84. To subdue, Chr. 94, 30.
-- With divasa, becoming divasī divasī, To turn into day, Mṛcch. 59, 5.
-- With dīrgha, becoming dīrghī dīrghī.
     1. To extend, Kumāras. 3, 26.
     2. To carry far, Megh. 32.
-- With duḥka, becoming duḥkhā duḥkhā, To afflict, Śiś. 2, 11.
-- With dūra, becoming dūrī dūrī,
     1. To remove, Prab.
     2. To surpass, Śāk. d. 16.
-- With dṛḍha, becoming dṛḍhī driḍhī, To fasten, Prab. 43, 14.
-- With dvi-guṇa, becoming dviguṇī dviguṇī, To double, Śiś. 1, 63.
-- With the adv. dvijātisāt dvi-jāti + sāt, To offer to Brāhmaṇas, Rājat. 5, 120.
-- With the interj. dhik dhik,
     1. To reproach, MBh. 12, 1422.
     2. To show contempt, Rām. 4, 9, 8.
-- With the noun dhvaja, becoming dhvajī dhvajī, To use as a means of protection, Hit. ii. d. 95.
-- With nagna, becoming nagnī nagnī, To make somebody a naked mendicant, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
-- With namas namas, namas-kṛ,
     1. To salute, Man. 11, 110.
     2. To adore, MBh. 3, 2160; with dat. and acc.
-- With nava, becoming navī navī, To renew, Ragh. 16, 38.
     2. To refresh, Śāk. 62, 12.
-- With the prep. ni ni, nikṛta,
     1. Humbled, Rām. 1, 56, 22.
     2. Dejected, Nal. 14, 15.
     3. Base, Rām. 5, 23, 6; n. Mortification, Bhartṛ. 2, 30, v. r. nikartavya in tair asmākam nikartavyam, We must be treated ill by them, MBh. 3, 1406.
-- With vini vi-ni,
     1. To injure, MBh. 3, 14036.
     2. To defraud, Man. 9, 213.
-- With the noun nimitta, becoming nimittī nimittī,
     1. To point out as cause, Rājat. 3, 89.
     2. To use as means, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 14.
-- With nis-dhana, becoming nirdhanī nirdhanī, To make poor, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 7.
-- With the prep. nis nis,
     1. To remove, Dev. 1, 31.
     2. To prepare, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1. niṣkrita, n. Expiation, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 2. a-niṣkṛta, adj. Not expiated, Man. 11, 53.
-- With the noun nis-pattra, which becomes niṣpattrā niṣpattrā, To wound, e. g. a deer, with an arrow in such a manner that its feathered part juts out on the other side, Daśak. 196, 1.
-- With nis-spand + a, becoming niṣpandī niṣpandī, To render motionless, Mṛcch. 85, 1.
-- With nyak nyak, acc. sing. n. of nyañc, To insult, Rājat. 5, 436.
-- With nyāsa, becoming nyāsī To deliver in trust, Rājat. 5, 182.
-- With pañcan-śikhā, becoming pañcaśikhī pañcaśikhī, To make somebody an ascetic, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
-- With pañcan, becoming pañcī pañcī, To make fivefold, so as to contain the five elements, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 19.
-- With the adv. parasāt para + sāt, To give in marriage, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 931.
-- With parāñc-mukha, becoming parāṅmukhī parāṅmukhī, To put to flight, MBh. 6, 5500.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To surround, MBh. 13, 5044. The initial s changed to is preserved in pariṣkṛta.
     1. Adorned, Rām. 3, 11, 4.
     2. Prepared; su-par°, Well prepared, 4, 437; kāla-par°, Seasonable, Rām. 5, 25, 35.
-- With the noun parunha, becoming paruṣī paruṣī,
     1. To soil.
     2. To use roughly.
-- With the compound noun para-upakaraṇa, becoming paropakaraṇī paropakaraṇī, To make somebody the instrument of another, Hit. ii. d. 23.
-- With parvata, becoming parvatī parvatī, To exalt, Bhartṛ. 2, 71.
-- With pavitra, becoming pavitrī pavitrī, To purify.
-- With paśu, becoming paśū paśū,
     1. To change into a beast.
     2. To destine for immolation.
-- With pātra, becoming pātrī pātrī,
     1. To make something an object worthy of (e. g. interest), Megh. 48.
     2. To honour, Śāk. d. 116.
-- With the adv. puras puras, puras-kṛ,
     1. To place in front, Rājat. 5, 327.
     2. To lead, Chr. 20, 24.
     3. To appoint, MBh. 4, 242.
     4. To show, Rājat. 5, 328.
     5. To regard, Rām. 5, 90, 30.
     6. To prefer, Kathās. 29, 105.
     7. To honour, Śāk. 18, 18.
     8. To use as pretext, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 2. puraskṛta,
     1. Attended by.
     2. Provided with.
-- With the noun pulaka, becoming pulakī pulakī, pulakī-kṛ10ta, Having the hairs of the body erect, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 25.
-- With the imitative sound pūt pūt, To blow, Pañc. 93, 4.
-- With peśī peśī, and peṣī peṣī, To cut to pieces, Rām. 2, 105, 33 Gorr.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
     1. To make, Man. 8, 239.
     2. To cause, Pañc. i. d. 276; with infin., Chr. 296, 8 = Rigv. i. 112, 8.
     3. To do, Pañc. 4, 37.
     4. To perform. MBh. 3, 12142.
     5. To appoint, Man. 7, 60.
     6. With kanyām, To pollute, Man. 8, 370; with dārān, To marry, MBh. 1, 1844; with buddhim, To resolve, Nal. 3, 25; with manas, To apply one's heart to, Man. 7, 12. prakṛta,
     1. Accomplished, Kathās. 4, 1.
     2. Mentioned, Yājñ. 1, 243.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To injure, Rām. 3, 1, 20.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To make, Rām. 6, 82, 182; to perform, MBh. 1, 2387.
-- With the noun prakaṭa, which becomes prakaṭī prakaṭī, To make manifest, Bhartṛ. 2, 64.
-- With praguna which becomes pranuṇī praguṇī, To put up, Pañc. 157, 23; to array, 218, 7; to lay (as traps), 114, 6.
-- With the prep. prati prati,
     1. To repay, Rām. 3, 38, 22; with the person in the gen., Rām. 3, 65, 14; in the dat., MBh. 1, 840; loc., MBh. 13, 4764.
     2. To resist, with the acc. of an object, MBh. 1, 5656; gen. of a person, Rām. 6, 33, 34.
     3. To cure, MBh. 1, 4027.
     4. To repair, Man. 9, 285. pratikṛta, n.
     1. Requital, Rām. 6, 91, 10.
     2. Resistance, Ragh. 12, 94. Comp. kṛta-pratikṛta, n. 1. assault and resistance, MBh. 4, 351. 2. requital for an assault, Rām. 6, 91, 10. Desider. To desire to repay, MBh. 3, 1282.
-- With the noun prativacana, which becomes prativacanī prativacanī, To answer, Śāk. d. 85.
-- With pradakṣiṇa, which becomes pradakṣiṇī pradakṣiṇī, To walk round some one, keeping the right side towards him, Śāk. p. 51, 17.
-- With pramāṇa, becoming pramāṇī pramāṇī,
     1. To mete out to, Bhartṛ. 2, 90.
     2. To obey, Śāk. 78, 19.
     3. To prove.
-- With the adv. prādus prādus, To make visible, to show, Chr. 34, 12. agnim, To kindle, Man. 4, 104.
-- With the imitative sound phut phut, or phūt phūt, To boil, to show indignation, to foam, Pañc. 237, 14.
-- With the noun bhasman, becoming bhasmī bhasmī, To reduce to ashes.
-- With manda, becoming mandī mandī, To diminish, Śāk. 5, 13.
-- With malina, becoming malinī malinī, To soil. malinī-karaṇīya, n. An action which causes defilement, Mān. 11, 125.
-- With mekhalā, which becomes mekhalī mekhalī, To put on the sacrificial string, MBh. 13, 973.
-- With rakta-paṭa (vb. rañj), becoming raktapaṭī raktapaṭī, To change into one who wears a red cloth, i. e. into an ascetic, Pañc. iv. d. 36.
-- With rikta, ptcple. pf. pass. of ric, becoming riktī riktī, To steal, Pañc. 89, 2.
-- With lakṣa, becoming lakṣī lakṣī, To aim at, Śāk. 104, 21.
-- With vandī, becoming vandī vandī, To take prisoner, Vikr. d. 3.
-- With vaśa, becoming vaśī vaśī, To subdue, Pañc, 13, 3.
-- With vaśe vaśe, loc. of vaśa, To subdue, Rām. 3, 55, 7.
-- With vaṣaṭ vaṣaṭ, To accompany with the exclamation raṣaṭ, Man. 2, 106.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
     1. To change, MBh. 13, 1513; Man. 1, 76.
     2. To disfigure, Man. 9, 288.
     3. To blind, MBh. 3, 8881.
     4. To develop, Man. 1, 75.
     5. To create, MBh. 14, 1487.
     6. To adorn, MBh. 1, 1429.
     7. To move to and fro, Rām. 3, 74, 18.
     8. To destroy, MBh. 3, 1150.
     9. To become alienated, Man. 9, 15.
     10. To infest each other, MBh. 1, 7670. Caus. To cause to change, Hit. 75, 11.
-- With the noun vikaca, becoming vikacī vikacī, To open, Bhartṛ. 2, 65.
-- With vi-nigaḍa, becoming vinigaḍī vinigaḍī, To unfetter, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 8.
-- With vi-manas, becoming vimanī vi- manī in vimanī-kṛta,
     1. Sad.
     2. Offended.
     3. Altered in mind.
-- With vi-varṇa-maṇi, becoming vivarṇamaṇī vivarṇamaṇī, To make jewels discoloured, Śāk. d. 61.
-- With vi-rajas, becoming virajī virajī in virajī-kṛta,
     1. Freed from dust.
     2. Freed from passion.
-- With viṣaya, becoming viṣayī viṣayī, To make something the object of thought, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 23.
-- With vyākula, becoming vyākulī vyākulī, To trouble, Pañc. 63, 8.
-- With śithila, becoming śithilī śithilī. To make languid, Ṛt. 6, 24.
-- With śīrṣan-avaśeṣa, becoming śīrṣāvaśeṣī śīrṣāvaśeṣī, To leave only the head undestroyed, Bhartṛ. 2, 27.
-- With śūnya, becoming śūnyī śūnyī, To make empty, to leave, Pañc. 23, 18.
-- With saṃkrama, becoming saṃkramī saṃkramī, To use as means, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 17 (by means of her).
-- With sajja, becoming sajjī sajjī, To prepare, Pañc. 62, 25.
-- With sat sat, acc. n. s. of sant, ptcple. pres. of as,
     1. To adorn. Man. 3, 96.
     2. To welcome, to receive hospitably, Rām. 3, 53, 25.
     3. To honour, Pañc. 26, 21. satkṛta,
     1. Done rightly.
     2. Worshipped.
     3. Respected.
     4. Welcomed. n.
     1. Virtue.
     2. Hospitality.
     3. Food, Man. 3, 264.
-- Comp. a-satkṛta, adj. wicked, Nal. 24, 31. su-, n. Excellent hospitality, Chr. 59, 18.
-- With sa-nātha, becoming sanāthī sanāthī, To make possessed of a protector, Śāk. 28, 14.
-- With sa-patra, which becomes sapatrā sapatrā, To wound, e. g. a deer, with an arrow in such a manner that the feathered part enters in its body, Daśak. 196, 1.
-- With the prep. sam sam, becoming saṃkṛ, and, by keeping the initial s, saṃskṛ,
     1. To unite, Mṛcch. 137, 20.
     2. To prepare, Rām. 3, 53, 5.
     3. To hallow; a-saṃskṛta, Not hallowed, Man. 5, 56.
     4. To hallow by the investment of the sacrificial cord, to invest, Ragh. 15, 31; Man. 8, 412; a-saṃskṛta, Not invested, Man. 2, 39; to hallow by giving in marriage, Man. 9, 173; a-saṃskṛta, Unmarried, Pañc. iii. d. 218; to hallow by solemn obsequies, MBh. 13, 7777.
     5. To adorn, Śiś. 9, 25. -- Causal,
     1. To cause to perform, MBh. 1, 4379.
     2. To cause to be invested, MBh. 2, 1594.
     3. To cause to be solemnly buried, MBh. 1, 4936
     4. To make, MBh. 4, 2281.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃskṛ, To hallow, MBh. 3, 8224.
-- With upasam upa-sam, upasaṃskṛ,
     1. To prepare, MBh. 1, 7203.
     2. To adorn, Suśr. 2, 76, 9.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, pratisaṃskṛ,
     1. To repair, Man. 9, 279.
     2. To unite, Suśr. 2, 77, 2.
-- With the noun sam-ṛddha (vb. ṛdh), becoming samṛddhī samṛddhī, To make wealthy, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 2.
-- With sāci, becoming sācī sācī, To turn aside, Mālav. d. 73.
-- With sāra, becoming sārī sārī, To make hard, Śāk. d. 54.
-- With su-gupta, becoming sunuptī suguptī, To guard well, Pañc. 208, 21.
-- With sthira, becoming sthirī sthirī, To strengthen, Śāk. 53, 23.
-- With sphīta, becoming sphītī sphītī, To augment, Rām. 2, 65, 26.
-- With sva, becoming svī svī,
     1. To appropriate, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 4.
     2. To win, 180, 19.
     3. To assent to, Rājat. 5, 436. svīkṛta,
     1. Agreed.
     2. Promised.
-- Cf. Lat. creare with the causal kārayāmi, whose first a originally was also short, as may be inferred from the comparison of the kindred languages.

kṛ 2. kṛ; see 2. kṛ10.

kṛkara kṛ-kara (kṛ is an imitative sound), m.
     1. A kind of partridge, Rām. 4, 50, 12.
     2. One of the five vital airs, that which assists in digestion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 16.

kṛkalāsa kṛkalāsa, m. A lizard, a chameleon, MBh. 13, 3455.

kṛkalāsaka kṛkalāsa + ka, m. A lizard, a chameleon, MBh. 13, 736 (?).

kṛkavāku kṛkavāku, i. e. kṛka (an imitative sound) -vac + u, m.
     1. A cock, Bhartṛ. suppl. 21.
     2. A peacock, Rām. 2, 28, 10.

kṛkāṭikā kṛkāṭikā, f. The joint of the neck, Suśr. 1, 345, 11.

kṛkālikā kṛkālikā, f. A certain bird, Pañc. 167, 25.

kṛcchra kṛcchra (probably from an old pres. base kṛccha of the vb. kṛṣ; cf. e. g. iṣ, pr. base iccha),
I. adj., f. .
     1. Painful, Rām. 3, 74, 29.
     2. Difficult, Rām. 3, 46, 16.
     3. Dangerous, Suśr. 1, 131, 4.
     4. Wicked, Man. 6, 78.
     5. Miserable, MBh. 3, 15388.
II. n. and m.
     1. Pain, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 35.
     2. Difficulty, Rām. 3, 68, 53.
     3. Distress, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
     4. Penance, Man. 4, 222.
III. acc. ram, adverbially, Miserably, Rām. 4, 22, 7. Instr. reṇa, adv. With difficulty, Pañc. 137, 25; with much ado, Pañc. 40, 10. Abl. rāt, adv. With difficulty, Rām. 3, 73, 11.
-- Comp. ati-, m. 1. a very severe penance, described Man. 11, 213. 2. na atikṛcchrāt, easily, MBh. 1, 1442. kṛcchrātikṛcchra, i. e. kṛcchra -ati-, m. 1. du. a common and a very severe penance, Man. 11, 208. 2. a particular penance, Yājñ. 3, 321. artha-kṛcchra, n. a difficult question, Nal. 15, 3. tapta-, m. and n. a kind of penance, Man. 11, 214. dharma-, a moral difficulty, a situation in which it is difficult to act rightly, Nal. 24, 18. parṇa-, m. a kind of penance. prāṇa-, danger of life. saumya-, n. a kind of penance.

kṛcchratā kṛcchra + tā, f. Dangerousness, Suśr. 2, 138, 20.

kṛḍkṛḍ, v. r. of kūḍ.

kṛṇvkṛṇv, ii. 5 (base of the pres. kṛṇu), Par.
     1. To do (see 1. kṛ ii. 5, ved.).
     2. To injure (see 2. kṛ10).

kṛt 1. kṛt, i. 6, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 17212; and i. 1, MBh. 3, 11383), base of the pres., etc., kṛnta.
     1. To cut, MBh. 1, 3641.
     2. To cut off, Rām. 3, 75, 4.
     3. To cut down, Pañc. 250, 6.
     4. To cut out, Man. 4, 172; to extract, Man. 8, 12.
     5. To kill, MBh. 1, 5593. -- Caus. To cut, Pañc. 143, 13.
-- With the prepositions samadhi sam-adhi, To cut in addition, MBh. 3, 13294.
-- With anu anu, To cut one by one, MBh. 13, 2906.
-- With ava ava,
     1. To cut off, Suśr. 2, 237, 15.
     2. To destroy, MBh. 1, 6810. -- Caus. To order a gash to be made on, Man. 8, 281.
-- With ud ud,
     1. To cut out, 11, 104 (105).
     2. To pull out, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 2.
     3. To cut to pieces, Ragh. 12, 49.
-- With ni ni, To cut down, Rām. 3, 33, 36.
-- With vini vi-ni, To cut off, Rām. 3, 31, 48.
-- With nis nis,
     1. To cut out, to separate, MBh. 3, 8846.
     2. To cut down, 1, 2835.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To cut wholly, Rām. 6, 39, 21.
     2. To exclude, Man. 4, 219.
-- With pra pra, To cut to pieces, MBh. 3, 11383 (i. 1).
-- With vi vi,
     1. To rend, Rām. 3, 56, 39.
     2. To divide, Nal. 10, 17 (i. 1). Caus. To rend, Pañc. 91, 5.
-- With sam To cut in pieces, Rām. 3, 25, 6.
-- Cf. Lat. curtus; Goth. giltha, grinda-, dis-skreitan; [greek] in [greek] and kartrikā.

kṛt 2. kṛt, ii. 7.
     1. To spin, (ved.).
     2. † To surround.

kṛt 3. -kṛt, i. e. 1. kṛ + t, latter part of comp. adj.
     1. Making, e. g. kṣetrakarmakṛt, i. e. kṣetra-karman-, m. A husbandman, Kathās. 20, 11; citra-, m. A painter, Kathās. 5, 28; janmakṛt, i. e. janman-, m. A father, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 7; dina- and divasa-, m. The sun, MBh. 3, 192; 7, 2935; su-kṛta-, Performing virtuous acts, Man. 3, 37.
     2. Causing, sarva-bhūta-, Causing, or the cause of, all beings, Man. 1, 18; anta-, 1. adj. causing death, Rām. 3, 67, 19; 2. death, 5, 23, 17.
     3. Agent of all actions signified by the vb. 1. kṛ, e. g. bahu-patnī-, Marrying many wives, Brāhmaṇ. 2, 34.

kṛtaka 1. kṛ + ta + ka,
I. adj.
     1. Adopted, MBh. 13, 2630.
     2. Feigned, Pañc. 188, 5.
     3. False, MBh. 13, 2607.
II. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 47.
III. kam, acc. sing. n., adv. Feignedly, Śiś. 9, 83.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unwrought, MBh. 1, 7364. 2. plain, Ragh. 18, 51. putra-, adj. an adopted child, Śāk. d. 89.

kṛtakṛtyatā kṛta-kṛtya + tā, f. Happiness, Man. 4, 17.

kṛtaghna kṛta + ghna, adj., f. , Who returns evil for good, Man. 4, 214.

kṛtaghnatā kṛtaghna + tā, f., and kṛtaghnatva kṛtaghna + tva, n. Returning evil for good, ingratitude, Pañc. 214, 5; Mārk. P. 15, 39.

kṛtajña kṛta-jña, adj., f. ñā, Grateful, Man. 7, 209.

kṛtajñatā kṛtajña + tā, f. Gratitude, Rām. 5, 35, 16.

kṛtahastatā kṛta-hasta + tā, f. Skilfulness in archery, MBh. 4, 1976.

kṛtārthatā kṛtārthatā, i. e. kṛta-artha + tā, f. Satisfaction, Ragh. 8, 3.

kṛtāstratā kṛtāstratā, i. e. kṛta-astra + tā, f. Skilfulness in the use of missile weapons, MBh. 1, 5156.

kṛti kṛ + ti,
I. f.
     1. Making, Pañc. 91, 3.
     2. Action, Bhāṣāp. 145.
     3. A literary work, Mālav. 3, 13.
     4. Hurt, Dev. 5, 11 (?).
II. m. and f. Proper names, MBh. 2, 320; Bhāg. P. 6, 18, 13.
-- Comp. cala-, adj. fickle, Pañc. 109, 12. duṣkṛti, i. e. dus-, m. a sinner, Man. 3, 230. su-, f. 1. kindness. 2. virtue. 3. the practice of religious austerities.

kṛtin kṛtin, i. e. kṛta + in,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Wise, Bhartṛ. 2, 16.
     2. Clever, MBh. 3, 8278.
     3. Satisfied, Ragh. 3, 51.
II. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 5.
-- Comp. duṣkṛtin, i. e. dus-kṛta + in, m. a sinner, Man. 12, 16. su-, adj. 1. benevolent, 2. virtuous, pious. 3. fortunate. 4. wise, learned.

kṛtimant kṛti + mant, adj., f. matī in nānā-deśa-, Administering, governing different countries, MBh. 14, 1776.

kṛtisādhyatva kṛti-sādhya + tva, n. Being accomplishable by action, Bhāṣāp. 145.

kṛtti kṛt + ti, f. A hide.
-- Cf. vāsas.

kṛttikā kṛttikā, f., generally pl. The third of the lunar mansions, MBh. 1, 2588.

kṛtnu kṛ-tnu, adj. Clever, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.

kṛtya kṛ + tya,
I. ptcple. of the fut. pass. of kṛ.
     1. To be done or performed, Rām. 3, 60, 27.
     2. Seducible, bribable, Rājat. 5, 247.
II. n.
     1. Right, Pañc. i. d. 309.
     2. Need, with instr., e. g. na me jīvitena kṛtyam, I do not want (or wish) to live, Mṛcch. 154, 3.
     3. Duty, Man. 2, 237.
     4. Service, Śāk. d. 193. guṇa-kṛtye niyojitā, is used to serve as a string, Kumāras. 4, 15.
     5. Business, Rām. 3, 47, 15.
     6. motive, Rām. 6, 33, 18.
III. f. .
     1. Causing, Man. 11, 67.
     2. Act, Man. 11, 125.
     3. Charm, witchery, Man. 9, 290.
-- Comp. a-, n. wrong, Pañc. i. d. 309; 128, 12. abhyupetārtha-, i. e. abhi-upa-ita-artha-, adj. one who has undertaken to perform a business, Megh. 39. artha-, n. a useful act, Rām. 4, 38, 43. asat-, i. e. a-sant- (vb. 1. as), adj. one who has acted wickedly, Rājat. 5, 300. See ku-. Kṛta-,
I. n. 1. what has been done and what must be done. 2. fulfilled intention, MBh. 4, 882.
II. adj., f. , satisfied, Rām. 1, 1, 84. gṛha-, n. domestic affairs, Rājat. 5, 166. bhūti-, n. any ceremony of a festive character, as marriage, Man. 8, 393. śīghra-, adj., f. ya, what must be done quickly, Pañc. iii. d. 232.

kṛtyakā kṛtya + kā, f. A witch, Nal. 13, 29.

kṛtyavant kṛtya + vant, adj., f. vatī, Occupied.

kṛtrima kṛ + trima,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Factitious, the reverse of what is natural, Pañc. 110, 16.
     2. Feigned, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 5 (cf. ārti).
     3. Adopted, Man. 9, 169.
     4. False, Yājñ. 2, 247.
II. m. An adopted son, Man. 9, 159.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Candid, Hit. i. d. 199.

kṛtvas -kṛ + tvas, adv. forming multiplicative numerals from numerals and other words, e. g. sahasra-, adv. A thousand times, Man. 2, 79. tāvatkṛtvas, i. e. tāvant-, adv. So many times, Man 5, 38.

kṛtsna kṛtsna, adj.
     1. Whole, Man. 1, 105.
     2. All, Rām. 4, 43, 64.

kṛtsnaśas kṛtsna + śas, adv. Completely, Man. 7, 215.

kṛntana kṛntana, i. e. kṛt + ana, n. Cutting, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 46.

kṛp kṛp, i. 10, Par. kṛpaya,
     1. To pity, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 40.
     2. † To be weak.
-- Cf. krap.

kṛpa kṛpa, m., and f. , Proper names, MBh. 1, 2436.

kṛpaṇa kṛpaṇa, i. e. kṛp + ana,
I. adj., f. ṇā.
     1. Miserable, Rām. 4, 21, 19.
     2. Lamenting, Megh. 5.
     3. Avaricious, Hit. i. d. 152.
II. n. Misery, MBh. 2, 2348.
III. ṇam, acc. sing. n., adv. Miserably, Pañc. iii. d. 183.
-- Comp. sa-kṛpaṇa, adj. miserable, Śāntiś. 4, 4.

kṛpaṇatva kṛpaṇa + tva, n. Wretchedness, MBh. 2, 1361.

kṛpā kṛp + ā, f. Compassion, MBh. 2, 2294. kṛpāṃ kṛ, To have compassion, Draup. 9, 22.
-- Comp. sa-kṛpa + m, adv. compassionately, Śāntiś. 4, 19.

kṛpāṇa kṛpāṇa, i. e. kṛp (cf. Lat. carpo, discerpo) + āna, m. A sword, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 4.

kṛpāya kṛpāya, a denomin. derived from kṛpā by ya, Ātm. To pity, MBh. 13, 2330; kṛpāyīta, anomal. for °yeta, 1, 5597. kṛpāyita, n. Lamentation, MBh, 3, 337.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To pity, MBh. 3, 329.

kṛpālu kṛpā + lu, adj. Compassionate, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 17; 187, 9.

kṛpāvant kṛpā + vant, adj., f. vatī, Compassionate, Kumāras. 5, 26.

kṛmi kṛmi, also krimi krimi, i. e. hvṛ + mi,
I. m. A worm, an insect in general, Man. 1, 40; Suśr. 2, 509, 11 sqq.
II. m. and f. Proper names, Hariv. 2002; 1675.
-- Cf. Lat. vermis; Goth. vaurms; [greek]

kṛmika kṛmi + ka, m. A small worm, MBh. 1, 1800.

kṛmija kṛmi-ja (vb. jan), adj. Produced by a worm, Pañc. i. d. 107.

kṛmila kṛmi + la, adj., f. , Wormy, Suśr. 1, 191, 7.

kṛś kṛś, i. 4, Par.
     1. To become thin (ved.).
     2. To make thin. -Caus. karśaya, To cause to become thin, Suśr. 2, 196, 6. karśita, Emaciated, Rām. 1, 54, 2.
-- With the prep. vi vi, Caus. To cause to become thin, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 25.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] Lat. gracilis.

kṛśa kṛś + a, adj., f. śā.
     1. Thin, emaciated, Suśr. 1, 53, 17.
     2. Weak, Hit. i. d. 196; Man. 7, 208.
     3. Poor, Man. 4, 184.
-- Comp. a-, adj. great, Kir. 5, 52. ati-, adj. very thin, Rām. 5, 10, 17.

kṛśatā kṛśa + tā, f., and kṛśatva kṛśa + tva, n. Meagerness, MBh. 2, 1933; Pañc. i. d. 301.

kṛśānu kṛś + ānu, m.
     1. A name of fire, Bhartṛ. 2, 67.
     2. A proper name, Chr. 297, 21 = Rigv. i. 112, 21.

kṛśāśva kṛśāśva, i. e. kṛśa-aśva, m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 23, 12.


[Page 213b]

kṛṣ kṛṣ, i. 1, Par. (in epie poetry also Ātm., e. g. MBh. 1, 6289),
     1. To draw, MBh. 1, 6468; Ragh. 9, 27 (an arrow to the ear).
     2. To draw (a bow), Ragh. 5, 20.
     3. To drag along, MBh. 1, 6001.
     4. To lead, Chr. 54, 14 (Ātm.).
     5. To bear, MBh. 13, 4580.
     6. To tear, MBh. 1, 5992.
     7. To allure, Lass. 85, 2.
     8. To subdue, Man. 2, 215.
     9. To attain, MBh. 3, 66.
     10. i. 1, Par., and i. 6, Par., Ātm., To draw furrows, to plough, Rām. 3, 4, 12 (i. 1); Yājñ. 2, 150 (i. 6, kṛṣāṇa, anom. instead of kṛṣamāṇa).
     11. To walk, MBh. 3, 16021. kṛṣṭa,
     1. Drawn, Śāk. d. 131.
     2. Ploughed, Pañc. i. d. 53.
-- Comp. indra-, adj. growing without culture, MBh. 2, 1831. phāla-, n. 1. tilled ground, Man. 4, 46. 2. produced by cultivation, 6, 16. -Absol. kṛṣya, instead of kṛṣṭvā, Chr. 40, 10. -- Caus. karṣaya,
     1. To drag, Mṛcch. 16, 25.
     2. To pluck out, MBh. 3, 2307.
     3. To distress, Man. 2, 24.
     4. To oppress, Man. 7, 111. -- All the following are inflected after i. 1: With the prep. anu anu, To drag after one's self Rām. 1, 54, 1 (Ātm.). -- Caus. anukarṣita, Occupied, MBh. 13, 7281.
-- With apa apa,
     1. To draw away, MBh. 3, 10615; Rām. 6, 72, 68 (Ātm.).
     2. To remove, Rām. 5, 71, 5.
     3. To deduct, Suśr. 2, 40, 8.
     4. To put aside, Nal. 17, 33.
     5. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 1909.
     6. To humble, MBh. 13, 2186. apakṛṣṭa,
     1. Lost, Nal. 9, 33.
     2. Inferior, Man. 5, 163. -Causal, To remove, MBh. 1, 6205.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
     1. To drag away, Rām. 6, 88, 2.
     2. To cast off, MBh. 1 5104.
     3. To remove, Nal. 24, 41.
     4. To atone, Man. 11, 210.
-- With abhi abhi, To subdue, MBh. 3, 15064.
-- With ava ava,
     1. To draw away, Śāk. d. 173.
     2. To cast off, MBh. 13, 5007 (reflective pass.).
     3. To remove, MBh. 2, 207.
     4. To draw down, Suśr. 2, 291, 1. avakṛṣta, Inferior, Man. 8, 177.
-- With vyava vi-ava, To alienate, MBh. 13, 1642.
-- With ā ā.
     1. To draw near. Hit. i. d. 102.
     2. To draw (a sword), Mṛcch. 132, 5; (a bow) Śāk. d. 54.
     3. To draw on, Śāk. 5, 5.
     4. To drag along, Śāk. d. 32.
     5. To allure, Hit. 41, 14.
     6. To cast off, MBh. 2, 2291.
     7. To draw out, Lass. 22, 7.
     8. To take from, Hit. pr. d. 8; to withdraw, Rājat. 5, 69. -- Caus. To draw near, Ṛt. 5, 11; to fetch, Pañc. 32, 17.
-- With apā apa-ā, To remove, Rām. 2, 17, 9.
-- With vyapā vi-apa-ā, To remove, MBh. 2, 2290.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To drag about, MBh. 18, 9.
-- With vyā
     1. To cast off, Rām. 5, 54, 15.
     2. To remove, Prab. 37, 7.
-- With samā sam-ā,
     1. To drag near, MBh. 3, 10494; to fetch, Amar. 76.
     2. To take out (with abl.), Pañc. 40, 16. -- Caus. To carry along, Pañc. 74, 23.
-- With ud ud,
     1. To raise, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 10 (pass. to rise).
     2. To take out, MBh. 1, 7869.
     3. To cast off, MBh. 2, 1810.
     4. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 1635. utkṛṣṭa,
     1. Excessive, Rām. 3, 41, 5.
     2. Superior, Man. 5, 163.
     3. Distinguished, Man. 3, 132.
-- With samud sam-ud, To raise, MBh. 1, 3613.
-- With upa upa, To draw near, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 22.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To draw near, Rām. 2, 89, 10.
-- With ni ni, To sink into (a river), MBh. 1, 3616. nikṛṣṭa, Low, base, MBh. 1, 3067. n. Vicinity, Suśr. 1, 94, 4.
-- With saṃni sam-ni; saṃnikṛṣṭa, Near, Rām. 3, 21, 5. n. Vicinity, Śāk. 23, 23. °ṭam, adv. Near, Kumāras. 3, 2.
-- With nis nis,
     1. To draw out, MBh. 3, 16763.
     2. To tear, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 21; to dissolve, Rājat 6, 272. -- Caus. To destroy, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 19.
-- With parā parā,
     1. To draw away, MBh. 2, 2227.
     2. To blame, MBh. 13, 2102.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To drag about, Rām. 2, 97, 30.
     2. To carry about with one, MBh. 17, 104.
     3. To lead, Rām. 6, 2, 28. -- Caus. To torment, Rām. 1, 8, 13.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To drag away, MBh. 3, 12787.
     2. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 1959.
     3. To agitate, Rām. 5, 70, 11.
     4. To lead, Rām. 6, 2, 44. prakṛṣṭa,
     1. Long, Nal. 12, 111.
     2. Well to do, Man. 7, 170.
     3. Excellent, Pañc, 191, 16.
     4. Violent, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 4.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To conquer, MBh. 1, 7197. viprakṛṣṭa, Distant, Pañc. 127, 17.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To draw (a bow), Rām. 3, 34, 3; (an arrow) Rām. 6, 70, 39.
     2. To drag about, Rām. 2, 78, 16.
     3. To draw out, Bhartṛ. 1, 84 (to catch).
     4. To withdraw, Rājat. 5, 90. vikṛṣṭa, Long, Rām. 2, 68, 21.
-- With sam sam, To drag along, Rām. 5, 63, 19.
-- Cf. Lat. ac-cerso.

kṛṣaka kṛṣ + aka, m. A husbandman, Cāṇ, 90.

kṛṣi kṛṣ + i (kṛṣī kṛṣī, MBh. 1, 7207), f.
     1. Ploughing, Lass. 76, 18.
     2. Agriculture, Man. 1, 90.

kṛṣīvala kṛṣī + vala, m. A husbandman, Man. 9, 38.

kṛṣṭaja kṛṣṭa-ja, adj. Cultivated, Man. 11, 144 (145).

kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa, i. e. kṛṣ + na (the origin of the signification is dubious).
I. adj., f. ṇā.
     1. Black, or dark blue, Rām. 3, 55, 5.
     2. With or without pakṣa, m. The dark half of a month, from the full moon to that of the new moon, Man. 1, 66; 6, 20.
II. m.
     1. kṛṣṇa, The most celebrated incarnation of Viṣṇu, MBh. 14, 1589.
     2. The black antelope, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 20.
III. f. ṇā.
     1. A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 184.
     2. The name of several plants, Suśr. 1, 162, 16.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very black, Pañc. 104, 15.

kṛṣṇatā kṛṣṇa + tā, f., and kṛṣṇatva kṛṣṇa + tva, n. Blackness, Suśr. 1, 33, 20; MBh. 1, 4236.

kṛṣṇala kṛṣṇa + la, m. and n. The berry of the plant Guñja, used as a weight; a coin of this weight, Man. 8, 215.

kṛṣṇalaka -kṛṣṇala + ka, substitute for the last when latter part of a comp. adj., pañcakṛṣṇalaka, i. e. pañcan-, Comprising five kṛṣṇalas, Man. 8, 134.

kṛṣṇājinin kṛṣṇājinin, i. e. kṛṣṇa-ajina + in, adj., f. , Covered with the hide of the black antelope, MBh. 14, 2113.

kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇāya, a denom. derived from kṛṣṇa by ya, Ātm. To blacken, Hit. i. d. 74.

kṛṣṇāyas kṛṣṇāyas, i. e. kṛṣṇa-ayas, and kṛṣṇāyasa kṛṣṇāyas + a, n. Iron.

kṛsara kṛsara, m. A dish consisting of sesamum and grain, Man. 5, 7.

kṛ 1. kṛ10, i. 6, kira, Par.
     1. To pour out, Amar. 11.
     2. To cast, MBh. 14, 1898.
     3. To cover, Rām. 5, 42, 10. kīrṇa,
     1. Scattered, Rām. 5, 16, 17.
     2. Dishevelled, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 15.
     3. Covered, Pañc. i. d. 239.
-- With the prepositions vyati vi-ati, To scatter, MBh. 4, 830.
-- With anu anu, To cover, MBh. 1, 4340.
-- With apa apa, which forms also apaskira, Ātm. To rake (as a bird for pleasure), Uttararāmac. p. 31, 1.
-- With abhi abhi, To cover, MBh. 13, 2655.
-- With ava ava,
     1. To diffuse, Man. 6, 48.
     2. To cast off, MBh. 2, 2289.
     3. To leave, MBh. 1, 3057.
     4. To cover, Rām. 2, 43, 13. Ātm. and reflect. pass.,
     1. To spread, MBh. 3, 12306.
     2. To vanish, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 19.
-- With anvava anu-ava, To scatter about, Yājñ. 1, 230. Caus. To cause to be scattered about, MBh. 13, 4291 (read kārayet).
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To cover, Rām. 2, 33, 19.
-- With paryava pari-ava, To cover round about, MBh. 3, 13596.
-- With samava sam-ava, To cover, Bhāg. P. 8, 18, 10.
-- With ā ā, ākīrṇa,
     1. Crowded, Arj. 6, 7.
     2. Frequented, Man. 6, 51.
     3. Confused, Rājat. 5, 321.
-- With apā apa-ā, To repudiate, MBh. 1, 2851.
-- With avā ava-ā, To cover, Rām. 2, 42, 14 Gorr. (Schl. v.r.).
-- With vyā vi-ā, vyākīrṇa, Dishevelled, Pañc. i. d. 207.
-- With samā sam-ā, To cover, Rām. 1, 6, 24.
-- With ud ud,
     1. To throw up, Rām. 6, 90, 26.
     2. To dig up, MBh. 1, 5813.
     3. To engrave, Vikr. d. 43.
-- With samud sam-ud, To pierce, Ragh. 1, 4.
-- With upa upa, To cover, MBh. 3, 11886.
-- With vini vi-ni,
     1. To cast down, Rām. 6, 8, 19.
     2. To leave, Kumāras. 4, 6.
     3. vinikīrṇa, Crowded, Rām. 4, 41, 33.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, saṃnikirṇa, Stretehed out, Megh. 87.
-- With parā parā, To leave, Rām. 4, 1369.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To surround, MBh. 4, 585.
     2. To deliver, Ragh. 18. 32.
-- With pra pra, To scatter, Rām. 2, 76, 15.
     2. To spring up, Rām. 1, 9, 19.
     3. Pass. (anom. kīryet, with the termination of the Par.), To vanish, MBh. 3, 14767. prakīrṇa,
     1. Dishevelled, MBh. 3, 11755.
     2. Squandered, Lass. 74, 17.
     3. Public, MBh. 13, 6735.
-- With vipra vi-pra, viprakīrṇa,
     1. Scattered, Rām. 5, 14, 53.
     2. Dishevelled, MBh. 3, 401.
     3. Extended, MBh. 3, 730.
-- With pratis pratis, instead of prati prati, To injure (cf. 2. kṛ10), Śiś. 1, 47.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To scatter, Hit. 9, 14.
     2. To cover, Man. 3, 234.
     3. To blame, Rām. 2, 12, 73. vikīrṇa,
     1. Dishevelled, Kumāras. 4, 4.
     2. Split, Rām. 3, 34, 25.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To scatter, MBh. 4, 298.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To mix, MBh. 13, 6232.
     2. To confound, MBh. 3, 13736. saṃkīrṇa,
     1. Crowded, MBh. 1, 7675.
     2. Mixed, Man. 1, 116.
     3. Impure, Yājñ. 3, 310.
-- Cf. kal, śakṛt; and Lat. cribrum, cerno, procerus; [greek]

kṛ † 2. kṛ10, also kṛ kṛ, ii. 5 and 9, Par., Ātm. To injure, to kill.
-- Cf. 1. kṛ10 with pratis.

kṛ † 3. kṛ10, i. 10, Ātm. To know (? v. r.).

kṛt kṛ10t, i. 10, kīrtaya (rather a denomin. derived from kīrti), Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. MBh. 1, 1549),
     1. To celebrate, Man. 3, 221.
     2. To propound, Man. 10, 131.
     3. To pronounce, Man. 2, 124.
     4. To say, Man. 2, 203.
     5. To call, Man. 10, 19. Anom. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. kīrtayāna, MBh. 13, 7661.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
     1. To mention, Rām. 1, 14, 22.
     2. To repeat, Bhāg. P. 8, 4, 15.
     3. To proclaim, MBh. 3, 13259.
     4. To propound. MBh. 2, 994.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To tell, MBh. 14, 2066.
-- With ud ud, To glorify, Ragh. 10, 33.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To proclaim, Man. 11, 122.
     2. To propound, MBh. 13, 12802.
     3. To glorify, MBh. 13, 7160.
     4. To pronounce, Man. 1, 92.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To particularise, Suśr. 2, 268, 21.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To propound, Man. 2, 95.
     2. To call, Man. 2, 21.
     3. To approve, Pañc. iv. d. 37.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
     1. To mention, MBh. 13, 4926.
     2. To pronounce, Bhag. 18, 4.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To celebrate, Man. 3, 221.
     2. To proclaim, Rām. 4, 59, 3.
     3. To mention, Chr. 13, 4.

kḷp kḷp, i. 1, kalpa, Ātm.
     1. To prosper, Man. 4, 15.
     2. To be fit, to be qualified for; with the loc. Rām. 2, 62, 26 Gorr.; 5, 37, 30; with the dat. Man. 3, 266; to become qualified, Man. 7, 22; Megh. 56 (prāptaye, to attain).
     3. To fall to one's lot, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 12.
     4. To serve (with the dat.), Man. 8, 353.
     5. To resolve upon, Pañc. 150, 24.
     6. To create, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 25. klipta,
     1. Well arranged, MBh. 3, 790.
     2. Fixed, Man. 3, 69.
     3. Made, Bhāg. P. 6, 10, 32.
-- Comp. kṣura-, adj, shaved, Kathās. 12, 168. -- Caus., kalpaya, Par., Ātm.
     1. To put in suitable order. kalpita, Fixed in proportion, Yājñ. 2, 244. prathama-kalpita, put at the head, Man. 9, 166.
     2. To make fit for something, MBh. 8, 9912.
     3. To approve, Rām. 2, 61, 17.
     4. To show, MBh. 1, 58.
     6. To design, Rām. 2, 52, 100; to determine, Man. 7, 125; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 1.
     7. To consider, Rām. 2, 23, 33.
     8. To form, Ragh. 8, 46; Bhāg. P. 8, 9, 26; to make, Rām. 2, 98, 29; MBh. 1, 700 (vṛttim, To live on, with the instr.).
     9. To create, Man. 5, 28; Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 42.
-- With the prep. anu anu, Caus., śraddhām, To give faith, Rām. 5, 56, 15. anukalpita, Accompanied, MBh. 13. 2150.
-- With samanu sam-anu, Caus., To assume, MBh. 3, 9964.
-- With abhi abhi, Caus., To arrange, Rām. 2, 54, 17.
-- With ava ava, To be fit (with the dat.), Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 18.
-- With upa upa,
     1. To be suitable, Bhāg. P. 6, 18, 42.
     2. To serve, Rām. 5, 25, 21. upakḷpta,
     1. Prepared for use, Man. 8, 333; prepared, MBh. 1, 4098.
     2. Produced, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 2. -- Caus.
     1. To prepare, Rām. 1, 12, 29.
     2. To fit out, MBh. 1, 4098.
     3. To design for (with the dat.), Yājñ. 1, 109.
     4. To place, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 5; 1, 9, 32.
     5. To communicate, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 9.
-- With samupa sam-upa, Caus. To prepare, Rām. 2, 50, 29.
-- With pari pari, parikḷpta, Existing, MBh. 13, 2831. Caus.
     1. To decide, Man. 12, 110.
     2. To determine, MBh. 13, 2689.
     3. To perform, Yājñ. 1, 346.
     4. To make, Kathās. 15, 173; Man. 9, 152 (daśadhā, To distribute into ten parts).
     5. To invite, MBh. 13, 1596.
-- With pra pra, prakḷpta, Prepared, Kathās. 18, 366. Caus.
     1. To prepare, 3, 264.
     2. To further, Rām. 2, 31, 24.
     3. To allot, Man. 7, 135.
     4. To establish, Man. 8, 46.
     5. To design, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 20.
     6. To make, Nal. 25, 5; Amar. 73 (aśru, To shed tears).
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To ordain, MBh. 3, 14110.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To change, MBh. 3, 697.
     2. To be doubtful, Pañc. i. d. 385; to doubt, Pañc. i. d. 87. Caus.
     1. To prepare in a different way, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 38.
     2. To devise, Śāk. d. 51.
     3. To doubt, Prab. 106, 7.
     4. To presume, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
-- With sam sam, To desire; a-saṃkḷpta, Not desired, MBh. 14, 1277. Caus.
     1. To desire, Man. 2, 5.
     2. To determine, MBh. 14, 4349.
     3. To fancy, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 1.
     4. To perform obsequies, Rām. 2, 72, 53.
-- With upasam upa-sam, upasaṃkḷpta, Put on, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 54. Caus. To place, MBh. 16. 199.
-- Cf. Lat. corpus.

kḷpti kḷp + ti, f. Causing, Rājat. 5, 463.
-- Comp. yathā-kḷpti, adv. in a suitable way, Rām. 2, 80, 15.

kekaya kekaya,
I. m.
     1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 356.
     2. Their prince, Rām. 2, 35, 21.
II. f. , One of the wives of Daśaratha, Rām. 2, 70, 20.

kekā kekā (an imitative sound), f. The cry of the peacock, MBh. 15, 724.

kekin kekin, i. e. kekā + in, m. A peacock, Bhartṛ. 1, 44.

ket ket, i. 10, Par., see kit.

keta keta, i. e. kit + a, m.
     1. Desire (ved.).
     2. An abode, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 12.
     3. An image, 1, 16, 34.

ketaka keta + ka, m. The name of a tree, Pandanus odoratissimus, Rām. 2, 94, 6.

ketana ketana, i. e. kit + ana, n.
     1. Invitation, Man. 4, 110.
     2. An abode, MBh. 3, 13396.
     3. A place, Kathās. 26, 44.
     4. A sign, MBh. 14, 2430.
-- Comp. kapi-, m. a name of Arjuna (having as sign a monkey), MBh. 14, 2457. jhaṣa-, makara-, and mīna- (having as sign a fish), m. the god of love, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.

ketu ketu, i. e. kit + u, m.
     1. A sign by which an object may be recognised, Chr. 289, 3 = Rigv. i. 50, 3; Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1; Rām. 2, 54, 5.
     2. A banner, MBh. 4, 2068.
     3. Chief, Rām. 4, 28, 18.
     4. A meteor, Man. 1, 38.
     5. The mythological name of the descending node, represented as a headless demon, Rām. 3, 35, 52.
-- Comp. agni-, m. the name of a Rākṣasa. tāla-, m. (having as banner the palmyra tree), epithet of Bhīṣma, MBh. 5, 5081. dhūma-, m. 1. fire, MBh. 1, 4162. 2. a meteor, MBh. 6, 80. dhṛṣṭa-, m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 231. makara-, m. the god of love.
-- Cf. Goth. haidus; A.S. had.

ketumant ketu + mant, m.
     1. The name of a Dānava, or demon, MBh. 1, 2532.
     2. The name of a palace, Hariv. 8989

kedāra kedāra, m. A cultivated field, Man. 9, 44; pariticularly a watered one, Rām. 3, 22, 18; Rājat. 5, 112.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. having the same fields, Man. 9, 38.

kepkep, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To tremble.
     2. To go.
-- Cf. kamp and gep.

keyūra keyūra, m. and n. A bracelet worn on the upper arm, Bhartṛ. 2, 16; Rājat. 5, 358.

keyūrin keyūrin, i. e. keyūra + in, adj., f. iṇī, Wearing a bracelet, Mārk. P. 23, 102.

kerala kerala, m.
     1. pl. The name of a people, Rām. 2, 82, 7.
     2. Their king, MBh. 3, 15250.

kelkel, i. 1, Par.
     1. To shake.
     2. To go.

keli keli, m. and f.
     1. Amorous sport, Man. 8, 357.
     2. Sport, Gīt. 7, 11.
-- Comp. vāta-, m. 1. Whisper. 2. the marks of finger nails on the lover's person. hemak°, i. e. heman-, m. fire.


[Page 218b]

kevkev, i. 1, Ātm. To serve.
-- Cf. khev, sev.

kevala kevala, i. e. eke (old loc. sing. of eka) + vala,
I. adj., f. (ved. ).
     1. Exclusively proper; vīkṣasva yad rūpaṃ mama kevalam, Look what shape is proper only to me, Rām. 5, 35, 52; Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 26.
     2. Mere, Man. 2, 199; nothing but, 3, 118.
     3. Alone, only, Pañc. v. d. 12.
     4. United, i. e. entire, MBh. 13, 2686; whole, 4, 1485; all, Man. 2, 95.
II. lam, adv.
     1. Only, Pañc. 31, 7.
     2. Entirely (?), Rām. 2, 87, 23; na kevalam -- api, Not only, but also, Rājat. 5, 443.
III. n. The knowledge of the unity of all the universe.
IV. m. The name of a prince. Bhāg. P. 9, 2, 30.
V. f. , The name of a locality, MBh. 3, 15245.

kevalin kevalin, i. e. kevala + in, m. One who possesses the knowledge of the universal unity, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 39.

keśa keśa, m.
     1. Hair, Hit. i. d. 102.
     2. A lion's mane, Sch. ad Śāk. 6. -Comp. adj. end in the fem. in śā or śī. Añjana-, adj., f. śī, having manes as smooth as ointment, MBh. 1, 8008. bhūta-, m., and f. śī, root of sweet flag. miśra-keśī, f. an Apsaras. mukta- (vb. muc), adj., f. śī, one whose hair is loose, Man. 7, 91; MBh. 1, 782. muñja-, m. Viṣṇu. vi-,
I. adj., f. śī, bald. II. f. śī, a small braid or dress of hair, tied up severally and then collected into the larger braid. vyomak°, i. e. vyoman-, m. Śiva. vi-kīrṇa- (vb. kṛ10), and vi-galita-, adj., fem. śā, with dishevelled hair, Kumāras. 5, 68. śukla-, adj. hoary-haired. su-, adj., f. śī, having beautiful hair, Rām. 3, 52, 35.

keśara keśa + ra, also kesara kesara,
I. n. A lion's or horse's mane, Pañc. i. d. 207.
II. m. and n. The filament of a lotus, or of any vegetable, Śiś. 9, 47. (with s).
III. m. The name of several plants, Mesua ferrea, Mimusops elengi, Bottleria tinctoria; their flower, n., Rām. 2, 96, 6.
-- Comp. karāla-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 214, 13. nāga-, m. a tree, Mesua Roxburghii, Wight. Rām. 6, 96, 7.

keśari keśari (i. e. mutilated keśarin, q. cf.), m. A proper name, Rām. 4, 33, 14.

keśarin keśarin, i. e. keśara + in, also kesarin kesarin,
I. adj., f. iṇi, Having a mane, MBh. 1, 8286.
II. m.
     1. A lion, Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
     2. A proper name, Rām. 4, 39, 26.
-- Comp. puruṣa-, m. a name of Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation (half man, half lion).

keśava keśa + va (va for vant), m.
     1. A name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 45, 31.
     2. A proper name, Pañc. iii. d. 270.
-- Comp. go-pāla-, m. the name of an idol of Kṛṣṇa set up by Gopālavarman, Rājat. 5, 243.

keśavatva keśava + tva, n. State of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 1361.

keśavant keśa + vant, adj., f. vatī, Long-haired, Mārk. P. 8, 121.

keśākeśi keśākeśi, i. e. keśa-keśa + i, adv. In mutual grasping of hair, Yājñ. 2, 283; in closest proximity, MBh. 4, 1056.

keśāntika keśāntika, i. e. keśa-anta + ika, adj. Reaching to one's hair, Man. 2, 46.

keśin keśin, i. e. keśa + in,
I. m. The name of an Asura or demon, etc., MBh. 1, 2531; Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 47.
II. f. inī, The name of an Apsaras, etc., MBh. 1, 2558; Rām. 1, 39, 3.
-- Comp. dhāmakeśin, i. e. dhāman-keśa + in, adj. having rays instead of hair, MBh. 3, 193. muñja-, m. Viṣṇu.


[Page 219b]

kesara kesara, and kesarin kesarin; see keśara keśara, keśarin keśarin.

kai kai, i. 1, Par. To sound (ved.).

kaikaya kaikaya = kekaya, and kaikeya, q. cf., MBh. 1, 2647; 3, 2009; f. yī = kaikeyī, Rām. i. 1, 21.

kaikeya kaikeya, a syncope of kaikayeya, i. e. kekaya + eya, patron.
I. m.
     1. A descendant of Kekaya, a king of the Kekayas, MBh. 3, 462.
     2. pl. The people of the Kekayas, Rām. 4, 43, 11.
II. f. , One of the wives of Daśaratha, Rām. 1, 1, 24.

kaiṃkarya kaiṃkarya, i. e. kiṃkara + ya, n. Service, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 22.

kaiṭabha kaiṭabha, m. The name of an Asura or demon, MBh. 3, 498.

kaitaka kaitaka, i. e. ketaka + a, adj. Produced from the tree Pandanus odoratissimus, Ragh. 4, 55.

kaitava kaitava, i. e. kitava + a,
I. n.
     1. A stake, MBh. 2, 2163.
     2. Gambling, Nal. 26, 10.
     3. Deceit, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
II. m. Patron. designation of Ulūka, MBh. 1, 7002.

kaitavaka kaitava + ka, n. Game of hazard, MBh. 2, 2060.

kairava kairava, n. The white esculent water-lily, Bhartṛ. 2, 65.

kairāta kairāta, i. e. kirāta + a,
I. adj. Referring to the Kirātas, MBh. 1, 320.
II. m. A prince of the Kirātas, MBh. 2, 1869.

kairātaka kairāta + ka, adj., f. , Belonging to the Kirātas, MBh. 2, 1867.

kailāsa kailāsa, also kailāśa kailāśa (probably akin to kīla), m. The name of a mountain, the residence of Kuvera, MBh. 3, 503; Rām. 3, 54, 5.


[Page 220a]

kaivarta kaivarta, m.
     1. A fisherman, Man. 8, 260.
     2. A mixed tribe; the son of a Niṣāda by an Āyogavī woman, Man. 10, 34.

kaivartaka kaivarta + ka, m. A fisherman, Rām. 2, 83, 15.

kaivalya kaivalya, i. e. kevala + ya, n.
     1. Complete absorption in the thought of the universal unity, absolute happiness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 13; MBh. 13, 1073.
     2. Totality, Bhāg. P. 3. 11, 2.

kaiśava kaiśava, i. e. keśava + a, adj. Belonging to Keśava, Ragh. 17, 29.

kaiśika kaiśika, m. The name of a tribe, MBh. 2, 585.

kaiśora kaiśora, i. e. kiśora + a, n. Youth, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 17.

koka koka, m.
     1. A wolf, Rām. 5, 26, 9.
     2. The cuckoo (ved.).
     3. The ruddy goose, Gīt. 5, 17.
-- Cf. Lat. cuculus.

kokanada kokanadaa,
I. n. The red lotus, Gīt. 10, 5.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1026.

kokila kokila, i. e. koka + ila, m.
     1. The Indian cuckoo, Rām. 2, 52, 2. f. , The female cuckoo, Bhartṛ. 1, 34.
     2. A kind of mouse, Suśr. 2, 274, 4.
     3. A poisonous insect. Suśr. 2, 288, 7.
-- Comp. puṃs-, m. the male cuckoo, Ṛt. 6, 14.

koṅka koṅka, m. The name of a people, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 8.

koṅkaṇa koṅkaṇa, m. The name of a people, Daśak. 193, 11.

koṃkāra koṃ-kāra, m. The sound kom, Pañc. 158, 7.

koca koca, i. e. kuc + a, m. Shrinking, Suśr. 1, 269. 1.


[Page 220b]

koṭara koṭara (cf. vb. kuṭ), m. and n.
     1. The hollow of a tree, Pañc. 104, 7.
     2. A cavity, Rājat. 5, 439.

koṭarastha koṭara-stha (vb. sthā) adj. Being in the interior, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 547.

koṭi and ṭī koṭi/ī, i. e. kuṭ + i, f.
     1. A point, Pañc. 120, 23.
     2. Eminence, MBh. 3, 542 (pramāṇa-koṭī, extraordinary tallness).
     3. Ten millions, Man. 6, 63.

koṭika koṭika, m.
     1. A worm, Jaṭādh. in ŚKD.; f. kā, mānuṣa-koṭikā, A worm-like woman, Pañc. 44, 25.
     2. A kind of frog, Suśr. 2, 290, 7.
     3. A proper name, MBh. 3, 15586.

koṭikāśya koṭikāśya, and koṭikāsya koṭikāsya (better), i. e. koṭika-āsya, m. The name of a prince, Draup. 1, 12; MBh. 3, 15593.

koṭipāla koṭipāla, Lass. 13, 11; read koṭṭapāla.

koṭimant koṭi + mant, adj., f. matī, Pointed, Śāk. d. 185.

koṭiśas koṭi + śas, adv. By ten millions, Sund. 3, 14.

koṭṭa koṭṭa (a dialect. form of koṣṭha), n. A strong-hold, Pañc. 237, 15.

koṭṭavī koṭṭavī, f. A naked woman, Rājat. 5, 439.

koṭha koṭha (a dialect form of kuṣṭha), m. A species of leprosy, Suśr. 1, 156, 3.

koṇa koṇa (perhaps a dialect. form of karṇa), m.
     1. A corner, Pañc. 258, 8.
     2. An angle, MBh. 14, 2035.
     3. An instrument for sounding a lute, Rām. 2, 71, 26.
-- Comp. sūtra-, m. A kind of drum.

kotha kotha, i. e. kuth + a, m.
     1. Putrefaction, Suśr. 1, 41, 19.
     2. Gangrene, Suśr. 1, 92, 4.

kodaṇḍa ko-daṇḍa (ko = kas, nom. sing. of kim; cf. ku-), n. (and m.), A bow, Bhartṛ. 1, 97.

kodrava ko-drava (cf. the last), m. A species of grain eaten by the poorer people, Paspalum scrobiculatum, Lin., Bhartṛ. 2, 98.

kopa kopa, i. e. kup + a, m.
     1. Morbose excitement, Suśr. 1, 5, 8.
     2. Wrath, Pañc. i. d. 139. kopaṃ kṛ, To be angry, Pañc. 162, 25.
-- Comp. antaḥkopa, i. e. antar-, m. inward anger. krīḍā-, m. feigned anger, Amar. 12. mithyā-, m. feigned anger, Lass. 9, 11. mṛga-, m. rage at animals, Pañc. 56, 2. sa-kopa, adj., f. , enraged, Pañc. iii. d. 27. sa-kopa + m, adv. angrily, Pañc. 38, 11.

kopana kopana, i. e. kup + ana,
I. adj., f. .
     1. Passionate, wrathful, Rām. 1, 34, 22.
     2. Irritating, Suśr. 1, 177, 15.
II. m. The name of an Asura or demon, Hariv. 2284.
III. n.
     1. Excitement, MBh. 14, 466.
     2. Provocation, MBh. 13, 2426.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not inclined to wrath, Lass. 40, 9.

kopayiṣṇu kopayiṣṇu, i. e. kup, Caus., + iṣṇu, adj. Provoking, MBh. 1, 6836.

kopin kopin, i. e. kopa + in, adj., f. .
     1. Wrathful, Rām. 3, 16, 29.
     2. When latter part of a comp. word, Irritating, Suśr. 1, 199, 15.

komala ko-mala (cf. kodrava, kumāra, and vb. mlai), adj., f. , oft, bland, Bhartṛ. 2, 56; 1, 97.

koyaṣṭi ko-yaṣṭi (see the last), and


[Page 221b]

koyaṣṭika koyaṣṭi + ka, m. A kind of bird Man. 5, 13; MBh. 13, 2835.

kora kora, m.
     1. A flexible joint (as of the fingers).
     2. A bud.

koraka kora + ka, m. and n. A bud, Rām. 2, 59, 8; Bhāṣāp. 165.

koradūṣa kora-dūṣa, and koradūṣaka koradūṣa + ka, m. = kodrava, Suśr. 2, 64, 1, MBh. 3, 13027.

kola kola,
I. m.
     1. A hog, Yājñ. 3, 273.
     2. A kind of weapon, Dev. 1, 4; 5(?).
II. n. The fruit of the jujube, Zizyphus jujuba, Suśr. 1, 25, 6.

kolāhala kolāhala,
I. m. n.
     1. A great and confused noise, Rām. 6, 8, 45.
     2. Screaming, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 13.
     3. A shout, Rājat. 5, 361.
II. m. The name of a mountain, MBh. 1, 2367 sqq.

kovida ko-vid + a, cf. koyaṣṭi, adj., f. , Knowing, Man. 7, 26; MBh. 3, 1287 (with gen.); skilful, Rām. 2, 80, 5 (with loc.).

kovidāra kovidāra, i. e. ko-vidṛ10 + a (cf. the last), m. A species of ebony, Bauhinia variegata, Lin., Rām. 2, 84, 3.

kośa kośa, also koṣa koṣa, m. and n.
     1. A coop, denoting a cloud (ved.), Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 87, 2; Chr. 297, 11 = i. 112, 11.
     2. A sheath, Rām. 3, 18, 39 (with ).
     3. A bud, Ragh. 13, 29.
     4. A shell, Mārk. P. 11, 6.
     5. The womb, Suśr. 1, 120, 12.
     6. A testicle, Suśr. 1, 290, 4.
     7. An egg. Bhāg. P. 2, 8, 16.
     8. An abode, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 22; Bhāg. P. 1, 34.
     9. A store-room, Rām. 2, 63, 7; a treasury, Man. 8, 38; 1, 99.
     10. Treasure, Nal. 26, 19.
     11. A cocoon, Yājñ. 3, 147.
     12. As latter part of comp. words, A ball, e. g. netra-, The eyebal, Rām. 3, 79, 28.
     13. A sacred draught, employed in a judicial trial by ordeal, Yājñ. 2, 95.
     14. Oath, Rājat. 5, 325.
     15. A kind of bandage, Suśr. 1, 65, 17.
-- Comp. a-koṣa, adj. unsheathed, MBh. 4, 321. annamaya-, m. the gross body, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 12. jātī-, n. and m. nutmeg, Suśr. 1, 215, 5. dharma-, m. the treasury of duties, Man. 1, 99. madhu-, m. the honeycomb or hive. vi-, adj. unsheathed, Nal. 10, 18. viṣāṇa-koṣa, m. the hollow of a horn.

kośakāra kośa-kāra, also koṣa koṣa-, m.
     1. A maker of sheaths, etc., Rām. 4, 40, 26.
     2. The silk-worm, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 52.
     3. A kind of sugar cane, Suśr. 1, 187, 6.

kośakāraka kośa-kāraka, m. The silk-worm, Yājñ. 3, 147.

kośala kośala, see kosala.

kośavat kośa + vat, adv. Like a cocoon, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 21; cf. Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 52.

kośavant kośa + vant,
I. adj., f. vati, Wealthy, MBh. 1, 5808.
II. vatī, f. A certain plant, Suśr. 2, 107, 12.

kośaskṛt kośaskṛt, i. e. kośa- 1. kṛ + t, m. The silk-worm, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 13.

koṣa koṣa, see kośa.

koṣṭha koṣṭha,
I. m. The stomach, MBh. 14, 570.
II. m. and n.
     1. A granary.
     2. A store-room, MBh. 2, 201.
III. n. A wall, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 56.

koṣṇa koṣṇa, i. e. kā-uṣṇa, adj., f. ṇā, Moderately warm, tepid, Ragh. 1, 84.

kosala kosala, also kośala kośala,
I. m. The name of a country and its inhabitants, Rām. 1, 5, 5; MBh. 6, 347.
II. f. , A name of its capital, Ayodhyā, MBh. 3, 8152.

kaukṣeya kaukṣeya, i. e. kukṣi + eya, and kaukṣeyaka kaukṣeya + ka, m. A sword, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10.

kauṅkaṇa kauṅkaṇa, i. e. koṅkaṇa + a, m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 367.

kauñjara kauñjara, i. e. kuñjara + a, adj., f. , Belonging to an elephant, MBh. 13, 5580.

kauṭasākṣya kauṭasākṣya, i. e. kūṭa-sākṣin + ya, n. Fraudulent testimony, Man. 8, 117.

kauṭilya kauṭilya, i. e. kuṭila + ya, n.
     1. Crispness (as of hair), Pañc. i. d. 205.
     2. Deceitfulness, Pañc. 99, 9.

kauṭumba kauṭumba, i. e. kuṭumba + a, n. Affinity, Rājat. 5, 395, in Chr. p. 278, see n.

kauṭumbika kauṭumbika, i. e. kuṭumba + ika,
I. adj. Constituting a family, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 3.
II. m. The father of a family, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 12.

kauṇapa kauṇapa, i. e. kuṇapa + a.
     1. A Rākṣasa or demon (devouring corpses), MBh. 1, 6450.
     2. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 2147.

kauṇḍinya kauṇḍinya, i. e. kuṇḍinī (a proper name), + ya, metron. MBh. 2, 111.

kauṇḍilya kauṇḍilya, Hit. 123, 15, read kauṇḍinya.

kautuka kautuka, i. e. kutuka + a, n.
     1. Eagerness, Rājat. 5, 359; desire, Pañc. 128, 18.
     2. Pleasure, Lass. 43, 11.
     3. Happiness, Pañc. iv. d. 35.
     4. An interesting spectacle, Kathās. 6, 65.
     5. A festival, Bhartṛ. 3, 15; Mālav. 64, 6.
     6. Marriage, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 13.
     7. The marriage string. Daśak. in Chr. 201, 4.
-- Comp. krīḍā-, n. feigned curiosity, Kathās. 18, 135. vi-, adj. incurious, indifferent.

kautūhala kautūhala, i. e. kutūhala + a, n.
     1. Eagerness, Nal. 1, 16.
     2. Curiosity, Rām. 3, 15, 8; 1, 1, 7.
     3. Desire, Sāv. 4, 26

kautsa kautsa, i. e. kutsa + a,
     1. adj. Used by Kutsa, Man. 11, 249.
     2. patron. MBh. 13, 6270.

kaunakhya kaunakhya, i. e. kunakhin + ya, n. Having whitlows on one's nails, Man. 11, 49.

kaunteya kaunteya, i. e. kuntī + eya, metronym., m. A son of Kuntī, Nal. 1, 17.

kaunda kaunda, i. e. kunda + a, adj., f. , Belonging to, or made of, jasmine, Amar. 54; Vikr. d. 23.

kaupīna kaupīna, i. e. kūpa + īna, n.
     1. The pudenda, MBh. 1, 3638.
     2. A cloth worn over them, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 3.

kaupīnavant kaupīna + vant, adj. Wearing only a cloth over the pudenda, Häberl. Chr. 487.

kaumāra kaumāra, i. e. kumāra + a,
I. adj., f. ,
     1. Referring to abstinence, MBh. 3, 8527.
     2. Married as virgin ([greek]), Rām. 2, 30, 8.
     3. Referring to the god of war, MBh. 3, 4086.
II. f. , The energy of the god of war, one of the seven mothers, Dev. 8, 16.
III. n.
     1. Childhood, Man. 9, 3.
     2. Chastity, MBh. 13, 5853.

kaumāraka kaumāra + ka, n. Childhood, Mārk. P. 11, 20.

kaumārarājya kaumārarājya, i. e. kumāra-rājan + ya, n. Condition of a prince royal, Rām. 2, 58, 20.

kaumārika kaumārika, i. e. kumārī + ika, m. The father of daughters, MBh. 1, 4054.


[Page 223b]

kaumuda kaumuda, i. e. kumuda + a,
I. m. The month Kārttika, Oct.-Nov., MBh. 13, 3370.
II. f. ,
     1. Moonlight, Bhartṛ. 1, 38.
     2. The day of full moon in the month Kārttika, MBh. 13, 6132.

kaumodakī kaumodakī, i. e. ku-modaka + ī, f. The club of Viṣṇu, or Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 1, 8200.

kaurava kaurava, i. e. kuru + a, adj., f.
     1. Belonging to the Kurus, Megh. 49; consisting of Kurus, MBh. 1, 5457.
     2. patron. A descendant of Kuru, Nal. 14, 26; MBh. 1, 5457.
-- Comp. When latter part of an adj. the fem. ends in vā, Niṣkaurava, i. e. nis-, adj., f. , deprived of Kauravas, MBh. 1, 7961.

kauraveya kauraveya, i. e. kuru + eya, patron. A descendant of Kuru, MBh. 1, 5689.

kauravya kauravya, i. e. kuru + ya,
I. m.
     1. A descendant of Kuru, MBh. 14, 2521.
     2. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 5558.
II. adj. Belonging to the Kurus, MBh. 14, 2484.

kaurma kaurma, i. e. kūrma + a, adj. Peculiar to a tortoise, Pañc. iii. d. 20.

kaula kaula, i. e. kula + a, adj., f. , Peculiar to a tribe, Rām. 4, 28, 9.

kaulika kaulika, i. e. probably kula + ika, m.
     1. A weaver, Pañc, 35, 15.
     2. A heretic, Pañc. iv. d. 12.

kaulīna kaulīna, i. e. kula + īna,
I. adj., f. , Peculiar to high birth, Rām. 5, 87, 12.
II. n. Gossip, Śāk. 79, 12; rumour, Megh. 111.

kaulīnya kaulīnya, i. e. kulīna + ya, n. Nobleness, Pañc. 71, 14.

kauvera kauvera, i. e. kuvera + a, adj., f. , Referring, or peculiar, or referable, to Kuvera, MBh. 2, 2578; with diś, The northern quarter or point of the compass, Rām. 4, 60, 15.

kauśa kauśa, i. e.
     1. kuśa + a, adj., f. śī, Made of Kuśa grass, MBh. 3, 10036.
     2. kośa + a, adj. Silken, Bhāg. P. 3, 4, 7.

kauśala kauśala, i. e. kuśala + a, n.
     1. Well-being, MBh. 4, 486.
     2. Prosperity, prosperous event, Rām. 6, 86, 43.
     3. Cleverness, Bhag. 2, 50.

kauśalya kauśalya, i. e. kuśala + ya, n. Well-being, Rām. 5, 31, 26.

kauśika 1. kauśika, i. e. kuśika + a,
I. adj. and patronym. Descending from Kuśika, MBh. 13, 2719; Rām. 1, 35, 20.
II. m. An owl, Pañc. 157, 21.
III. f. ,
     1. The name of a river, Rām. 4, 40, 19.
     2. A proper name, Mālav. 12, 4.

kauśika 2. kauśika, i. e. kośā + ika,
I. adj.
     1. Sheathed, MBh. 3, 11461.
     2. Silken, MBh. 3, 1002.
II. n. Silken cloth, MBh. 13, 5602.

kauśīlavya kauśīlavya, i. e. kuśīlava + ya, n. Profession of an actor, Man. 11, 65.

kauśeya kauśeya, i. e. kośa + eya, also kauṣeya kauṣeya,
I. adj. Silken, Rām. 2, 32, 16.
II. n. Silken stuff, Man. 5, 120.

kauśya kauśya, i. e. kuśa + ya, adj. Made of Kuśa grass, MBh. 15, 739.

kauṣeya kauṣeya; see kauśeya.

kauṣṭhya kauṣṭhya, i. e. koṣṭha + ya, adj. Being in the stomach, Yājñ. 3, 95.

kausalya kausalya, i. e. kosala + ya,
I. adj. Belonging to the Kosalas, Bhāg. P. 6, 15, 15.
II. , f. The mother of Rāma, Rām. 1, 1, 17.

kausīda kausīda, i. e. kusīda + a, adj., f. , Proceeding from a loan, Man. 8, 143.


[Page 224b]

kausumāyudha kausumāyudha, i. e. kusuma-āyudha + a, adj. Referring to the god of love, Lass. 20, 19.

kaustubha kaustubha, i. e. ku-stubh + a, m. and n. A jewel worn by Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 45, 39.
-- Comp. sa-kirīṭa-kaustubha, adj. with a diadem and the jewel of Viṣṇu, Pañc. 44, 15.

knaṃsknaṃs, i. 1, and 10, Par. To speak or to shine (? v. r.)

knathknath, i. 1, Par. To hurt, to kill.

knasknas, i. 4, Par.
     1. To be crooked.
     2. To shine.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]

knūknū, or knu knu, ii. 9, Par. and Ātm. To sound.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]

knūy knūy, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To be wet.
     2. † To sound.
     3. † To stink. -Caus. knopaya, To make wet, Śiś. 10, 49.

kmarkmar, i. 1, Par. To be crooked.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] etc.; Lat. camera.

krakaca krakaca (base krak, an imitative sound), m. and n. A saw, MBh. 3, 882.

krakara krakara (based on an imitative sound), m. A sort of partridge, Perdix sylvatica, Suśr. 1, 73, 1.

kratu kratu, i. e. kram + tu, m.
     1. Power (ved.), Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
     2. Sacrifice, Man. 7, 79.
     3. The name of one of the seven Ṛṣis, Man. 1, 35.
-- Comp. vara-, m. Indra. śata-,
I. adj. honoured by a hundred sacrifices ([greek]), Chr. 298, 23 = Rigv. i. 112, 23.
II. m. a name of Indra, Pañc. i. d.; 88.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.; Gradivus, Goth. hardu (a, not tn, on account of the aff. tu being based on tva).

krathkrath, i. 1 and 10, To kill, to hurt. i. 10, To amuse.

kratha kratha, m.
     1. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 585.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2697.
     3. The name of an Asura or demon, MBh. 1, 2665.

krathana krathana,
I. n. Slaughter, Prab. 5, 10.
II. m. The name of an Asura or demon, MBh. 1, 1488; a monkey, Rām. 4, 63, 4, etc.

krathanaka krathana + ka, m. A proper name, Pañc. 68, 12.

krad krad, see krand.

krand krand, i. 1, Par., Ātm., and † krad KRAD. i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To roar (ved.).
     2. To cry miserably, MBh. 1, 6201.
     3. To implore, Mārk. P. 15, 68. -- Caus. To cause to cry, Suśr. 2, 382, 13; cf. kad.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
     1. To implore, MBh. 3, 11461.
     2. To cry miserably, MBh. 3, 2388. ā-krandita, n. Crying, Vikr. 5, 5. Caus. To cause to cry, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 38.
-- With samā sam-ā, To cry miserably, MBh. 15, 1073.
-- With vi vi, vi-krandita, n. Lamenting, Rām. 2, 59, 30.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] (for [greek]), [greek]

krandana krand + ana, n. Lamenting, Pañc. 213, 2.

krap krap, or † kṛp kṛp, † kap kap, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To compassionate; ved. to desire, and base of the pres. kṛp.
     2. † To go.

kram kram, i. 1, krāma (in epic poetry also krama, e. g. Rām. 5, 3, 73) Par., Ātm. † i. 4, Par.
     1. To step, to walk, Rām. 5, 1, 45.
     2. To step through, MBh. 3, 485.
     3. To go to (with acc.), Rām. 4, 8, 4.
     4. To attain, Ragh. 14, 17.
     5. To undertake, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 23.
     6. To commit, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 2.
     7. Ātm. To succeed, Rām. 4, 44, 121.
     8. Ātm. To prevail, MBh. 13, 3918.
     9. To overtop, Ragh. 1, 14. krānta, n. A step, Man. 12, 121. Frequent. caṅkram and caṅkramya,
     1. To roam, MBh. 5, 707; to go astray, MBh. 1, 716; anomal. ptcple. of the pres. caṅkramamāṇa, MBh. 1, 7917.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
     1. To cross, Rām. 3, 60, 18; Man. 5, 76; absol. atikramya, Beyond, Rām. 4, 40, 34.
     2. To escape, Rām. 2, 9, 24.
     3. To let pass away, Rām. 6, 88, 20.
     4. To surpass, Man. 8, 151; MBh. 14, 86.
     5. To supersede, MBh. 14, 1810.
     6. To respass, Rām. 2, 9, 22.
     7. To neglect, Man. 9, 78.
     8. To withdraw, Rām. 1, 9, 11.
     9. To become deprived (with abl.), Man. 9, 93. atikrānta,
     1. Passed, Pañc. i. d. 378.
     2. Excessive, MBh. 3, 657. dan-atikrānta, adj. Not exceeded, Rājat. 5, 228. an-atikramaṇīya, adj. Unavoidable, Hit. iv. d. 72. Caus. ati-kramaya,
     1. To let pass away, Rām. 4, 26, 24.
     2. To disregard, Rām. 6, 16, 67.
-- With atyati ati-ati, To compress (in sexual intercourse), MBh. 1, 4883.
-- With abhyati abhi-ati,
     1. To pass, Rām. 2, 70, 26.
     2. To avoid, MBh. 14, 1551.
     3. To trespass, MBh. 1, 199.
-- With vyati vi-ati,
     1. To pass, Rām. 2, 14, 29.
     2. To stride through, MBh. 13, 4897.
     3. To trespass, Pañc. i. d. 65.
     4. To pass away, Rām. 1, 63, 9.
     5. To surpass, Rām. 5, 43, 5. vyatikrānta, n. Fault, Rām. 5, 84, 11.
-- With samati
     1. To pass, MBh. 3, 2851; Lass. 10, 1.
     2. To step out, Rām. 6, 31, 2.
     3. To let pass away, Rām. 5, 56, 79 (absol. samatikramya, After).
     4. To disregard, Rām. 2, 30, 33.
     5. To lose, MBh. 1, 7786.
-- With adhi adhi, To ascend to, MBh. 3, 1777.
-- With anu anu,
     1. To follow, MBh. 3, 356.
     2. To particularise, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 45.
     3. To make a table of contents, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 8. anukrānta,
     1. Followed, Rām. 5, 47, 6.
     2. Following, Rām. 2, 30, 41.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To pass completely, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 35.
-- With apa apa,
     1. To go away, MBh. 1, 177.
     2. To leave (with abl.), Rām. 4, 30, 21.
     3. To pass away, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 33.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To withdraw, Rām. 2, 87, 21.
-- With abhi abhi,
     1. To approach, MBh. 3, 8613.
     2. To enter, Rām. 4, 47, 3.
     3. To set out, Rām. 1, 77, 18.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To approach, MBh. 3, 2389.
-- With ava ava, To withdraw, Mṛcch. (Calc. ed.) 210, 21.
-- With ā ā,
     1. To approach, Bhartṛ. 1, 69.
     2. To step on, Man. 4, 130.
     3. To step in, Rām. 5, 81, 22.
     4. To begin, Rām. 3, 4, 5.
     5. To seize, MBh. 1, 5936.
     6. To conquer, Mārk. P. 18, 26.
     7. To repose on, Rām. 1, 57, 28.
     8. Ātm., To rise, Ragh. 5, 71; to ascend, MBh. 1, 4076. ā-krānta,
     1. Burdened, Mṛcch. 115, 5.
     2. Full of, Bhartṛ. 3, 9; abounding with, Man. 4, 61. -- Causal, To cause to step in, Kumāras. 6, 52.
-- With adhyā adhi-ā,
     1. To assault, MBh. 3, 13827.
     2. To occupy, Śāk. d. 47.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To visit one by one, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 17.
-- With apā apa-ā, To withdraw, MBh. 13, 3717.
-- With upā upa-ā, To assail, MBh. 3, 11123.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To attain, Rām. 1, 41, 21.
-- With nirā nis-ā, To step out, MBh. 1, 4292.
-- With samā sam-ā,
     1. To step on, MBh. 1, 355.
     2. To assail, Pañc. iii. d. 18.
     3. To occupy, Ragh. 4, 4. samākrānta,
     1. Burdened, Rām. 4, 15, 25; filled, Rām. 5, 20, 2.
     2. Performed, Rām. 1, 44, 54.
     3. Captive, Kathās. 10, 193.
-- With ud ud,
     1. To step out, Rām. 3, 9, 35.
     2. To leave, MBh. 13, 1828.
     3. To omit, MBh. 14, 1812.
     4. To neglect, MBh. 3, 1180. utkrānta, Left, Kathās. 4, 2. utkramaṇīya, What ought to be removed, MBh. 3, 8226.
-- With atyud ati-ud, To excel, MBh. 13, 1628.
-- With vyud vi-ud,
     1. To leave, MBh. 14, 1319.
     2. To neglect, MBh. 13, 4768.
-- With samud sam-ud, To neglect, MBh. 1, 4835.
-- With upa upa,
     1. To approach, MBh. 1, 6787.
     2. To assail, MBh. 13, 6716.
     3. To walk, Rām. 5, 1, 46.
     4. To treat, MBh. 2, 678. upāyopakrānta, adj. Treated with (the suitable) means, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 11; cf. 198, 1 (tortured).
     5. To physic, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 13; to cure, Suśr. 1, 31, 1.
     6. To seize, MBh. 3, 14984.
     7. To perform, Yājñ. 3, 200.
     8. To dispose, MBh. 1, 4131.
     9. To begin Rām. 2, 103, 6.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
     1. To approach, Rām. 2, 78, 14.
     2. To begin, MBh. 13, 4222.
-- With nis nis, To go forth, to leave, MBh. 1, 4445; in dramatic language, Exit, exeunt, Śāk. 4, 20. -- Caus.
     1. To cause to step out or to leave, Rām. 4, 9, 24.
     2. To deliver, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 7.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis,
     1. To step out and near, Rām. 4, 25, 21.
     2. To leave (with abl.), Man. 6, 41.
-- With upanis upa-nis, To leave (with abl.), MBh. 2, 1070.
-- With vinis vi-nis, To step out, MBh. 3, 10273.
-- With parā parā,
     1. To turn, MBh. 3, 15772.
     2. To put forth one's strength, Man. 7, 106; with parasparam, To rival each other, Chr. 25, 59.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To walk about, MBh. 3, 13878.
     2. To walk round (with acc.), Rām. 1, 73, 36.
     3. To walk through, Bhāg. P. 6, 13, 30.
     4. To overtake, Rām. 5, 3, 42. parikrānta, n. Trace, Rām. 3, 68, 46.
-- Comp. tri-, m. epitheton of a true Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 6455 (perhaps: Who has been thrice victorious, viz. in tapas, dama, and niyama; cf. MBh. 12, 13566 and 13567). Frequent. pari-caṅkram, To turn round continually, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 3.
-- With anupari anu-pari,
     1. To visit one after another, MBh. 3, 10414.
     2. To visit in due order, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30.
     3. To survey one after another, Man. 7, 123.
-- With vipari vi-pari in viparikrānta, Powerful, Rām. 4, 22, 16.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To walk round (with acc.), Pañc. iii. d. 172; to visit, MBh. 1, 12.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To walk on, Suśr. 1, 256, 14.
     2. To pass, Rām. 5, 3, 73.
     3. Ātm., To act, MBh. 13, 5573.
     4. Ātm., To begin, Rām. 5, 1, 34; in epic poetry also Par., Dev. 2, 48. prakrānta, n. The outset of a journey, Yājñ. 2, 198.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Ātm., To begin, Rām. 6, 91, 10.
-- With prati prati, To return, MBh. 3, 15689.
-- With vi vi,
     1. Ātm., To walk along, Rām. 4, 58, 24; also Par., Rām. 2, 25, 33.
     2. Ātm., To walk through, Rām. 5, 2, 40.
     3. Ātm., To enter, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 20.
     4. Ātm., To proceed, MBh. 2, 196.
     5. To assail, Rām. 6, 100, 8.
     6. To overcome, MBh. 3, 1611 (akramat); Ātm., Pañc. 79, 2. vikrānta,
     1. Courageous, Rām. 3, 4, 31.
     2. Preeminent, MBh. 14, 69. m.
     1. A hero
     2. A lion. n.
     1. Gait, Rām. 3, 25, 13.
     2. Valour.
-- Comp. bhīma-, m. a lion. su-,
I. m. a hero.
II. n. heroism.
-- With nirvi nis-vi, To come forth, MBh. 1, 3244.
-- With sam sam,
     1. To walk along, MBh. 3, 1755 (saṃkraman).
     2. To walk through, Rām. 3, 76, 5.
     3. To turn to, Rām. 2, 96, 25. Caus. sam-kramaya and sam-krāmaya,
     1. To lead, Ragh. 13, 3.
     2. To transfer, MBh. 1, 3462.
     3. To ascribe (with loc.), Mṛcch. 131, 2.
     4. To conquer, Rām. 6, 1, 41.
     5. To agree, Chr. 58, 8, Ātm.
-- With upasam upa-sam, To approach, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 19.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To cease, Ātm., Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 9. Caus. krāmaya, To cause to return, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 50.
-- Cf. kratu, [greek] for [greek] denomin., [greek] etc., [greek]- [greek] (cf. ved. krāvan, i. e. kram + van), [greek] for [greek] denomin., [greek] for [greek] etc.; [greek] for [greek] denom. from [greek] for [greek] + tvan, [greek] etc., [greek] etc.; Lat. gradus, based on gram + tva, gradior, etc.; Goth. hramjan, hlamma, haldan, grids; O.H.G. scrītan; A. S. scrīdhan.

krama kram + a, m.
     1. A step, MBh. 3, 11178.
     2. A foot, MBh. 3, 14316.
     3. A posture for assailing, Pañc. 197, 24; a bound, 229, 20.
     4. Strength, see comp.
     5. Regular order, Man. 8, 24; succession, Pañc. i. d. 83.
     6. Course, Pañc. iii. d. 240
     7. Method, Hit. 68, 21.
     8. Way, Rām. 2, 26, 20.
     9. A sacred precept, Mārk. P. 23, 112.
     10. Intention, Kathās. 18, 380; Hit. 39, 5.
     11. instr. krameṇa, a. By degrees, Pañc. 209, 24; b. In order, Man. 2, 173; c. Afterwards, Pañc. 221, 9.
     12. abl. kramāt, In order, Man. 10, 28.
     13. The name of a country = Kramavattu, Rājat. 5, 87.
-- Comp. a-, m. an unsuitable method, Bhartṛ. 1, 28. kāla-, m. destiny, Pañc. iii. d. 240. madhu-, m. 1. tippling. 2. the honeycomb. yathā-krama + m, adv. in due order, Man. 3, 2. śaikṣya-guṇa-krama, adj. possessing practice, talent, and strength, MBh. 1, 7023. samākṣarapadakrama, i. e. sama-akṣara-pada-krama, adj. containing a succession of (metrical) feet of the same number of syllables, Rām. 1, 3, 58 Gorr.

kramaṇa kramaṇa, i. e. kram + ana, n.
     1. Walking, Mṛcch. 50, 15.
     2. Passing, MBh. 3, 16254.

kramatas krama + tas, adv. By degrees, Śiś. 9, 29.

kramavattu kramavattu (a dialect. form of krama-varta, Rājat. 3, 227), m. The name of a country, Rājat. 4, 39.

kramaśas krama + śas, adv.
     1. By degrees, Pañc. ii. d. 37.
     2. In order, Man. 1, 68.

kramika kramika, i. e. krama + ika, adj. Proceeding conformably to the sacred precepts, MBh. 2, 166.

kramela kramela, m. A camel, Pañc. 89, 6.

kraya kraya, i. e. krī + a, m.
     1. Purchase, Man. 8, 201.
     2. Purchased obiects, 8, 209.

krayavikrayin krayavikrayin, i. e. kraya-vikraya + in, adj. He who buys and he who sells, Man. 5, 51. He who buys and sells, Yajñ. 2, 262.

krayāṇaka krayāṇaka, i. e. krī + āna + ka, adj. Marketable, Lass. 23, 13.

krayika krayika, i. e. krī + in + ka, adj. Buying, MBh. 13, 5633.


[Page 228b]

kravya kravya, n. Raw flesh, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 24.
-- Cf. [greek] base [greek] Lat. caro, base caron; Goth. hraiv.
-- Cf. also krūra.

kravyād kravyād, i. e. kravya-ad, adj. Devouring raw flesh, Rām. 6, 16, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not carnivorous, Yājñ. 3, 272.

kravyāda kravyāda, i. e. kravya-āda, adj., f. , Devouring raw flesh, MBh. 1, 932.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not carnivorous, Man. 11, 137.

kraśaya kraśaya, a denomin. derived from kṛśa, To make meager, Śiś. 9, 61.

krākacika krākacika, i. e. krakaca + ika, m. A sawyer, Rām. 2, 38, 14.

kriyā kriyā, i. e. kṛ + yā, 1.
     1. Performance, Man. 9, 298.
     2. Action, Pañc. 63, 9; an act, Yājñ. 2, 23.
     3. Use, Pañc. i. d. 430.
     4. Business, Man. 8, 154.
     5. A literary work, Vikr. d. 2.
     6. Physical treatment, Suśr. 1, 5, 10.
     7. An act of piety, Man. 2, 80.
     8. A religious ceremony, Man. 5, 84.
     9. Obsequies, Rām. 6, 96, 10.
     10. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2578.
-- Comp. agni-, f. a religious act performed by means of fire, as burning of a corpse. atithi-, f. hospitality, Rām. 1, 25, 19. udaka-, f. pouring water in honour of a deceased one, Man. 5, 69. kṛta-kriya, adj. one who has performed a religious ceremony, e. g. the funeral rites, Man. 5, 99. kautuka-kriyā, f. the nuptial ceremonies, Ragh. 11, 53. citra-, f. painting, MBh. 4, 1360. jala- = udaka-, Rām. 1, 42, 15. dāra-, f. marriage, Chr. 3, 8. dharma-, f. observance of duties, Man. 12, 31. niṣkriya, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. inactive, Bhāṣāp. 85. 2. one who does not perform his religious duties, Man. 11, 18. nirahaṃkriyā, i. e. nis-aham-,
I. f. want of selfishness, Bhāg. P. 3, 29, 18.
II. -kriya, adj. impersonal, 3, 27, 14. laghu-, f. a trifle, bahvārambhe laghukriyā, Much ado about nothing, Cāṇ. 91, in Montasber. Berl. Ak. Hist. Phil. 1864, 413. vaśa-, f. 1. subduing by drugs, charms, etc. 2. The drugs, etc., so used. vikarmakriyā, i. e. vikarman-, f. 1. vicious conduct, Man. 9, 226. 2. illegal act. sa-kriya, adj. one who observes his religious duties, Lass. 42, 2. hīna- (vb. ), adj. one who neglects his religious duties, Man. 3, 7.

kriyāvant kriyā + vant, adj., f. vatī.
     1. One who performs actions, Hit. i. d. 162.
     2. One who performs his religious duties, Rām. 2, 106, 10.
-- Comp. turaga-kriyā + vant, adj. skilful in managing horses, Lass. 70, 9.

krī krī, ii. 9, Par., Ātm.; krīṇā, ṇī, base of the pres. etc. To buy, Man. 9, 74. kretavya and kreya, Purchasable, MBh. 13, 2450; Rājat. 5, 270.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To buy, Daśak. 80, 4.
-- With upa upa, To buy, Hit. 115, 3.
-- With pari pari, To hire, MBh. 1, 4672.
-- With vi vi, To sell, Man. 10, 90. vikrīta, n. Sale, Man. 8, 165. -Desider. vi-cikrīṣa, Atm. To desire to sell, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 6.
-- With sam sam, To buy, MBh. 1, 6219.

krīḍ krīḍ, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm.), To play, Rām. 4, 24, 39; with acc. dyūtaṃ krīḍ, To play (with dice), Mṛcch. 30, 18; with instr. Man. 4, 74; Pañc. i. d. 201; Ātm. Rām. 3, 67, 6. krīḍita, n. Play, Rām. 5, 13, 23. krīdanīya, n. A plaything, MBh. 13, 4206. -- Caus. krīḍaya, To cause to play, MBh. 1, 6440.
-- With the prepositions samā sam-ā, To play, MBh. 13, 659.
-- With upa upa, To surround playing (with acc.), MBh. 13, 3832.
-- With pra pra, Ātm. To play, MBh. 3, 14882.
-- With vi vi,
     1. To play, MBh. 3, 11099.
     2. To act as if jesting, Rām. 3, 569.
     3. To treat like a plaything, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 37.
-- With sam sam, Ātm. To play. Rām. 1, 9. 14; Par., MBh. 1, 7651.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To jest, to indulge in amusements, Rām. 4, 30, 16.

krīḍana krīḍ + ana, n. Play, Rām. 1, 9, 14.
-- Comp. udaka-, n. playing in the water, MBh. 1, 4996.

krīḍanaka krīḍana + ka, m. (and n.) A plaything, Śāk. 105, 10; Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 30.

krīḍanakatā krīḍanaka + tā, f. The character of a plaything, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 32 (tayā, instr. Like a plaything).

krīḍanīyaka krīḍanīya + ka, n. A doll, Kathās. 12, 74.

krīḍā krīḍ + ā, f.
     1. Play, Rām. 3, 39, 17; jest, Gīt. 9, 10.
     2. Amusement, Rājat. 5, 338.
-- Comp. jala-, f. playing in the water, Pañc. 53, 1. toya-, f. playing in the water, Megh. 34. vapra f. butting at a bank or hillock as or an elephant or bull.

krīḍāmaya krīḍā + maya, adj., f. , Consisting of dalliance, MBh. 14, 1486.

krīḍitṛ krīḍitṛ, i. e. krīḍ + tṛ, m. A gambler, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 40.

krītaka krīta + ka (vb. krī), adj. Acquired by purchase, Man. 9, 174.

krīLi krīḷ, i. e. krīḍ + i (ved.), adj. Playing, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 87, 3.

kruñckruñc, i. 1, Par.
     1. To be crooked
     2. To curve.
     3. To move crookedly.
     4. To become small.
     5. To make small.
-- Cf. perhaps O.H.G. kriuchan.

kruḍkruḍ, i. 6, Par. To sink.

krudh krudh, i. 4, Par. To be wrathful, Man. 6, 48. kruddha, Enraged, Pañc. iii. d. 75. ati-kruddha, adj. Much enraged, Rām. 3, 53, 55. parama-, adj. Very much enraged, Rām. 1, 51, 19. su-, adj. Much enraged, Rām. 3, 51, 19. krodhanīya, What may provoke to anger, Rām. 2, 41, 3. -- Caus., krodhaya, To make angry, Rām. 2, 9, 21.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To be enraged at (with acc.), Vikr. 36, 2.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To be angry, MBh. 3, 8738.
-- With prati prati, To be angry in turn against (with acc.), Man. 6, 48.
-- With sam sam, To be angry, MBh. 3, 14828. saṃkruddha, Wrathful, Rām. 1, 55, 6.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To be enraged at (with acc.), MBh. 4, 1572.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To be enraged against, MBh. 1. 5983.
-- Cf. Lat. crudus, crudelis; see also krūra.

krudh krudh, f. Wrath, Kathās. 18, 282.

krunthkrunth, v. r. of kunth, ii. 9.

kruś kruś, i. 1. Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 1, 60, 19), To cry, Rām. 1, 54, 7; 2, 56, 9. kruṣṭa, One who reviles(?), MBh. 13, 2135.
-- With anu anu, Caus. krośaya, To pity, MBh. 13, 285.
-- With abhi abhi,
     1. To cry at, MBh. 4, 359.
     2. To bewail, Rām. 4, 24, 22.
-- With ā ā,
     1. To cry, Bhartṛ. 3, 87.
     2. To revile, Man. 6, 48. ākruṣṭa, n. Scream, Suśr. 1, 108, 17.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To revile in turn, MBh. 3, 1091.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To lament, Rām. 3, 68, 22.
-- With ud ud,
     1. To cry out, Rām. 6, 36, 60.
     2. To cry to (with acc.), MBh. 1, 7748.
-- With samud sam-ud, To cry out, Rām. 6, 111, 29.
-- With pari pari, To lament, Rām. 2, 65, 22.
-- With pra pra,
     1. To cry out, MBh. 2, 2695.
     2. To call, MBh. 3, 2363.
-- With vi vi, To call aloud, MBh. 1, 7633.
     2. To call, MBh. 2, 2229.
     3. To resound, Rām. 6, 92, 69. vikruṣṭa, Offensive, Man. 4, 176; n.
     1. Scream, Rām. 3, 30, 29.
     2. A cry for help, Yājñ. 2, 234.
-- With sam sam, To cry all together, MBh. 2, 1553.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To call to, Rām. 2, 100, 36. -- Akin to kruś, but not its true reflex, are [greek] etc., Goth. hrukjan; Lat. lugeo.

krūra krūra, adj.
     1. Sore (ved.).
     2. Cruel, Hiḍ. 4, 31.
     3. Harsh, Rām. 3, 64, 2.
     4. Formidable, Pañc. iii. d. 75.
     5. Hard, Śāk. d. 37.
-- Comp. a-, adj. soft, Man. 2, 33. danta-krūra + m, adv. (he seized) in a terrible way with the teeth, MBh. 7, 2431.
-- Cf. probably Lat. crusta; [greek] etc., [greek] see krudh.

krūrakarmakṛt krūrakarmakṛt, i. e. krūra-karman-kṛ + t, adj. m. A cruel beast, Man. 12, 58.

krūratā krūra + tā, f. Cruelty, Man. 10, 58.

kretṛ kretṛ, i. e. krī + tṛ, m. A purchaser, Yājñ. 2, 253.

kroḍa kroḍa,
I. m. and f. ḍā.
     1. The breast, Rām. 6, 82, 10; Mṛcch. 34, 14 (the bosom used to keep money in).
     2. The interior, Hit. 80, 14.
II. m. A hog, Pañc. 120, 9.


[Page 231a]

krodha krodha, i. e. krudh + a,
I. m.
     1. Anger, Man. 1, 25.
     2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2543.
II. f. dhā, A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520.
-- Comp. a-, m. freedom from wrath, Man. 3, 235. sa-, adj., f. dhā, wrathful, Chr. 57, 28.

krodhana krodhana, i. e. krudh + ana,
I. adj., f. , Passionate, Rām. 2, 70, 10; Yājñ. 1, 333.
II. n. Anger.
-- Comp. a-, adj. free from wrath, Man. 3, 192. sa-, adj. enraged, Rām. 5, 85, 3.

krodhālu krodhālu, i. e. krodha + ālu, adj. Passionate, Suśr. 2, 533, 8.

krośa krośa, i. e. kruś + a, m.
     1. Cry (ved.).
     2. A measure of distance, containing 4,000 cubits, Rām. 2, 90, 1.

kroṣṭu kroṣṭu, i. e. kruś + tu, the base of most cases is kroṣṭṛ kroṣṭṛ, i. e. kruś + tṛ, m., f. trī, A jackal, Draup. 1, 17.

kroṣṭuka kroṣṭu + ka, m., f. , A jackal, MBh. 13, 6342; Rām. 3, 20, 22.

krauñca krauñca,
I. m., f. , A kind of heron, or curlew, Man. 11, 134; Rām. 2, 76, 21.
II. m.
     1. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 32.
     2. One of the Dvīpas, or principal divisions of the world, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 32.
     3. The name of a demon.

kraurya kraurya, i. e. krūra + ya, n. Cruelty, Man. 12, 33 (Jones: Detraction).

klath klath, i. 1, Par. To kill or hurt.

kladklad, see kland.

klandkland, i. 1, Par.
     1. To call.
     2. To weep. i. 1, Ātm. (v. r. klad),
     1. To be confused.
     2. To confound.
-- Cf. krand.


[Page 231b]

klapklap, i. 10, Par. To speak (? v. r.).
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. crepare; O.H.G. hrofan; A.S. hreopan; Goth. hropjan (= klāpaya).

klam klam, i. 1 and 4, klāma and klāmya, Par. To be fatigued, exhausted. klānta,
     1. Fatigued. Rām. 2, 42, 19.
     2. Exhausted, Ragh. 2. 13.
     3. Withered, Śāk. d. 66.
     4. Thin, Śāk. d. 58.
-- With the prep. pari pari, pari-klānta, Much exhausted, MBh. 1, 5893.
-- With vi Ātm. To despond, Śiś. 15, 127.

klama klam + a, m.
     1. Fatigue, Arj. 4, 47.
     2. Languor, Rām. 5, 49, 10.
-- Comp. gata-, adj. f. , recreated, Nal. 11, 1.

klav klav, i. 1, Ātm. To fear.
-- With prep. vi vi, To fear.

klānti klānti, i. e. klam + ti, f. Languor, Bhartṛ. 1, 36.

klid klid, i. 4, klidya, Par. To become wet, Suśr. 2, 23, 12. klinna,
     1. Wet, Rām. 1, 42, 20.
     2. Filled with tears.
     3. Compassionate, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 10. Caus. kledaya, To make wet, Bhag. 2, 23.
-- With the prep. samā sam-ā, samāklinna, Wet with tears, MBh. 3, 13472.
-- With pari pari, pariklinna, Completely wet, Rām. 4, 6, 16.
-- With pra pra, Ātm. To become wet, Suśr. 1, 297, 17. praklinna, Wet, Rām. 3, 22, 21. Caus. To moisten, Suśr. 1, 68, 4.
-- With vi vi, viklinna, Thoroughly wet, MBh. 1, 5412.
-- With sam sam, saṃklinna, Wet, Mṛcch. 92, 7.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] Goth. hlūtrs, etc.

klindklind, i. 1, Par., Ātm. To bewail.
-- Cf. krand.


[Page 232a]

kliś kliś, ii. 9, kliśnā, kliśnī, Par., and i. 4, kliśya, Ātm. (also Par. Man. 8, 169),
     1. To torment. MBh. 2, 2351; Ragh. 13, 73.
     2. i. 4. To suffer distress, MBh. 2, 2255, Man. 8, 169. kliṣṭa,
     1. Afflicted, Śāk. d. 58, Rām. 3, 58, 15.
     2. Hurt, Rām. 3, 58, 12.
     3. Wasted, Suśr. 2, 157.
     4. Painful, Pañc. i. d. 12. ṭam, adv. Miserably, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 12.
-- Comp. a-, adj.
     1. without pain, MBh. 3, 1706. 2. unhurt, Rām. 6, 103, 4. 3. firm, Rām. 1, 34, 1. 4. reliable, Rām. 1, 38, 6. -Caus. kleśaya, To torment, Rām. 5, 27, 33.
-- With ud ud, To become uneasy, Suśr. 1, 331, 21. Caus. To stir, Suśr. 2, 184, 18.
-- With samud sam-ud, To become uneasy, Suśr. 2, 348, 18.
-- With pari pari,
     1. To torment, Rām. 5, 58, 21.
     2. i. 4, To suffer distress, Rām. 5, 25. 32; Par. MBh. 3, 578. parikliṣṭa, Much pained, Rām. 3, 52, 41. ṭam, adv. With pain, Bhag. 17, 21. a-, adv. With cheerfulness, MBh. 3, 108.
-- With vi vi, vikliṣṭa, Violated, Ram. 4, 17, 15.
-- With sam sam, To torment, Rām. 2, 22, 14. saṃkliṣṭa, Bruised, Suśr. 2, 16, 17.
-- Cf. kṛś and liś.

klībklīb and klīv klīv, i. 1. Ātm.
     1. To behave like an eunuch; to be timorous.

klība klība, or klīva klīva, adj.
     1. Deprived of virility; m. An eunuch, Man. 3, 150.
     2. Timorous; m. A coward, MBh. 1, 5142.
     3. Neuter.
-- Comp. a-, adj. manly, Rām. 1, 28, 1.

klībatā klība + tā, f. and klībatva klība-tva, n.
     1. Want of virility, Suśr. 1, 366, 8.
-- Comp. a-, f. manly behaviour, Ragh. 8, 83.

kluklu, i. 1, Ātm. To move(?).


[Page 232b]

kleda kleda, i. e. klid + a, m. Humidity, Rām. 5, 12, 42.

kledana kledana, i. e. klid + ana,
I. adj. Moistening, Suśr. 1, 76, 19.
II. n. Moistening, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 43.

kleśkleś, i. 1, Ātm.
     1. To speak.
     2. To impede.
     3. To hurt.

kleśa kleśa, i. e. kliś + a, m. Pain, Man. 2, 227.
-- Comp. a-, m. want of bodily pain, Man. 4, 3; abl. śāt, without any effort, Pañc. ii. d. 9. garbha-, m. pains in labour, Mārk. P. 22, 45.

kleśin -kleśin, i. e. kliś + in, adj., f. , Hurting, Megh. 88.

kleṣṭṛ kleṣṭṛ, i. e